isosud2017.faltl.trisakti.ac.idisosud2017.faltl.trisakti.ac.id/assets/document/proceedings_isosud_2008.pdfisbn...

PROCEEDING

INTERNATIONAL SEMINAR ON SUSTAINABLE URBAN DEVELOPMENT(ISoSUD 2008)

Jakarta, 20-21 August 2008

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

FALTL PRESS TRISAKTI UNIVERSITYJl. Kyai Tapa No. 1, Jakarta 11440INDONESIAPhone. : 62-21-5663232 ext 767Fax. : 62-21-5602575Website : www.trisakti.ac.id

1st Edition 2008

Copyright © 2008 by FALTL Trisakti University all right reserved. Except as permittedunder the Indonesian Copyright Act, no part of this publication may be reproduced ordistributed in any form or by any means, or stored in a data base or retrieval system,without the prior written permission of the publisher.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

ORGANIZING COMMITTEE REPORT Dear all participants, The International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISOSUD 2008, is conducted by Faculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology, Trisakti University and in cooperation with Mercycorps. The aims of this seminar is to share and to discuss all ideas, experiences, concepts and regulations on sustainable urban development amongst researchers, practitioners, and decision makers. Within two days, we will listen and discuss with some keynote speakers, they are Prof Suma Jayadiningrat from Indonesia, Prof Wmter from Karslruhe Universitat Germany, Prof Takao Yamashita from Hiroshima University Japan, Prof Mustafa Kamal from Universiti Putra Malaysia, Dr. Rolf Baur from Technische Universitat Dresden Germany as Director of CIPSEM UNEP/UNESCO, Dr. Jusna J.A Amin from Trisakti University Indonesia, Dr. Haryo Winarso from ITB, and Dr. Sujana Royat as Deputi Menko Kesra Beside that, there will be 6 class room of presentation in each day. The presenters are come from many institutions and many countries. The local institutions including universities, like Trisakti University, ITB, UI, UGM, UNDIP, ITS, UNPAS, ITENAS, Univ. Malahayati, Univ. Islam Sultan Agung Semarang, Univ. Islam Indonesia Yogyakarta, Univ. Muhamadiyah Surakarta, UNPAD, IPB, VPN Surabaya, UNTAR, Univ. Negeri Semarang; research boards, like BPPT, LIPI, LAPAN; governments like Public Work Dept.; Donors like World Bank; and NGO's, like UN Habitat, Bali Fokus, LPPSE, and Mercycorps. International presenters are come from Malaysia, Thailand, Taiwan, Japan, and Germany. We are very grateful to Rector of Trisakti University; Dean of Faculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology; Head of Environmental Engineering Department; Head of Landscape Architecture Department; Head of Urban and Regional Planning Department; the member of Steering Committee, Peer Reviewer, and Organizing Committee that very supported and helpful within the preparations and conduction of the seminar. The seminar is supported by Mercycorps, IDRC, and PT Jaya Konstruksi; also MS Tri Radio and DAAI TV as media sponsorships. Thank you for your participation and hope you enjoy the seminar. Jakarta, August 20th, 2008 Chairman of Organizing Committee Rositayanti Hadisoebroto, ST, MT

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

RECTOR SPEECH

Dear all participants, The theme of this seminar "SUSTAINABLE URBAN DEVELOPMENT" is of great importance in strengthening the capacity in the environmental field. Term sustainable development has already known far away, but still we face some environmental problems that related with development aspects especially in urban. Trisakti University is very concern about urban and all its problems and challenges in line with our vision that to be the leading private university and center of excellence in Asia Pacific in developing science, technology and arts for community welfare and sustainable environment. Therefore this Faculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology's initiative is very well-timed. Also as a follow up of the UNFCCC (United Nation Framework Convention on Climate Change) at Bali, Indonesia, in last December, and the MDG's (Millennium Development Goals) achievement, where sustainable development affecting the sustainability of environment. In view of the expert introductions, I have every confidence in the positive conclusions of these two days International Seminar will result in a number of practical and concrete recommendations. Only sustainability can give the environment the power to make our right to life on this planet possible. Thank you for your participation and welcome to Trisakti University. Jakarta, August 20th, 2008 Rector ofTrisakti University Prof Dr. Thoby Mutis

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 v

CONTENTS

Organizing Committee Report ……………………………………………….. i

Rector Speech …………………………………………………….................. ii

Summary of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development iii

Content………………………………………………………………………… v

Committees …………………………........................................................... xii

Scientific Programme …………………………………………………………. xv

Keynote SpeakerA BRIEF CRITICAL QUESTIONS OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENTProf. Surna Djajadiningrat

1

URBAN MANAGEMENT FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT : LAND USEAND WATERDr.Ing Rolf Baur

4

WASTE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY TO SUPPORT SUSTAINABLEURBAN DEVELOPMENTProf. Winter

11

THE ROLE OF MODELLING TO CONTROL ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMProf. Takao Yamashita

22

ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN BEHAVIOR AND ITS IMPACT ONSUSTANABILITY OF URBAN DEVELOPMENTMustafa Kamal Bin Mohd. Shariff, AILAM

50

MANAGING INDONESIA’S CULTURAL LANDSCAPE IN URBAN AREAS INA SUSTAINABLE WAYDr.Jusna M.Amin

57

PROJECT EXPERIENCE: LAND TENURE AND INVESTMENT IN HOUSINGMarcelino Pandin

69

PRO-POOR GOVERNANCE AND PARTICIPATORY PLANNING: THE CASEOF STREN KALI SURABAYAWardah Hafidz

75

PILOT PROJECT HP3/LESTARICOMMUNAL WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMMercy Corps

82

COMMUNITY BASED SANITATION & SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT INURBAN AREAS-LESSONS LEARNT-Noka Destalina ( BaliFokus )

87

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE ON KAMPUNG MAKEOVER(BEST PRACTISE SHARING EXPERIENCE)BEST PRACTISE

104

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008vi

RBANIZATION AND POVERTY REDUCTION IN SOME INDONESIAN CITIESDr. Haryo Winarso

118

PRO POOR URBAN DEVELOPMENTDr.Sujana Royat

125

Details Programme for Oral Presentation ………………………………..…….….

- SUB THEME ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY (ET) …………………

OP.ET-01 Biological Treatment of Domestic Biowaste Fractions(Dr.Claudia Gilbert)

OP.ET-03 Anaerobic Fermentation of Fresh Vegetable and FruitWaste’s(A.Susilorukmi, L.Sriwuryandari, A.Ekoputranto, Dewi N,T.Sembiring)

135

OP.ET-04 Effluent Of Laboratory Wastewater Treatment ByHeliconia Rostrata To Degradation Of Organic Matter(COD) And Total Suspended Solid (TSS)(Rahmat Boedisantoso dan Nuraini Wijayanti)

141

OP.ET-05 Design Of A Water Recycle System In A Food Industry(Edi I. Wiloso , Vera Barlianti and Ajeng A. Sari)

146

OP.ET-06 Color Removal Of C.I. Reactive Orange 16 By MixedCulture Of Fungi Immobilized On Mussel Shells(Fadjari L. Nugroho, Evi Afiatun, Juju Chayadi)

150

OP.ET-09 Biodegradation Of Monoclhorotriazinyl Reactive RedBy Pseudomonas rudinensis and Pseudomonasdiminuta(Rudy Laksmono. W , D.G Okayadnya Wijaya)

156

OP.ET-10 Preliminary Study Of Crude Oil HydrocarbonDegradation By Dominant Fungal Isolates(Astri Nugroho)

164

OP.ET-11 Potential Application Of Biosurfactant Produced FromAzotobacter Sp In Oil Industry(Qomarudin Helmy, Edwan Kardena, Pujawati Suryatmanaand Wisjnuprapto)

176

OP.ET-16 Wastewater Regeneration To Minimize IndustrialCooling Water Flowrate(Ellina S. Pandebesie, Renanto H, JC Liu, Tri Widjaya)

184

OP.ET-17 Minimization Of Total Cost For Medical WasteTreatment System In Bandung City(Mochammad Chaerul, Lucky Lie Junpi, Ninda Ekaristi)

190

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 vii

- SUB THEME URBAN MANAGEMENT (UM) ………………………………

OP.UM-01 Creating Sustainable Open Space Developments InUrban Housing Areas Through CommunityParticipation, A Study Case Of West Jakarta(Ady Rizalsyah Thahir)

193

OP.UM-02 Sustainability Of Water Supply Systems For PoorCommunities(Ali Masduqi, Eddy S. Soedjono, Noor Endah, WahyonoHadi)

202

OP.UM-03 Environmentally Community-Based Urban DrainageManagement: Recharge Well Development(El Khobar M. Nazech)

208

OP.UM-06 Land Use, Transport and Environment(Dr.Rofl Baur)

215

OP.UM-07 Indonesia’s Most Suitable Municipal Solid Waste(MSW) Management(Adi Mulyanto and Titiresmi)

223

OP.UM-09 Characteristic Of Water Supply And Willingness To PayTo Determine Water Tariff(Djoko M. Hartono)

235

- SUB THEME ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT (EM) …………………

OP.EM-01 Water Quality Determination Used PhytoplaktonCommunity In Saguling Reservoir(Diah Prambadani, and Barti Setiani Muntalif)

244

OP.EM-02 System Interrelationship Model To ApproachMinimization On CO2 Emission From House And Life InCities(Priana Sudjono and Indira Kusuma Dewi)

251

OP.EM-03 Evaluation Of Water Quality Sampling Point With HP2SModel(Dr.Ir.Nieke Karnaningroem MSc.,Hermien Indraswari, ST)

258

OP.EM-04 The Environmental Impacts Of Pesticides Use On Soil,Water, And Commodities In Yogyakarta Province(Ch.Lilies Sutarminingsih, Edhi Martono, Eko Sugiharto)

268

OP.EM-05 Strategic Framework For Optimizing Water ResourcesCarrying Capacity As A Basis For Sustaining UrbanDevelopment(A Case Study Of Bekasi Urban Area In Indonesia)(Setyo S. Moersidik, Endrawati Fatimah, Masni DytaAngriani, Maika Nurhayati)

277

OP.EM-06 Developing A Model Of City’s Land ResourcesCarrying Capacity(Endrawati Fatimah, Setyo S. Moersidik, M. Putri Rosalina)

284

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008viii

OP.EM-07 Using Geographic Information Systems In Flood ProneArea Management For Sustainable Development(Yanti Budiyantini)

291

OP.EM-08 Global Warming Control Through The Application OfParticipation Conservation Model In The CatchmentArea Of Wonogiri Dam, Bengawan Solo River Basin(Hermawan Kusumartono, FX)

297

- SUB THEME LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE (LA) …… …………………

OP.LA-03 Visual Landscape Preferences And Meaning OfTourism Areas In Indonesia(Ina Krisantia, Noorizan Mohamed, Mustafa Kamal, M.S.)

308

OP.LA-04 The Potency Of Glodok China Town HistoricalLandscape For Tourism Development(Nurhayati H.S. Arifin, Qodarian Pramukanto, Hendry)

314

OP.LA-05 The Need To Establish A Nursery Standard Towards ASustainable Urban Landscape In Malaysia(Roziya Ibrahim, Osman Mohd Tahir,Nordin Abdul Rahmanand Mohd Nazri Saidon)

320

OP.LA-06 Towards Sustainable Kuala Lumpur City: GovernmentEfforts And Social Cohesion For Safety And Security(Dr Kamariah Dola, Dr Norsidah Ujang)

329

OP.LA-08 Revitalising Backlanes Using Cpted Concept ToPrevent CrimeCase Study : Pudu District, Kuala Lumpur(Haidaliza Masram, Ahmad Ridhwan, Ahmad Radzi,Sumarni Ismail, Mohd Fakri Zaky Jaafar)

336

OP.LA-11 Linking Comfort And Place Attachment Dimensions :A Sustainable Agenda(Dr. Norsidah Ujang)

347

OP.LA-12 Trend Analysis Of Green Open Public Space (Gops) AtKebayoran Baru, Jakarta(Agus Budi Purnomo)

353

Details Programme for Poster Presentation …………………………………..……

- SUB THEME ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY (ET) …………………

PP.ET-01 Tailing Rehabilitation Using Bio-Organic Technology(Genta Hariangbanga, Melati Ferianita Fachrul)

360

PP.ET-02 Plywood Glue Mix Sludge Recycle As A Filler(Study Case In Pt. Lakosta Indah-Samarinda)(Asih Wijayanti, Dwi Indrawati)

367

PP.ET-04 Analysis Of Sansevieria Sp. And Hibiscus Rosa-Sinensis Capability In Reducing Co Gas Concentration(Rachmat Boedisantoso, Putri Widhowati)

374

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 ix

PP.ET-05 Biofilter As An Alternative Water Treatment to RemoveOrganic Matter(Rositayanti Hadisoebroto, Raditya Arif Permana, NusaIdaman Said)

380

PP.ET-06 Used Of Fly And Bottom Ash (Coal Combustion By-Products) For Paving Block WithSolidification/Stabilization Method(Asih Wijayanti)

387

PP.ET-07 The Carbon, Nitrogen And Phosphorous Contents InThe Biowaste Solid Fraction After Pre-Treating In AMechanical Biological Treatment Process(Etih Hartati, Novri Susanto, Marisa Handajani and PrayatniSoewondo)

393

- SUB THEME URBAN MANAGEMENT (UM) …………….………………

PP.UM-01 Formulation Of Zoning Regulation Principles For UrbanAgriculture Activity In Surabaya(Myrna Augusta A. Dewi)

399

PP.UM-02 Natural Resources Analysis For Development OfZonation Planning Of Western Coastal Area OfKabupaten Pandeglang – Banten Province Based OnGIS(DR. Ir. Hj. Arwindrasti B.K., MSi)

424

PP.UM-06 Technical Plan Of 3r Program For Collection AndTransportation Of Domestic Waste In SubdistrictCrogol Petamburan, West Jakarta(Dwi Indrawati, Pramiati P.P. Riatno, Hesy Martha)

432

PP.UM-08 Bali Cities As Models For Sustainable UrbanDevelopment‘Harmonious Urban Community Pattern Form BasedOn Local Wisdom’(Ir. Ida Bagus Rabindra, MSP)

439

PP.UM-09 Study Of Correlations Spatial Indeks Housing AndPhysical Environmental Quality Of Residential(Dwi Nowo Martono & Ninin Gusdini)

446

PP.UM-10 Recycle Industry Of Plastic Scrap In The Context OfCity Waste Management (Case Study: Pt Weiling) (Anita Sitawati Wartawan & Benny Benyamin Soeharto)

453

PP.UM-11 New Area Development With Water ManagementSystem(Sih Andayani & Bambang E. Yuwono)

457

- SUB THEME ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT (EM) …………….…

PP.EM-01 Environmental Factors And An Eco-EpidemiologicalModel Of Malaria In Indonesia(M.M. Sintorini)

466

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008x

PP.EM-02 Modelling Of The Reaeration Due To DissolvedOxygen Fluctuation In The Ciliwung River(Widyo Astono)

470

PP.EM-03 Optimization Model Of Applying Integrated Solid WasteTreatment Technology(Dwi Indrawati)

476

PP.EM-04 Study Of Small Lakes As Supporting City Ecosystem InJakarta(Diana Hendrawan, Melati Ferianita Fachrul)

483

- SUB THEME LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE (LA) ………………….…

PP.LA-01 Policy Analysis Of Urban Green OpenspaceManagement In Jakarta City, Indonesia(Rustam Hakim, Moch Sarofil Abu Bakar, Foziah bt. Johar)

490

PP.LA-02 River Banks Prevention As Virtual Effort To ConservateWater(Nur Intan Mangunsong)

507

PP.LA-03 The Effect Of Temporal Aspect Aesthetic Quality OfRicefield Landscape(Agus Ruliyansyah and Andi Gunawan)

501

PP.LA-04 Sadulur Papat Kalima Pancer In Landscape SymbolismOf Surakarta Hadiningrat Palace Within The Context OfSustainable Urban Development(Eko Adhy Setiawan)

515

PP.LA-05 The Green Infrastructure Urban Landscape DesignBase On Local Knowledge(Ida A.S. Danur)

519

PP.LA-06 Implementation Of Eco-Park Concept In Green OpenSpace To Support The Sustainable Development(Silia Yuslim & Lavinia)

522

PP.LA-07 Landscape Codes: What Are They And Why HaveThem? *

(Sumiantono Rahardjo M)

527

PP.LA-08 Ecotourism, Conservation In Urban Area(Qurrotu ‘Aini Besila)

533

PP.LA-09 The Influence Of Using Perforated Concrete BlockPaving, Grass And Gravel As Ground Cover ToInfiltration(Isamoe Prasodyo)

539

PP.LA-10 The Function Of Open Space For China DescentCommunity In Tangerang City(Hinijati Widjaja)

542

PP.LA-11 Green Open Space As A Reins Of Urban EnvironmentalQuality(Ir. Harjadi Widjajanto MT)

548

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 xi

PP.LA-13 Preserving The Unique Javan Gibbon Ecosystem OfThe Mount Halimun National Park, West Java,Indonesia(Titien Suryanti)

553

PP.LA-15 THE ROLE OF THE PLANT AT THE BOTTOM TO THECONTINUITY OF FOREST ECOSYSTEM(Case Study of Forest Conservation Park Ir. H.Djuanda, Bandung)(Etty Indrawati)

559

PP.LA-16 Environmental Economics As A New Paradigm InLand Use Planning And Green Open SpaceManagement To Support Sustainable UrbanDevelopment In Indonesia(Irina Mildawani)

564

List of Presenter 574

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008xii

COMMITTEES

INTERNATIONAL SEMINAR ON SUSTAINABLE URBAN DEVELOPMENTFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology

Trisakti University 2008

I. Steering CommitteChairman : Ir. Ida Bagus Rabindra, MSP

Members : - Prof. Dr. Wahjudi Wisaksono- Prof. Ir. Soekisno Hadikoemoro- Prof. Dr. Ir. Soepangat Soemarto, MSc- Prof. Dr. Ir. Zoeraini, MS- Ir. H. Aidid A. Gafar, MT- Ir. Silia Yuslim, MT- Ir. Winarni, M.Sc- Ir. Hinijati Wijaya, M.Si- Drs. Muhammad Lindu, MT- Dr.Ir.Arwindrasti, BK., MS- Ariani Dwi Astutu, ST, MT- Ir. Benny Benyamin Soeharto, MS

II. OrganizingCommitteChairman : Rositayanti H., ST, MT

Treasure : Ir. Anita Sitawati, MSMembers : Drs. Kismartono

: Ir. Etty Indrawati, MT: Irmawati, SE

Secretariate

Coordinator : Ir. Qurrotu ‘Aini Besila, MTProtocoler : Dra. Astri R. Nugroho, MTPromotion : Ir. Ramadhani Yanidar, MTPublic Relation : Drs. Yayat Supriatna, MSPMembers : Ir. Nur Intan Mangunsong, MT

Drs. Nunu Wisnuaji, Dipl. TEFL Drs. Riyadi S Sutiman, SPd Indra Suhara Heru Aryono

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 xiii

Paper Documentation

Coordinator : Dr. Melati F. Fachrul, MSMembers : Dr. MM. Sintorini, Mkes

Dr. Jusna M. Amin, MS Ariani Dwi Astuti, ST, MT

Program (Seminar Class, Pleno dan Culture Night)

Coordinator : Ir. Rahel Situmorang, MSP

Acomodation : Drs. R.L. Pangaribowo, MSMembers : Tarjo

Suratman Ateng

Dokumentation & Prosiding : Pramiati Purwaningrum, ST, MTMembers : Tri Yuniarti, SSos

: Taufik, SH: Wawa Rukanda: Tarman

Logistic & Decoration: Ir. Iwan Ismaun, MTMembers : Supardi

: Agus: Jumroni: Agus Wahyudi

Culture Night : Ir. Adriansyah Noor, MTMembers : Ir. Mawar Silalahi, MS

: Ir. Asih Wijayanti, MS

: Dra. Dewi Kusumawardani, MT

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008xiv

PEER-REVIEWER

Chairman : Prof. Dr. Wahjudi WisaksonoMembers :

Prof. Dr. Emil Salim, Indonesia

Prof. Dr. Ir. Soepangat Soemarto, MSc, (Trisakti University,Indonesia)

Prof. Winter (Karlsruhe University, Germany)

Prof. Takao Yamashita (Hiroshima University, Japan)

Prof. Ir. Soekisno Hadikoemoro, (Trisakti University, Indonesia)

Prof. Dr. Ir. Zoeraini Djamal Irwan, MS (Trisakti University,Indonesia)

Dr. Ing. Rolf Baur (Director CIPSEM UNEP/UNESCO, TUDresden Germany)

KEYNOTE SPEAKERS1. Prof. Dr. Emil Salim (Indonesia)

2. Prof. Takao Yamashita (Hiroshima University, Japan)

3. Prof. Winter (Karlsruhe University, Germany)

4. Dr. Ing. Rolf Baur (Director CIPSEM UNEP/UNESCO, TU

Dresden, Germany)

5. Dr. Jusna M Amin, MS (Trisakti University, Indonesia)

6. Prof. Dr. Mustafa Kemal Syarif (UPM, Malaysia)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 xv

SCIENTIFIC PROGRAM SUMMARYTHE INTERNATIONAL SEMINAR ON SUSTAINABLE URBAN DEVELOPMENT

JAKARTA, 20-21 AUGUST 2008

Date Time Program/Topic PIC

19 August 2008Tuesday

19.00 – 21.00 Welcome Dinner Reception Limited invititation

08.00 – 08.30 Arrival of participants/Registration OC08.30 – 09.00 Welcome Speech & Opening Ceremony OC09.00 – 10.30 Sesi Keynote Speaker I09.00 – 09.30 Pandangan Kritis terhadap Implementasi Pembangunan Berkelanjutan Prof. Emil Salim09.30 – 10.00 How to Manage Urban to Reach Sustainable Development Dr. Ing. Rolf Baur10.00 – 10.30 Discussion Moderator10.30 – 10.45 Coffee Break10.45 – 12.15 Sesi Keynote Speaker II10.45 – 11.15 Waste Treatment Technology to Support Sustainable Urban Development Prof. Winter11.15 – 11.45 The Role of Modeling to Control Environmental Problem Prof. Takao Yamashita11.45 – 12.15 Discussion Moderator12.15 – 13.15 Poster Presentation & Lunch Break13.15 – 15.15 Oral Presentation (6 class @ 5 papers) Presenter15.15 – 15.30 Coffee Break15.30 – 16.00 Resume Day I OC

20 August 2008Wednesday

(Day 1)

18.30 – 21.30 Culture Night & Dinner By registration

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008xvi

Date Time Program/Topic PIC08.00 – 09.00 Arrival of participants/Registration OC09.00 – 10.30 Sesi Keynote Speaker III09.00 – 09.30 Environmental Design Behavior and its Impact to Sustainability of Urban Development Prof. Mustafa Kamal09.30 – 10.00 Pengelolaan Landscape Heritage sebagai Dasar untuk Perencanaan Pembangunan Dr. Jusna M. Amin10.00 – 10.30 Discussion10.30 – 10.45 Coffee Break

Sesi Keynote Speaker IVChallenges of Urban Development in Indonesia

10.45 – 11.15 Urbanization and Poverty Reduction in Some Indonesian Cities Dr.Haryo WinarsoITB

11.15 – 11.45 Pro Poor Urban Development Dr.Sujana RoyatDeputy Menko Kesra

11.45 – 12.15 Discussion Moderator:Kemal TarucDana Mitra Lingkungan

12.15 – 13.15 Poster Presentation & Lunch BreakOral Presentation and Project Experience Presenter

13.15 - 13.35 Project Experience: Land Tenure and Housing Options for the Poor Dr. Marcelino PandinSUF UN-Habitat

13.35 – 14.05 Project Experience: Pro-Poor Urban Governance & Participatory Planning Urban Poor Consortium*14.05 – 14.35 Discussion Dr. Darundono

Univ. Tarumanegara14.35 – 15.30 Models and Best Practices of Community Based Sanitation, Water Supply and Solid

Waste Mercy Corps Bali Fokus LPPSE

15.30 – 16.00 Discussion Moderator:Aboe Yuwono – Basel SEA

16.00 – 16.15 Coffee Break

21 August 2008Thursday(Day 2)

16.15 - 16.45 Resume Day 2 & Closing Ceremony OC

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 xvii

DETAILS PROGRAMME FOR ORAL PRESENTATION

SUB – THEME ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY

Session I Class PresentationAugust 20th.2008

Environmental Technology (A)Time (WIB) Code Topic Presenter Chairman13.15-13.40 OP.ET-

01Biological treatment of domestic biowastefractions

Dr. Claudia GallertKarlsruhe UniversityGermany

13.40-14.05 OP.ET-03

Anaerobic Fermentation Of Fresh Vegetable AndFruit Waste’s

A.Susilorukmi, L. Sriwuryandari,A. Ekoputro, Dewi N Sembiring. TResearch Center for PhysicsIndonesian Institute of [email protected]; [email protected]

14.05-14.30 OP.ET-04

Effluent Of Laboratory Wastewater Treatment ByHeliconia Rostrata To Degradation Of OrganicMatter (COD) And Total Suspended Solid (TSS)

Rachmat BoedisantosoNuraini WijayantiEnvironmental Engineering Department – [email protected]

14.30-14.55 OP.ET-05

Design Of Water Recycle System In FoodIndustry To Overcome Groundwater Shortage

Edi Iswanto Wiloso Vera Barlianti, Ajeng ArumSariPUSAT PENELITIAN KIMIA – LIPI,Kawasan PUSPIPTEK, [email protected]

Ariani Dwi Astuti, ST., MT

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008xviii


Session I Class PresentationAugust 20. 2008

Environmental Technology (B)Time (WIB) Code Topic Presenter Chairman13.15-13.40 OP.ET-

06Color Removal Of C.I. Reactive Orange 16 ByMixed Culture Of Fungi Immobilized On MusselShells

Fadjari. Lucia Nugroho, Evi Afiatun, JujuChayadiDepartment of Environmental Engineering,Pasundan University, [email protected]@yahoo.com

13.40-14.05 OP.ET-09

Biodegradation Of Monoclhorotriazinyl ReactiveRed By Pseudomonas rudinensis andPseudomonas diminuta

Rudy Laksmono. W, 2. D.G OkayadnyaWijayaEnvironmental Engineering DepartementUniversitas Pembangunan Nasional “Veteran’Jawa TimurSurabaya – IndonesiaJl. Raya Rungkut Madya-Gunung Anyar,Surabaya

14.05-14.30 OP.ET-10

Preliminary Study Of Crude Oil HydrocarbonDegradation By Dominant Fungal Isolates

Astri NugrohoDepartment of Environmental Engineering,FALTL, Trisakti UniversityBuilding K, 7th Floor, Campus A of TrisaktiUniversity , Jl. Kyai Tapa No. 1, Gedung KLantai 7, Jakarta [email protected],[email protected]

Dr. Ir. Widyo Astono, MS

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 xix


Session II Class PresentationAugust 21.2008

Environmental Technology (A)Time (WIB) Code Topic Presenter Chairman13.15-13.40 OP.ET-

11Potential Aplication Of Biosurfactant ProducedFrom Azotobacter Sp In Oil Industry.

Qomarudin Helmy, Edwan Kardena, PujawatiSuryatmana, WisjnupraptoDepartment of Environmental Engineering,Institut Teknologi Bandung, Ganecha 10BandungFaculty of Agriculture, Padjajaran [email protected]

13.40-14.05 OP.ET-16

Wastewater RegenerationTo Minimize Industrial Freshwater Flowrate

Ellina S. Pandebesie, Renanto H, JC Liu, TriWidjayaDepartment of Chemical Engineering – ITS,IndonesiaDepartment of Chemical Engineering –NTUST, [email protected] Study of Environmental Engineering-Faculty of Civil and EnvironmentalEngineering-Institut Teknologi Bandung,[email protected]

14.05-14.30 OP.ET-17

Minimization Of Total Cost For Medical WasteTreatment SystemIn Bandung City

Mochammad Chaerul, Lucky Lie Junpi,Ninda EkaristiResearch Group of Air and WasteManagement,Faculty of Civil and EnvironmentalEngineering, Institute Technology of [email protected]

Ir. Ratnaningsih, MT

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008xx

SUB – THEME URBAN MANAGEMENT


Urban ManagementTime (WIB) Code Topic Presenter Chairman13.15-13.40 OP.UM-01 Creating Sustainable Open Space

Developments In Urban HousingAreas Through CommunityParticipation, A Study Case Of WestJakarta

Ady Rizalsyah ThahirArchitecture Department, Faculty Of Civil EngineeringAnd Planning, Trisakti University, [email protected] , [email protected]

13.40-14.05 OP.UM-02 Sustainability Of Water SupplySystems For Poor Communities

Ali Masduqi 1, 2, Noor Endah 3, Eddy S. Soedjono 2,Wahyono Hadi21 Student Of Doctorate Program In Water ResourcesManagement And Engineering, Dept. Of CivilEngineering – ITS Surabaya Indonesia2 Dept. Of Environmental Engineering – ITS Surabaya3 Dept. Of Civil Engineering – ITS Surabaya [email protected]

14.05-14.30 OP.UM-03 Environmentally Community-BasedUrban Drainage Management : WellRecharge Development

El Khobar M. NazechDepartment Of Civil Engineering Faculty Of EngineeringUniversitas Indonesia [email protected]

Ir. Endrawati Fatimah,MSPT

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 xxi



Urban ManagementTime (WIB) Code Topic Presenter Chairman13.15-13.40 OP.UM-06 Land Use, Transport and

EnvironmentDr. Rofl BaurUNEP/UNESCO/BMU Postgraduate study programmeEnvironmental management for developing countriesTechnische Universität [email protected]

13.40-14.05 OP.UM-07 Indonesia’s Most Suitable MunicipalSolid Waste (MSW) Management

Adi Mulyanto, TitiresmiInstitute Of Environmental Technology, Agency For TheAssessment And Application Of Technology, Puspitek –[email protected]

14.05-14.30 OP.UM-09 Characteristic of Water Supply andWillingness to Pay to DetermineWater Tariff

Djoko M. HartonoEnvironmental Engineering Study Program, CivilEngineering Department, University of [email protected] ; [email protected]

Ir. Jaap Levara, MSc

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008xxii

SUB – THEME ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT


Environmental ManagementTime (WIB) Code Topic Presenter Chairman13.15-13.40 OP.EM-01 Water Quality Determination Used

Topic Phytoplankton Community InSaguling Reservoir

Diah Prambadani, Barti Setiani MuntalifEnvironmental Engineering Department, [email protected]

13.40-14.05 OP.EM-02 System Interrelationship Model ToApproach Minimization On Co2Emission From Housing ConstructionAnd Life In Cities

Priana Sudjono, Indira Kusuma DewiLab. of Computational Mechanics on EnvironmentalSystemsDept. of Environmental EngineeringBandung Institute of [email protected]

14.05-14.30 OP.EM-03 Evaluation Of Water QualitySampling PointWith Hp2s Model Case Studi InBrantas River

Dr. Ir. Nieke Karnaningroem, MScHermien IndraswariDepartment of Environmental Engineering, ITS,Surabaya, East java [email protected]

14.30-14.55 OP.EM-04 The Environmental Impact OfPesticide Use On Soil, Water, AndCommodities In Yogyakarta SpecialProvince

Ch. Lilies Sutarminingsih, Edhi Martono,Eko SugihartoResearch Center for Environmental Studies (RCES)Gadjah Mada University, Lingkungan Budaya Street,North Sekip, [email protected]

Dr. MM. Sintorini Murjoko,MKES

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 xxiii



Environmental ManagementTime (WIB) Code Topic Presenter Chairman13.15-13.40 OP.EM-05 Strategic Framework For Optimazing

Water Resources Carrying CapacityAs A Basis For Sustaining UrbanDevelopment(A Case Study Of Bekasi Urban AreaIn Indonesia)

Setyo S. Moersidik 1), Endrawati Fatimah 1,2, MasniDyta Angreani1), Maika Nurhayati1)

1 Environmental Studies Program, Post GraduateProgram, University of Indonesia, Jakarta, Indonesia2 Department of Regional and City Planning, Universityof Trisakti, Jakarta, Indonesia (For correspondence: Address: PSIL – UI, JalanSalemba Raya No. 4 Jakarta, Telepon: (021) 31930251,Facsimile: (021) 3146662, E-mail: [email protected]

13.40-14.05 OP.EM-06 Developing A Model Of City’s LandResources Carrying Capacity

Endrawati Fatimah 1, Setyo S. Moersidik 2), M. PutriRosalina 2)

1departement Of Regional And City Planning, UniversityOf Trisakti, Jakarta, Indonesia2environmental Studies Program, Post GraduateProgram, University Of Indonesia, Jakarta, Indonesia(For Correspondence: Address: Psil – Ui, JalanSalemba Raya No. 4 Jakarta, Telepon: (021) 31930251,Facsimile: (021) 3146662, E-Mail: [email protected],[email protected]

14.05-14.30 OP.EM-07 Using Geographic InformationSystems In Flood Prone AreaManagement For SustainableDevelopment

Ir. Yanti Budiyantini, MdevPlgDepartment of Urban and Regional Planning, InstitutTeknologi Nasional (Itenas)[email protected]

14.30-14.55 OP.EM-08 The Application of ParticipationConservation Model In TheCatchment Area of Wonogiri Dam,Bengawan Solo River Basin

Pardino, MM, Drs. FX. Hermawan K, M.SiResearch and Development Center for Social,Economic,Cultural and Community Role, Board ofResearch and Development, Ministry of Public [email protected]

Dr. Widyatmoko

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008xxiv

SUB – THEME LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE

Session I Class PresentationAugust 20.2008

Landscape ArchitectureTime (WIB) Code Topic Presenter Chairman13.15-13.40 OP.LA-03 Visual Landscape Preference And

Meaning Of Tourism Areas InIndonesia

Ina Krisantia1, Dr Noorizan Mohamed2

Dr Mustafa Kamal M.S3

Dept. of Landscape Architecture, Faculty of Design andArchitectureUniversiti Putra Malaysia , [email protected], [email protected]

13.40-14.05 OP.LA-04 The Potency Of Glodok China TownHistorical Landscape For TourismDevelopment

Nurhayati H.S. Arifin, Qodarian Pramukanto andHendryDept. of Landscape Architecture, Faculty of Agriculture,Bogor Agricultural UniversityJl. Meranti, Kampus IPB – Darmaga, Bogor – 16680Tel/Fax: 62-251-422415E-mail: [email protected]

Ir. Indra T. Basuki MLA,PhD.

14.05-14.30 OP.LA-05 The Need To Establish A NurseryStandard Towards A SustainableUrban Landscape In Malaysia

Roziya Ibrahim, Osman Mohd Tahir, Nordin AbdulRahman and Mohd Nazri SaidonDepartment of Landscape Architecture, Universiti PutraMalaysia, MalaysiaE-mail: [email protected],[email protected],[email protected][email protected]

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 xxv


Session II Class Presentation21 August 2008

Landscape Architecture (A)Time (WIB) Code Topic Presenter Moderator13.15-13.40 OP.LA-06 Towards Sustainable Kuala Lumpur

City: Safety And Security For SocialCohesion In Shopping Streets.

Dr Kamariah Dola, Dr Norsidah UjangFaculty of Design and Architecture, University PutraMalaysia, [email protected]@hotmail.com

13.40-14.05 OP.LA-08 Revitalising Backlanes Using CptedConcept ToPrevent CrimeCase Study : Pudu District, KualaLumpur

Haidaliza Masram; Ahmad Ridhwan, Ahmad Radzi;Sumarni Ismail; Mohd Fakri Zaky JaafarDepartment of Landscape Architecture, Faculty ofDesign and ArchitectureUniversiti Putra Malaysia, 43400 UPM [email protected] , [email protected]

Ir. Indra T. Basuki MLA,PhD

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008xxvi



Landscape Architecture (B)Time (WIB) Code Topic Presenter Moderator13.15-13.40 OP.AL-11 Linking Comfort and Place

Attachment Dimensions: ASustainable Agenda

Dr. Norsidah UjangDepartment Of Landscape ArchitectureFaculty Of Design And ArchitectureUniversiti Putra Malaysia (UPM), [email protected]

13.40-14.05 OP.AL-12 Trend Analysis Of Green Open PublicSpace At Kebayoran Baru, Jakarta

Agus Budi PurnomoTrisakti University Research InstituteKampus A, Gedung M, 11th [email protected]

Dr. Ir. Titin Suryanti, MSi

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 xxvii

DETAILS PROGRAMME FOR POSTER PRESENTATION


DAY 1August 20th 2008

PosterCode Title Presenter

PP.ET-01 Tailing Rehabilitation Using Bio-Organic Technology

Genta Hariangbanga, Melati FerianitaFachrulDepartment. of Environmental Engineering,Trisakti University, [email protected], [email protected]

PP.ET-02Plywood Glue Mix Sludge Recycle as a Filler (Case study in PT. LakostaIndah- Samarinda)

Asih Wijayanti, Dwi IndrawatiDepartment. of Environmental Engineering,Trisakti University, [email protected] ;[email protected]

PP.ET-04Analysis Of Sansevieria Sp. And Hibiscus Rosa-Sinensis Capability InReducing Co Gas Concertration

Rachmat Boedisantoso, Putri WidhowatiEnvironmental Engineering Department – ITS,[email protected], Tel: 031 – 5948886Fax: 031 - 5928387

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008xxviii


DAY 2August 21st 2008


PP.ET-05 Biofilter As An Alternative Water Treatment To Remove Organic Matter

Rositayanti Hadisoebroto, Raditya ArifPermana, Nusa Idaman SaidDepartment of Environmental Engineering,FALTL, Trisakti UniversityBuilding K, 7th Floor, Campus A of TrisaktiUniversityJl. Kyai Tapa no. 1, Jakarta, IndonesiaPh. 021 5663232 ext 767, Fax. 021 [email protected];[email protected]

PP.ET-06 Used of Fly and Bottom Ash (Coal Combustion by-Products)For Paving Block with Solidification/Stabilization Method

Asih WijayantiDepartment. of Environmental Engineering,Trisakti University, Indonesia,[email protected]

PP.ET-07The Carbon, Nitrogen And Phosphorous Contents In The Biowaste SolidFraction After Pre-Treating In A Mechanical Biological Treatment Process

Etih Hartati, Novri Susanto, PrayatniSoewondo, Marisa HandajaniProgram Study of Environmental Engineering-Faculty of Civil and Environmental Engineering-Institute Technology Bandung,Jl. Ganesha 10 Bandung 40132-Tel: 022-2502647-Fax: 022-2530704E-mail: [email protected]@yahoo.com

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 xxix



Poster Code Title Presenter

PP.UM-01 Formulation of Zoning Regulation Principles For UrbanAgriculture Activity In Surabaya

Myrna Augusta Aditya Dewi, STUrban and Regional Planning Department Faculty of Civil Engineering andPlanning-ITS(ITS Sukolilo -Surabaya)

PP.UM-02Natural Resources Analysis For Development Of ZonationPlanning With Environmental Insight, Western Coastal AreaOf Kabupaten Pandeglang – Banten Province Based On GIS

Arwindrasti B.KDepartment of Landscape Architecture, FALTL, Trisakti UniversityBuilding K, 7th Floor, Campus A of Trisakti UniversityJl. Kyai Tapa no. 1, Jakarta, IndonesiaPh. 021 5663232 ext 769, Fax. 021 [email protected]

PP.UM-06Technical Planning Of Collection And Transport Solid WasteIn Settlement With 3R (Reduce,Reuse,Recycle) Concept AtGrogol Petamburan District, West Jakarta, Indonesia.

Dwi Indrawati, Pramiati Riatno, Hessy MarthaDepartment of Environmental Engineering, FALTL, TrisaktiUniversityBuilding K, 7th Floor, Campus A of Trisakti UniversityJl. Kyai Tapa no. 1, Jakarta, IndonesiaPh. 021 5663232 ext 767, Fax. 021 [email protected]; [email protected]


DAY 2

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008xxx

August 21st 2008


PP.UM- 08

Bali Cities as Models for SustainableUrban Development(Harmonious Urban CommunityPattern Form Based on LocalWisdom)

Ir. Ida Bagus Rabindra, MSPFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology, Trisakti University, Jakartae-mail :[email protected]

PP.UM- 09Study of Correlation Spatial IndexHousing and Physical EnvironmentalQuality of Residential

Dwi Nowo MartonoResearcher of National Institute of Aeronautics and Space, Remote Sensing affairsNini GusdiniLecturer of Sahid University Jakarta

PP.UM- 10Industri Daur Ulang Skrap PlastikDalam Konteks Pengelolaan SampahPerkotaan (Studi Kasus Pt Weiling)

Anita Sitawati Wartaman, Benny Benyamin SoehartoDepartment of Environmental Engineering, FALTL, Trisakti UniversityBuilding K, 7th Floor, Campus A of Trisakti UniversityJl. Kyai Tapa no. 1, Jakarta, IndonesiaPh. 021 5663232 ext 767, Fax. 021 5602575

PP.UM-11

The Development of New Area ByPreserving Water ManagementSystem

Sih Andayani, Bambang E. YuwonoLecturer dan Researcher at the Faculty of Civil Engineering of the University of Trisakti,e-mail : [email protected] dan Researcher at the Faculty of Civil Engineering of the University of Trisakti,e-mail : [email protected]



ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 xxxi


PP.EM-01Environmental Factors And An Eco-Epidemiological Model Of Malaria InIndonesia

M.M. SintoriniDepartment of Environmental EngineeringFaculty of Landscape Architecture and EnvironmentalTechnology, Trisakti University- [email protected]

PP.EM-02Modelling Of The Reaeration Due To Dissolved Oxygen Fluctuation In TheCiliwung River

Widyo AstonoDepartment of Environmental EngineeringFaculty of Landscape Architecture and EnvironmentalTechnologyTrisakti University- [email protected]

PP.EM-03Optimization Model of Applying Integrated Solid Waste TreatmentTechnology

Dwi IndrawatiDepartment of Environmental EngineeringFaculty of Landscape Architecture and EnvironmentalTechnologyTrisakti University- IndonesiaE-mail: [email protected]

PP.EM-04 Study Of Small Lakes As Supporting City Ecosystem In Jakarta

Diana Hendrawan, Melati Ferianita FachrulDepartment of Environmental EngineeringFaculty of Landscape Architecture and EnvironmentalTechnologyTrisakti University- [email protected], [email protected]

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008xxxii

SUB – THEME LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTUREDAY 1August 20th 2008


PP.LA-01 Policy Analysis Of Urban Green OpenspaceManagement In Jakarta City, Indonesia

Rustam HakimDepartment of Architecture, .Email : [email protected] Sarofil Abu BakarDepartment of Landscape Architecture,Email : [email protected] bt. JoharDepartment of Urban and Regional Planning,Email : [email protected] of Built Environment Universiti Teknologi Malaysia – Malaysia

PP.LA- 02River Banks Prevention As Virtual Effort ToConservate Water

Nur Intan MangunsongLecture in Landscape Architecture DepartmentFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology- TrisaktiUniversityBuilding K, Jl. Kyai Tapa No. 1, GrogolEmail: [email protected]

PP.LA- 03The Effect Of Temporal Aspect Aesthetic QualityOf Ricefield Landscape

Agus Ruliyansyah, Agriculture Faculty, Tanjungpura University, IndonesiaAndi Gunawan, Department of Architecture Landscape, Bogor AgriculturalUniversity (IPB), [email protected]

PP.LA- 04

Sadulur Papat Kalima Pancer In LansdcapeSymbolism of Surakarta Hadiningrat PalaceWithin The Context of Sustainable UrbanDevelopment

Eko Adhy SetiawanFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology,Trisakti University, Jakartae-mail : [email protected]

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 xxxiii


PP.LA-05 The Green Infrastructure Urban LandscapeDesign Base On Local Knowledge.

Ida A.S. DanurFakultas Arsitektur Lansekap dan Teknologi Lingkungan, Universitas Trisakti

PP.LA-06Implementation Of Eco-Park Concept In GreenOpen Space To Support The SustainableDevelopment

Silia Yuslim, LaviniaLecture and student in Landscape Architecture DepartmenFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology-TrisaktiUniversityBuilding K, Jl.Kyai Tapa No.1, Grogol. Email : [email protected]

PP.LA- 07 Landscape Codes : What Are They and WhyHave Them ?

Sumiantono Rahardjo MSenior Lecture Department of Landscape ArchitectureFALTL University of Trisakti Building K, Jl. KyaiTapa no.1 Grogol, Jakarta

PP.LA-08 Ecotourism Potential For Urban Development

Qurrotu ‘Aini BesilaThe Department of Landscape ArchitectureFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology, [email protected]

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008xxxiv



PP.LA-09The Influence of Using Perforated Concrete Block Paving,Grass and Gravel as Groundcover to Infiltration on UrbanLandscape

Isamoe PrasodyoDepartment of Landscape Architecture, Trisakti University Jakarta,Indonesia

PP.LA-10 The Function Of Open Space For China DescentCommunity In Tangerang City

Hinijati WidjajaFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental TechnologyTrisakti University – Indonesia,[email protected]

PP.LA-11 Green Open Space as a Reins of Urban EnvironmentalQuality

Ir. Harjadi Widjajanto MTLandscape Architecture DepartmentFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology,Trisakti UniversityJl. Kyai Tapa, Grogol. Jakarta 11440,Email : [email protected]

PP.LA-13 Preserving The Unique Javan Gibbon Ecosystem Of TheMount Halimun National Park, West Java, Indonesia

Titien SuryantiDepartment of Landscape ArchitectureFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology,Trisakti University. Jl. Kiyai Tapa No 1 Grogol, Jakarta 11440,IndonesiaE-mail: [email protected]

PP.LA-15 The Role Of The Plant At The Bottom To The Continuity Of

Forest Ecosystem (Case Study Of Forest Conservation

Park Ir. H. Djuanda, Bandung)

Etty IndrawatyProgram Study of Architecture Landscape, [email protected]

PP.LA-16 Environmental Economics as a New Paradigm in LandUse Planning and Green Open Space Management toSupport Sustainable Urban Development in Indonesia

Irina MildawaniHead of Geographic Information System Development Laboratory,Department of Technique of Architecture, Faculty of CivilEngineering and Planning Gunadarma University,[email protected]

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008574

LIST OF PRESENTER

A. Ekoputro,Research Center for PhysicsIndonesian Institute of Sciences

A.Susilorukmi,Research Center for PhysicsIndonesian Institute of [email protected];[email protected]

Adi MulyantoInstitute of Environmental Technology,Agency For The Assessment AndApplication Of Technology,Puspitek – [email protected]

Ady Rizalsyah ThahirArchitecture Department,Faculty of Civil Engineering andPlanningTrisakti University, [email protected],[email protected]: 62 21 816 94 63 71

Agus Budi PurnomoTrisakti University Research InstituteKampus A, Gedung M, 11th [email protected]

Agus RuliyansyahAgricultural Faculty,University of [email protected]

Ahmad NurhadiFakultas Teknik Sipil & Lingkungan,ITB - [email protected]

Ahmad Radzi,Department of Landscape ArchitectureFaculty of Design and ArchitectureUniversiti Putra Malaysia

Ahmad RidhwanDepartment of Landscape ArchitectureFaculty of Design and ArchitectureUniversiti Putra Malaysia

Ajeng Arum SariPUSAT PENELITIAN KIMIA – LIPI,Kawasan PUSPIPTEK, [email protected]

Ali Masduqi- Student Of Doctorate Program InWater Resources Management AndEngineering, Dept. Of CivilEngineering ITS Surabaya Indonesia

- Dept. Of Environmental Engineering ITS [email protected]

Andi GunawanDepartment of Architecture Landscape,Bogor Agricultural University (IPB),Indonesia

Andik YuliantoEnvironmental EngineeringDepartment, Universitas IslamIndonesia JogjakartaKaliurang Street Km 14,4 Sleman [email protected]

Anita SitawatiDepartment Of Urban And RegionalPlanning, FALTL - Trisakti UniversityJakarta – Indonesia

Arwindrasti B.KLandscape Architecture DepartmentFaculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental Technology, TrisaktiUniversityJl. Kyai Tapa, Grogol. Jakarta [email protected]

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD, 2008 575

Astri NugrohoDepartment of EnvironmentalEngineering, FALTL, Trisakti UniversityBuilding K, 7th Floor,Campus A of Trisakti UniversityJl. Kyai Tapa No. 1, Jakarta [email protected] ,[email protected]

Asih WijayantiDepartment. of EnvironmentalEngineering, Trisakti University,[email protected] ;[email protected]

Bambang E. YuwonoFaculty of Civil Engineering andPlanning, Trisakti University, [email protected]

Barti Setiani MuntalifEnvironmental EngineeringDepartment, [email protected]

Benny B. SuhartoDepartment Of Urban And RegionalPlanning, FALTL - Trisakti UniversityJakarta – Indonesia

Ch. Lilies SutarminingsihResearch Center for EnvironmentalStudies (RCES) Gadjah MadaUniversity, Lingkungan Budaya Street,North Sekip, [email protected]

Dr. Claudia GallertKarlsruhe UniversityGermany

D.G Okayadnya WijayaEnvironmental EngineeringDepartementUniversitas Pembangunan Nasional“Veteran’ Jawa TimurSurabaya – IndonesiaJl. Raya Rungkut Madya-GunungAnyar, Surabaya

Dewi N Sembiring. TResearch Center for PhysicsIndonesian Institute of Sciences

Diah PrambadaniEnvironmental EngineeringDepartment, ITB

Diana Hendrawan Department ofEnvironmental EngineeringFaculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental TechnologyTrisakti University- [email protected],[email protected]

Djoko M. HartonoEnvironmental Engineering StudyProgram, Civil Engineering Department,University of [email protected];[email protected]

Dwi IndrawatiDepartment of EnvironmentalEngineering, Faculty of LandscapeArchitecture and EnvironmentalTechnology, Trisakti University-IndonesiaE-mail: [email protected] ;[email protected]

Dwi Nowo Martono- Researcher of National Institute of

Aeronautics and Space, RemoteSensing affairs

- Researcher of Remote Sensing DataCenter - LAPANJakarta

Eddy S. SoedjonoDept. Of Environmental Engineering –ITS Surabaya

Edhi MartonoResearch Center for EnvironmentalStudies (RCES) Gadjah MadaUniversity, Lingkungan Budaya Street,North Sekip, [email protected]

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Edi Iswanto WilosoPUSAT PENELITIAN KIMIA – LIPI,Kawasan PUSPIPTEK, SerpongTelp: ( 021 ) 7560929 –Fax : ( 021 ) 7560549

Edwan Kardena,Department of EnvironmentalEngineering, Institut TeknologiBandung, Ganecha 10 Bandung

Eka Purnama SariFaculty of Engineering,Malahayati University, BandarLampung [email protected]

Eko Adhy SetiawanFaculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental Technology,Trisakti University, Jakartae-mail : [email protected]

Eko SugihartoResearch Center for EnvironmentalStudies (RCES) Gadjah MadaUniversity, Lingkungan Budaya Street,North Sekip, [email protected]

El Khobar M. NazechDepartment Of Civil EngineeringFaculty Of Engineering UniversitasIndonesia [email protected]

Ellina S. PandebesieDepartment of Chemical EngineeringITS, Surabaya, [email protected]

Endrawati Fatimah- Environmental Studies Program, PostGraduate Program, University ofIndonesia, Jakarta, IndonesiaPSIL – UI,E-mail: [email protected]

- Department of Regional and CityPlanning, University of Trisakti,Jakarta, [email protected]

Enri DamanhuriFakultas Teknik Sipil & Lingkungan, [email protected]

Etih Hartati Program Study ofEnvironmental Engineering-Faculty ofCivil and Environmental Engineering-Institute Technology Bandung,Email : [email protected]

Etty IndrawatyLandscape Architecture DepartmentFaculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental Technology, TrisaktiUniversityJl. Kyai Tapa, Grogol. Jakarta 11440Email : [email protected]

Evi AfiatunDepartment of EnvironmentalEngineering, Pasundan University,[email protected]

Drs. FX. Hermawan K, M.SiResearch and Development Center forSocial, Economic,Cultural andCommunity Role, Board of Researchand Development, Ministry of [email protected]

Fadjari Lucia NugrohoDepartment of EnvironmentalEngineering, Pasundan University,[email protected]

Farida Nur CahyaniJurusan Teknik Kimia, UniversitasMuhammadiyah [email protected]

Foziah bt. JoharDepartment of Urban andRegional Planning,Faculty of Built Environment UniversitiTeknologi Malaysia – Malaysia.Email : [email protected]

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Genta HariangbangaDepartment. of EnvironmentalEngineering, Trisakti University,[email protected]

Haidaliza MasramDepartment of Landscape ArchitectureFaculty of Design and ArchitectureUniversiti Putra [email protected],[email protected]

Ir. Harjadi Widjajanto MTLandscape Architecture DepartmentFaculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental Technology, TrisaktiUniversityEmail : [email protected]

Harry NopiyantoSintang Resident Region DevelopmentAgency, West Kalimantan, [email protected]

Hermien IndraswariDepartment of EnvironmentalEngineering, ITS, Surabaya, East javaIndonesia

Hessy MarthaEnvironmental Engineering,Trisakti UniversityJl. Kyai Tapa no. 1 Jakarta Barat11440, Indonesia

Hinijati WidjajaFaculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental TechnologyTrisakti University – [email protected]

Ida A.S. DanurFaculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental TechnologyTrisakti University – Indonesia

Ir. Ida Bagus Rabindra, MSPFaculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental Technology,Trisakti University, Jakartae-mail :[email protected]

Ina KrisantiaDept. of Landscape Architecture,Faculty of Design and ArchitectureUniversiti Putra Malaysia , [email protected]

Indira Kusuma DewiLab. of Computational Mechanics onEnvironmental SystemsDept. of Environmental EngineeringBandung Institute of Technology

Irina MildawaniHead of Geographic InformationSystem Development Laboratory,Department of Technique ofArchitecture, Faculty of CivilEngineering and Planning GunadarmaUniversity,[email protected]: +62 81311388379

Isamoe PrasodyoDepartment of Landscape Architecture,Trisakti University Jakarta, Indonesia

J.C. LiuProgram Study of EnvironmentalEngineering-Faculty of Civil andEnvironmental Engineering-InstitutTeknologi Bandung,[email protected]

Juju ChayadiDepartment of EnvironmentalEngineering, Pasundan University

Dr Kamariah DolaFaculty of Design and Architecture,University Putra Malaysia, [email protected]

LaviniaDepartment Faculty of LandscapeArchitecture and EnvironmentalTechnology, Trisakti University

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Lucky Lie JunpiResearch Group of Air and WasteManagement,Faculty of Civil and EnvironmentalEngineering, Institute Technology ofBandung

M. Putri RosalinaEnvironmental Studies Program, PostGraduate Program, University OfIndonesia, Jakarta, IndonesiaPSIL – UI, Jalan Salemba Raya No. 4Jakarta, Telepon: (021) 31930251,Facsimile: (021) 3146662, E-Mail:[email protected]

Moch Sarofil Abu BakarDepartment of Landscape Architecture,Faculty of Built Environment UniversitiTeknologi Malaysia – Malaysia.Email : [email protected]

M.M. SintoriniDepartment of EnvironmentalEngineering,Faculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental TechnologyTrisakti University- [email protected] NurhayatiEnvironmental Studies Program, PostGraduate Program, University ofIndonesia, Jakarta, IndonesiaPSIL – UI, E-mail: [email protected]

Marisa HandajaniProgram Study of EnvironmentalEngineering-Faculty of Civil andEnvironmental Engineering-Institute Technology Bandung,

Masni Dyta AngreaniEnvironmental Studies Program, PostGraduate Program, University ofIndonesia, Jakarta, IndonesiaPSIL – UI, E-mail: [email protected]

Melati Ferianita FachrulDepartment. of EnvironmentalEngineering, Faculty of LandscapeArchitecture and EnvironmentalTechnologyTrisakti University, [email protected],[email protected]

Mochammad ChaerulResearch Group of Air and WasteManagement,Faculty of Civil and EnvironmentalEngineering, Institute Technology [email protected]

Mohd Fakri Zaky JaafarDepartment of Architecture, Faculty ofDesign and Architefcture,Universiti Putra Malaysia, 43400 UPMSerdang

Mohd Nazri SaidonDepartment of Landscape Architecture,Universiti Putra Malaysia, MalaysiaE-mail: [email protected]

Moch Sarofil Abu BakarDepartment of Landscape Architecture,Faculty of Built Environment UniversitiTeknologi [email protected]

Dr Mustafa Kamal M.SDept. of Landscape Architecture,Faculty of Design andArchitectureUniversiti Putra Malaysia ,Malaysia

Myrna Augusta Aditya Dewi, STUrban and Regional PlanningDepartment Faculty of Civil Engineeringand Planning-ITSSukolilo –Surabaya

Dr. Ir. Nieke Karnaningroem, MScDepartment of EnvironmentalEngineering, ITS, Surabaya, East [email protected]

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Ninda EkaristiResearch Group of Air and WasteManagement, Faculty of Civil andEnvironmental Engineering, InstituteTechnology of Bandung

Ninin GusdiniLecturer of Sahid UniversityJakarta

Noor EndahDept. Of Civil Engineering – ITSSurabaya Indonesia

Dr. Noorizan MohamedDept. of Landscape Architecture,Faculty of Design andArchitectureUniversiti Putra Malaysia ,[email protected]

Nordin Abdul RahmanDepartment of Landscape Architecture,Universiti Putra Malaysia, MalaysiaE-mail: [email protected]

Dr. Norsidah UjangDepartment Of Landscape ArchitectureFaculty Of Design And ArchitectureUniversiti Putra Malaysia (UPM),[email protected]

Novri SusantoProgram Study of EnvironmentalEngineering-Faculty of Civil andEnvironmental Engineering-Institute Technology Bandung,

Nuraini WijayantiEnvironmental Engineering DepartmentITS

Nurhayati H.S. ArifinDept. of Landscape Architecture, Fac.of Agriculture, Bogor AgriculturalUniversityJl. Meranti, Kampus IPB – Darmaga,Bogor – 16680Tel/Fax: 62-251-422415E-mail: [email protected]

Nur Intan MangunsongLecture in Landscape ArchitectureDepartmentFaculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental Technology- TrisaktiUniversityBuilding K, Jl. Kyai Tapa No. 1, GrogolEmail: [email protected]

Nusa Idaman SaidBPPT

Pardino, MM,Research and Development Center forSocial, Economic,Cultural andCommunity Role,Board of Research and Development,Ministry of Public Works

Pramiati RiatnoLecturer on EnvironmentalEngineering,Trisakti UniversityEmail : [email protected]

Prayatni SoewondoProgram Study of EnvironmentalEngineering-Faculty of Civil andEnvironmental Engineering-Institute Technology Bandung,E-mail: [email protected]

Priana SudjonoLab. of Computational Mechanics onEnvironmental SystemsDept. of Environmental EngineeringBandung Institute of [email protected]

Pujawati Suryatmana,- Department of EnvironmentalEngineering, Institut TeknologiBandung, Ganecha 10 Bandung

- Faculty of Agriculture, PadjajaranUniversity Bandung

Putri WidhowatiEnvironmental Engineering DepartmentITS,

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Qodarian PramukantoDept. of Landscape Architecture, Fac.of Agriculture, Bogor AgriculturalUniversity, Jl. Meranti, Kampus IPB –Darmaga, Bogor – 16680Tel/Fax: 62-251-422415E-mail: [email protected]

Qomarudin Helmy,Department of EnvironmentalEngineering, Institut TeknologiBandung, Ganecha 10 BandungFaculty of Agriculture, PadjajaranUniversity [email protected]

Qurrotu ‘Aini BesilaThe Department of LandscapeArchitectureFaculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental Technology,Trisakti University, [email protected]

Rachmat BoedisantosoEnvironmental Engineering [email protected]: 031 – 5948886Fax: 031 – 5928387

Raditya Arif PermanaDepartment of EnvironmentalEngineering, FALTL, Trisakti UniversityBuilding K, 7th Floor, Campus A ofTrisakti University

Renanto HProgram Study of EnvironmentalEngineering-Faculty of Civil andEnvironmental EngineeringInstitut Teknologi Bandung,

Dr. Rofl BaurUNEP/UNESCO/BMU Postgraduatestudy programmeEnvironmental management fordeveloping countriesTechnische Universität [email protected]

Rositayanti HadisoebrotoDepartment of EnvironmentalEngineering, FALTL,Trisakti UniversityBuilding K, 7th Floor, Campus A ofTrisakti UniversityJl. Kyai Tapa no. 1, Jakarta, IndonesiaPh. 021 5663232 ext 767, Fax. [email protected];[email protected]

Roziya IbrahimDepartment of Landscape Architecture,Universiti Putra Malaysia, MalaysiaE-mail: [email protected]

Rudy Laksmono. W.Environmental EngineeringDepartementUniversitas Pembangunan Nasional“Veteran’ Jawa TimurSurabaya – IndonesiaJl. Raya Rungkut Madya-GunungAnyar, [email protected]

Rustam HakimDepartment of Architecture,Faculty of Built Environment UniversitiTeknologi Malaysia – Malaysia.Email : [email protected]

Setyo S. MoersidikEnvironmental Studies Program, PostGraduate Program, University ofIndonesia, Jakarta, IndonesiaAddress: PSIL – UI, Jalan SalembaRaya No. 4 Jakarta, Telepon: (021)31930251, Facsimile: (021) 3146662,E-mail: [email protected]

Sih AndayaniFaculty of Civil Engineering andPlanning, Trisakti University, [email protected]

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Silia YuslimLecture in Landscape ArchitectureDepartmenFaculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental Technology-TrisaktiUniversityBuilding K, Jl.Kyai Tapa No.1, GrogolEmail : [email protected]

Sumarni IsmailAssociate Professor Dr. Yahaya AhmadDepartment of ArchitectureFaculty of Built Environment Universityof [email protected]@gmail.com

Sumiantono Rahardjo MLecturer in Department of LandscapeArchitectureFALTL University of Trisakti Building K,Jl. KyaiTapa no.1 Grogol, Jakarta

Titien SuryantiTrisakti University, Faculty ofLandscape Architecture andEnvironmental TechnologyDepartment of Landscape ArchitectureJl. Kiyai Tapa No 1 Grogol, Jakarta11440, IndonesiaE-mail: [email protected]

TitiresmiInstitute of Environmental Technology,Agency for The Assessment andApplication of Technology,Puspitek – Banten

Tri WidjayaProgram Study of EnvironmentalEngineering-Faculty of Civil andEnvironmental EngineeringInstitut Teknologi Bandung,

Vera BarliantiPUSAT PENELITIAN KIMIA – LIPI,Kawasan PUSPIPTEK, Serpong

Wahyono HadiDept. Of Environmental Engineering –ITS Surabaya

Widyo AstonoDepartment of EnvironmentalEngineeringFaculty of Landscape Architecture andEnvironmental TechnologyTrisakti University- [email protected]

WisjnupraptoDepartment of EnvironmentalEngineering, Institut TeknologiBandung, Ganecha 10 BandungFaculty of Agriculture, PadjajaranUniversity Bandung

Associate Professor Dr. Yahaya AhmadDepartment of ArchitectureFaculty of Built Environment Universityof [email protected]

Ir. Yanti Budiyantini, MdevPlgDepartment of Urban and RegionalPlanning, Institut Teknologi Nasional(Itenas)[email protected]

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.ET-03

ANAEROBIC FERMENTATION OF FRESH VEGETABLE ANDFRUIT WASTE’S

Ambar Susilorukmi, Lies Sriwuryandari, Agung Ekoputranto,Dewi Nilawati, Tarzan Sembiring

Research Centre for Physics. Indonesian Institute of Sciences.Komplek LIPI. Jl. Sangkuriang. Bandung. 40135. Indonesia,

[email protected]; [email protected]

AbstractIn respect to decrease loading in open dumping site (TPA), we have already startedexperiment of batch anaerobe fermentation of vegetable and fruit-wastes market aspreliminary studied at laboratory scale. Experiment was proceed in 40 liter effectivevolume of stainless steel- bioreactor, operated at ambient temperature. Substrate wasprepared as suspension prior to use as substrate for anaerobic fermentation. Along withdegradation of organic matter represent as COD, VFA and gas production were detected.Methanogens-type cells was demonstrated obviously using flourescence microscope.

Key words: organic solid waste, biogas (methane), anaerobic fermentation, energy,microorganism

Introduction

Large quantity of vegetable and fruit wastes are discharged by traditional markets,

supermarkets or households. This organic matter is normally free of contaminant and

could be easily collected and transferred to open dumping site, which is the only one

system for treatment organic solid waste in Indonesia. Little is attempted for remediation

of the organic waste, mainly vegetable and fruit wastes by composting. However, some

obstacles are occurs due to limited area, transportation capacity and some environmental

problems. Despite of those significant problems, loading capacity of open dumping site in

Bandung is only able to receive about 50% of total solid waste production (PD.

Kebersihan Bandung, 2007). Based on those limit factors, special treatment of anaerobic

digestion is the appropriate way for reduction of quantity of the waste and also gaining

the bioenergy when they properly converted biologically to methane. The identical feature

of organic matters degradation in anaerobic environment is that different anaerobes

degrade one compound interactively, sharing energy and carbon source from one

compound. During methanogenic process of complex organic substances, compounds

such as short-chain-fatty acids (butyrate, propionate), ethanol and benzoate, are

frequently formed as intermediates. The such intermediates compounds are usually

oxidized to acetate, hydrogen and CO2, only when consumption the reducing equivalent

of hydrogen or formate is coupled with oxidation reaction. Hence, cooperation

syntrophically between two different microorganisms of substrate oxidizing, proton-

reducing microbes (syntrophic bacteria) and hydrogen or formate utilizing methanogens

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


makes the reaction energetically feasible to be occurred (Shink, 1997; Schink and Stams,

2002) This study was objected to treat the biowaste anaerobically prior to dispose in

open dumping site in respect to reduce the loading and also, to elucidate the rich

substrate for source of biogas (methane).

Methods

Waste collection, preparation of substrate and condition of fermentation

Substrate for anaerobic fermentation was suspension of fresh vegetable and fruit wastes

that collected and separated from organic solid wastes obtained from traditional markets

in Bandung. They usually unuseable fraction and directly discharged to temporary

collection site prior to collect in open dumping site or used for composting. Thereafter,

the suspension was characterized chemically stored at -200C for fed stock. Additionally,

total of waste production collected in open dumping site and waste’s composition in those

markets was also determined. Anaerobic fermentation was studied in single phase

system of stainless steel bioreactor (working volume of 40 liter), which designed to have

circulation system for mixing the substrate and releasing gas production might trapped in

substrate. This study was carried out at ambient temperature (range of 24-270C) and

maintained in pH range of 6.5 – 7.5. Performance of the fermentation was studied by

feeding 2 % (w/w) of total solid of substrate at the first stage and adding microorganism of

1% (v/v) obtained from rumen of locally cow in respect to enhanced the biodegradability.

Later on, feeding was increased to 4% and continued to 6% when strenght of organic

toxicity based on Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) level was not observed although

fermentation period was extended. Microorganism obtained from the liquid phase at the

previous stage was used for mixing the new substrate.

Analytical methods

Total solid, water content, ash were analyzed gravimetrically accoding to the standar

procedure. COD was measured with K2Cr2O7 as an oxidant according the method

described previously. Volatile Fatty Acid (VFA) was determined using Gas

Chromatography GC-14A with FID detector. The capillary column of BP 1 was used for

separation of VFA composition, and the nitrogen carrier gas flow was 2 ml/min.

Temperature of oven, injector and detector were 130, 240 and 2700C, respectively. The

cell morphology was examined under a phase-contrast and fluorescence microscope.

Results and Discussion

Solid waste production in Bandung for 5 years latest was reported that total waste

loaded to open dumping site increased around 25% from 2001-2004, and during January

2007 – November 2007 the loading was 879,531 m3 (PD. Kebersihan, Bandung).

Determination of solid waste composition collected from traditional market was also

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


performed to evaluate the real quantity of the waste production. It mainly composed by

vegetable and fruit wastes, plastic, paper and others at level of 84.6; 9.3; 2.7 and 3.4 %

(w/w), respectively.

Table 4.1. Characteristics of fresh vegetable and fruit waste suspensionSample Water content Total Solid OTS Ash Total C COD (mg/l) N total

pH (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) Total Filtrate (%)1 Apples 4 88,52 11,48 97,54 0,25 55,42 35093,57 21630,00 1,92 Guajavas 4 87,96 12,04 96,03 0,40 55,33 30844,82 25235,00 5,63 Tuber 4 84,58 15,42 93,89 0,64 55,20 29134,29 14898,21 11,34 Brassica 6 97,12 2,88 71,84 2,84 53,98 28913,57 27478,93 14,45 Bush-beans 5 95,07 4,93 88,40 1,17 54,91 27589,29 18760,71 156 Pumpkins 5 95,63 4,37 64,13 1,86 54,52 27478,93 21630,00 6,97 Curcumas 4 93,11 6,89 79,79 2,11 54,38 25051,07 14125,71 12,58 Green-peas 6 90,31 9,69 93,94 0,63 55,21 24113,04 11863,39 138,89 Oranges 5 90,09 9,91 94,41 0,56 55,24 23947,50 14832,00 5,610 Solanum 5 93,27 6,73 87,71 1,24 54,87 22788,75 14898,21 6,911 Zuurzaks 4 90,60 9,40 92,85 0,72 55,16 22568,04 10925,36 6,312 Fruit-trees 4 93,21 6,79 92,59 0,74 55,14 21795,54 17657,14 6,313 Chilies 4 92,19 7,81 90,05 1,56 54,69 21740,36 10925,36 4,414 Cucumbers 4 96,55 3,45 89,60 0,88 55,07 19091,79 12028,93 4,4

No

In respect to enhance the biodegradability, increasing of the width surface of substrate

was attempt by making the suspension of the biowaste, hence contact between

microorganisms and substrate is more effective. Pior to use as substrate, the suspension

characterized chemically (Table 4.1) that was objected to estimate the loading of

fermentation. Anaerobic fermentation of the suspension of fresh vegetable and fruit waste

is represent in Fig 1. It is shown that during start up period, pH decreased immediately

although it was adjusted to pH around 7 prior to feed into bioreactor. During this period,

COD was not eliminated significantly. It was supposed as acclimatization of the

anaerobes to the new condition, which might involve some fermentative bacteria for acid

production and released CO2. However, when pH was stabil around 7 that might

represent steady state condition, degradation of organic substrate was proceed, which

determined by reduction of COD and total solid. Intermediate metabolite products of

VFA, mainly acetate, butyrate and propionate were detected along with gas production.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


0

5

10

15

20

25

30

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350

pH, Temperature (

0

C); Total Solid (%; w/w)

Concentration of COD (mg/L)

Days

COD (mg/L) pH Temperature (0C) Total solid (%; w/w)

A B C

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350

pH; Gas Production (L)

Concentration of COD (mg/L0

DaysCOD Accumulation of Gas Production pH

A B C

Fig 1. Fluctuation of COD, Total solid, pH and temperature on anaerobicbioreactor (left). Production of total biogas and reduction of COD (right).Running of bioreactor during first stage (A; initial total solid 2%); secondstage (B; initial total solid 4%) and (C; initial total solid 6%)

In the previous study, acetate was the main VFA detected from such waste fermentation

(Traverso et al, 2000). At the first stage, around 50% COD of 45,000 mg.L-1 reduced for 3

months and produced biogas of 58 L . When fermentation was extended up to 175 days,

COD was decreased slowly although biogas was increased to 84.45 L along with

reduction of VFA. Fluorescence microscope observation revealed the coccus and sarcina

type cell were dominant. It was strongly suggested that H2 and acetate utilizing

methanogens were present. It is shown that acetate and butyrate concentration reduced,

meanwhile propionate, valerate and isobutyrate were not significantly reduced. Almost

the same performance was revealed from feeding of 4 (stage 2) and 6 % total solid

(stage 3), except that dominant cells of methanogens and ratio of the VFA were different.

During stage 2 and 3, dominant methanogen cells were coccus and sarcina type,

respectively. At the stage 2, COD decreased from 75,435 into 21,321 mg.L-1 for 54 days

along with elimination of total solid and gas production. Butyrate was detected at more

higher concentration compared to those of the stage 1. Related to coccus type as the

dominant methanogen cells, it was supposed that syntrophic ascossiation between

acetate utilizing bacteria and H2 utilizing methanogens caused acetate degradation.

Meanwhile, butyrate degradation was not significanty occur, however, at the third stage

butyrate degrader might present at the end of fermentation, and resulted acetate.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


0

50

100

150

200

250

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350

Concentration of VFA (mM)

Days

Acetate Propionate Isobutyrate Butyrate Valerate

Figure 2. Volatile fatty acids determinated at anaerobic fermentation of freashvegetable and fruit wastes at ambient temperature.

Total solid of 6%, which contained 96,000 mg.L-1 COD decreased of 66% and generated

biogas to level of 219 L during around two months. At each stage, intermediate products

of acetate, propionate and butyrate were mainly produced, and each compound was

detected under 200 mM. Although, VFA production was probably not accumulated in

toxic concentration, however gas production was not generated well and propionate

oxidizers are required. It was suggested, that ambient temperature was not stimulate the

growth of methanogens, hence the syntrophic association was inhibited.

Summary

Anaerobic fermentation of fresh vegetable and fruit wastes could be applied to reduce the

strengh of organic toxicity, which later on, much more save to environment. This

experiment revealed, the highest elimination was occur when total solid of 6% was fed

into bioreactor. Reduction was up to 63 % from initial COD of 96,022 mg/L, during 2

months and generated biogas (methane) of 216 L. However, Since the fermentation

involved mixed substrate and microorganisms, the role of each microorgans in

mechanicm of degradation need to elucidate more detail. Despite of that, biogas

composition and other intermediate metabolites are required to evaluated deeply.

Ackowledgement

The research was financed by Indonesian Institute of Sciences, Indonesia and the

DFG/BMZ Programme for Research Cooperation with Developing Countries under

project nr.DFG/BMZ GA 546/4-1

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


References

Schink, B., Stams, A.J.M. (2002) Syntrophism among prokaryotes. In The Prokaryotes,3rd edt., Dworking, M., Schleifer, K.-H., Starckebrandt, E. (eds), Springer Verlag,New York

Shink, 1997. Energetics of syntrophic cooperation in methanogenic degradation.Microbiol Mol Biol Rev, 61: 262-280

Sembiring T. (2007). Pengolahan sampah terpadu, produksi biogas dari sampah organicpasar. Laporan Teknis DIPA 2007. Pusat Penelitian Fisika. LIPI.

Traverso,P., Pavan,P., Bolzonella,D., Innocenti,L., Cecchi,F. And Meta-Alvarez,J. (2000).Acidogenic fermentation of source separated mixtures of vegetable and fruitswasted from supermarket. Biodegradation 11:407-414

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.ET-04

EFFLUENT OF LABORATORY WASTEWATER TREATMENT BY HELICONIAROSTRATA TO DEGRADATION OF ORGANIC MATTER (COD) AND TOTAL

SUSPENDED SOLID (TSS)

Rachmat Boedisantoso, Nuraini WijayantiEnvironmental Engineering Department – ITS,

Kampus ITS Keputih Sukolilo SurabayaTel: 031 – 5948886 Fax: 031 - 5928387

[email protected],

Abstract

Environment capability to self purification has been used to solve hazardous waste watertreatment problem. One of waste water treatment used environment capability isconstructed wetland. This research used subsurface flow system to treat laboratory wastewater. This research purposed influence between media variation (gravely sand andcoarse sand) and Heliconia rostrata to degradation of organic matter (COD) and totalsuspended solid (TSS). This research used total 6 reactors. Each reactor filled withcoarse sand and gravelly sand for each variation of plant. For comparation, each reactorwith combination of crop and its plant media made its replica (duplo). Measuredparameter are COD (Chemical Oxygen Demand), TSS (Total suspended Solid), pH,temperature and crop height. Charge used influent comes from EnvironmentalEngineering Department laboratory waste, which level of 2 liters per day. Determinationinflow volume based on the calculation of 1 PE (People Equivalent) is 5 m2 and charge oflaboratory effluent is 500 liters/person per day, with the surface area of each reactor of0,062 m2, from calculation resulted that the maximum inflow charge was 6,2 liters perday. From these, then carried out the inflow tests to the reactor and resulted the amountof volume determined to use. Inflow was conducted intermittent system during 5 week atsecond period. First period, which is done earlier, was conducted in 1 week withparameter measurement for each day. While measured parameter at second period wasdone every week until the end of research term. For the first period, detention time foreach reactor was 24 hours and for the second period was 1 week. From analysis whichcan be concluded that degradation efficiency of COD and TSS which is the highest to bereached by Heliconia rostrata with coarse sand, with percentage of degradation equal to91,89 % and 86,21%. From the research variable of plant species, Heliconia rostrata isthe best used crop to treat hazardous waste originates from laboratory with averagegrowth of 2,8 cm per day. Ability to adsorb organic substances for each species of plantis different one to another. Mostly the process is being conducted in root zone, which aplace to live by microorganism to aerate the waste water and to alternate media toorganic substances which can adsorbs by plant itself, with adequate supply of oxygen.These related to water adsorption in root zone that conjugate with leaf transpiration. Formof leaf determines these processes. Heliconia rostrata leaf-form has small width, thesemade it easier to Heliconia rostrata to perform transpiration which enlarges possibility todegradation of organic material and its growth of its root that supports by its stem.Naturally these supports sedimentation and filtration process which leads to degradationof its total suspended solid. Although according to design criteria from hydraulic loadingcalculation, surface are is not sufficient to apply with field scale condition. These merelycaused by the research is done in laboratory scale projects.

Keyword: Heliconia rostrata, constructed wetland, laboratory wastewater

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


IntroductionEnvironment capability to self purification has been used to solve hazardous wastewater

treatment problem. One of wastewater treatment used environment capability is

constructed wetland. This research used subsurface flow system to treat laboratory

wastewater. This research purposed influence between media variation (gravely sand

and fine sand) and Heliconia rostrata to degradation of organic matter (COD) and total

suspended solid (TSS).

Constructed WetlandSubsurface Flow System (SFS) is one of constructed wetland’s type. It is constructed

wetland where wastewater flows through the plants which planted in pore media (Novotny

and Olem, 1994). Generally, size of media is small rock until sand with variations size

between 3 – 32 mm (Crites and Tchbanoglous, 1998).

Processes of wastewater treatment in this system are filtration, absorption by

microorganism and absorption by roots to soil an organics material (Novotny and Olem,

1994). In SFS system, need slope for flowing wastewater from inlet until outlet. The flow

type of wastewater, generally horizontally because this type has efficiency treatment to

suspended solid and bacteria are higher than the other type. It is because has a better

ability of filtration. Whereas for decreasing BOD concentration is better because the

capacity of transfer oxygen is higher (Cooper, 1990). Constructed wetland has two type

of flow, Horizontal Flow and Vertical Flow, this research use Horizontal Flow.

Experimental MethodThis research used total 7 reactors. Each reactor filled with fine sand and gravelly sand

for each variation of plant. For comparison, each reactor with combination of crop and its

plant media made its replica (duplo). Measured parameter are COD (Chemical Oxygen

Demand), TSS (Total suspended Solid), pH, temperature and crop height. Charge used

influent comes from Environmental Engineering Department laboratory wastewater,

which level of 2 liters per day. Determination inflow volume based on the calculation of 1

PE (People Equivalent) is 5 m2 and charge of laboratory effluent is 500 liters/person per

day, with the surface area of each reactor of 0,062 m2, from calculation resulted that the

maximum inflow charge was 6,2 liters per day. From these, then carried out the inflow

tests to the reactor and resulted the amount of volume determined to use. Inflow was

conducted intermittent system during 5 week at second period. First period, which is done

earlier, was conducted in 1 week with parameter measurement for each day. While

measured parameter at second period was done every week until the end of research

term. For the first period, detention time for each reactor was 24 hours and for the second

period was 1 week.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Results And DiscussionCharacteristic Environmental laboratory ITS Surabaya wastewater has organic

concentration (COD) 380 mg O2/L, TSS concentration 152 mg/L. Value of preliminary pH

environmental laboratory ITS Surabaya wastewater 7,12. pH still in the range inclining

neutral and suitable with value of habitat Heliconia’s pH 6 (Baumann, 1960). Preliminary

water temperature environmental laboratory wastewater ITS Surabaya 26,9oC in the

suitable temperature range for plant growing Heliconia 15oC – 29oC (Radi, 1997).

Wastewater that used in this experiment is pure wastewater, do not diluted before treated

in the reactor, so changing concentration from parameter can happen every next running.

It is caused fluctuation environmental laboratory ITS Surabaya wastewater concentration,

therefore done measurement again environmental laboratory ITS Surabaya preliminary

wastewater concentration which will be treated in the reactor.

Through result experiment that has done get decreasing organic concentration in fine

sand media for Heliconia on the first day reactor 1 is 57,14% then increase decreasing

organic concentration until 91,89% and realize decreasing until relative constant with

decreasing organic concentration between 71,81 – 74,38% on the twelveth day until the

30th. At reactor 2 with same plant and media, decreasing preliminary organic

concentration is 57,14% and realize decreasing organic concentration on the third day is

75,73%, but increasing removal happens until constant between 71,38 – 73,33%.

Increasing organic concentration (COD) constant that reaches for both of those reactors

on the twelveth day until 30th day. A big different removal between reactor 1 and 2 on the

second and third day, it is caused by the root in the reactor 2 has not been grown up

perfectly make Organic Matters that shape colloid get through or not filtrated by media

and fabric of root. Then Organic Matters that shape colloid can be not reserved by root,

because root only reserve dilute Organic Matters (Pinney et al, 1999).

From analysis, at the first sampling day shows decreasing TSS concentration for reactor

1 and 2 are 54,55% and 56,82% from the influent. On the second until the fourth

sampling day decreasing TSS concentration increase until 86,21% from reactor 1 and

79,31% from reactor 2. On the 18th day decreasing TSS concentration begins to

decrease until 76,19% from influent reactor 1, whereas reactor 2 begins to decrease until

66,67% from the influent. This decreasing TSS concentration removal is caused by

various influent accepting burden cause decreasing of nutrient at influent not really

effective (Schultz, 2003).

The Heliconia ’s growth with fine sand media (R1 and R2) is slow on the daily control

period (the 1st week), whether compare to Heliconia plant that planted by gravely sand

media (R5and R6). As in weekly control period (the 2nd until 4th week) likely increase

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


higher growth than Heliconia plant. That planted by fine sand media than Heliconia plant

that planted by gravely sand media.

Fine sand with diameter 2 mm has small particle diameter, so the root in the preliminary

growth has difficulty to go into pores side in plant media. The root is growing until solid

pores media that the diameter smaller than roots diameter, the growth is still happen if

the root has pressure to make the diameter of pores bigger or plant make diameter of

root smaller so smaller than that diameter of pores (Islami et.all, 1995), so on the 2nd

week until the end of this experiment Heliconia plant will be grow bigger.

Wide of the root will be increase if volume of the root increase too, contact between soil

and soil surface, will be wider. Increasing volume of root is wider the area of spread the

root so will infect the reservation of pollute material and can reduce COD and TSS

concentration in laboratory wastewater.

In gravely sand media with bigger plant’s diameter, root of young plant can be growth go

through grow pores media if that diameter of pores media bigger than diameter of root

(Wiersum, 1957 in Islami et.all, 1995) so its growth relative fastly on the 1st week, but on

the 2nd week until the 5th week, its growth is slowly. It is because water moving through

pores media go down fastly as bigger pores media so on the 1st week plant’s root will be

likely close the water that close to root’s plant in the bottom of the reactor. On the 2nd and

5th week the plant’s growth will be slowly because plant’s root has perforated all of the

root’s pores so the growth side will be pursued. With less the root’s surface so the

reserved of pollute matters will be less.

Heliconia rostrata is the best used plant to treat hazardous wastewater originates from

laboratory with average growth of 2,8 cm per day. Ability to adsorb organic substances

for each species of plant is different one to another. Mostly the process is being

conducted in root zone, which a place to live by microorganism to aerate the wastewater

and to alternate media to organic substances which can adsorbs by plant itself, with

adequate supply of oxygen. These related to water adsorption in root zone that conjugate

with leaf transpiration. Form of leaf determines these processes. Heliconia rostrata leaf-

form has small width, these made it easier to Heliconia rostrata to perform transpiration

which enlarges possibility to degradation of organic material and its growth of its root that

supports by its stem. Naturally these supports sedimentation and filtration process which

leads to degradation of its total suspended solid. Although according to design criteria

from hydraulic loading calculation, surface are is not sufficient to apply with field scale

condition. These merely caused by the research is done in laboratory scale projects.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Conclusions

Based on the research that has been done, can be concluded:

1. Based on various media has done, the best media that can decrease organic matter

(COD) in laboratory wastewater that treated by constructed wetland is fine sand

media, with maximum decreasing 91,89%.

2. The best decreasing TSS concentration in laboratory wastewater is treated by

constructed wetland system with Heliconia rostrata plant and fine sand media, with

maximum decreasing 86,21%.

3. Heliconia rostrata is the best used plant to treat hazardous wastewater originates

from laboratory with average growth of 2,8 cm per day

References

Ayaz, S.C., Acka I., ”Treatment of Wastewater by Constructed Wetland in SmallSettlements”, Water Science Technology, 41, Pergamon Press UK, 2000, pp 69-72.

Bauman, B.B, “The Batanical Aspects of Ancient Egyption Embalming and Burial”, EconBotanical, 1960.

Crites, R., Tchobanuglous, “Small and Decentralized Wastewater Management System”,Mc Graw Hill New York, 1998.

Huddleston, G.M., Gillespie, W.B., Rodgers, J.H., “Using Constructed Wetland to TreatBiochemical Oxygen Demand and Amminia Associated with a Refinery Effluent”,Ecotoxicology and Environmental Safety, 45, 2000, pp 188-193.

Khiatudin, M., “Melestarikan Sumber Daya Air Dengan Teknologi Rawa Buatan”, GadjahMada University Press, Yogyakarta, 2003.

Kivaisi, A. K., “The Potential for Constructed Wetland for Wastewater Treatment andReuse an Developping Countries : a Revies”, Ecologycal Engineering, 16, 2001,pp. 545-560.

Mashauri, D.A., Malungu, D.M.M., Abdulhussein, B.S., “Constructed Wetland atUniversity of Dar Es Salaam”, Water Research, 34, 2000, pp. 1135-1144.

Novonty, V., Olem, “Water Quality : Prevention, Identification and Management of DifusePollution”, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1994.

Pinney, M.L., Westerhoff, P.K., Baker, L., “Transformation in Disolved Organic CarbonThrough Constructed Wetland”, Water Research, 34, 2000, pp. 1897-1911

Reed, Sherwood, C., “Surface Flow Constructed Wetland for Wastewater Treatment aTechnology Assessment”, US EPA, New Orleans, 1993.

Schulz, C., Gelbrecht, J., Rennert, B., “Treatment of Rainbow Trout Farm Effluents inConstructed Wetland with Emergent Plants and Subsurface Horizontal WaterFlow”, Aquaculture, 217, 2003, pp. 207-221.

Vymazal, J., “The Use of Sub-surface Constructed Wetland for Wastewater Treatment inCzech Republic : 10 years experiences”, Ecological Engineering, 18, 2002, pp.633-646.

Wood, A., “Constructed Wetland for Wastewater Treatment Engineering and DesignConsideration”, Cooper, P.F. and Findlater, B.C., 1990, pp. 481-494.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.ET-05

DESIGN OF A WATER RECYCLE SYSTEM IN A FOOD INDUSTRY

Edi I. Wiloso , Vera Barlianti and Ajeng A. SariResearch Center for Chemistry-LIPI PUSPIPTEK Serpong, Tangerang 15314, Indonesia

[email protected]

AbstractNow industrial and commercial users overuse and deplete the groundwater so negativeeffects for environment such as decreasing soil surface and seawater intrusion startinghappened in some areas in Java Island. To minimize using groundwater, governmentwould like to increase groundwater fare four times, almost the same as the PAM fare,around Rp. 12.000,- /m3. Stakeholder which has problems with this regulation establishedis food industry related with clean water supply for process water. To preserve thecontinuity of the production and to preserve the capacity to compete in the food industry,government needs to prepare the technology that can support the legalicy that is going tobe prevailed. Approache that can be done is water recycle from waste water to processwater so the food industry can decrease ground water usage and minimize waste waterto environment. This paper discusses about design of water recycle system for foodindustry in Bandung. One of the food industry that has been assessed, located inBandung, is in area where it is not allowed to dispose waste to the environment. By usingits waste water treatment installation, efflluent debit as 10 m3/hari produce COD, TSS,and total N concentrations as 48.3 ppm, 22 ppm dan 1.43 ppm. Waste water that hasbeen treated will be converted to clean water for tray cleaning process. The standardthat used for this recycle, Government Regulation Number 82/2001 Class I, shows thatCOD, TSS, total N and chlorine concentrations as 10 ppm, 50 ppm, 0.25 ppm dan 0.1ppm. The design result for water recycle system is consists of chlorination, rapid sandfiltration and carbon active filtration. Chlorination process which needs calciumhypochlorite as 440 grams/day is done on volume tank 217 L. Rapid sand filtration whichuses filter media sand and gravel on volume tank 660 L is done by flowrate 1.4 m/sec.Carbon active filtration process granular type on volume tank 600 L is done by flowrate0.04 m/min. After this treatment, water is flown into reservoir tank then used for processwater. This work system is simulated by using software SuperPro Designer.

Keywords: Groundwater, Wastewater, Water, Recycle, Food Industry

IntroductionIndustry and commercial activities overuse and deplete groundwater causing

adverse impact to the environment, such as decreasing soil surface and intrusion of

seawater in some high populated cities in Java. To minimize the use of groundwater, the

government plans to increase groundwater retribution as much as four times to around

Rp 12.000/m3, similar to the price of tap water (ECA, 2008). If this new regulation is

implemented, food industry in particular small and medium size companies will face

problems related to the supply of clean water for its production line. To maintain

production continuity and competition level of the food industry, the government needs to

provide technology support particularly for the small and medium size food industry so

that the new policy can be realized in practice. From economic point of view, this trend

will enhance the implementation of water conservation and recycle rather than over use

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


of groundwater with considerable environmental expenditures. Doing this, the food

industry can reduce groundwater usage and minimize discharge of wastewater to the

environment.

Asano (1988) defines water reuse as the use of treated wastewater for beneficial

purposes of various applications. Further, Metcalf and Eddy (1991) stated that water

recycle involves only one user; the effluent from the specific process is treated and

redirected back into the same scheme. In this context, therefore, water recycle is

predominantly practiced in industry. Water recycle accomplishes two fundamental

functions. The treated effluent is used as a water resource for beneficial purposes, and

the effluent is kept out of streams; thus, reducing pollution of surface water and

groundwater. To provide adequate water quality for recycling purpose, supplemental

treatment is required beyond conventional secondary wastewater treatment. The main

question is which methods to use for converting wastewater produced to a sufficiently

high quality water. Health safety parameter also needs to be considered because

pathogens can exist in wastewater and partially treated effluents. In this context,

chlorination is required to kill the pathogens particularly for specific application such as in

a food industry. This paper discusses about the design of a water recycle system in a

food industry in Bandung, particularly the development of unit processes to further treat

effluent of a secondary treatment system to a sufficient water quality for tray cleaning.

MethodsThe design of the water recycle system was started by analyzing a water balance

and lay outing the existing wastewater treatment system. The water balance was

developed to find out the profile of water usage in the plant system, in particular the

quantity and quality of wastewater generated. The main unit in the secondary wastewater

treatment system is a biological process involving anaerobic and anoxic conditions known

as sequencing batch reactor (SBR). The effluent from this treatment unit was compared

to a discharge standard for industrial effluent. Then, based on the existing wastewater

treatment plant layout, the water recycle system consisting of filtration unit, fast sand

filtration, and activated carbon filtration were designed. Results of the calculated recycle

water quality were compared to meet water quality standards.

Results and DiscussionThe plant produced treated effluent from the SBR as much as 10 m3/day with

COD, TSS, and total N concentrations of 48.3 ppm, 22 ppm, and 1.43 ppm, respectively.

Although these qualities satisfy the discharge standard according to West Java Governor

Decree number 6/1999, the effluent cannot be discharged because the plant is located in

an area which is not allowed to dispose wastewater to the environment. The recycle

system is therefore designed to further process the effluent into a sufficient quality water

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


to be used for tray cleaning. The quality standard adopted for this purpose is the class I

water according to the government regulation PP number 82/2001. It requires COD, TSS,

total N and chlorine concentrations of 10 ppm, 50 ppm, 0.25 ppm, and 0.1 ppm,

respectively. The water recycle system is consisted of three main unit processes, these

are the 217 L chlorination unit, the 660 L fast sand filtration, and the 600 L carbon active

filtration.

Table 1. Characteristics of treated effluent, recycled water, and water standards

Water StandardsParameters Unit SBR

Effluent

RecycledWater

Class-1 rawwater

PP 82/2001

Drinkingwater

Permenkes907/2002

Drinking water inpackage

SNI 01-3553-2006

PH - 8.33 8.33 6-9 6.5-8.5 6.0-8.5

N-total mg/L 1.43 0.25 0.25 - -

Nitrat mg/L 0.176 0.176 10 50 45

Nitrit mg/L 0.004 0.004 0.06 3 0.005

N-NH3 mg/L 0 0 0.5 1.5 0.15

COD mg/L 48.3 3.4 10 - -

MBAS mg/L 0.289 0.2 0.2 - -

TSS mg/L 22 6.6 50 - -

Klor mg/L - 0.03 0.1 5 0.1

Figure 1. Diagram of the existing wastewater treatment and designed water recycle system

Sludge0.075

Sludgefiltering

bed

0.719

Water +sludge0.30.22

5

Sludge

Oil

Water + oil0.9

9.9

Water + oil0,036

0.8SBR

Oil catcher

Screen

9.9 Equalizationtank

10.27

0.86410

Oil

Productionplant

Water + oil0.9

9.9

Water + oil0,036

Water

Water

Non-water

10.8SBR

Oil catcher

Screen

9.9 Equalizationtank

10.27

0.864

10

ChlorinationSand filter1010Activated

carbon filter

10

Sludge

Sludge0.075

Sludgefiltering bed

0.719

Water +sludge0.30.225

Productionplant

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


ConclusionsThe design of the recycle water system consists of the 217 L chlorination unit, the

660 L fast sand filtration, and the 600 L carbon active filtration. The quality of recycled

water was estimated to meet the class-1 quality standard according to government

regulation PP 82 year 2001. The benefit of applying recycle water systems are reduction

in the usage of ground water and amount of wastewater discharged into the environment.

AcknowledgementsThe authors would like to thank Diana Rahayuningwulan, ST and Effendi, ST of

the Research Center for Chemistry-LIPI for valuable discussion.

ReferencesAsano, T., 2001, Water From (Waste) Water - The Dependable Water Resource, The 11th

Stockholm Water Symposium. August 12-18, 2001, Stockholm, Sweden.

ECA, 2008, Tarif Air Tanah Bakal Dinaikkan. Jakarta: Kompas, 28 Maret 2008, Halaman28.

Metcalf and Eddy, 1998, Wastewater Engineering Treatment and Reuse, 4th InternationalEdition, Mc Graw Hill, USA.

Peraturan Pemerintah No 82 Tahun 2001 tentang Pengelolaan Kualitas Air danPengendalian Pencemaran Air.

Permenkes No 907 Tahun 2002 tentang Syarat-syarat dan Pengawasan Kualitas AirMinum, Departemen Kesehatan.

SNI 01-3553-2006 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Nasional Indonesia tentang Air Minumdalam Kemasan, Badan Standardisasi Nasional.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.ET-06

COLOR REMOVAL OF C.I. REACTIVE ORANGE 16 BY MIXED CULTURE OFFUNGI IMMOBILIZED ON MUSSEL SHELLS

Fadjari L. Nugroho, Evi Afiatun, Juju Chayadi

Department of Environmental Engineering, Pasundan University,Jalan Setiabudhi No 193, Bandung 40153, Indonesia

Email: [email protected]; [email protected]

AbstractThe presence of color in wastewater affects the aesthetic qualities, transparency and gassolubility of water bodies. Hence, textile dye wastewaters should be treated. Nonetheless,treatment of dye wastewaters by conventional biological treatment systems is generallyinefficient, because their synthetic origin and complex aromatic molecular structuresrender dyes more stable and more difficult to biodegrade. There is therefore a need todevelop other treatment processes. In recent years, various studies have been performedto investigate the ability of microorganisms to biodegrade and/or to bioaccumulate orbiosorp dyes in wastewaters. Biosorption is the uptake of pollutants from aqueoussolutions by the use of either living or dead microorganisms. A variety of microorganisms,including yeasts, fungi, bacteria and algae has been reported capable of decolorizingdyes. This study investigated fungal decolorization of C.I. Reactive Orange 16 (an azo-based dye used in the textile industry) by a mixed culture of fungi immobilized on musselshells in a fixed bed reactor. The fungi, which were isolated from a textile wastewatertreatment plant in Bandung, Indonesia, were identified as Aspergillus sp., Penicillium sp.and Saccharomyces sp. The fixed bed experiments were conducted as a function ofdifferent hydraulic retention times (18, 24 and 30 hours) and initial dye concentrations(60, 80 and 100 mg/L). In general, the percent dye removal was more than 94%,however, percent COD removal was still low ( under 45% ).

Keywords: biosorption, decolorization, immobilized fungi, textile dye

IntroductionC.I. Reactive Orange 16, a vinyl sulfone reactive dye with an azo-based

chromophore, is frequently used in the textile industries located in Bandung, Indonesia.

However, 10-50% of reactive dyes are not fixed by the textile cloth and are eventually

discharged with the effluents (O’Neill et. al, 1999). Coloured wastewater asides from

affecting the aesthetic qualities, transparency and gas solubility of water bodies, also

inhibits photosynthetic activity. Accordingly, dye wastewaters should be treated before

discharge into natural water bodies. Conventional dye treatment techniques include

physical and chemical treatments, such as flocculation, precipitation, ion-exchange and

adsorption. Although these techniques are effective, they have some shortcomings, such

as excess amount of chemical usage or sludge generation with related disposal

problems, costly operating expenses, lack of effective colour reduction and sensitivity to a

variable wastewater. On the other hand, due to the synthetic origin and complex

molecular structure of reactive dyes, conventional biological wastewater systems are

frequently inefficient in treating wastewaters. In recent years, various studies have been

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


focused on searching for alternative ways to biological treat dye wastewaters, including

by biodegradation, and/or bioaccumulation/bio-sorption of textile dyes under anaerobic,

aerobic and/or sequential anaerobic-aerobic conditions.

Biosorption, which is the uptake of pollutants from aqueous solutions by both living and

dead biomass, represents a potential alternative to treat dye color wastewaters. It is

usually rapid and efficient. A wide range of microorganisms such as bacteria, fungi,

yeasts and algae has been reported capable of decolorizing dyes. According to Sumathi

and Manju (2001), Aspergillus foetidus is capable of decolorizing azo reactive dyes with

extent of color removal being greater than 90% during its growth phase. Live

Saccahromyces cerevisae yeast cells have been reported capable of bioaccumulating

diazo reactive dyes (Aksu, 2003), while pellets of Penicillium oxalicum were reported

capable of rapidly adsorbing three reactive dyes (Zhang et al., 2003)

This study investigated fungal decolorization of C.I. Reactive Orange 16 (CIRO 16) by a

mixed culture of live fungi immobilized on mussel shells contained in a Fixed Bed

Reactor. The fungi, which were isolated from the sludge of a textile wastewater treatment

plant in Bandung, Indonesia, were identified as Aspergillus sp., Penicillium sp., and

Saccharomyces sp. The use of live growing cultures eliminates the need for a separate

biomass cultivation process, which would require harvesting, drying, processing and

storage of the fungal biomass prior to use. Whereas, immobilized growth prevents

biomass washout, increases biomass concentration, increases substrate conversion rate

and assists biomass recovery. Furthermore, the interior of biofilms is conducive for the

establishment of anoxic conditions, which could allow reductive degradation of azo-dyes.

Materials and MethodsThe experiments were conducted using mixed fungi culture, comprised of

Aspergillus sp., Penicillium sp., and Saccharomyces sp. that have been acclimatised to

100 mg/L CIRO 16 dye and were immobilized on mussel shells. Synthetic textile

wastewater was made from various concentrations of CIRO 16 dye (i.e. 60, 80 and 100

mg/L) mixed with Potato Dextrose Medium (200 g potato, 10 g dextrose, and 1 l distilled

water). The initial pH of the synthetic textile wastewater was adjusted to a value of 4.5.

Batch Experiments of CIRO 16 Decolorization by Fungal Biomass Immobilized on Mussel

Shells.

Batch experiments were conducted in 250 ml Erlenmeyer flasks, where fungal

mycelia immobilized on mussel shells with were mixed with various concentrations of

synthetic CIRO 16 dye wastewaters ( i.e. 60, 80 and 100 mg/L). The flasks were

incubated under static conditions at room temperature. Samples were taken every day to

analyse for dye concentration, as well as VSS of fungal mycelia attached to the mussel

shells.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Fixed Bed Reactor Experiments

The experiments were carried out using a 10 cm by 50 cm cylinder shaped Fixed

Bed Reactor (FBR) made from flexiglass. The bottom part of the reactor was cone

shaped and had a screen to retain the 20 cm high support media, i.e. mussel shells,

which was used to immobilize the mixed fungal culture. The FBR was fed upflow with the

synthetic dye wastewater. The experiments were conducted as a function of different

hydraulic retention time (i.e. 18, 24 and 30 h), as well as different initial dye

concentrations, (i.e. 60, 80 and 100 mg/L). CIRO 16 dye concentration was measured

with a Spectronic 20D spectrophotometer at 491 nm.

Results and DiscussionsEffect Of Initial Dye Concentration On Biosorption In Batch Experiments.

Various studies have indicated that high dye concentrations result in low color

removal (Zhang et al., 1999; Mou et al., 1991) and that high concentrations of dye inhibit

microbial growth (Aksu, 2003). However, these problems could be overcome by using

microorganisms that are dye-resistant. Accordingly, the mixed culture used in this study

was first acclimatized to 100 mg/L CIRO 16 dye. Table 3.1 presents the effect of initial

dye concentration on dye removal and attached fungi growth (in VSS) obtained in batch

experiments. As shown in Table 3.1, % dye removal decreased with increasing initial dye

concentrations. Higher dye concentrations had some inhibitory effect on attached fungi

growth as well, as VSS values decreased with increasing dye concentrations. The VSS

increased during the first 3 days of incubation and declined after 4 days of incubation,

which is attributed to the attached fungi being no longer in the exponential growth phase.

However, % dye removal increased with increasing incubation time, even when attached

VSS started to decline. It appears that dye adsorption was carried out by both

immobilized, as well as detached fungi mycelia present in the supernatant. Dye removal

after 5 days incubation ranged from 93% to 98%. pH values increased from a value of

4.5 to more than 6 with increasing incubation time, which is attributed to Ca being

released by the mussel shells.

Table 3.1. Effect of Initial Dye Concentration on % Dye Removal And AttachedFungi Growth

Time(days)

Dye

60 mg/L 80 mg/L 100 mg/L

pH VSS(mg/cm2)

% dyeremoval

pH VSS(mg/cm2)

% dyeremoval

pH VSS(mg/cm2)

% dyeremoval

0 4.5 0 0 4.5 0 0 4.5 0 0

1 4.9 339.5 83.4 4.8 317.5 80.3 4.8 287.9 77.9

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


2 5.5 380.7 87.4 5 336.8 85.4 5.1 321.7 81.9

3 5.9 454.9 92.9 5.7 374.9 88.7 5.3 358.3 86.8

4 6.1 433 94.9 5.9 357.3 91.1 5.7 355.7 90.6

5 6.4 405.3 98 6.2 353.4 93.8 6.1 343.1 93.3

Fixed Bed Reactor ExperimentsGiven that results from the batch experiments indicated that the attached fungi culture

was capable of removing more than 77% dye within 24h, continuous experiments in fixed

bed reactors were carried out using various hydraulic retention times, i.e. 18, 24 and 30h.

The results obtained are tabulated in Table 3.2. Highest VSS was obtained at 24h

hydraulic retention time (td) for all dye concentrations under study (i.e. 60, 80 and 100

mg/L).

Table 3.2. Dye and COD Removal and Attached VSS In Fixed Bed ReactorExperiments

Dyetd(h) 60 mg/L 80 mg/L 100 mg/L

VSS(mg/cm2)

% dyeremoval

% CODremoval

VSS(mg/cm2)

% dyeremoval

% CODremoval

VSS(mg/cm2)

% dyeremoval

% CODremoval

18 334.9 94.3 30.3 323.1 95.7 28.9 211.8 98.4 22.6

24 409.5 98.6 34.9 401.2 98.3 32.5 436.7 94.9 40.9

30 312.4 97.5 21.1 318.3 97.7 16.7 260.4 95.6 36.7

At initial dye concentrations of 60 and 80 mg/L, highest % dye removal was obtained with

a td of 24h, this being > 98%; although, at this td almost 95% dye removal was obtained

with an initial dye concentration of 100 mg/L. The experimental results show that with

initial dye concentrations ranging from 60 to 100 mg/L, a td of 18h already provides more

than 94% dye removal.

Figure 3.1 shows the Fixed Bed Reactor used in this study. As can be seen, the orange

color of the CIRO16 dye disappears in the middle of the reactor. The use of a FBR allows

the establishment of anoxic conditions within the biofilm located in the middle of the

reactor, which in turn would allow the reductive degradation of the azo-dye. Under

anaerobic conditions many bacteria readily decolorize azo-dyes, where soluble azo-

reductase enzymes produced by bacteria facilitate the transfer of electron via soluble

flavins to the azo dye, which is then reduced (McMullan et al., 2001). Hence, it appears

that two mechanisms are involved in dye removal, i.e. biosorption by immobilized live

fungi and reductive degradation.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Highest COD removal for all initial dye concentrations examined was achieved at td 24h,

however, COD removal is still unsatisfactory, as at this td, COD removal ranged from only

32.5% to 40.9%

Figure 3.1. Treatment of CIRO 16 by Immobilized Fungi in Fixed Bed Reactor

In all, the COD removal obtained from the various experiments ranged from 21.1% to

40.9%. This low COD removal is believed to be brought about by the anoxic conditions

developed within the biofilm. Under anoxic conditions, degradation of the organic

compounds result in intermediary organic compounds (Lourenço, 2001), hence, the COD

of the effluent would still be important (Fu et al., 2001).

Conclusions The results obtained indicate that with initial dye concentrations ranging from 60 to

100 mg/L, a td of 18h provides more than 94% dye removal. Decolorization of the azo dye

is believed to be brought about by fungal biosorption, as well as reductive degradation.

Given that COD removal is still unsatisfactory, further aerobic biological treatment would

be required to mineralize the organic compounds, so that both satisfactory color and

COD removals could be attained.

ReferencesAksu, Z. (2003). Reactive Dye Bioaccumulation by Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Proc.

Biochem., 38, 1437 - 1444.

Crini, G. (2006). Non-Conventional Low-Cost Adsorbents For Dye Removal: A Review,

Bioresourc. Technol., 97, 1061 - 1085.

Fu, Y., & Viraraghavan, T. (2001). Fungal Decolorization Of Dye Wastewaters: A Review,

Bioresourc. Technol., 79, 251-262.

Lourenço, N.D., Novais, J.M., & Pinheiro, H.M. (2001). Effect Of Some OperationalParameters

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


On Textile Dye Biodegradation In A Sequential Batch Reactor, J. Biotechnol. 89, 163-174.

McMullan, G., Meehan, C., Conneely, A., Kriby, N., Robinson, T., Nigam, P., Banat, I.M.,

Marchant, R., & W.F. Smyth, (2001). Microbial Decolourisation And Degradation OfTextile Dyes”, Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol., 56, 81-87.

Mou, D.G.., Lim, K.K. & Shen, H.P. (1991). Microbial Agents For Decolorization Of Dye

Wastewater, Biotechnol. Adv. 9, 613-622.

O’Neill, C., Hawkes, F.R., Hawkes, D.L., Lourenço, N.D., Pinheiro, H.M. & Delee, W.(1999).

Colour In Textile Effluents – Sources, Measurement, Discharge Consents AndSimulation:

A Review, J. Chem. Technol. Biotechnol., 74, 1009-1018.

Sumathi, S. & Manju, B.S. (2001). Fungal Mediated Decolorization Of Media ContainingProcion

Dyes, Wat. Sci. Technol., 43(2), 285-290.

Zhang, S.J., Yang, M., Yang, Q.X., Zhang, Y., Xin, B.P. & Pan, F. (2003). Biosorption OfReductive

Dyes By the Mycelium Pellets Of A New Isolate Of Penicillium oxalicum, Biotechnol.Lettrs. 25, 1479-1482

Zhang, F., Knapp J.S. & Tapley, K.N. (1999). Decolourisation Of Cotton BleachingEffluent With

Wood Rotting Fungus, Water Res. 33(4), 919-928

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.ET-09

BIODEGRADATION OF MONOCLHOROTRIAZINYL REACTIVE RED BYPseudomonas rudinensis and Pseudomonas diminuta

Rudy Laksmono. W , D.G Okayadnya WijayaENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING DEPARTEMENT

UNIVERSITAS PEMBANGUNAN NASIONAL “VETERAN’ JAWA TIMURSURABAYA – INDONESIA

Jl. Raya Rungkut Madya-Gunung Anyar, SurabayaTlp / Fax 031-8782087

email : [email protected]

AbstractMicroorganism was isolated from polluted sludge in textile industry wastewater dischargechannel. Isolated microorganisms to be acclimated using Monochlorotriazynil compoundand then purification process was carried out. The result from purification ofmicroorganisms is bacteria was named : Pseudomonas rudinensis and Pseudomonasdiminuta.Biodegradation of Psedomanas rudinensis and Pseudomanas diminuta on red colourMonochlorotriazynil (Mkta) analysis using Gas Chromatography showed that both ofbacteria where able to degrade red colour Mkta on aerobic condition. This condition wasshown by degradation of Mkta concentration from initial concentration (10 mg/l, 25 mg/l,50 mg/l and 75 mg/l). Over 108 hours reaction time on the both bacteria. Biodegradationresult analysis using Gas Chromatography Mass Spectra (GC-MS) showed series ofMkta biodegradation evens by breaking reactive ring and connecting ring that was doneby Psedomanas rudinensis in to 4-Metoxyaniline. After the breakage of ring, the brekageof azo ring as a chromophore ring (colour carrier) into to compound, 2 Natriumsulfonat 4-Metoxyaniline and 2 Amino 3-Natriumsulfonat Alfanaftol. This even was marked bydegradation of red colour. These to compound broke into 4-Metoxyaniline and 2Naphteleneamine Aniline. All of these biodegradation series used Mkta compound asboth carbon and energy sources for bacteria’s growth

Key words : Biodegradation, monochlorotriazynil, Pseudomonas rudinensis,Pseudomonas diminuta

Introduction

Monochlorotriazynil reactive red is once of synthetic dyes of azo group that is a Color

Index Reactive Red 13 (CIRR-13). The azo dyes reactive are widely produced in the

world and large amount used in textile industries (Easton, 1995; Gordon and Gregory,

1983). The used of azo dyes is 60%-70% from all of dyes production (Easton, 1995). Azo

dyes is compound which have a one or more azo bond (-N=N-) which have link with

aerobic system. Azo dyes has a synthetic characteristic and resistence to biological or

chemical degradation, but many study shows that azo dyes is toxic (Holme, 1984),

carcinogenic (Ames et al, 1975) and mostly are not so biodegradable (Sarasa et al.,

1998). That’s way industrial wastewater which colour dyes content should be treated

before flash to the river.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


In the earlier study for Acetobacter Liquefaciens bacteria was isolated from colour

contaminated sludge is used to colour removal and Methyl Red biodegradation. The

result of Methyl Red biodegradation is two component colourless is a 2-Amino Benzoic

Acid and N,N di methyl P-phenylenediamine (So. et al, 1990)

Microorganisms was isolated from azo dyes contaminated sludge in textile industry

wastewater discharge channel at Karawang, West Java. Microorganisms obtain to be

acclimated using Monochlorotriazynil azo dyes compound and then purification process

was carried out. The found that the microorganisms responsible for biodegradation grew

at aerobic condition. According to Carliell et al. (1995) decolorization process might be

started with reduction of double bound N=N of azo performing aromatic amine, and

continued with chromophore destruction. However, the metabolite of amine derivative is

more toxic than the original compound and carcinogenic.

This paper will discuss about the relationship between biodegradation potential

Monochlorotriazynil as a azo dyes decolorization and rection time with various

concentration.

Materials and MethodsThe experiments were conducted in an aerobic batch reactor consisting of a modified 250

ml erlenmeyer flask. The reactor was then inoculated with azo dyes degrading bacterial

suspension (Pseudomonas rudinensia, Pseudomonas diminuta and mix bacteria of both)

that had been isolated from the azo dyes contaminated sludge. Some parameters were

varied during the experiments, i.e. Monochlorotriazynil reactive dyes concentrations (at

10, 25, 50 and 75 mg/l) and pH operation at 7 and process temperature 30 oC.

During the experiments, determination of several parameters in the reactor had been

conducted, such as biomass concentration (mentioned as mg/l VSS), azo dye

concentration, and concentration Monochlorotriazynil reactive dyes and also product

biodegradation.

Results and DiscussionsDecolorization of Monochlorotriazynil can be obtained within about 108 hours with various

concentration (10, 25, 50 and 75 mg/l). If we follow the steps Monochlorotriazynil

reactive red removal by time and corelate it with biodegradation process as mentioned in

figure 4 (for 10 mg/l, 25 mg/l, 50 mg/l and 75 mg/l Mkta concentration), there is a very

good correlation obtained after 24 hours contact time with bacteria. Biodegradation rate is

slowly for 24 hours – 36 hours contact time and then faster degradation after 36 hours.

The effects of pH and temperature

Performing experiments at initial pH ranges from 5 to 9, the results show on figure 1, that

there is no much different in decolorization rate during the process. This phenomene is in

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


0

10

20

30

40

50

60

0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108Waktu, jam

Kons

entra

si wa

rna m

erah,

mg/l

pH : 5

pH : 7

pH : 9

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108Waktu, jam

Kons

entra

si wa

rna m

erah

, mg/l

T : 20 C

T : 30 C

T : 40 C

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108Waktu, jam

Kons

entra

si warn

a mera

h, mg

/l

T : 20 C

T : 30 C

T : 40 C

accordance with Benefield and Randall (1980) who had stated that most bacteria survive

at extreme pH value in between 4 to 9, but the optimum pH value obtain is 7 in the range

of 6.5 to 7.5.

(a) (b)

Figure 1 : Color removal of various pH (5-7) of Monochlorotriazynil reactive dyes with (a) Pseudomonas rudinensis and (b) Pseudomonas diminuta

Regarding the effect of temperature on the process performance, the experiments show

that in the temperature range of 20 – 40 oC, there is no significant different performance

in color degradation for 108 hours contact time. The optimum temperatur value obtain is

30 oC in the range of 20 to 40 oC is shown on figure 2. The results demonstrate that the

microorganisms responsible in this process are mesophilic

There is significant decolorization of azo dyes Monochlorotriazynil as a biodegradation

during the process as shown in figure 1. Regarding the Pseudomonas rudinensis bacteria

could be degrade Mkta significantly as a time function with almost the same trend.

(b)

Figure 2 : Color removal of various temperatur (20 – 40 oC) of Monochlorotriazynil reactivedyes with (a) Pseudomonas rudinensis and (b) Pseudomonas diminuta

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108Waktu, jam

Kon

sent

rasi

war

na m

erah

, mg/

l pH : 5pH : 7pH : 9

(a)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The results show that there is no much Mkta degradation or not be directly followed by

color removal during the process at 0 until 24 hours and decrease slowly at 24 – 36

hours, that is a lag phase. This is indicating that bacteria still adaptation condition with

Mkta or in the other hand azo compound with double bound (–N=N–) as a chromophore

substances can not be degraded first. The higher decolorization rate and degradation

Mkta can be achieved after 36 hours to 108 hours processing, that’s cause by adaptation

bacteria to Mkta and begin to active degrade chromophore subatances as a carrier colour

and then used to substrat source bacteria.

Figure 3 : Corelation between Monochlorotriazynil value (various concentration) and reaction time with Pseudomonas rudinensis bacteria

The results demonstrate that the Pseudomonas rudinensis bacteria responsible in this

process that for higher concentration Monochlorotriazynil shown on Figure 3, it was

needed degradation time more longer. The final concentration is 17 mg/l, 8 mg/l dan 2

mg/l for 108 hours contact time from various initial concentration 75 mg/l, 50 mg/l, 25 mg/l

dan 10 mg/l Monochlorotriazynil reactive dyes. For lower concentration

monochlorotriazynil at 10 mg/l, that at 84 hours contact time had been colourless, it’s

shown that all of monochlorotiazynil has been completely degraded by Pseudomonas

rudinensis bacteria.

In the other hand the degradation monochlorotriazynil also obtain for Pseudomonas

diminuta bacteria with various concentration initial 10 mg/l, 25 mg/l, 50 mg/l dan 75 mg/l

is shown on Figure 4 below.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108Time, hour

M kta, 10 mg/lM kta, 25 mg/lM kta, 50 mg/lM kta, 75 mg/l

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Figure 4 : Corelation between Monochlorotriazynil value (various concentration) and reaction time with Pseudomonas diminuta bacteria

In the end of process at 108 hours time contact shown that final concentration is 26 mg/l,

6,5 mg/l dan 3,2 mg/l for initia concentrationl 75 mg/l, 50 mg/l dan 25 mg/l. For lower

concentration monochlorotriazynil at 10 mg/l, that at 96 hour contact time had been

colourless, it’s shown that all of monochlorotiazynil has been completely degraded by

Pseudomonas diminuta bacteria.

In the general condition almost the same result biodegradation of monochlorotriazynil

reactive dyes trend using single bacteria or mix bacteria is shown on Figure 5 below. But

the good result obtain on the Pseudomonas rudinensis bacteria that shown on the excess

of concentration Mkta after 108 hours processes.

Figure 5 Corelation between Monochlorotriazynil value (various concentration)and reaction time with Pseudomonas rudinensis and Pseudomonasdiminuta.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108

Time, hour

M kta, 10 mg/lM kta, 25 mg/lM kta, 50 mg/lM kta, 75 mg/l

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108

Concentration (Mkta), mg/l

Time, hour

Mkta, 10 mg/l

Mkta, 25 mg/l

Mkta, 50 mg/l

Mkta, 75 mg/l

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


NN N N

N

SO3Na OH

CH3CH3O

SO3Na

Cl

N

OCH3

SO3Na

CH3O N N

S O3Na

OH

OH

SO3Na

NH2CH3O

SO3Na

NH2

4-MMetoxyMetoxyazonatriumsulfonic

N H 2

2 Amino 3-Na Sulfonat AlfanaftolalfanaftolAlfanaftol

2 Naphtelenamine AnilinAnilin

N H 2C H 3 O

N H 2O H

N H 2

2 Na Sulfonat 4-Metoxy AnilinAnilin

4 Metoxianilin

Phenol 4 AminoAAminoAminAmino

Benzenamine AnilinAnAnilin

Figure 6 : Biodegradation pathway Monoklorotriazynil with Pseudomonas rudinensisbacteria

Product biodegradation of Monochlorotriazynil reactive dyes using Pseudomonas

rudinensis bacteria can be shown on Figure 6 below

Monoklorotriazinyl

+ NH3 + NH2Cl

+ H2O + CO2Metoxyazonatriumsulfonic

+ OH- H2O+CO2+NH3

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Conclusion

From the whole experiments its can be concluded that result of isolation microorganism

from sludge textile wastewater discharge is two kinds bacteria that named Pseudomonas

rudinensis dan Pseudomonas diminuta.

The result show that the same trend biodegradation process monochlorotriazynil reactive

dyes using the Pseudomonas rudinensis dan Pseudomonas diminuta bacteria.

Two Bacteria obtain could be degraded Monochlorotriazynil reactive dyes concentration

10 mg to 75 mg/l on 108 hours

Biodegradation pathway product is : 2-Naphtelenamine anilin, Phenol 4-amino and

Benzenamine anilin

REFERENCES

Anliker, R. (1979), “Ecotoxicology of Dyestuff”, A joint effort by industry, 3, 59 – 74.

Abrahat, E.N. (1986), “Dyes and their intermediates”, Edward Arnold

Brown, D. B., and Hamburger. (1987), “The degradation of dyestuffs: part III-Investigations of their ultimate degradability.” ETAD. Switzerland

Carliell C.M., dkk (1995), “Microbial decolorisation of a reactive azo dye under anaerobicconditions”. Water science Vol.20 pp. 341-344

Color Index. (1976), “The society of dyers and colorists”, American Association of TextileChemistry and Colorists, Volume 6.

Easton John. R, (1995), “The dye maker’s view, dyers and colourist” Society of Dyers andcolorists.

Georgiou D et.al (2003), “Decolorization of azo reactive dyes and cotton textilewastewater using anaerobic digestion and acetate consuming bacteria” Dept ofEnv. Engineering, Demokritos University of Thrace, 67100, Xanthi, Greece.

Ganesh R., G.D Broadman., D.L Michelsen (1994). “Fate of azodyes in sludges.” WaterResearch vol.28 No.6 pp. 1367-1376

Haugh W., achmidt A., Nortemann B., Hempel D.C., Stols A. dan Knaekmus H.J. (1991)“Mineralization of The Sulfonated Azo Dye Mordant Yellow 3 by 6-Aminonaphtalene-2-Sulfonate-Degrading Degrading Bacteria Consortium.”Applied Environmental Microbiology. 57, 3144-3149

Holmes H.N., JBM Kelvey. (1984). “The reversal of Traube’s rule of adsorption”. JournalPhysic Chemical Vol 32 pp. 1522-1523

Kulla. G Hans (1983), “Aerobic bacterial degradation of azo dyes”, Department ofIndustrial and Engineering Chemistry, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology,Zurich

Pasti-Grigsby M.B, Paszczgnski A. and Crow Ford R-L. (1992), “Influence of AromaticSubstitution Patterns on Azo Dye Degradability by Streptomyces Spp andPhanerochaeta Chrysosporium”, Applied Environmental Microbial. 58, pp 3605-3613

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Rafii F., Franklin W., and Cerniglia C. E. (1990),” Azoreductase Activity of AnaerobicBacteris Isolated From Human Intestinal Mikroflora”, Appl. Environ. Microbial, 56,pp. 2146-2151.

Rochaeni A., E. Kardena, Wisjnuprapto., (1998), “The caracterization of azoreductaseisolated from soil bacteria” Proceeding of the fourth international symposium ofEternet-Apr. pp WTC IX-1 to 5, Bandung.

Richardson. (1995), “Degradation of azo compound by Aeromonas hydrophilia Var. 24b”,Journal Soc. Dyes colorist, 94, pp. 91-94

So, K.O., Wong, P.K., and Chang K.Y. (1990), ”Decolorization And Biodegradation OfMethyl Red by Acetobacter Lignefaciens”, Tex. Assess. 5, pp. 221-235

Spadaro, J. T., Gold M. H., and Reganathan V. (1992), “Degradation of azo dyes by thelignin-degrading fungus Phanerochaete chrysosporium. App. Environ. Microbiol,58, pp. 2397-2401.

Sarasa J., Roche M.P., Ormad M.P., Gimeno E., Puig A., and Ovelleiro J.L. (1998),“Treatment of a wastewater resulting from dyes manufacturing with ozone andchemical coagulation”, Water Research, 32, No. 9

Wong. P.K., and Yuen. P.Y. (1996), “Decolorization and biodegradation of methyl red byKlebsiella pneunominae RS-13”, Water research, Vol 30, pp 1736-1744

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.ET-10

PRELIMINARY STUDY OF CRUDE OIL HYDROCARBON DEGRADATIONBY DOMINANT FUNGAL ISOLATES

Astri NugrohoDepartment of Environmental Engineering

Faculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental TechnologyTrisakti University, Jakarta

Jl. Kyai Tapa No. 1, Building K, 7th Floor, Jakarta 11440, [email protected].

AbstractA research to evaluate the ability of fungal isolates to degrade crude oil hydrocarbon hasbeen done. The aim of this research was to find out fungal isolates and to determine thecapability of each isolate and mixed cultures in degrading crude oil. The fungi wereisolated from crude oil sample by using Stone Mineral Salts Solution (SMSS) medium.The isolates growth were optimized in SMSS medium with the addition of 1% glucose, atpH variation of 5.0, 5.5, and 6.0. The ability of fungal isolates to degrade crude oil wasevaluated by inoculation of each isolate and mixed cultures at 0%, 5%, 15% and 25%(v/v) inoculum concentrations in SMSS medium containing 1% molasse with optimuminitial pH. Each medium contains crude oil at an optimum concentration from the previousoptimizing step. There were three dominant fungal isolates found which have thecapability to degrade crude oil, i.e. Aspergillus niger, Rhizopus nigricans and Aspergillusflavus. The best growth medium condition was SMSS medium with the addition of 1%molasse and 25% crude oil at initial pH of 6. The mixed fungal culture and inoculumconcentration of 15% have the best biodegradability of crude oil, which was indicated bya reduction in viscosity, specific gravity, and crude oil weight. Treatment with singlefungal cultures showed that A. niger has higher biodegradation potential of crude oil thanAspergillus flavus and Rhizopus nigricans

Keywords : fungal, biodegradation, mixed culture, crude oil.

ProloqueThere have been many known methods of coping with crude oil spills. Overcoming this

condition through biological means is one way of dealing with crude oil spills, this method

uses microorganism activity. Microorganism ability to utilize Crude Oil as a carbon

source to create energy in its growth, resulted in the break-up of a long hydrocarbon

chain to a short hydrocarbon chain. The result of such process towards crude oil

commences degradation, or more commonly known as Crude Oil Biodegradation.

Apart from bacteria and yeast, Fungi is also capable of growing in crude oil. More than

160 fungi genera growth in hydrocarbon have been proven (Cookson, 1995). Amongst

the fungi that have been isolated are; Fusarium sp, Penicillium glaucum, P. luteum,

Aspergillus terreus, A.flavus, A. niger, Helminthosposrium sp and Cladosporium sp

(Chater and Sommerville, 1978)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Fungi has an excellent alcana degradable capability, whether oxidation on terminal or

subterminal methyl groups. A number of fungi which uses terminal oxidation route

includes; Cunninghamella bainiert, Rhizopus nigricans, Aspergillus vercicolor and

Penicillium lilacinum, Whereas fungi which degrades alcana through subterminal

oxidation includes; Cunninghamella echnulata, Aspergillus lavus, A. niger, Penicillium

javanicum and Fusarium lini amongst others (Buhler and Schindler, 1984).

Considering the lack of information on the use of fungi as a biodegrator therefore this

research will test the abilities of a number of dominant fungi which shall be isolated in a

crude oil sample for hydrocarbon degradation. Its hypothesis is that each crude oil

sample contains a number of fungi isolates with crude oil degrading potentials. Each fungi

isolate and its mix have different abilities in degrading crude oil.

Research MethodologyMaterialMaterial used is crude oil as a fungi isolate and carbon source. Medium used are Stone

Mineral Salts Soution (SMSS) with an addition of 1% molase. Potato Dextrose Agar

(PDA) as a fungi isolate medium. Lactophenol cotton blue used as a fungi isolate coloring

agent.

Fungi isolate capability tests in crude oil degradationFungi isolate capability tests in crude oil degradation, utilizing Random Complete Design

(RCD) factorial pattern basic design. Each fungi isolate in a single culture form and its

mix with an inoculums concentrate is inoculated into a growth medium that has been

added with crude oil for as much as 25%. The combination of this research treatment

can be seen in table 1.

Table 1. Treatment combination

Dominant fungi Inoculums concentrate

0% 5% 15% 30%

A A0 A1 A2 A3

B B0 B1 B2 B3

C C0 C2 C3 C4

Mix M0 M2 M3 M4

Each treatment unit is incubated at room temperature, utilizing a shaker at a speed of

120 rpm for 30 days, then variable measurements that indicates crude oil degradation

are taken.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Crude oil degradation variable measurements

Variables are measured to indicate the occurrence of crude oil degradation which

includes viscosity , specific gravitation, trace crude oil weight, fungi dry weight and PH

medium end. Methods of measuring each variable value consist of the following:

Crude oil viscosity measurementCrude oil viscosity measurement is conducted at LEMIGAS, Jakarta. Tools used to

measure levels of viscosity are Viscometer “Opaque Fenske-Cannon”, tennometer “Bath”

and a stopwatch

Crude oil specific gravitation measurementCrude oil specific gravitation measurement is done using a hydrometer method. Tools

used includes a hydrometer container, “bath” a hydrometer and a thermometer.

Trace crude oil weight measurementTrace crude oil weight is measured by way of weighing the total weight of crude oil at the

end of the test. Crude oil is inserted into an Erlenmeyer that had previously been

weighted. Then the Erlenmeyer which contains crude oil is weighted. Trace crude oil (g)

is the weight of the Erlenmeyer which contains crude oil minus the weight of an empty

Erlenmeyer.

Data analysis methodData gathered from each measured variables are analyzed through a variety of analysis.

If the outcome resulted in feasible difference, it shall be further analyzed through a

Duncan multiple regional tests (DNMRT) at P<0,05 (Casillas et al, 1996)

Results and ReviewsIsolation results shows 3 dominant fungal found in crude oil samples, these are;

Rhizopus nigricans, Aspergillus niger and A flavus. These form of fungi can commonly be

found in hydrocarbon

Fungi growth patternApart from containing C source that is easy to be utilized y fungi, molase also contains

other nutrients such as; N, P, Ca, S and Mg. The addition of such nutrients can

accelerate fungi growth as can be seen in the chart#1 below.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


All types of fungal growth are influenced by Ph medium. One influence Ph has is towards

availability of a certain metal ions. Metal ions can be complex formed and is unable to

dilute in a certain pH level. Magnesium Ion and Phosphate ions contained together in

free format at low pH level. But at higher pH levels such ions formed a complex undiluted

form, whereby decreasing its availability for fungi growth. Such effect equals to Ca+2 and

zn+2 ions.

Cell permeability is also influenced by pH medium. Such influence is particular on

compounds that are experiencing ionization. At low pH levels plasmalemma is filled with

hydrogen ions whereby preventing important cations from entering. Whereas membranes

at high levels of pH are filled with hydroxyl ions whereby preventing important anions

from entering (Moore-Landecker, 1996)

05

101520253035

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Isolat Fungi

Ber

at K

erin

gFu

ngi (

gr/L

)

A B C Mix

Fig 1. Fungi growth pattern during a 30 day incubation period

pH medium values also effects fungi enzymes. Theses enzymes are inactive on extreme

pH as such these anzymes reflects reflects variable optimum pH values in its activities. A

number of enzymes are more active in a minute acid medium, whereas some are more

actve in a minute Basa medium. Gennerally fungi enzymes poseses an optimum pH

value between 4 and 8. pH medium that does not fit is able to alter extracurricular

enzyme activity or other mtebolism processes. Fung has a specific pH range for its

growth. Generally , optimum fungi pH is under pH7 (Moore-Landecker, 1996).

High crude oil concentrate can hamper fungal growth. There is a possibility of this

connected and influenced by hydrocarbon content within crude oil towards fungi growth.

One hydrocarbon component contained within crude oil is an aromatic compound phenol

(Neuman et al, 1981). Such aromatic compound in high concentrates has a toxic effect

towards microorganism (Doerffer, 1992). The use of crude oil concentrates in high levels

increases aromatic compound content in the medium. It is highly probable that the large

amount of aromatic compound with a toxic effect in the medium resulted in hampering

fungal growth or fungal growth failure. Other probability is due the injection of crude oil

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


concentrate that is too high may result in the eventual hampering of fungal enzymes

activity. One influential factor in enzyme activity is substract concentrate. Enzyme activity

increases in accordance to increments in substract concentrate up to a specific level.

Substract concentrate that is too high resulted in fixed enzymes activities. (Doelle, 1994)

Three dominant fungal test in degrading crude oilEach type of fungi or its mix, is able to degrade crude oil. Such can be proven by

measuring the following parameter.

Crude oil viscosityResearch result proved that fungi type and each inoculums concentrate has an effect on

crude oil viscosity at the end of the research. Viscosity value at the end of the research

can be seen in fig 2.

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

A B C Mix

Isolat Fungi

Vis

kosi

tas

(cS

t)

Kons. Inokulum 0% Kons. Inokulum 5% Kons. Inokulum 15% Kons. Inokulum 25%

Fig 2. Viscosity value at the end of the research (t 30), with adding inoculum 0%,5%, 15% dan 25%

Lowest crude viscosity value of (8,19 cSt) is the result of a maximum 15% mixed culture

injection (inoculums) This value This value clearly differs from the viscosity value

influenced by Rhizopus nigricans (10,07 cSt), Aspergillus niger (9,69 cSt) and Aspergillus

flavus (10,22 cSt).

Mixed fungal culture expressed a lower viscosity value compared to each fungal pure

culture. This can be thought of as each of fungi in the mixed culture utilizes crude oil by

dissecting its carbon chain and turning it to a shorter hydrocarbon compound. Result of

this process altered crude oil composition to a more lighter hydrocarbon fraction in large

amounts.

Inoculums concentrate used in this test affected crude oil viscosity levels. This can be

marked by the presence of viscosity value difference due to varied inoculums concentrate

injection. Lowest viscosity level of 8,19 cSt was due to a 15% inoculums injection, a clear

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


difference of levels of viscosity in a controlled (0% inoculums) of 15,01 cSt inoculums 5%

(9,36 cSt) and inoculums 25% (8,89 cSt)

In a controlled (0% inoculums), crude oil viscosity levels remains high, with slight

decrements compared to before treatment (12,88 cSt). Despite minute alterations that

might be due to physical factors such as shaking and effects in temperature, crude oil

composition expressed very little effect. As such, viscosity remains high. A 5% inoculums

injection is probably not enough to start crude oil degradation process whereby its

viscosity levels remains high when compared to a 15% inoculums injection. A 15%

inoculums injection is best used to decrease viscosity levels. This is probably due the

15% inoculums concentrate is the optimum level for fungal growth, whereby excellent

fungal growth can be achieved (biomass = 18,42 g/1).

Mixed culture treatment with a 15% inoculums concentrate resulted in the lowest viscosity

value which is 8,19 cSt, this value is indifferent (P>0,05) to viscosity values influenced by

a mixed culture injection with a 25% inoculums concentrate which is 8,89 cSt. This

means statistically a mixed culture injection influence with a 15% inoculums concentrate

equals to a 25% concentrate injection towards viscosity levels. This cause might be that

the result of an inoculums concentrate injection of 15% and 25% expressed very little

difference, whereby the resulted in a statistically similar viscosity levels. As is the case, it

can be concluded that the best treatment to decrease viscosity levels is through mixed

culture and 15% inoculums concentrate, as by a smaller amount of inoculums (15%)

resulted in smaller viscosity levels when compared to a 25% inoculums injection.

This matter is also supported by mycelium fungal dry weight at the end of the test

(chart#5). The highest mycelium fungal dry weight is achieved at mixed culture (18,42

g/1), whereby there is a high probability that the more fungal activity has on crude oil

resulted in the more light fractions can be found in crude oil. Such high numbers of light

fraction resulted in the decrease of viscosity levels.

Specific gravitation (SG)Value of specific gravitation at the end of the test can be seen in Chart#3. Difference in

specific gravitation value is also influenced by types of fungi and inoculums concentrate.

Lowest value of (0,9006) is the result of a mixed culture injection. This value clearly

differs from crude oil SG value influenced by Rhizopus nigricans (0,9379), Aspergillus

niger (0,9079) and Aspergillus flavus (0,9270).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Fig 3. Crude oil specific gravitation at the end of the research (t -30 ) with variedinoculums treatment of 0%, 5% and 25%

This result is also supported by fungal dry weight retained at the end of the research

(Chart#5). In a mixed culture the highest fungal dry weight is achieved and it further

softens crude oil liquid state whereby achieving a lower cured oil GS value. In a single

culture form, Rhizopus nigricans expressed the best degradation ability when compared

to Aspergilus niger and A flavus this was indicated by its ability to decrease higher level

of GS when compared to the two.

Concentrated inoculums factor also has real effect towards crude oil GS value. Crude oil

GS level in a controlled (0% inoculums) which is 0,8816 clearly differs from cured oil GS

values due to a 5% inoculums injection (0,8402) , 10% inoculums (0,8324) and a 15%

inoculums (0,8373). This result expressed similar results with a inoculums influence

towards viscosity value, which is a 15% inoculums injection resulting in the lowest crude

oil GS value. Viscosity values is compared evenly with GS Value, this means viscosity

value increments is followed an increase in GS value and vice-versa whereby crude oil

with a low viscosity value also retains a low GS value.

Fungal activity which utilizes crude oil C source resulted in a carbon chain break-up

forming a shorter hydrocarbon chain. A short hydrocarbon chain that is contained in

crude oil resulted in a more liquid form and a lower GS value.

Crude oil weight at the end of the researchThe presence of crude oil degradation is also determined by a decrease in crude oi

weight at the end of the research. Crude oil weight in each tereatment can be seen on fig

4.

Result of the test can be summarized as influence of each core factor forms fungal type

and inoculum concentrate towards trace crude oil weight is real.

0.84

0.86

0.88

0.9

0.92

0.94

0.96

0.98

1

Fungi A Fungi B Fungi C Mix

Isolat Fungi

Gra

vita

si S

pesi

fikKons. Inokulum 0% Kons. Inokulum 5% Kons. Inokulum 15% Kons. Inokulum 25%

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


-2

3

8

13

18

A B C Mix

Isolat Fungi

Bera

t M

inya

k Bu

mi (

gr)

Kons. Inokulum 0% Kons. Inokulum 5%Kons. Inokulum 15% Kons. Inokulum 25%

Fig 4. Trace crude oil weight at the last test (t -30) is a variety of incullums additiontreatment 0%, 5%, 15% and 25%.

Such fungi may utilize crude oil in its metabolism as a carbon source. Fungal Carbon use

from crude oil is suspected to cause decerements in crude oil weight.

Fungal type factor celary influenced trace crude oil weigh. Lowest crude oil weight of

(10,7782) as a result of mixed culture injection. This value cleary differs from trace crude

oil weight as a result of Rhizopus nigricans injection (13,9927 g/100 ml), aspergillus niger

(12,8051 g/100 ml), and Aspergillu flavus (13,5286 g/100 ml). as can be seen in Chart #4,

it can be seen that the weight of a miselium fungi in a mixed culture is the highest This

means the more fungal utilization of crude as its carbon source, resulted in a lighter crude

oil trace. Whereby a mixed culture is the best for crude oil biodegradable process as

indicated by decrements in crude oil weight. In a single culture form, A niger can

decrease crude oil weight value bigger than other types. This fungal is suspected to

utilize hydrocarbon components that is contained in crude oil., its fungal activity resulted

in the lowest crude oil weight

Inoculums factor towards trace crude oil weight is expressed by trace crude oil weight ina

controlled (0% incolums ) is 17,424 g , this clearly differs from tarace crued oil weight as

a result of 5% inculums injection (12,2789 g/100 ml), 15% (10,7782 g/100 ml) and 25%

(11,7923 g/100 ml) chart #4. these results shows similar results with crude oil viscosity

and GS value, which receives a 15% inoculums concentrate injection resulting in the

lowest trace crude oil weight. Making the 15% inoculums best for crude oil biodegradable

process.

The Duncan test results towards effects of iteraction factors towards crude ol weight in

the end of the research showed that interaction occurred between fungal types and

concentrates. Lowest Trace crued oil weight is the result of treatment combination

between mixed culture and a 15% inoculums concentrate with race crude oil weight

(10,7782 g/100 ml). whereby treatment combination between mixed culture and a 15%

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


inoculums concentration is the best treatment combination to execute crude oil

biodegradation process.

Crude oil biodegradable ability can be reviewed from fungal growth on a medium which

contains crude oil. This fungal growth is influenced by its growth medium. Heaviest

biomass at the end of the research was retained by weighing mycelium dry weight of

18,42 g/1. Crude oil biodegradation process depends on fungal ability grow on a medium

which contains crude oil. Fungal ability to utilize crude oil for its metabolism as carbon

source, resulted in crude oil carbon chain breakdown becoming a lighter hydrocarbon

fraction. Result of the process towards crude oil is the formulation of composition

alteration or more commonly known as crude oil biodegradation. The more fungal

utilization of crude oil the stronger its biodegradable ability becomes. This factor is

supported by parameter results which indicates biodegradable occurrence. A high fungal

biomass resulted in viscosity, specific gravitation and crude oil weight decrements.

Fungal growth is also influenced by the applied inoculums concentrate, a 15% inoculums

injection resulted in the highest fungal biomass (18,42 g/1), followed by 25% inoculums

(16,79g/1), 5% (1,77 g/1) and 0% (0 g/1) (chart#5). A 15% inoculums injection is best for

fungal growth and crude oil biodegradation process. Result of this inoculums injection

yields viscosity decrements , specific gravitation and a higher crude oil weight when

compared to a controlled (0% inoculums) as well as other inoculums injection. This is due

to a 15% inoculums concentrate provides optimum fungal growth.

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

A B C Mix

Isolat Fungi

Bera

t ke

ring

mis

eliu

m f

ungi

(

gr/1

00m

L)

Kons. Inokulum 5% Kons. Inokulum 15% Kons. Inokulum 25%

Fig 5, Trace inoculums biomass at the end of research (t-30) withinoculums 5%,15% and 25% additional variable treatment

One significant criteria in a microbe culture to be able to be used as an inoculums is its

concentrate must be in its maximum serving. The amount of inoculums injected is

between 5% to 15% of the medium volume (Buchler and Schindler 1984)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


pH medium alterationsCrude oil biodegradation process can be reviewed through pH Medium alterations, as a

result of fungal activity retained in the medium. pH medium alterations towards acidity in

the end of the research can be seen in Chart#6

pH Medium values not inoculated by fungi (inoculums 0%) altered from pH 6 to 5,74 and

reaching to 5,86. This occurs due to the absent of fungal activity in the medium whereby

changes in the pH medium is relatively small.

This minute pH decrements is suspected to be the result of physical influence such as

medium heat buildup which caused compound ionization in the solution whereby

decreasing pH value.

In a fungal inoculated medium, occurred a higher pH alteration when compared to non-

fungal medium. These relatively high pH alterations may be the result of fungal activity

that forms acid metabolites.

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

A B C Mix

Isolat Fungi

pH m

ediu

m

Kons. Inokulum 0% Kons. Inokulum 5%

Kons. Inokulum 15% Kons. Inokulum 25%

Fig 6 pH medium alterations towards acidity in the end of the research

Alcona biodegradation contained in crude will form alcohol to further become fat. Formed

fatty acid is suspected of causing pH medium decrement. Fatty acid retained from Alcona

will be further oxidized forming acetate and propionates tah can decrease pH medium

value (Rosenberg et al, 1992). Phyren biodegradation also bore an acid compound called

1-pirentl sulfate and 1-hydroxil-8-pirenil which can decrease pH medium value (Cemiglia

1992 and wainwright, 1992)

Executive Summary1. Three dominant fungi isolated from crude oil samples have been identified, these

are; Rhizopus nigricans, Apsergillus niger, Aspergillus flavus.

2. SMSS medium with a 1% molasses addition, with a 6 pH start and a 25% crude oil

concentrate provides the best medium for each fungal growth.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


3. Inoculums concentrate utilized has an influence towards fungal ability to degrade

crude oil, mixed culture with a 15% inoculums concentrate has the best crude oil

biodegradable properties, indicated by viscosity value decrements, specific

gravitation with crude oil weight with increments as well as biomass weight increase

at the end of the research.

4. In a single culture form, Aspergillus niger with a 15% inoculums concentrate has a

better crude ol biodegradable properties when compared to Rhizopus nigricans and

Aspergillus flavus.

Literature ReferencesAtlas, R.M. dan Bartha, R. Microbial Ecology : Fundamentals and Application. Third Ed.

The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc. Redwood City, California.1993.393-399.

ASTM, American Petroleum Institute and The Institue of Petroleum. PetroleumMeasurement Tables. American Edition. American Society for Testing andMaterial. 1952.

Buhler, M. dan Schindler, J., Aliphatic Hydrocarbons. Dalam Kieslich, K. (Ed.)Biotechnology : Biotransformation. Volume 6a. Verlag Chemie. Basel. 1984. 329-375.

Casillas, R.P., Crow Jr. S.A., Heinzs, T.M., Deck, J., dan Cemiglia, C.E., Initial Oxidativeand Subsequent Conjugative Metabolites Produced during the Metabolism ofPhenanthrene by Fungi. Journal of Industrial microbiology. 16.1996.205-215

Cemiglia, C.E., Biodegradation of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. Biodegradation, 3thed. 1992. 351-368.

Chater, K.W.A. dan Somerville, H.J., The Oil Industry and Microbial Ecosystems.Proceeding of meeting organized by the Institute of Petroleum. Heyden and SonLtd. London. 1978.80-106.

Coheran, E. Uses of Bacteria in Bioremediation. Dalam. Sheehan, D. (Ed). Methods inBiotechnology; Bioremediation Protocols. Humana Press. Totowa, New Jersey.1997. 11-13

Cookson, Jr. J.T., Bioremediation Engineering: Design and Application,McGraw-HilL Inc.USA. 1995.95-135.

Doelle, H.W. Microbial Process Development World Scientific.Hongkong. 1994. 110-112.

Doerffer, J.W., Oil Spill Response in the Marine Environment. First Ed. Pergamon Press.Tokyo. 1992.9-20,91-99,133-161.

Huntoro, Studi laboratorium pengaruh aktivitas mikroorganisme pada kualitas materailreservoir, dalam microbial enhanced oil recovery. Tesis Magister. Jurusan TeknikPerminyakan. Institut Teknologi Bandung. 1998.

Jones, K.H., Trudgut, P.W., dan Hopper, D.J., Metabolism of p- cresol by the fungusAspergillus fumigatus. Appl. Environ Microbiol. 59.1993.1125-1130.

Jones, K.H., TrudgOl, P.W., dan Hopper, D.J., 4-Ethylphenol Metabolism by Aspergillusfumigatus. Appl. Environ Microbiol. 60. 1994. 1978-1983.

Moore-Landecker, E. Fundamentals of the Fungi. Fourth Edition. Prentice HallInternational, Inc. New Jersey. 1996.304-305.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Neumann, H.J., Paczynska-Lahme, B., dan Severin, D., Composition and Properties ofPetroleum. Halsted Press. New York. 1981. 1-17, 28-29,97-103.

Rosenberg, E., Legmann, R., Kushmaro, A., Taube, R., Adler, E.dan Ron, E.Z.,Petroleum bioremediation a multiphase problem. Btodegraddtio. 3. 1992. 337-350.

Sack, U., Heinze, T.M., Deck, J., Cerniglia , C.E., Cazau, M.C., dan Fritsche, W. Novelmetabolites in phenanthrene and pyren transformation by Aspergillus niger. Appl.Environ. Microbiol. 63. 1997. 2906-2909.

Sharpley, J.M. Elementary Petroleum Microbiology. Gulf Piblishing Co. Houston. Texas.1966.37-149.24. Stanbury, P.F. dan Whitaker, A. Principles ofFermentation Technology. First Edition. Pergamon Press. Toronto. 1984. 108-110.

Wainwright, M. An Introduction to Fungal Biotechnology. John Wiley & Sons. Chichester.1992. 9-10.

White, J. Yeast Technology. John Wiley & Sons. New York. 1954. Ii Sack, U., Heinze,T.M., Deck, J., Cemiglia , C.E., Cazau, M.C., dan Fritsche, W. Novel metabolitesin phenanthrene and pyren transformation by Aspergillus niger. Appl. Environ.Microbiol. 63. 1997. 2906-2909.

Wunder, T., Kremer, S., Sterner, 0., dan Anke, H., Metabolism of the polycyclic aromatichydrocarbon pyrene by Aspergillus niger SK9317. Appl. Microbiol Biotechnol42.1994. 636-641.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.ET-11

POTENTIAL APPLICATION OF BIOSURFACTANT PRODUCED FROMAZOTOBACTER SP IN OIL INDUSTRY

Qomarudin Helmy1‡., Edwan Kardena1., Pujawati Suryatmana2 andWisjnuprapto1

1 Department of Environmental Engineering, Institut Teknologi Bandung, Ganecha 10Bandung

2 Faculty of Agriculture, Padjajaran University Bandung‡ Corresponding Author : Qomarudin Helmy, e-mail: [email protected],

AbstractCommercial interest in biosurfactant has been generated by their applicability in widespectrum application including environmental, pharmaceuticals, and food processing. Theadvantages of biosurfactant over their chemical counterparts include biodegradability,production from cheap, renewable substrates, and functionality under extreme conditions.Interest in biosurfactant is growing due to their applications in the protection of theenvironment and in the petroleum industry. Their environmental uses are principally tothe bioremediation of petroleum hydrocarbon contaminated sites. Azotobacter vinelandiisynthesized an emulsifier in a cultivation medium supplemented with 2% glucose ascarbon source. Measurement of biosurfactant production and emulsification indexindicated that the biosurfactant was produced optimally at 48-72 hour of fermentation.Various factors affecting on growth and biosurfactant production by A. vinelandii wasstudied. Higher nitrogen concentration results in higher yield of cell growth. In contrary,the increase of cell growth is non linier with the production of biosurfactant by A.vinelandii. The production of biosurfactant decreased when nitrogen concentration wasincreased. The relative optimum production of biosurfactant achieved when A. vinelandiisupplemented with 0.25g/L Ammonium nitrate. Emulsification properties of thebiosurfactant were stable at wide range of temperature and pH indicating advantagesover its applications in the oil industry. From research result, concluded that biosurfactantcould enhaced the biodegradation process and increased the removal efficiency at rateshigher than those which could be achieved through addition of petrofilic bacteria alone.

Keywords: Biosurfactant, Azotobacter vinelandii, Emulsification index, Surface tension

IntroductionBiosurfactants are amphiphilic compounds of microbial origin [Desai and Banat, 1997]

which have attracted considerable interest in recent years, due to their potential

commercial applications in the petroleum, pharmaceutical, agricultural and food-

processing industries.

Surfactant are amphipathic molecules with both hydrophilic and hydrophobic moieties

that partition preferentially at the interface between fluid phase with different degrees of

polarity and hydrogen bonding such as oil/water or air/water interfaces [Makkar and

Cameotra, 2002]. These characteristics render surfactants capable of reducing surface

and interfacial tension and forming micro-emulsion where hydrocarbons can solubilize in

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


water. Surfactant, commonly synthetic surfactant used in a broad application processes

including emulsification, foaming, detergency, wetting and dispersing or solubilizing. But

therefore, the usage of synthetic surfactant are considered have many disadvantages

due to its synthetic compounds, like less biodegradability, higher toxicity, less

environmental compatibility and high production cost. Unlike chemical surfactant,

biosurfactant have several advantages such as higher biodegradability, lower toxicity,

better environmental compatibility also the ability to be synthesized from renewable

feedstock and the possibility of in situ production [Kosaric, 1992]. Several biosurfactant

have high surface activities and promising substitutes for synthetic emulsifier.

Biosurfactant are ideal for environmental application due to their biodegradability and

environmental friendly.

Much of the effort this day has been made to improve the economy and the efficiency of

bioprocess in order to allow biosurfactant to compete with chemical surfactants.

Biosurfactant applications have been hampered by the high production cost, the

requirement of high purification for cosmetic, food and pharmaceutical industries.

However, the diversity of biosurfactant result in a broad spectrum of potential industrial

application such as in agriculture, food and beverage industries, textile, leather, paper

and metal industries, cosmetic pharmaceutical and petrochemical industries. The largest

possible market for biosurfactant is in the oil industry both for petroleum production and

for bioremediation of oil contaminated sites. Bioremediation involves the acceleration of

natural biodegradation processes in contaminated environments.

Material and MethodsReagents.All chemicals were of reagent grade, purchased from Merck, J.T. Baker and Sigma Chem

Co. Growth media were purchased from Oxoid ltd.

Bacterial strain and Culture Conditions.Azotobacter vinelandii and petrofilic bacteria Bacillus cereus, Enterobacter sp. was

obtained from the culture collection of Environmental Biotechnology Laboratory-

Environmental Engineering Department, Institut Teknologi Bandung, Indonesia. A.

vinelandii was maintained at 40C on mannitol enrichment agar slants containing (g/L): 20

mannitol, 20 yeast extract, 20 tryptone, 15 agar. While Bacillus cereus and Enterobacter

sp. was maintained at 40C on Nutrient Agar. Sub-cultures were made to fresh agar slants

every 2 month to maintain viability.

Biosurfactant Production.Cultures were grown on a minimal basal medium (MB) which composed the following

components (g/L) of distilled water [Helmy et al., 2008]: 1.5 K2HPO4; 0.5 KH2PO4; 0.2

MgSO4; 0.5 (NH4)2 SO4; 2% glucose as substrate. 10 ml Trace Element solution was

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


added per liter of MB medium. The composition of this trace element (g/L) are 12

Na2EDTA2.H2O; 2 FeSO4.7H2O; 1 CaCl2; 0.4 ZnSO4.7H2O; 10 NaSO4; 0.4 MnSO4.4H2O;

0.1 CuSO4.5H2O; 0.5 Na2MoO4.2H2O. The medium was sterilized by autoclaving at

1210C for 15 min.

The inoculum of Azotobacter vinelandii was prepared by transferring cells grown on a

slant to 250 ml Erlenmeyer flasks containing 50 ml of MB broth. Culture was incubated in

an orbital shaker at room temperature, 110 rpm for 2 days. The MB containing 106

cells/mL was used to initiate growth using 2% (v/v) inoculum. Biosurfactant production

was carried out in 2000 mL Erlenmeyer flasks containing 800 mL minimal medium at

room temperature with shaking at 110 rpm for 4 days in an orbital shaker. At regular

intervals, samples were withdrawn for analyses. Growth of the culture was monitored by

optical density (OD) method. The biosurfactant concentration (g/L) and emulsification

index (%) were also monitored during the fermentation. All analyses were performed in

triplicate.

Biosurfactant Isolation and Biomass Determination.A 30 ml sample of fermentation broth was centrifuged at 13.000 rpm for 30 minute to

obtain a cell free broth. After centrifugation, the supernatant was then dissolved in a 4 N

hydrochloric solution and allowed to stand overnight at 40C, followed by the biosurfactant

extraction step with a chloroform solvent at room temperature. The organic layer was

transferred to a round-bottom flask and the aqueous layer was re-extracted two times for

complete recovery of biosurfactant. The organic phases were combined yielding a

viscous brown-colored crude biosurfactant product and then evaporated to remove the

solvent, the residue was collected and weighted. Vermani et al. (1995) method were used

to determine the exopolysaccharide fraction of biosurfactant. A mixture of 1:2 (v/v)

biosurfactant and chilled acetone were agitated and stand overnight to precipitate.

Formed precipitate were filtered and gravimetrically analyzed.

Emulsification Index (E24).To determine the emulsification index, Batista et al., (2006) method was applied.

Centrifugation at 13000 rpm to separate biosurfactant from microorganism cells yielding a

biosurfactant cell free. A mixture of 1:1 between biosurfactant and crude oil is agitated for

about 2 minute then stabilized for 24 hour. Emulsification index (%) determined by

measuring the colom height of emulsified oil agains its total height multiplied by 100

times.

Biodegradation AssayTo determine the performance of petrofilic bacteria in degrading petroleum hydrocarbon

with initial concentration of 1 % TPH (Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon), a preliminary

biodegradation assay developed and set up as follows:

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Control reactor; no petrofilic bacteria were added.

Control reactor with addition of biosurfactant

Reactor with the addition of petrofilic bacteria.

Reactor with the addition of both petrofilic bacteria and biosurfactant.

Total petroleum hydrocarbon concentration and growth of petrofilic bacteria were

observed on certain time.

TPH measurementsMeasurement of TPH were conducted with gravimetric method. Sample was extracted

with n-hexane, the organic layer were pooled and dried at room temperature by

evaporation of solvents. After evaporation, the amount of residual TPH recovered was

weighted [Mishra et al., 2001].

Result and DiscussionEffect of Nitrogen Sources.To study the effect of nitrogen concentration on growth and biosurfactants production, the

minimal medium was supplemented with different nitrogen concentration. Many report

showed that the over production of biosurfactant occurred under growth limiting condition.

This has been extensively demonstrated in Pseudomonas aeruginosa with an over

production of biosurfactant in limitation of nitrogen. Effect of nitrogen concentration

indicated that increasing in nitrogen concentration yielding in increasing of cell growth. In

contrary, this increasing in cell growth is non linier with the production of biosurfactant by

Azotobacter vinelandii. The production of biosurfactant decrease when nitrogen

concentration is increased. The relative optimum production of biosurfactant achieved

when Azotobacter vinelandii supplemented with 0.25% nitrogen concentration (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Effect of different nitrogen concentrations on growth and biosurfactantproduction of Azotobacter vinelandii grown on 2% glucose after 48 hourincubation at room temperature.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


There are evidences that nitrogen plays an important role in the production of surface

active compounds by microorganisms. Makkar and Cameotra, (2002) reported that

potassium nitrate was found to be the optimum nitrogen source for biosurfactant

production of Bacillus subtilis MTCC 2423 rather than sodium nitrate and urea. Nitrogen

has been documented as a regulator of lipogenesis in most living organisms.

Emulsification Stability Test.Interest in biosurfactant is growing due to their applications in the protection of the

environment and in the petrochemical industry. Their environmental uses are principally

to the bioremediation of petroleum hydrocarbon contaminated sites. In the oil industry,

they are used in microbially enhanced oil recovery (MEOR) and or biosurfactant-

mediated enhanced oil recovery, facilitate transportation of heavy crude oil through

pipelines and in the cleaning of contaminated vessels. Application of biosurfactant in

enhanced oil recovery process must meet any requirement involving the extreme

condition of oil reservoir. These processes frequently involve exposure to extremes of

temperatures, pressure, salinity, pH and organic solvents, hence there is a continuing

need to isolate microbes that are able to function under extreme conditions. Stability

studies were done using cell-free broth obtained by centrifugation the culture at 13.000

rpm for 30 minute as described in methods.

Effect of Extreme Temperature and pH on Biosurfactant Emulsification CapacityThe emulsification index of the culture broth free of cells was stable up to 48 hour when

stored at 40 C either at room temperature (270 C). It is interesting to observe that the

emulsification capacity of the biosurfactant remain stable after heating for 30 minutes up

to 1200 C. The effect of thermal treatment (chilled/heated) on the activity of the

biosurfactant from Azotobacter vinelandii cultivated in minimum basal medium with 2%

glucose as carbon source showed that no appreciable changes in emulsification capacity

occurred.

The effect of extreme temperature and pH on the emulsification activity of the culture

broth free of cell can be seen in Figure 2. Extreme of pH could possibly transform less

surface-active species into more active emulsifiers by denaturation of proteinaceous

components or by increased ionization. The effectiveness of biosurfactant produced from

Azotobacter vinelandii was pH stable at pH range 2-8.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


0

20

40

60

80

100

4 27 120

E24

(%)

Temperature (*C)

60

64

68

72

76

80

2 6 8 12

E24

(%)

pH

( a ) ( b )

Figure 2 Effect of extreme temperature and pH on the emulsifying activity of cellfree broth of Azotobacter vinelandii grown in minimal basal mediumwith 2% glucose as carbon source.

Application of biosurfactant enhanced biodegradation of petroleum oil

Biosurfactant are also used in emerging technologies like microbial remediation of

hydrocarbon and crude oil–contaminated soils. Hydrocarbon contaminants are removed

from the environment, primarily as a result of their biodegradation, which is performed by

native microbial populations. Such biodegradation is known to be time-consuming and

new technologies have been developed; for example the addition of biosurfactant help to

stimulate the indigenous microbial population to degrade hydrocarbons at rates higher

than those which could be achieved through addition of nutrients alone.

Biosurfactant is a well known surface active agent that generally used in improving the

aviability of contaminant to the microbial attack. The biosurfactant affect the

biodegradation process by increasing the solubility and dispersion of the compound.

There are two ways in which bioemulsifier affect which is increasing the surface area of

hydrophobic water insoluble substrate. Secondly is increasing the bioavailability of

hydrophobic water-insoluble substances.

A laboratory scale of biosurfactant enhanced biodegradation of crude oil was conducted.

Effect of addition of biosurfactant from Azotobacter vinelandii in the biodegradation

process were shown in Table 1.

The low water-solubility of many hydrocarbons reduces their availability to microorganism

and limit the biodegradation process. It has been assumed that biosurfactant can be used

to enhanced the bioavailability of hydrophobic compounds. On the other hand this low

water-solubility increases sorption of compound to surface and limits their availability to

biodegrading microorganisms. Once again. biosurfactant can enhance growth on bound

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


substrates by desorbing them from surfaces or by increasing their apparent water

solubility.

Tabel 1. TPH removal efficiency of petroleum hydrocarbon by petrofilic bacteria inbatch reactor with addition of biosurfactants from A. vinelandii.

Petrofilic IsolateRate ofBiodegradationµmax(day-1)

TPH RemovalEfficiency (%)

IncreasedRemovalEfficiency (%)

Control (C) - 26.51 ± 1.326

C + Biosurfactant 39.67 ± 1.984 13.16

B. cereus (B.c) 0.1545 64.05 ± 1.202

B.c + Biosurfactant 0.4084 83.33 ± 1.898 19.28

Enterobacter sp (E) 0.1812 62.17 ± 2.110

E + Biosurfactant 0.5562 88.17 ± 1.839 26.00

The TPH removal efficiency of reactors after running for about 60 days are 26.51% for

control reactor and increased to 39.67% after addition with biosurfactant. Reactor with

addition of Bacillus cereus as petrofilic bacteria gave 64.05% and increased to 83.33%

efficiency after addition with biosurfactant. While reactor with addition of Enterobacter sp

gave 62.17% and increased to 88.17% efficiency with biosurfactant addition,

respectively. From research result, concluded that biosurfactant could enhaced the

biodegradation process and increased the removal efficiency at rates higher than those

which could be achieved through addition of petrofilic bacteria alone .

AcknowledgementThis research was financed by ITB Research Grant in collaboration with Laboratory of

Engineering on Sustainable Sanitation. Hokkaido University-Japan also from Indonesian

Higher Education (DIKTI) Research Grant.

ReferencesBatista.S.B., A.H. Mounteer, F.R. Amorim, M.R. Totola. 2006. Isolation and

characterization of biosurfactant/bioemulsifier-producing bacteria from petroleum

contaminated sites. Bioresource Technology. vol.97. pp. 868–875.

Desai, J.D. and I.M. Banat. 1997. Microbial Production of Surfactants and Their

Commercial Potential. Microbiol. And Molecular Biol. Review. P.47-64.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Helmy,Q., E. Kardena and Wisjnuprapto. 2008. Kinetics Study of Oil Sludge

Biodegradation by Petrofilic Bacteria. The 2nd South East Asian Technical

University Consortium Symposium. Bandung Indonesia.

Kosaric, N. 1992. Biosurfactant in Industry. J Am Oil Chem Soc, Vol 64:1731-1737

Makkar, R.S and S.S. Cameotra. 2002. Effect of Various Nutritional Supplements on

Biosurfactant Production by Strain of Bacillus Subtilis at 450 C. Journal of

Surfactants and Detergents. Vol.5,No.1

Mishra, S., J. Jyot., R.C. Kuhad and B. Lal. 2001. Evaluation of inoculum addition to

stimulate in situ bioremediation of oily-sludge contaminated soil. Applied and

environmental microbiology, Apr. 2001. p. 1675-1681.

Vermani, M.V., S.M. Kelkar and M.Y. Kamat. 1995. Novel Polysaccharide Produced by A.

vinelandii Isolated from Plant Rhizosphere. Biotechnol. Letters, vol.17: 917-920.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.ET-16

WASTEWATER REGENERATION TO MINIMIZE INDUSTRIAL COOLINGWATER FLOWRATE

Ellina S. Pandebesiea, Renanto Ha, JC Liub, Tri Widjayaa

a Department of Chemical Engineering – ITS, [email protected]

bDepartment of Chemical Engineering – NTUST, Taiwan

AbstractIn industry, water is consumed in many operations like extraction, condentation, stripping,process, steam, washing and cooling water. Not all operations require the higest qualityof water. For example multistage washing, low quality water could be used in the initialstage and high quality water used in final stage. Makeup water is required to compensatefor the loss of water from evaporation, drift and blowdown. Cooling tower makeup is oneof the largest demands for water, since low quality water could be used, regeneratedwater can reduce freshwater required. Regeneration is a treatment process but appliedwith the objective of reusing or recycling the water, rather than discharge to environment.Regeneration recycling reduces the volume of freshwater and wastewater. Regenerationof wastewater is most likely to be economic if it allows process material to be recovered,reducing freshwater demand and reducing operation and maintenance cost.In this study, water pinch analysis approach is used to targeting regeneration flowratesand targeting freshwater flowrates. There are two pinch points for the system, for freshwater and regeneration. Water pinch is a systematic technique for analyzing waternetworks and reducing water costs for processes. It uses a graphical design method toidentify and optimize the best water re-use, regeneration and effluent treatmentopportunities. The reduction in the water usage will be limited by either minimum flowrateor maximum consentration inlet and outlet. The maximum concentration set byconsoderations: corrotion limitations, fouling limitations, minimum mass transfer drivingforce and maximum inlet concetration for downstream treatment.

Key words: water pinch, minimum, wastewater regeneration, composite curve, coolingwater

IntroducingTo couple with environmental regulations, the industries have been seeking

effective and affordable technologies for wastewater minimization. A number of efforts for

the clean production technology have been increasingly made within not end-of-pipe

technologies but toward achieving the goal of fundamental structural changes that allow

extensive water reuse or decreasing wastewater generation.

Many different types of process can be used to regenerate wastewater, e.g.

gravity settling, filtration, membranes, activated carbon, biological treatment. They can be

used in isolation or combination. In some cases processes can only be used in

combination, for example filtration might be essential before a membrane to prevent

membrane fouling (Wang and Smith, 1994).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Kuo and Smith (1997) conducted research, the objectives to minimize the

flowrate of effluent to be treated, by choose appropriate type and number of treatment

operation, segregates or mixes streams where appropriate and effluent streams fulfill

environmental discharge limit. This is to improved Wang and Smith methods for design of

distributed effluent treatment systems and extends the concepts to retrofit cases.

Kim and Smith (2004) introduced a systematic method for the design of cooling

water systems that accounts for the interactions between water-using systems and

cooling systems to reduce makeup by water pinch analysis. In recirculating cooling tower

makeup water is required to cover flowrate loss and blowdown during tower operation. As

the evaporative cooling systems remove heat from hot cooling water by a combination of

heat and mass transfer between water and air, the water loss comes mainly from

evaporation. This is approximately 1% of inlet flowrate for each 10 °F range and drift loss

is around 0.3% of the water circulation rate (Kim and Smith, 2004).

Water pinch analysisTargeting minimum wastewater flowrate

The purposes of this phase are to obtain minimum water used and minimum

effluent discharged by Water Pinch Analysis. Water pinch Analysis uses mathematical

tools for optimization and composite curves for graphical visualization and interpreting the

results. The objective of Water Pinch Analysis is to obtain minimum cooling water

requirment.

Superstructure designDesign for regeneration reuse made by divided operations into two groups. One

group requiring water with lower concentration than regeneration can achieve. For this

group used freshwater. One group can accept inlet consectration greater than

regeneration can achieve. For this group used regenerated water. A case study shows

analysis of wastewater regeneration and cooling water systems can achieve significant

freshwater reduced.

ResultsReduction of freshwater consumption

Targeting of cooling water minimum can acieve by composite curve. In principal,

to analized minimum requirement, there are hot stream and cold stream data needed.

The cooling water data for individual coolers are shown in Table 1. Temperature of water

inlet to cooling water network is 32oC and temperature of water return is 41.5oC.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Tabel 1: Cooling Water Condition

Hot Stream Cold Stream Flowrate

Th inThout CP Q

Tcwin

Tcwout CP Q (ton/hour)

No. HE (oC) (oC) (MW/oC) (MW) (oC) (oC) (MW/oC) (MW)

1 127-C 107.2 38.7 0.300 20.72 32.0 33.9 10.91 20.72 8,626

2 167-C 64.0 37.0 0.010 0.34 32.0 35.5 0.10 0.34 66

3 128-C 71.3 37.0 0.020 0.76 32.0 35.7 0.21 0.76 153

4 116-C 115.0 37.0 0.060 4.12 32.0 37.0 0.82 4.12 863

5 124-C 51.5 37.0 0.480 6.60 32.0 39.0 0.94 6.60 945

6 142-C 80.3 37.0 0.002 0.10 32.0 40.0 0.01 0.10 13

7101-Jimt 131.0 38.5 0.060 5.95 32.0 42.0 0.60 5.95 600

8 107-C 87.8 33.5 0.480 26.03 32.0 42.0 2.60 26.03 1,094

9 115-C 96.6 37.0 0.070 3.92 32.0 45.6 0.29 3.92 302

10 130-C 112.0 37.0 0.050 3.91 32.0 45.6 0.29 3.91 289

11 174-C 100.6 40.0 0.060 3.39 32.0 32.2 16.95 3.39 251

12 LO/SO 63.0 44.0 0.050 1.04 33.3 39.0 0.18 1.04 206

13101-JTC 103.0 58.5 1.180 55.00 33.3 40.4 7.75 55.00 8,465

14 172-C2 387.8 93.3 0.010 3.85 32.2 45.6 0.29 3.85 251

Total 135.73 22,123

To determine cooling water minimum, considered ∆Tmin as shown on Figure 1.

For exsample, HE No. 174C, ∆Tmin inlet hot stream and outlet cold stream more than 5oC.

All of Heat Exchanger (HE) must fullfill ∆Tmin at the inlet and outlet of the cooler. This will

be used to provide a boundary between feasible and infeasible temperatures in the

design of cooling water network (Smith, 2005).

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3

Q (MW)

T oC

Hot StreamCold Stream

Figure 1. Minimize the flowrates

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


From Table 1, all of Heat Exchanger has ∆Tmin 5oC, compatible with their specification.

There is potential to minimize cooling water requirment by increased cooling water inlet

temperature. The consequense is recirculating water to cooling tower will increase. To

prevent fouling and corrosion, temperature maximum of recirculating water is 48,89oC

(Kern, 1965). Design temperature interval given in Tabel 2.

Tabel 2: Design of Inlet and Outlet Temperature

Cold Stream

No. HE

Tcw in

(oC)

Tcw out

(oC)

Q

(MW)Cp

(MW/oC)

1 174-C 35 48.89 3.39 0.244

2 127-C 33.7 48.89 20.72 1.364

3 167-C 32 48.89 0.34 0.020

4 128-C 32 48.89 0.76 0.045

5 116-C 32 48.89 4.12 0.244

6 124-C 32 48.89 6.6 0.391

7 LO/SO 39 46 1.04 0.149

8 142-C 32 48.89 0.1 0.006

9 101-JTC 43.89 48.89 55 11.000

10 101-Jimt 33.5 48.89 5.95 0.387

11 107-C 32 48.89 26.03 1.541

12 115-C 32 48.89 3.92 0.232

13 130-C 32 48.89 3.91 0.231

14 172-C2 43.89 48.89 3.85 0.77

Total 135.73 16.624

And then draw individual stream of cooler. The diagram is divided into temprature

intervals. Within each temperature interval, the heat duty for the individual streams is

combined together to produce the cooling water composite curve as shown in Figure 3.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


0

10

20

30

40

50

60

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140

Q(MW)

T(oC

)

Composite Curve

Water Line

Figure 3: Composite Curve

From composite curve temperature of recirculating water increase from 41.5 oC to

48.4oC. Temperatur pinch 45oC and Q pinch 109.42 MW, results 8.42 MW/oC. Colling

water existing required 16. 624 MW/oC. Cooling water network design identified a

potential to reduce 49.4% freshwater for cooling water requirement, that is mean reduced

wastewater as much as 10944 ton/hour.

Reduction of cooling water makeupThere are many ways to reduce cooling water makeup. This paper will describe

how to reuse blowdown to reduce colling water makeup. Cooling tower capacity is 22,123

ton/hour. In this system evaporation is 376 t/hour, drift loss 22 ton/hour and blowdown 66

ton/hour. Makeup water is required to compensate for the loss of water from evaporation,

drift and blowdown as much as 464 ton/hour. A simple diagram of cooling system is

shown on Figure 1.

Figure 4 Cooling system with regeneration

Cooling water network design identified a potential to reduce 25.4% of cooling

water makeup and 118 t/h wastewater.

Blowdown( 66t/h)

Regeneration

CWNetwork

Evaporation (376t/h)

Makeupwater

CT

T

Wastewater treatment effluent (52 t/h)

32oC

42oC

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


ConclusionsCooling water network optimization and wastewater regeneration design reduce

11062 ton/hour wastewater.

ReferencesKern, Donald Q., 1965. “Process Heat Transfer”. McGraw-Hill Book Company.

Singapore

Kim, J. K dan Smith, R. 2004, “Cooling system design for water and wastewaterminimization”, Ind. Eng.Chem.Res, Vol. 43, pp. 608-613

Kuo W.C.J. and R. Smith., 1997, “Effluent treatment system design”, ChemicalEnggineering Science, 52, pp. 4273-4290.

Smith, R., 2005,”Chemical Process Design And Integration”, John Wiley andSons, Ltd., England

Wang Y.P. and R. Smith., 1994, “Design of distributed effluent treatmentsystems, Chemical Enggineering Science, 49, , pp. 3127-3145.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.ET-17

MINIMIZATION OF TOTAL COST FOR MEDICAL WASTE TREATMENTSYSTEM IN BANDUNG CITY

Mochammad Chaerul, Lucky Lie Junpi, Ninda EkaristiResearch Group of Air and Waste Management,Faculty of Civil and Environmental Engineering,

Institute Technology of Bandung, Jalan Ganesha 10, Bandung 40132, IndonesiaCorresponding author. Phone: +62-22-253-4187, Fax: +62-22-253-4187

Email: [email protected]

Abstract

Increasing population, especially in urban area, leads to increasing demand on healthservices provided by a variety of healthcare establishments. Among the establishments,hospital generates more waste than others. Hospital waste consisting medical wasteportion responsible for various diseases transmission, thus it should be managedproperly. The paper aims to find the present situation on medical waste management inBandung city. The study has conducted through detail observation on hospital wastemanagement at some hospitals, collecting secondary data, and interview to variousstakeholders. Most of hospitals have separated medical waste from general one.However, not all hospitals are equipped with medical waste treatment facility and itresults mixing all kind of hospital waste with other municipal solid waste in city finaldisposal site. The paper also proposes a system to improve the existing situation byminimizing total cost using linear programming approach by considering some followingconstraints. All medical waste generated by each hospital should be treated usingavailable capacity of existing treatment facility. Cost considered at this study is only costat treatment facility. The result shows the medical waste flow from hospitals to thetreatment facilities. The proposed system suggests that treatment facility having variousspecification owned by hospital should be optimized suited to its maximum capacity. Theestablishment of third parties in this field is proven to increase the capacity of wastetreatment in Bandung city.

Keywords: medical waste, treatment capacity, linear programming, total cost

IntroductionIncreasing population, especially in urban area, leads to increasing demand on health

services provided by a variety of healthcare establishments. Among the establishments,

hospital generates more waste than others. According to the WHO, 1999 hospital

generates about 60% of total medical waste generation in a city. Hospital waste

consisting medical waste portion responsible for various diseases transmission, thus it

should be managed properly. Although the percentage of medical waste generation in

hospital is only 10-25% of total hospital waste, it posses hazard for human health and

environment. Thus, it is urgent to treat the medical waste separately from other general

municipal waste. The paper aims to find the present situation on medical waste

management in Bandung City.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Information on Hospitals in Bandung CityThere are 30 hospitals in Bandung having a

broad range of bed strength (Figure 1). In fact,

the classification of general hospital not only

based on amount of bed available but also

based on amount and type of specialist offered

by a hospital. It is clearly shown that almost

half of total hospitals in Bandung are small size

hospitals having less than 100 beds available

and offering a particular specific specialist.

3%

13%

27%

10%

47%

Class A, > 1000 Beds,189.8 kg/day

Class B, 170-409 Beds,3.6-116.2 kg/day

Class C, 108-381 Beds,2.0-39.7 kg/day

Class D, <65 Beds, 2.0-10kg/day

Special, 8-104 Beds, 0.2-36kg/day

Figure 1. Distribution of Hospitals inBandung

Existing Hospital Waste ManagementThe study has been conducted through detail observation on hospital waste management

at some hospitals, sampling to get primary data, collecting secondary data, and interview

to various stakeholders. Most of hospitals have separated medical waste from general

one and small portion, about 7.14% of them, do not perform the waste separation.

However, not all hospitals are equipped with medical waste treatment facility and it

results mixing all kind of hospital waste with other municipal solid waste in final disposal

site posed by Bandung municipality. Only 8 hospitals have their own medical waste

treatment facility, all of them are applying incineration technology.

While in order to treat

their medical waste, 15

hospitals share the

responsibility to private

company which have

incineration. Due to the

access limitation, 7

hospitals do not give any

information about their

medical waste

management (Figure 2).

92,86%

7,14%

29,60%

55,60%

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Yes

No

On-Site

Off-site

Segr

egat

ion

Trea

trmen

t

Figure 2. Medical Waste Management at Bandung Hospitals

Result and DiscussionThe paper also proposes a system to improve the existing situation by minimizing total

cost using linear programming approach by considering some following constraints. All

medical waste generated by each hospital should be treated using available capacity of

existing treatment facility. Total medical waste generated by hospitals, which is

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


approximately 597.6 kg/day or 17.93 ton/month, must be treated using 8 incinerators

having treatment capacity of 279 kg/hour/day. In this study, data on waste generation is

taken by combining several approaches, i.e. interview with the hospital management,

secondary data available (Dinas Kesehatan, 2007), and direct sampling. Recently, the

waste generation could be estimated by computer programming adopting system

dynamic nature, such as STELLA, Powersim, etc. Application of system dynamic

software of STELLA has been used by author to estimate the waste generation

qualitatively (Chaerul, 2008) and quantitatively (Chaerul et.al., 2008).

In order to treat all medical waste completely, it is necessary to operate the incinerators

more than once a day; they should be operated third or fourth a day. The proposed

system suggests that treatment facility having various specification owned by hospital

should be optimized suited to its maximum capacity. The establishment of third parties in

this field is proven to increase the capacity of waste treatment in Bandung city. There are

4 (four) components of total cost considered at this study to be minimized, i.e. (1) Cost for

medical waste collection (from hospitals to treatment facilities), (2) Cost for treatment

(incineration), (3) Cost for ash transportation (from incinerators to final disposal), and (4)

Tipping fee to dump the ash into final disposal site. The result shows the medical waste

flows from hospitals to the treatment facilities and to final disposal site.

ReferencesDinas Kesehatan Kota Bandung, 2007, Rekapitulasi Assessment Pengelolaan Limbah

Medis Sarana Pelayanan Kesehatan Kota Bandung.

Chaerul, M., Tanaka, M., Shekdar, A.V., 2008, “A System Dynamic Approach for HospitalWaste Management”, Waste Management, 28, pp.442-449.

Chaerul, M., 2008, “Prediction of Infectious Waste Generation in A City: A SystemDynamics Approach”, Proceedings of International Conference on Environmental

Research and Technology 08 (ICERT 08) Penang – Malaysia, pp.61-66

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.UM-01CREATING SUSTAINABLE OPEN SPACE DEVELOPMENTS IN URBANHOUSING AREAS THROUGH COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION, A STUDY

CASE OF WEST JAKARTA

Ady Rizalsyah Thahir

Architecture Department, Faculty of Civil Engineering and PlanningTrisakti University, Jakarta

[email protected] , [email protected]: 62 21 816 94 63 71

AbstractWhen implementing urban development plans for cities, especially for big cities, it isextremely important to ensure a balance among the economic, social and environmentaldevelopment activities; this is stipulated by the principles of sustainable development.One physical component of a sustainable urban development is maintaining a balancebetween covered areas within buildings and well planned open spaces. Such a balance isespecially necessary to provide water absorption areas in settlement areas that are proneto be flooded; such water absorption areas also function as spatial lungs in tropicaldwelling areas as means to curb extensive usage of energy. Although this is theoreticallyalready widely known, in practice however, urban communities give insufficient attentionto the meaning and importance of open spaces, particularly in dwelling areas and in theirown individual yards. This is because development activities tend to be heavily orientedto economic considerations and to very short-sighted objectives, hence there areinsufficient open spaces in many urban areas. One way to ameliorate this shortcoming isby improving the community’s awareness and sense of appreciation pertaining to theenvironment, through participative action programmes. Increasing the awareness of theimportance of maintaining a sustainable environment would facilitate the creation ofsustainable open spaces in dwelling areas; this has been carried out in several dwellingareas in West Jakarta. It is important to establish mutually beneficial partnerships amongdevelopment stakeholders (the government, the public in general and the businesscommunity) as this plays a decisive role in the implementation of sustainable open spacedevelopment planning in urban dwelling areas.

Key words: open space, holistic, sustainable, participatory, partnership.

1. IntroductionUrban growth is closely connected to the growth of urban population and to

several infrastructure facilities that are necessary to support urban living. The higher the

population growth rate, caused by urbanisation and birth rate, the higher is the need for

urban dwelling spaces. A human urban dwelling space should take into account a

proportional balance between built areas and open spaces. Besides balancing living

facilities for urban communities, urban open spaces also function as elements of urban

infrastructures, such as water absorption areas, green areas and as lungs for urban

environments necessary to support ecologically sustainable urban living. Therefore,

urban open spaces should be closely and integrally linked to the provision of urban

dwelling facilities and other facilities that cater for business, trade, industrial and

recreation activities. Open spaces should therefore not be observed as separate entities,

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


but should be taken into account within the overall development of urban dwelling

facilities.

Problems emerge when existing dwelling spaces are not in proportion with the

number of urban population who need to be served, as is happening in several big cities

in developing countries. Such is also the case in Jakarta, where the space created to

accommodate its growing population is not in balance with the supporting capacity of the

available infrastructure and as a result there are areas of the city with high density that

are supported by open spaces that do not meet the needs of the people, mostly due to

informal development activities. According to some observers, the unbalanced

development is due to the fact that development activities are only slanted toward and

motivated by economic considerations, which is to provide dwelling spaces just to meet

the needs for the individuals. Since such development is conducted on a great scale,

natural disasters inevitably occur such as floods during the rainy season and droughts

during the dry season, because of the absence or adequate provision of open spaces as

water absorption areas. Such an urban development pattern blatantly disregards the

environmental as well as social aspects of development that are essentially to benefit the

general public; on a global scale, it would accelerate global warming.

The clean urban movement aims to preserve green areas in urban dwelling areas

since sustainable development is always susceptibly influenced by the inadequate or

insufficiently maintained open spaces within urban dwelling areas. The importance of

open spaces to accommodate sustainable development has not yet been

comprehensively understood by stakeholders of urban development. Quite a number of

community organisations, self-help institutions, and university community service bodies

as well as local government programmes, do not pay sufficient attention to this issue.

Some, however, have achieved successes especially in taking good advantage and in

maintaining existing open spaces, turning previously neglected open spaces into spaces

that function properly and benefit the people who, as end users, are actively involved in

the maintenance activities. Such is the case in West Jakarta, as further elaborated.

Active participation by the people is one of the non-physical aspects in the

development of urban open spaces within urban dwelling areas; it is also termed as the

soft-technology aspect which is most important to be well technically planned next to

what is usually termed as hard-technology. In the planning of open spaces within new

dwelling areas, hard-technology and soft-technology should be implemented in a

balanced manner. A number of examples from developed countries and some developing

countries can be used as guidance for future planning. An integration of the two

technologies should be used in the provision of open spaces, which in urban areas

should be initiated by all stakeholders: the government, community and developers. What

is also needed is a strong commitment from the stakeholders in formulating a

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


participative spatial planning, which is to include an integration of the following three

aspects: social, economic and environmental.

2. Open Space Development in Urban Housing areas.According to urban planning principles, especially the planning of urban dwelling

or housing spaces, the provision of open spaces is of high priority as they serve to

ecologically balance the built environment. It is stipulated that in counting the percentage

of necessary open urban spaces, they should include green open spaces in town parks,

gardens in dwelling areas, road access areas, river banks and individual yards. The term

green open areas should be properly understood as uncovered surfaces, meaning areas

that should be left as they are in nature, covered by grass, so they could absorb water

into the ground. On a macro level, those areas are town areas or dwelling areas with no

buildings and are the responsibility of the respective developers and urban managers. On

a micro level, they are open spaces of individual buildings and houses and become the

responsibility of each individual building or house owners. The crucial point lies in the

control system during the spatial acquisition and maintenance to ensure that they are

properly implemented so they could remain sustainable.

The following field observations concentrate on the acquisition and maintenance

of open spaces in three dwelling areas in West Jakarta: North Meruya, Jelambar and

Palmerah with special attention to the aspect of sustainable development. At North

Meruya, which is a housing complex for the middle-income group, we find some open

spaces used as public gardens that cater for various social activities and family

playgrounds as well as leisure. One of the gardens, Taman Dahlia, however, is not well

maintained as it was left only to the local authorities to maintain, with consequent

declining activities, leaving the public garden to deteriorate with some parts of it

appearing unclean, thus making the people living around the garden disinclined to use it.

The people around the garden seem to be more occupied with their own activities

and do not pay sufficient attention to the garden, which indeed offers an uninviting

appearance; it also indicates that the people do not, generally, socialize with each other.

The garden seems not yet to have become part of the people’s daily life. The case is

different with the people living along the Pesanggerahan tributary at Taman Aries area

Fig 2.1-Stage1

Fig 2.2-Stage2

Fig 2.3-Stage3

Fig 2.4- T. Dahlia-2005

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


where certain segments of the river bank have been well maintained by the people living

across it. The open spaces are planted with decorative plants and properly taken care of,

giving a well maintained and clean appearance.

In the case of the area at Jelambar district, where the public garden has been

surrounded by a middle-class dwelling area, the people initially did not intensively use the

public garden or cared for it, considering the job to be the responsibility of the local

authorities. However, after the garden had been nominated as one of the areas to

represent West Jakarta in the national green and clean environment competition, the

local government intensified its maintenance activities, assisted by the Community Forum

for Caring of the Environment, an NGO, and invited the people to periodically participate

in the maintenance of the garden through public information activities. Since the

evaluation is conducted every four months, and the result is announced nationally, the

people are motivated and encouraged to actively participate, especially three months

after the first evaluation announcement took place. At the initial stage the people

participated in keeping the garden clean and because the garden did appear clean and

well kept, the people started to use the garden more intensively doing morning physical

exercises, and children from the surrounding dwelling areas also began to use the garden

as their play ground.

In the second year, the people began to provide additional plants on several

corners of the garden, even painting the play utilities for the children. Public participation

increased with the garden maintenance and usage programmes being discussed in local

group meetings. The people’s sense of co-ownership has gradually grown and keeping

the garden clean has become part of the people’s daily activities.

The two above-mentioned cases provide valuable information about the condition

of public open spaces at the macro or local level; the following is a study on a micro level

where the people of RT 02 – RW 05 areas at Palmerah District, inhabited by the low-

income group, conduct their participation. Due to the scarce and very limited available

space, the houses of extended families in the area are invariably very crowded leaving

very narrow spaces outside the dwellings, and in some cases even none at all, since the

original houses have been gradually enlarged and extended, covering almost whole plots.

Fig 2.5-Stage1

Fig 2.6-Stage2

Fig 2.7-Stage3

Fig 2.8-RW 02Jelambar- 2006

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The average open space is around 7 to 10 percent of the total plot, and at some

cases there’s no open space at all because the whole plot has been covered. The houses

are musty and have insufficient air circulation, a typical condition in low-income dwelling

areas where developments occur informally and spontaneously. The area, however, was

also included in the “green and clean” programme, and in the first 6 months, the people

put pots of plants on their narrow strips of open space, even above pedestrian side-walks

that were provided with pergolas where pots of plants were hung around; some of the

pots containing already scarce traditional herbal plants. The participation rate of the

people was quite high and new programmes of cleanliness and green areas were

enthusiastically accepted by the people, such as making compost from household waste

and making water absorption holes along some parts of the pedestrian side walks in the

area.

3. Sustainable Open Space development through Community Participation.Sustainable urban development can be attained through the integrated

implementation of the environmental, social and economic aspects of development which

should be conducted by all the stakeholders of urban development, including their

committed action to develop open spaces in urban dwelling areas. It has been holistically

proven that the active participation of stakeholders play a determinative role to ensure

success of the programme.

On the environmental aspect, the Sense of Openness and Space to Reflect

stands central in the discussion on open urban space. The Sense of Openness should be

determined by the wishes of the community who in developed countries have mostly

already comprehend the meaning because of their being relatively well educated and

having sufficiently adequate economic conditions, as compared to the urban inhabitants

in developing countries. The provision of urban open space has the objective to strike a

balance in the fast urban development activities, and also to provide a psychological

Fig 2.9-Stage 1 Fig 2.10-Stage 2

Fig 2.11-RT 02/RW05 Palmerah-2007

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


mental balance for urban inhabitants. Open green spaces would inevitably contribute to

make the people respect nature in the rush of urban growth which usually underlines only

the economic aspect of development. The understanding of open space as a factor that

encourages community creativity should be nourished among the people, and open their

minds to become more innovative and creative in facing urban living.

From the social aspect of providing open space, the programme should be

conducted in line with the already known and practised principles of sustainable

development. The following three principles need to be taken into consideration:

democracy, justice and sustainability. By democracy is understood that the people’s

interests should be prioritized and all information should be provided in an honest and

responsible manner and made publicly accountable. Participatory planning, by which the

public are invited to actively participate since the planning process, is the solution to

provide a democratic nuance to the whole planning activity. Inclusion of the local people’s

aspirations plays an important role in providing a democratic value in the formulation of

sustainable planning. The principle of justice is exercised through the transparent

implementation of planning as it would ensure the proportional distribution of benefit and

cost. The principle of justice also treats everybody in an equal manner and provides

information to them about the importance to exploit natural resources in a responsible

manner for the benefit of future generations. The principle of sustainability puts emphasis

on generating the people’s awareness of the importance of long-term planning which

comprises the need to create innovative breakthroughs pertaining to energy saving that

should be formulated in several alternative manners of exploiting resources in a

responsible way, in order for the resources to be passed on to the next generation.

The economic aspect is closely related to the cost and economic value of the

development to be carried out. The bigger the development scale, the bigger is the cost

involved. In the event of limited funding from the government, phasing of development

activities is an alternative besides inviting private investors. Problems invariably emerge

when the development stages are not carried out consistently and in some cases they

are even discontinued because of absence of funds. It is pertinent that the

implementation of sustainable development programmes should be accompanied by a

planning to efficiently make use of available potentials in an economically viable manner

through creating the community’s sense of ownership that would in turn allow

maintenance of the area to be carried out in a self-help manner. Through such

participation, the quality of the developed space would be maintained and even enhanced

by the community themselves.

The three above-mentioned aspects provide a holistic development concept that

should be implemented in a balanced way, particularly to ensure sustainable spatial

planning. The question is which entry point should be taken. An analysis of the potentials

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


and shortcomings of the location could provide the basis to determine the proper entry

point.

4. DiscussionFrom the three above-described cases it becomes clear that in order to create

sustainable open spaces, it is necessary to obtain the understanding and appreciation

from the community pertaining to the importance of open spaces. Community’s

awareness and appreciation would emerge following an action or movement that

stimulates sustainable development as described in the second case study, that of the

public garden at Jelambar district. In the first case, the public garden at Taman Dahlia in

North Meruya district, it was obvious that the community’s sense of belonging pertaining

to the public garden in their environment had not been successfully kindled and the active

on-site community participation was also non-existent.

To generate community participation, participation of several external motivators

has been necessary, conducted by the local authorities with the assistance of NGOs. In

other cases, the community was able to directly contact the NGO without intervention

from the authorities. In the case of the garden at the housing complex at Jelambar, the

external motivator came from the Community Forum on the Environment, assisted by

academics from the Community Service Institute of Trisakti University, who provided a

number of technical supports. In the provision of material on sustainable environment,

social sustainability and economic sustainability, the authorities were also involved as

being the overall and general responsible party. During the several discussions, the

prospective community leaders were gradually identified who would then exercise a

participation leadership role as well as became internal motivators and leaders.

By adopting the existing local social structure, which comprises neighbourhood

associations and administrative units at the next-to-lowest level in city, the identification of

community leaders was accomplished in the third month of 3-week meetings. In the

fourth month, the community organisation for public garden was established together with

the regulations that were accountable to the community; indeed the organisation was

further known as a truly accountable community organisation. The formation of this

organisation did take some time; it also required active participation from the people to

develop social solidarity to ensure proper functioning of the organisation. The solidarity

functions as a social capital which is the wealth generated by community participation.

The higher the community participation, the higher is the solidarity among the people. As

an example, maintenance of the public garden was conducted through mutual co-

operation and in partnership so that the people were able to keep the costs at a

reasonably low level. The funds which were thus economized with were used to buy other

necessary items such as garden facilities and decorative plants to further enhance the

public garden.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Technical support was provided by the academics in the spirit of partnership,

especially in raising the people’s mobility to other activities. For example, members of

several organisations at Jelambar were given technical know-how as how to tend plants

and to make compost from household waste. After implementing their newly acquired

know-how and obtaining experience, in the name of their respective organisations they

then became resource persons for other communities that require assistance. With such

an experience, the solidarity among the community was raised and the sense of

togetherness among members of the organisations was consequently much improved.

The people in the densely populated area of Palmerah also required several

months to solidify their solidarity in keeping their dwelling area clean and green. The

people needed first to see the usefulness of active community participation before their

solidarity could develop and solidify. Eventually, the cleanliness of their area and the

abundant pots of plants became widely known throughout the whole Palmerah district

and a collaboration was worked out with the community of Jembatan Besi district, another

densely populated area, with people from RW 05 Palmerah teaching how to turn dwelling

environments green and nurturing rare traditional herbal plants; in return the people of

Jembatan Besi district taught them how to make compost from household waste in an

integrated manner. If the experience obtained in the last two cases had been

implemented in the first case study, it would certainly have created the same community

collaboration in keeping their open space green and clean and this exercise could be

disseminated to other urban dwelling environments in other cities.

5. Conclusions and RecommendationsThe knowledge about the importance of open spaces in urban dwelling areas

need to be acquired and understood by all communities, especially those living in areas

adjacent to public open spaces. They should also be constantly be provided with the

latest information and knowledge on the matter, in order that gradually the same

perception could be developed, disseminated and used to conduct sustainable

development programmes in the future.

The principle of sustainable development through Community Participation

should be comprehended by all stakeholders, and the wide and open dissemination of

relevant information should be conducted to strengthen the sense of ownership which is

much needed to support sustainable development. In addition, law enforcement of

existing local government rules on the need of open spaces in urban areas need to be

firmly undertaken. In the future, the formulation of role division among the stakeholders

should be conducted in a participative manner, with the main attention on sustainable

development. A data base on local government public open spaces should be created

and continuously up-dated for the benefit of the public.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Partnership among the government, the community and private sector should

also be developed with the ultimate objective to arrive at a consensus pertaining to the

role division among stakeholders, especially in the creation and maintenance of urban

open spaces and prevent them from falling into deterioration. This kind of partnership

would encourage the establishment of participative planning by which commonly agreed

decisions would become the commitment of all parties concerned with sustainable

development.

ReferencesCarmona M. et.al. 2003, Public Places – Urban Spaces, The Dimension of Urban Design,

Elsevier, Oxford.

Carley, M. et al. 2001, Urban Development and Civil Society, the Role of Communities inSustainable Cities, Earthscan Publications Ltd, London UK.

Craig, G. and Mayo, M. 1995, Community Empowerment, a Readed in Participation and Development, Zed Books Ltd., London, UK.

Kersten, G.E. et al. 2000, Decision Support Systems for Sustainable Development,International Development Research Centre, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada.

Mattessich, P.W. et Al. (1997), Community Building: What Makes It Work, Amherst WilderFoundation, Saint Paul, MN, U.S.A.

Nas, P.J.M. et al 1999, Modernization, Leadership, and Participation, Leiden UniversityPress, Leiden, The Netherlands.

Servaes, J. et al. (1996), Participatory Communication for Social Change, SagePublications, New Delhi, India.

Steele, J. 1997, Sustainable Architecture, Principles, Paradigms and Case Studies,McGraw- Hill, New York.

Lineberry W.P. 1989, Assessing Participatory Development, Westview Press Inc.,Boulder, Colorado, USA.

Spencer L. J. 1989, Winning through Participation, Kendall/ Hunt Publishing Co. USA.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.UM-02

SUSTAINABILITY OF WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS FOR POORCOMMUNITIES

Ali Masduqi 1, 2, Eddy S. Soedjono 2, Noor Endah 3, Wahyono Hadi 2

1 Doctorate Program in Water Resources Manag. and Eng., Dept. of Civil Engineering –ITS Surabaya

2 Dept. of Environmental Engineering – ITS Surabaya Indonesia3 Dept. of Civil Engineering – ITS Surabaya IndonesiaE-mail: [email protected]; Phone: +62 31 5948886

AbstractExperiences in the third world countries showed that the failures of water supply

developments were caused by less community participation and less acceptability to thenew technologies. In era after 2000, the Government of Indonesia had been carrying outwater supply development, particularly for rural poor communities. To improve waterservices in the future, sustainability of the services is very important. Sustainability isindicated by three indicators, i.e. customer satisfaction, financial benefit, and possibility ofsystem improvement. Some factors that influence sustainability of water supply systemhave been studied. The study was carried out in several locations of water supplysystems in East Java - Indonesia, especially in the rural areas of Brantas River Basin.The study used methodology of quantitative and qualitative research with case study andsurvey approaches. The study was carried out by distributing questionnaires to find theperceptions of communities and water committee regarding to the technical, financial,social, and institutional aspects in the water supply system. The result of the researchshows that sustainability of rural water system is affected dominantly by technologyselection, institutional ability, and community participation. The result of the research mayalso be used as recommendation to formulate strategy of rural water supply development.

Keywords: sustainability, water supply, poor communities, Brantas River Basin

Introduction

Development of water supply in Indonesia refers to the seventh goal of Millennium

Development Goals (MDGs). In water supply context, the MDGs has target of halving, by

2015, the proportion of people without access to safe drinking water and basic sanitation

facilities. To achieve the target, the Government of Indonesia had been carrying out water

supply development, particularly for poor communities. To improve water services in the

future, sustainability of water supply system is an important factor. Sustainability is

indicated by three indicators, i.e. customer satisfaction, financial benefit, and possibility of

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


system improvement. The government must reflect on its experience in era 1970 – 2000,

where many water supply developments in Indonesia were not successful.

Some factors that influence sustainability of water supply system were studied. Recent

researches related to the sustainability of water supply system were conducted by Kaliba

(2002) and Musonda (2004). Both researches were carried out in Africa to identify factors

that contribute to sustainability of rural water supply facilities. Kaliba (2002) found a

strong correlation between community participation and management with sustainability.

Musonda (2004) showed that factors which contribute to achieve sustainability were

effective community organization, capabilities of communities to operate and manage

facilities, abilities of communities to increase tariff to purchase spare parts, and good

support to improve the services in village level. Masduqi et al. (2007) showed that

pipeline network condition was affected by project funding and poverty.

Based on the background above, a study to find significant factors that influence

sustainability of water supply system was conducted in East Java, Indonesia. The

research was carried out in several locations of water supply systems, especially in the

rural areas of Brantas River Basin (BRB). Area of the BRB is 11,800 km², covers nine

regencies and six municipalities. In the BRB, 360 rural water supply systems had been

constructed. Problem of the systems is un-sustainability in some villages.

Methods and overview of case study

The research used methodology of quantitative and qualitative research with case

study and survey approaches. Case study was conducted in 24 villages in nine regencies

of East Java Province. The villages and regencies are illustrated on Figure 1. In this case

study, data of technical planning, management, community characteristic, reliability of

system, and sustainability of system were collected. Based on hypothesis of the

research, independent variables of the research are technical planning, management,

and community characteristic, while dependent variables are reliability of system and

sustainability of system. Relation between of them is presented on Figure 2. These

variables are unobservable variables, which are indicated by three or more indicators.

Indicators are an observable variables.

The data were collected by observation, interview, and documentation techniques.

The observation was conducted to obtain condition of water supply facilities. The

interview involved 24 water committees and 360 water users with questionnaires as

instrument to find perceptions of communities and water committee. Documentation

technique was conducted to obtain document of villages profile, water supply design,

financial reports, and institution profile. All data were analyzed by sorting, coding, scoring,

and structural equation modeling. This model found the relation between some factors

and sustainability of water supply system.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


MalangBlitar

Kediri

Nganjuk Jombang

Trenggalek

Mojokerto

Tulungagung

Sidoarjo

Surabaya

Sumbersuko

Ngembat

Kesemen

Petungsewu

Donowarih Wonorejo

Pagedangan

Parang Argo

Binangun

Tepas

Dawuhan

Babadan

Sukodono

Gemaharjo

Botoputih

Bukur

Pandantoyo

Genjeng

Joho

Kebonagung

Bleberan

Mojorejo

PurwojatiBalongtani

RegenciesCase StudyLocation

0 30 60 Kilometers

N

EW

S

East JavaProvince

550000

550000

600000

600000

650000

650000

700000

700000

750000

750000

9100000 9100000

9150000 9150000

9200000 9200000

Fig. 1. Map of case study area

PlanningTechnologye2

11Sourcee1

1

Investmente31

Materiale41

Management

Spareparte6

Operatore5

OMe7

Operatione8

1

1

1

1

1

Financiale91

Institutione101

Supportinge111

CommunityDemande16

WTPe15

Participatione17

11

1

1

Reliability Continuity e13

Quality e14

Quantity e121 1

1

1

Sustainability Benefit e19

Improvement e20

Satisfaction e181 1

1

1

e21

e22

Fig. 2. Relation among variables of research

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Result and discussion

The data show that most of villages have water supply systems that subsidized by

government or donor. Water supply system in this context is water supply with pipeline

system. The pipeline network in rural areas uses simple network and uses gravity flow or

pumping system, depending on each village condition of water sources and topography.

Conditions of water quality generally are good and drinkable. Conditions of communities

economic and culture are relatively homogenous. Most of respondent are poor with

average income about Rp 500,000 per household per month.

Then, based on the collected and analyzed data, relation between some variables as

presented on Figure 2 is confirmed. Sustainability was affected by reliability and

community, while reliability was affected by technical planning and management. This

relation was gotten from a model using structural equation modeling. This model shows

the estimation of regression weight (Table 1), which indicates effect the weight of a

variable to another.

Variable of technical planning is indicated by water sources availability, technology

selection, investment cost, and availability of material. The model shows that technology

selection is the most representative indicator for variable of technical planning with

regression weight 13.776. Variable of management is indicated by operator existence

and capability, spare part, O/M cost, simplicity of operation, financial management,

institutional ability, and external supporting. The most representative indicator for

management is institutional ability with regression weight 1.281. Variable of community is

indicated by willingness to pay, demand responsive, and participation community. Most

representative indicator is community participation with regression weight 0.526.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Table 1. Estimation of regression weight of variables inter relations

RelationsRegressi

onweight

Relations Regression weight

Reliability <--- Planning 0.048 Financial <--- Management 0.315Reliability <--- Management 0.065 Institution <--- Management 1.281Sustainability <--- Reliability 1.335 Supporting <--- Management 0.227Sustainability <--- Community 0.232 Demand <--- Community 0.165Technology <--- Planning 13.776 WTP <--- Community -0.746Source <--- Planning 0.000 Participation <--- Community 0.526Investment <--- Planning -0.034 Continuity <--- Reliability 0.603Material <--- Planning 0.011 Quality <--- Reliability 0.285Sparepart <--- Management 0.237 Quantity <--- Reliability 0.595Operator <--- Management 0.321 Benefit <--- Sustainability 0.378

OM <--- Management -0.299 Improvement <--- Sustainability 0.526

Operation <--- Management -0.304 Satisfaction <--- Sustainability 0.387

Based on the representative indicators above, it is concluded that technology

selection, institutional ability, and community participation are dominant variables that

affect sustainability of rural water supply system. This result confirms the previous

research (Carter et.al., 1999; Brikké & Bredero, 2003; Lenton & Wright, 2004). Carter

et.al., (1999) and Brikké & Bredero (2003) stated that the failures of water supply

developments in the third world countries were caused by less community participation

and less acceptability to the new technologies. Lenton & Wright (2004) identified some

constraints of success of water supply development, i.e. political (water supply and

sanitation sector not become a priority yet), financial (poverty), institutional (dysfunction of

existing institution), and technical factors (dispersed rural settlement or dense urban

community and climate factor, i.e. floods or droughts).

Conclusion

Sustainability of rural water supply systems is indicated by three indicators, i.e.

customer satisfaction, financial benefit, and possibility of system improvement. The

sustainability is affected significantly by technology selection, institutional ability, and

community participation. Based on the result of the research, it is recommended that

strategy of water supply development must consider technical and non-technical aspects.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


References

Brikké, F. and M. Bredero, 2003, Linking Technology Choice with Operation and

Maintenance in the Context of Community Water Supply and Sanitation, A

Reference Document for Planners and Project Staff, WHO and IRC Water and

Sanitation Centre, Geneva.

Carter, R. C., S. F. Tyrrel, and P. Howsam, 1999, “Impact and Sustainability of Community

Water Supply and Sanitation Programmes In Developing Countries”, J. of the

Chartered Institution of Wat. and Env. Manag., Vol 13, pp 292-296.

Kaliba, A.R.M., 2002, Participatory Evaluation of Community-Based Water and Sanitation

Programs: The Case of Central Tanzania, Dissertation, Department of Agricultural

Economics, Kansas State University, Manhattan.

Lenton, R. and A. Wright, 2004, Achieving the Millennium Development Goals for Water

and Sanitation: What Will It Take? Interim Full Report, Task Force on Water and

Sanitation Millennium Project.

Masduqi, A., N. Endah, E. S. Soedjono, and W. Hadi, 2007, “Achievement of Rural Water

Supply Services According to the Millennium Development Goals – Case Study in

the Brantas River Basin”, Jurnal Purifikasi, Vol. 8 No. 2, pp 115-120.

Musonda, K., 2004, Issue Regarding Sustainability of Rural Water Supply in Zambia,

Master Thesis, The University of South Africa.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.UM-03

ENVIRONMENTALLY COMMUNITY-BASED URBAN DRAINAGEMANAGEMENT: RECHARGE WELL DEVELOPMENT

El Khobar M. Nazech

Department of Civil Engineering Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Indonesia Depok 16424

Telp. +6221 727 0029; fax. +6221 727 [email protected].

AbstractThe increasing number of citizen in urban area causes the increasing demand for morehousing areas, industrial buildings, commerce areas, governmental areas, and otherareas for education and recreational purposes. These urban changes in turn willdecrease the water recharge areas and caused reduce amount of water in the dryseason. Well-planned urban land-use should consist of urban forest, green open spaceand housing area. The decreasing number of available urban forest and green openspace has resulted in reduce amount of water seepage into the ground. Therefore, aneffort to maximize water infiltration in dry season and minimize runoff in rainy seasonmust be done, especially in housing areas. This effort must involve both the citygovernment and community. One of the solutions to maximize water infiltration is to buildartificial water well recharge. Assessment of well recharge functionality from technical,institutional, financial, community cooperation aspects showed that well recharge isessential in urban water management. This can be achieved through active communitycooperation and government guidance and incentive.

Key words: urban, land use, well recharge.

IntroductionDrainage System

The lack of well-designed drainage system in a city will disturb the urban activities; a

part of the city could be flooded at the rainy season while in the dry season groundwater

is scarce. Flood could be managed using an appropriate drainage system. Drainage

system is a part of urban infrastructure, which function is to drain excess surface-water to

water bodies, such as, rivers, lakes, dams, seas or to artificial recharges. The urban

drainage system also functioned to control the storm water for the benefit of humankind.

Urban drainage system consists of channels, gates, pumps and other supported

buildings. The system is divided into several limited catchments area and completed by

channels. The storm water in the limited catchments would be directed to flow into the

tertiary channel. Then, from the tertiary channels the water was redirected to the

secondary channels from where the water will be streamed to the primary channels. The

water from the primary channel will flow to the water bodies.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The basic concept of the drainage system is to redirect the storm water as fast as

possible from the flooded area to the rivers, lakes, dams and seas. Since two decade

ago, the concept of drainage system is changed into an environmentally sound drainage

system by managing the storm water through the better urban planning completed with

additional artificial wells, lakes, and parks. The purpose of this new drainage system

concept is providing more chance for water infiltration into the ground. This concept is

also recognized as water conservation effort, simultaneously managing storm water and

reserving groundwater for better living in urban areas.

Urban Drainage ProblemsThe fast growing of urban population has caused increased needs for dwellings and

its supporting facilities. The vast growth of urban area requires more dwelling units and its

infrastructure especially for those from the middle and low-income population. The urban

development should also include the infrastructure development such as transportation

system, markets, offices and other facilities.

The development would change the urban land planning causing more parks and

open spaces to be converted to residential area. In urban areas more lands covered by

buildings, roads and other facilities. In urban areas, there is less space for storm water to

infiltrate into the ground, so there is more surface water that has to be managed through

the drainage system. On the other hand, if the area and the number of the available

channel is fix, but the quantity of surface water is increase, then most part of the urban

areas would be flooded by storm water.

These problems can be solved by redesigning the drainage system and doing

periodic maintenance of channels and its infrastructure. Reducing the quantity of storm

water can be done by developing recharge areas, such as, recharge well, stream and

lake.

Artificial Recharge Well.

Recharge Well.Artificial recharge to groundwater is a process that caused the enlargement of

groundwater reservoir at a rate exceeding the natural conditions or replenishment. Any

man-made scheme or facility that adds water to an aquifer may be considered as an

artificial recharge system.

Artificial recharge is a system that was developed to store the storm water. The storm

water that falls on the rooftop then stream to the artificial recharge through pipes. The

artificial recharge could be made as a well, a flat area, a pond or a channel. The artificial

recharge system could reduce the quantity of surface water, fill in the groundwater

reservoir, maintain the groundwater level, and prevent seawater intrusion and land

subsidence. In the urban area where the space required for building artificial recharge

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


system is limited, the recharge well can be considered as a solution to reduce the flood

damage.

The Purpose of Recharge Well Development.The objectives of recharge well development :

1. To increase people awareness to environmental management and improvement of

water source.

2. To change people habit in handling the storm water in their area.

3. To educate people in environmentally sound development, preferring sending the

storm water into the ground to fill in the groundwater, instead letting it flow to

discharge channels.

The benefit of making recharge well is to store excess water in the ground and

reduce the peak water flow in rainy season. The water storage is usable as water source

in the dry season.

Technical Aspect.The recharge well could be constructed in two ways, with or without the spillway. The

storm water from the rooftop will be directed to the control box through the pipes. The

control box is filled in with corals or aggregates, which will filter the sediment in the water

resulting in cleaner water. The clean water will then be redirected into the recharge well.

The recharge well should be made within an enough distance from the septic tank.

The recharge well could not be constructed above or close to the sanitary landfill. The

recharge well also could not be constructed if the ground water level is below 5 meter, or

if it is close to landslide area. The recharge well can be covered by a strong coverage

and safety construction. The filling materials of the recharge well consist of aggregates,

sand, charcoal, and natural fiber (“ijuk”). The storm water designated into the well

recharge should be free of pollution.

Institutional Aspect.In Jakarta, the development of recharge well is listed in the Jakarta Governor Decree

Number 17/1992, then is renewed in the Jakarta Governor Decree Number 115/2001,

and the Jakarta Governor Decree Number 68/2005. In the City of Central Jakarta, the

mayor of Central Jakarta has published the Central Jakarta Instruction No. 61/2002,

regarding the Development of Recharge Well.

In the Jakarta Governor Decree Number 115/2001, it is stated that owner of a

building should construct at least one recharge well related to the roof and yard areas. A

person asking for building permit (“IMB Izin Mendirikan Bangunan”) and/or extends the

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


building usage permit (“IPB Izin Penggunaan Bangunan”) is obliged to construct a

recharge well related the area of roof and yard.

The local government, based on the Governor Decree, had to give a technical

recommendation based on the owner’s proposal. The supervisor from related technical

local government authority should monitor and supervise that the development of

recharge well is suitable to the permission granted. The water quality condition should

also be monitored by the related technical local government agency.

Financial Aspect.The construction of the recharge well is considered as the building owner’s

responsibility. The cost and equipment required for recharge well development has to be

provided by the landowner. The owner should also manage the cost for operation and

maintenance of the recharge well.

People Participation AspectThe people awareness to public health and environmental problem in urban areas is

still limited to throwing the garbage to the proper place. People’s understanding to the

benefits of recharge well is very inadequate. There are still complaints of water scarcity in

the dry season and water clogged in the rainy season. In order to improve the people

understanding of the benefit of recharge well, they should be given thorough information

about recharge well from leaflet, brochure or posters given by the local government

agency.

The role of public participation in construction, operation and maintenance of

recharge well should be encouraged through training and pilot project. Training should be

conducted by door-to-door visit, or the weekly neighborhood meeting with the discussion

related to public heath and the benefit of well recharge. The supervisor or technical officer

from local government authority should prepare to campaign the recharge well and

informing the people to obey the rules and regulations. The related technical local

agencies should give good services to landowner who is willing to construct the well.

Challenge, Threat, and Opportunity.The challenge faced in the near future is the more number of recharge well needed

as the number of urban housing will keep increasing. The local government agencies

would have to increase the public knowledge and participation on recharge well

development.

The threat is to overcome high cost of constructing recharge well in the developed

area. Additional work is needed to demolish the building or pavement and refurbish it.

The opportunity is the public awareness in public health and benefit of well recharge

increase significantly. The local government should give a guidance how construct well

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


recharge, ease to publish a permit if completed by well recharge plan, and also give an

incentive. The incentive could be a 3 – 5 year discount rate on Land and Building Tax

(“PBB Pajak Bumi dan Bangunan”). This discount rate is equal to the cost of well

recharge development.

Case Study.Case study on well recharge development was conducted on two periods in two

subdistricts in Jakarta. The first study is done on January-May 2003 in Pegangsaan Sub

District, Menteng District, Central Jakarta, the second is conducted on March-May 2007

in Duren Tiga sub District, Pancoran District, South Jakarta.

The study area in Pegangsaan Sub District, Menteng District, Central Jakarta

consists of 19 neighborhoods and 779 houses. In the rainy season of 2002, 40% of this

area was flooded by 1 - 2 meter high of water for 3 days long. In the dry season, there is

no lack of water because all of the wells still contain enough water.

The area is planned for housing area, 75% of the built area has violated the GSB

because almost all of the area of a house was built. Houses were built in tight pack with

one another, leaving no vacant space in the left, right and backside of the house. The

backside area of the house is also built so there is no fire escape alley, except in the

houses that were built before 1960. Open green fields can only be found in front of the

sub district office, the area is already used as park since the time of the colonials.

Most of the surveyed head of household said that they do not have recharge well.

The 12 houses that were built or renovated in January-May 2003 obtain their building

permit without the obligation to built recharge well.

In Duren Tiga sub District, the 9 houses which were being built or renovated in March

-May 2007 did not construct recharge wells on their yards. All of the head of household

have high education, high income and vacant area in the house, but they did not

understand about the recharge well. If the local government obliged the citizen to build

recharge well, only some of them are willing to do it. They request for additional help and

incentive in form of tax deduction from the local government.

At February 2008, the DKI Government has created a program for promoting the

making of recharge well in Jakarta. The government also encourages the people,

government institution and private sector to make their own recharge well at their

backyard area. But, unfortunately the program did not explain clearly on the importance

of making the recharge well and there is no incentive and disincentive provided for

making the recharge well.

There is another matter that has to be considered regarding the mass recharge well

program, which is the amount of waste produced from the well construction such as

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


concrete waste and plants and soils waste. The amount of waste will be higher if most of

the citizens are building their own well. To overcome this matter, the DKI Government

must prepare ways to overcome the waste problem.

Conclusion1. The perception of the public government agencies must be changed to store water in

recharge well.

2. The role of public participation in recharge well development should be supported by

local government and rewarded by incentive (tax deduction)

3. The local government agency understanding in applying the Jakarta Governor

Decree about the development of recharge well must be improved.

4. The program for mass recharge well construction must be carefully planned to avoid

other related problem.

ReferenceBedient B., Philip. (1992) Hydrology and Floodplain Analyis. 2nd edition, Addison-Wesley

Publishing Company, Inc.

Ben Urbanos and Peter Stahre. (1993) Stormwater, Best Management Practices anddetention for Water Quality, Drainage, and CSO Management. PTR Prentice-Hall, Inc. A Simon & Schuster Company, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632.

Mays W. Larry. (1996) Water Resources Handbook. McGraw-Hill.

Rubenstein M. Harvey. (1979) A Guide to Site and Environmental Planning. 2nd edition, AWilley-Interscience Publication.

Wanielista Martin, Kersten Robert and Eaglin Ron (1997) Hydrology Water Quantity andQuality Control. 2nd edition, John Willey & Sons, Inc.

The Development of Recharge Well in Jakarta AreaJakarta Governor Decree Number 68/2005, regarding The Development of Well

Recharge in Jakarta Area

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Table 1. Volume of Recharge WellNo. Area of building rooftop (m2) Volume (m3)

1. =50 2

2. 51-99 4

3. 100-149 6

4. 150-199 8

5. 200-299 12

6. 300-399 16

7. 400-499 20

8. 500-599 24

9. 600-699 28

10. 700-799 32

11. 800-899 36

Note: It is estimated that every addition of m2 rooftop area, there is an increase in

recharge well volume of 40 L (0.4 m3).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.UM-06

LAND-USE, TRANSPORT AND THE ENVIRONM ENT

Dr. Rolf Baur* and Pascaline Ndung’u

*corresponding and presenting author UNEP/UNESCO/BM U Postgraduate studyprogramm e Environmental management for developing countries Technische

Universität DresdenGERMANY

[email protected]

IntroductionCities are growing the world over. According to UN estimates, well over 50% of the

world population are already living in urban agglomerations. The rapid urbanization

occurring across much of the globe means not only more people than ever before will

be living and working in cities but also that more people and more goods will be making

more trips in urban areas, often longer distances, (W RI 1996). How cities – especially

the rapidly growing cities of the developing world – meet this burgeoning demand for

urban travel has implications for the environment, the economic efficiency, and the

livability of these areas.

Transport in the metropolises is facing problems owing to non-sustainable transport

structure, high local levels of air pollution, noise, traffic jams even outside of peak traffic

times as well as decreasing safety levels for non-motorized road-users, (GTZ 2002).

Land consumption, and energy demand and the consequent emissions are serious

environmental issues of urban traffic. Urban main roads not only connect different parts

of the city, they also take land and cut one area from another, and reduce the quality of

life in the nearby vicinity. However, congestion is perhaps the most visible

manifestation of the failures in urban transportation planning, and its costs are

significant. It undermines the central purpose of the automobile: ready access

to people, goods, and services. Clogged city streets exact a major toll on

economic productivity and exacerbate air and noise pollution.

Figure 1: Arterial road in Bangkok (Thailand): 2 levels, 3 hierarchies, 10 stripes per

direction

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Although congestion is frequently the result of an insufficient road network, expanding

the road network is rarely an adequate solution as any increase in road capacity tends to

be quickly swamped by new travel. Instead, improving urban transportation requires a

combination of policies that reinforce each other and help to avoid adverse side effects.

It is against this background that this paper reviews latest approaches to control

interdependencies between land-use, transport and the environment, and models to

improve the traffic situation.

Land-use and transportationIn 1933, European urban planners proclaimed during the Congrès

d’architecture moderne the 95 Theses of the Charte d’Athènes, a theoretical

guidline for urban planning (Le Corbusier 1943): These No.77: The key of urban

planning is: Housing, work, recreation, movement; These No.78: Planning will

determ ine the structure of each quarter assigned to one of these four functions;

and, therefore, assign appropriate locations.

The idea and ideal of zoning was to minim ize disturbances between different

activities in the industrial and post-industrial society. Mobility was not an issue, the

automobile was promising unlim ited access from home to work, to business

and to leisure. However, planners still had had to consider the need of vicinity of

certain functions in a city: small shops, schools, and so on, shall be in walking

distance for the less mobile part of society: children and old people. The classified

road network provides service for both: connection and access.

The increasing degree of motorization of societies shows us the limits of

that philosophy: people have to spend more and more time inside their vehicles; the

average travelling speed in urban agglomerations is dropping down continuously, if no

powerful public transit systems are built into the urban mobility concept. Cities grow

horizontally at the outskirts consuming green urban hinterland, and vertically in

the expensive centres, where business and administration concentrates. Nevertheless,

the philosophy was followed far into the 1980ies, before urban planners

discussed and published within the “New Athenes Charter” (ECTP 2003) the vision

of the connected city paying much more attention to infrastructure and mobility:

“In the connected city and its regional hinterland, new technologies will be

applied creatively to provide a variety of systems of transportation of persons and

materials, and of information flows.

At the local scale, technology and traffic management will be deployed to secure a

decrease in the reliance on private vehicles.

At the strategic scale, linkages between neighbourhoods, cities and regions will be

facilitated by the evolution of the European transportation network, providing rapid,

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


pleasant, sustainable, and economical connections between places of work,

living, leisure, and culture.

W ithin city networks, mobility w ill be improved by interchange facilities between the

various modes of transport.

These improvements to infrastructure will be balanced with safeguarding

peoples’ options to live and work in quiet areas not connected to rapid

transportation networks

The spatial organisation of the connected city w ill include a full integration

of transportation and town planning policies. They will be complemented by

more imaginative urban design and easier access to information, thus minim ising the

need for unnecessary travel. Ease of movement and access will be a critical

element of city living, together w ith greater choice in the mode of transport” (ETCP

2003).

Figure 2: Concentric city and air pollution

from traffic.

(W uppertal Institute, from: gtz 2004)

Figure 3: Map of Jakarta

(http://www.biocrawler.com /encyclopedia/Jak

art

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Typically, the city in Northern America and in developing countries consist of a

central business district (CBD), around which other zones are grouped; in an ideal-

typical way concentric zones, connected by arterial roads, which are supported by a

number of ring roads, which in addition separate different types of utilization of the

land (Figure 2). Jakarta, in principle, has such a structure, modified by its delim itations

by the open sea, and the interconnections to the surrounding sub-centres (Figure 3).

In general, this type of city structure is favourable for developing an efficient system

of public transport, w ith ring connections and some radial lines. Noise and air

pollution is concentrated on the main roads. The outer ring often is a green belt that

separates the city area from the surrounding rural areas. Suburbanisation and growth

of smaller cities in the hinterland increases the pressure on such open spaces,

which have often a function as recreation area, flood retention area, filter area, and

carbon sink. In Jakarta, however, in recent decades what could have been called the

green belt of the city has disappeared under the pressure of population growth and

economic prosperity.

Growth of population, economy, and income leads to increased demand for land,

travel and population pressures. In turn, this leads to city expansion and to

increased trip lengths. In addition, growth of economies and incomes leads to

further increases in travel demand, car ownership and car use. For the

development of the city, open spaces within the settlement area or at its

boundaries are re-zoned, and assigned to new land-use types: Housing, industry,

business and administration districts. Increasing land take does not always

correspond with an increasing econom y or population: In Germany, the average

daily land consumption is still above 100ha per day; land take in Austria is between 7

to 10m² per capita and year, while for both countries population figures are

stagnant, travel times are constant but trip lengths are increasing. People living in

denser areas tend to have shorter trips and walk and bicycle more often than people

who live in the less dense outer parts (OECD 1996).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3

Proceeding of International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Development, ISoSUD 2008 219

Figure 4: The vicious cycle

Traffic and land-use interaction (W uppertal institute; from gtz 2004)

Congestion is frequently the result of an insufficient road network, and thus even

a relatively few vehicles can cause intense gridlock (W RI 1996). However,

simply expanding road networks to reduce congestion can have the counter-

productive effect of increasing the volume of traffic w ith potentially off-setting or, in

some cases, even more severe environmental consequences. As a matter of fact,

any increase in road capacity tends to be quickly swamped by new travel, initiating the

vicious circle of traffic and land-use interaction (Figure 4). Congestion may deter

automobile use and may thus stimulate the use of more environmentally benign

public transport, but less so if the public transport is also subject to the same

congestion (OECD 1996).

Faced with rising transportation demand and growing negative impacts, urban

areas require new approaches to addressing their transportation needs. From

experience and monitoring, modelling and calibration, the cause and effect

mechanisms between land- use and traffic demand are quite well understood. The

choice of the vehicle, however, depends on multiple factors: availability, price, safety,

and so on. Integrated strategies have to consist of both, so-called push and pull

measures that provide maximum access at a minimum total cost.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Dem and managem entThe underlying rationale for demand management is that vehicle users should pay a

realistic price which reflects the full costs of their journeys by a combination of direct

and indirect charges. Ideally, the costs of journeys should reflect traffic conditions by

location and by time and should seek to manage demand such that facilities are used by

vehicles in the most efficient way at all times (Cracknell, 2000). Demand management

policies include:

- Integrated Land Use and Transport Management

- Parking Control and Management

- Full-Cost Pricing

Controlling urban development along axes that are more suitable for public transport

lines can have a major effect on better conditions of urban traffic. Creating opportunities

for pedestrians and cyclists, and increasing their safety, in particular in urban centres

and in the directions of development arteries have positive impact on sustainable urban

transport and land-use development. Bogota (Colombia), Curitiba (Brasil), or Münster

(Germany) are some examples of such successful management strategies. Integrated

regional planning on an inter- or super-community level is complementing the

development towards sustainable urban transport management.

Parking control is the most universally accepted demand management mechanism and

is used to some extent in all cities. However, the main objective is usually to elim inate

obstructions to traffic flow by parking prohibitions rather than to manage demand. On-

street prohibitions, while clearly necessary, require management of the released space

(e.g. for bus priority) or else increases in ‘through’ traffic can occur. In developing cities,

the institutional aspects of parking-enforcement, corruption relating to collection of

charges and fines, level of fines, tracing of offenders-pose practical difficulties for

implementation of a parking policy but increased use of private sector contractors has

been successful in some cities. A parking policy is essential to good traffic management

practice and parking charges can raise revenue for financing transport improvements

and is likely to be the starting point for demand management in cities (Cracknell 2000).

One of the major factors contributing to urban transportation problems is that people do

not pay for the full costs of their travel. Motorists rarely pay enough to support the

investments needed to construct and repair roads. Nor do car or gasoline prices reflect

tangible costs such as the negative health effects of air pollution or productivity losses

incurred by traffic delays. Moving toward recovering these costs would help to reduce

uneconomical travel and would spread trips across longer periods of the day. These

improvements could lead to a reduction in congestion, an increase in use of public

transport, and, perhaps in the long run, more efficient land use patterns (W RI 1996).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Im proving Supply: Transportation and land-useImprovements of transportation supply are push effects for the development. These

could include improvements of the system itself, or improvement of the organisation

and operation, such as new vehicles, modern information systems, or provision of

separate pedestrian areas, bicycle roads, or bus lanes.

The mechanisms behind the effects of development and provision of transportation on

land-use changes are not clear and not well understood. It is evident that development

of new connections of a public rail network into a region is likely increasing the

attractiveness, ie. the cost of land, of an area. However, it is impossible to predict

whether private or institutional investment would follow the opportunity of newly

developed transport arterials.

The success factors of public transport systems are: Access to the public transport

network in walking distance is necessary to make buses and trams acceptable. The

connection points between different transport modes (from walking to tram, to train,

etc.) must be clean and safe. Modern vehicles for the operation of public transport make

this mode attractive for wealthier classes. Clear systems of tariffs and information about

the network, connections, and the schedule of the vehicles are essential for the

success of the public transport system. Thus, the key elements of successful public

transport systems are: accessibility, attractiveness, cost effectiveness, and

transparency (and reliability) in costs and operation.

Transport and land-use management must go beyond the limits of administrative areas

of a municipality or a district. Comm uters, and goods are crossing borders, and transport

management requires co-ordination on – at least – regional levels (Baur and Knittler

1996).

ConclusionThe world over, during the last two decades, mobility of population and transportation

management is given more and more attention in urban land-use planning. The

European concept of the “connected city”, however, can not easily be transposed to

the fast growing metropolitan areas in developing countries. The interaction between

land-use and traffic demand seems to be well understood, and models exist for

simulation and prediction. The forecast of land-use changes follow ing transport system

development, however, are not yet practicable. Integrated approaches are necessary to

manage fast growing societies, and their increasing demand for transport and mobility.

This requires flexible and participative governance instruments for the urban land-use

panning process. The pressure from transportation and land-use on the environment is

high and will continuously increase. Land-take in agglomerations like Jakarta has

reached its lim its already; the protection of open spaces is not an option any more

because of non-existence. Future policies for transport and land-use in such “used-to-

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


the-limit” urban agglomerations will have to be developed on regional levels across

municipal boundaries, in order to achieve sustainable development.

ReferencesBaur, R. and Ch. Knittler (1996): Integriertes Verkehrskonzept Düsseldorf (Integrated

transportation concept Düsseldorf, Germany). Urban planning competition BMWand City of Düsseldorf, 2nd place

Cracknell, J.A. (2000): Experience in Urban Traffic Management and DemandManagement in Developing Countries. Background Paper to the W orld BankUrban Transport Strategy Review

Deutsche Gesellschaft für technische Zusamm enarbeit GmbH (GTZ 2002): RaisingPublic Awareness about Sustainable Urban Transport; Sustainable Transport: Asourcebook for Policy-makers in Developing Cities; Eschborn 2002

(http://www.sutp.org)

Deutsche Gesellschaft für technische Zusamm enarbeit GmbH (GTZ 2004): Land-useplanning and urban transport; Eschborn 2004 (http://www.sutp.org)

ECTP (2003): The new Athenes Charter. (www.ceu-ectp.org/e/athenes)

Le Corbusier (1943): Urbanisme de CIAM, Chartes d’Athènes. Plon. Paris, France

Ndung’u, P. (2006): Urban Traffic Management in Nairobi City. CIPSEM – Centre for

International Postgraduate Studies of Environmntal Management; Technische UniversitätDresden.

W orld Resources Institute (W RI 1996): W orld Resources 1996-97: The Urban

Environment; Oxford University Press, New York.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.UM-07

INDONESIA’S MOST SUITABLE MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE (MSW)MANAGEMENT

Adi Mulyanto and TitiresmiInstitute for Environmental Technology, Agency for the Assessment and Application of

TechnologyBuilding 412 PUSPIPTEK – Serpong, Tangerang, Banten

Email: [email protected]: 021-7560919; 021-7560562 Ext. 4646, 4647

Facsimile: 021-7563116

AbstractThe most suitable MSW management in Indonesia is based on small community.Segregation is the core activity for MSW management, therefore smaller scale of MSWhandling will achieve better result. Ideally, MSW should be handled from household, but itis still difficult to be performed. The entire household should learn how difficult to managetheir garbage. Learning process can be done in the community based MSW managementplant. Necessary requirement for establishing the community based MSW managementplant is not having of NIMBY sentiment. Each household should have a responsibility forhandling his garbage. This paper contains experiences regarding community based MSWmanagement plant in a small housing complex with 356 households (1,100 people). Thelocation is in Cimindi Raya, North Cimahi, West Java. The area of the plant occupy 450m2 provided with the roofed area of 128 m2. The MSW is managed by administrative unitat the next-to-lowest level in city (RW). The RW consists of 6 RTs. The area of the RW is49,571 Ha. The plant is operated by neighborhood youth association (Karang Taruna“Krida Muda”). The activities within the MSW’s management consist of garbage collectionfrom households, transportation to the plant, segregation and composting. Collection fromhousehold is done three times within a week with the total volume of 27 – 30 m3 garbageper month. Transportation to the plant utilizes tricycle motor. Segregation results 62%organic and 38% inorganic material. The plant produces compost amounting of 1.5 – 1.7ton per month. Therefore, the management has three sources of income that arehousehold contribution, selling of recyclable material, and selling of compost. Thiscommunity based MSW management is supported financially by the local government ofCimahi and technically by Institute for Environmental Technology (Balai TeknologiLingkungan, BTL) – Agency for the Assessment and Application of Technology, BPPT.Finally, another advantage of this activity is, of course, prolongation use of landfill site asan ultimate MSW disposal.

Keywords: MSW, management, small community, composting, landfill.

Introduction

A good solid waste management system consists of six functional elements, namely

waste generation, onsite storage, collection, processing and recovery, transfer and

transport, and disposal. Disposal is the ‘no alternative’ option because it is the last

functional element in the solid waste management system and the ultimate fate of all

wastes that are of no further value. The most usual practice in final disposal of MSW is to

dispose of it on land, with or without prior processing. In the past, people believed that

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


soil and groundwater purified leaching from waste completely. This belief is no longer

held since there as a fact that open dumping of MSW does contaminate ground water.

MSW is produced by human activities and its existence is usually unwanted. In other

words that human cannot utilize all parts of goods they need. People should pay for

disposing of their solid waste. However, people often react in a negative manner when

they are asked to pay for the disposal of their solid wastes; the higher costs, the more

negative the reaction. This case shows that selection and operation of processing plant

sites are complicated. Therefore, public participation is very crucial. In management,

there are two purposes of public participation. Firstly, the managers create an opportunity

to inform and instruct the public. Secondly, a channel of communication is opened which

allows the public to communicate its needs and desires to managers. The volume and

classification of MSW is proportional to the daily consumption of goods. Other parameters

which influence the volume and classification of MSW are number of the population and

their life style.

Sanitation is one of the service facilities which are prosecuted by the community.

Therefore, to make good sanitation by mean of clean, health, beautiful, orderly, and

comfortable, is not only established by budget and means availability, but it is strongly

determined by the discipline and actively community involvement. The discipline and

actively community involvement result in public acceptance in the sitting of MSW

processing plant. Therefore, changing of NIMBY (Not In My Back Yard) to become

YIMBY (Yes In My Back Yard) sentiment will be achieved. Furthermore, four suggestions

how to change this sentiment can be described as follows:

Expand formal public participation to guarantee that the process incorporates, at

the earliest time, the interest of all of those affected by the sitting.

Prepare and disseminate proper information regarding the sitting and its affect on

the health, well-being, and economy of the community.

Educate all concerned to the solid waste management options available to them

and the immediacy of the challenge facing them in regards to that community’s

waste disposal needs.

Allow enough time for all concern to be expressed and answers found before ‘a

shovel full of dirt’ is removed.

The pile of MSW results negative impact to the environment, all the more so in the big

city. Several reasons which cause the MSW problem are limitation of capability in

collecting and transporting of MSW, limitation of final disposal area, limitation of social

awareness towards handling of MSW (include the image that MSW is non-valuable

material), and the appropriate technology which has not developed yet. Those limitations

urge the local government to take an action to look for another alternative in MSW

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


handling. This alternative should be appropriate, economical, effective and efficient.

Therefore, in general, centralized of MSW handling will maintain the old paradigm, there

are collection, transportation, and disposal (usually in an open dumping facility). A

consciousness of three R’s (Recycling, Re-use and Reduction) actions should be brought

into reality. Part of three R’s has already realized by the informal sector of waste

scavengers. They usually pick the valuable material up such as metals, plastic and

others. Furthermore, MSW should be handled by the people within their region. One of

the regions which have been applied well for handling the MSW is Cimindi Raya

communal housing. This community based MSW management is supported financially by

the local government of Cimahi and technically by Institute for Environmental Technology

(Balai Teknologi Lingkungan, BTL) – Agency for the Assessment and Application of

Technology, BPPT as well as the local government of Cimahi.

The main activities for MSW handling in Cimindi Raya include collection from the

household within the communal housing, transportation to the MSW processing station,

and processing of the MSW. The transportation usually utilizes a three wheel motorcycle.

If the motorcycle is out of order then the transportation utilizes carts. The processing of

the MSW consists of segregation and composting.

Theory of Composting Process

MSW generally consists of 60 - 75% organic material, which is biodegradable. From that

percentage, only about 1% recovered to produce compost, while the rest discards to

open dumping. This figure should be increased in order to overcome problems such as

short-lived of landfill area. Local government of Cimahi encourages the people in Cimindi

Raya that MSW is a resource, it can produce valuable compost. The production of high

quality compost can be used as soil conditioner in order to fulfill the requirement of

organic material availability in the soil to become healthy soil. Most of the soil in Indonesia

is categorized as unhealthy soil, which has only less than 2% organic material content.

While the optimum value for healthy soil has organic material content around 3 – 5%. For

that, supply of organic material in the form of high quality compost is a most. It appears

that great quantities dosage of 5 – 20 ton compost per hectare is necessary.

Compost is a result from controlled decomposition of organic materials carried out by

microorganisms. Method of composting process is done by open wind row. Heaps of

materials to be composted are located in roofed area. Bio-activator is added to accelerate

the composting. There will be four phases involved in composting process, there are:

1. Mesophilic phase

This phase needs optimum oxygen supply and humidity in order to enhance the growing

and propagation of microorganisms (bacteria, fungi and actinomycetes). The temperature

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


will reach up to 40 oC. Decomposition process will release heat. Therefore, the

temperature will rise until more than 40 oC. In this temperature, activities of mesophilic

bacteria will be ceased. Organic acid produced in this phase will lower the pH.

2. Thermophilic phase

Increasing activities of microorganisms will raise the temperature up to 40 – 60 oC within

4 – 6 days. Thermophilic microorganisms produce ammonia, this cause the increasing of

pH. At the temperature of more than 60 oC, the activities of fungi will be ceased.

Subsequent process will be continued by bacteria and actinomycetes. The temperature

will rise until about 70 – 80 oC. In this temperature, pathogen microorganisms and weed

seeds will be dead.

3. Cooling phase

Because of decreasing substrate and the high of temperature, microorganisms will be

died. The decreasing substrate and the high of temperature cause the decreasing of

metabolism activities in microorganisms. Therefore, the temperature will decrease until

ambient temperature.

4. Maturation phase

In this phase, compost temperature has been in stable condition. C/N ratio will be around

10 – 12. Then compost can be packed.

Several factors which influence composting include C/N ratio and nutrition, material size,

humidity, acidity, temperature, oxygen content and aeration, heap size and addition of

activator. These factors can be described as follows:

1. C/N ratio and nutrition

Optimum C/N ratio of the raw materials should in the range of 25 – 35. Carbon is

consumed by microorganisms as energy source, while nitrogen is useful for cell growth

and protein synthesis.

2. Material size

Raw material should be cut into small pieces in order to accelerate the composting

process. To make the material broken into pieces, good quality of shredder should be

utilized.

3. Humidity

Optimum humidity should be in the range of 50 – 65%. During composting process,

watering is needed. Leachate resulted from composting can be used to maintain the

humidity.

4. Acidity

Raw material used has pH value between 5 and 7. By controlling process such as

material turning, pH optimum can be reached (range of value = 6.5 – 8.5).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


5. Temperature

Temperature of 55 – 60 oC should be hold within about 3 – 4 days in order to kill

pathogen microorganisms and weed seeds. This is necessary because raw material to be

composted come from manure.

6. Oxygen content and aeration

Aerobic condition should be maintained by turning of the heap. The frequency of turning

is usually based on temperature reached during composting.

7. Pile size

Pile size in the composting plant is 185 cm length, 125 cm width and 180 cm height. The

pile is rectangular shape.

8. Addition of activator

Activator is added to accelerate the decomposition of raw materials.

Description of Plant Area

Cimindi Raya communal housing occupies RW-04, 12 and 13. The plant area is located

in RW-13 and it supervises six RTs. Whereas, Cimindi Raya is administratively under the

village of Pasirkaliki. Pasirkaliki is located in North Cimahi district, Cimahi. The plant

station is located at about 736 m at above sea level with temperature in the range of 18 –

29 oC. The acreage of Pasirkaliki is about 1,332.29 Ha. Administratively, Pasirkaliki is

bordered by:

North side : Sariwangi village

South side : Sukajaya village

West side : Cibabat village

East side : Bandung city.

The population in Pasirkaliki is 19,022 inhabitants and administratively divided into 14

RWs and 70 RTs. The map of Pasirkaliki village can be seen in figure 1. RW-13 is

bordered by:

North side : RW-04

South side : RW-12

West side : Rancabali communal housing

East side : Cibabat village.

RW-13 occupies an area of 49.571 Ha. The plant station for MSW handling is 450 m2 with

the building (roofed) area of 128 m2. In RW-13 live 356 household (1,100 inhabitant).

Figure 2. describes the location of RW-13. The plant station for MSW processing is

started in 2005 with seven employers. Lay out of the plant can be seen in figure 3.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Description of MSW Processing Plant

As mentioned above that the main activities for MSW handling in Cimindi Raya consists

of collection from the household within the communal housing, transportation to the MSW

processing station, and processing of the MSW.

Collection and Transportation

Collection and transportation of MSW in Cimindi Raya utilize one unit of three wheel

motorcycle and two units of carts. The carts are seldom utilized. The container on

motorcycle has dimension of 140 cm length, 100 cm width, and 80 cm height (total

volume = 1.12 m3). Collection and transportation of MSW is performed by two workers.

Schedule for collecting and transporting the MSW is done three times a week that are on

Monday, Wednesday, and Saturday. Within one day, they collect and transport for two

trips. Table 1. shows the collection and transportation schedule.

Table 1. Schedule for collecting and transporting of MSW.

Trips Start Finish

I 05.30 07.10

II 07.25 09.00

Figure 4. shows the collection and transporter used for MSW from each of household.

The track of MSW collection and transportation can be seen in figure 5. The track is quite

easy to be reached, so all of the household can be served well.

Unloading

Upon arriving at the processing station, the garbage is unloaded. Time needed for

unloading the garbage from the container is 15-20 minutes. The unloading is done

manually by using shovel and harrow and done by two employers who are the same

person doing collecting and transporting process. Figure 6. displays the unloading of

MSW from the container.

Segregation

After unloading, MSW is then manually segregated into organic and inorganic material

(figure 7.). Segregation process needs about 4 to 4.5 hours. Schedule of MSW

segregation can be seen in table 2.).

Table 2. Schedule of MSW segregation.Trips Start Finish

I 07.30 08.40

II 09.10 12.00

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Segregation Outcome

The result from segregation process pictures the composition of MSW. Through this

process, composition of MSW can be measured. The measurement utilized a container

made of wood, which dimension of 50 cm length, 50 cm width, and 85 cm height.

Therefore, the volume of container was 0.213 m3 (figure 8.).

Method of sampling for determining the composition of MSW can be described as follows:

1. Weight of mixed MSW.

1) Determine the empty weight of the container.

2) Fill the container with mixed MSW.

3) Weighing the filled container.

4) Calculate the weight of mixed MSW.

2. Weight of inorganic material.

Inorganic material is classified into: plastic (bottle), plastic (bag, pouch), paper,

and diaper. The composition of inorganic material can be defined as follows:

1) Determine the empty weight of the container.

2) Fill the container with the classified inorganic material.

3) Weight each of the classified inorganic material.

4) Calculate each of the classified inorganic material.

3. Weight of organic material.

The rest of MSW was organic material and was defined by:

1) Determining the empty weight of the container.

2) Filling the container with organic material.

3) Weighing the filled container.

4) Calculating the weight of organic material.

The result above measurement can be seen in the following table.

Table 3. Composition of MSW.No. Material Percentage

(% weight)1. Inorganic

a. Plastic (bottle) = 15% (weight)b. Plastic (bag, pouch) = 40% (weight)c. Paper = 30% (weight)d. Diaper = 15% (weight)

38

2. Organic (vegetables, food remnant, and so forth) 62

Inorganic Material

The inorganic material is then separated in accordance with the sort of material such as

paper, plastic, and so forth for recycling later on (figure 9.) Once for about two weeks the

collector comes to the plant and buys the recyclable material.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Organic Material

Organic material is put into shredding room and is then shredded into small pieces in

order to accelerate the composting process. Shredding action of organic material

enhances the bulk density from 0.26 kg/liter (unshredded) to become 0.612 kg/liter

(shredded). Shredded organic material is then moved to the composting room. The

average organic material is 28.5 m3 per month (before shredding). After shredding, the

volume of organic material becomes 7.4 m3 within a month.

Composting Process

Shredded organic material is composted by method of wind row composting. Shredded

material is box-shaped by utilizing a wood frame. The wood frame has dimension of 185

cm length, 125 cm width, and 20 cm height. The pile of shredded material is provided with

triangular hole made of bamboo. The triangular is located in the base of shredded organic

material pile. Through this hole, the pile is well aerated by the action of chimney effect

(figure 10). For accelerating the composting process, bioactivator is added to the pile.

Maximum temperature in the pile reaches 70 oC then the pile is turned. The process is

performed for about 6 weeks. After this time, the compost is matured in the maturation

room for about two weeks. One of useful monitoring is the color of substrate.

Color of the substrate is an important physical parameter. The following color change can

be described as follows:

1. The raw materials start to be degraded at first day; the color is still the same.

2. The raw materials increasingly degraded at third day, the color is getting dark.

3. Compost start to form at fourth day, the color is getting darker.

4. The texture compost is smoother at seventh day, the color is dark brown.

5. The texture compost is smooth at tenth day, the color is dark brown.

The pile reach is watered and turned twice within 14 days. First watering is done

at 5th day, while turning at 6th day. Then subsequent watering and turning is done at 13th

day and 14th day respectively. The highest temperature reached during 14 days

composting is 70 oC. After that, several piles are combined. The combination pile is

watered and turned for once during 14 days. The watering and turning are at 6th and 7th

day respectively (after combination of pile). The combination pile reaches the highest

temperature of 68 oC.

To get better quality of compost, the mature compost is again shredded and sieved. The

result is fine compost and ready for being sold in plastic bags (figure 11.). Average

compost produced is 1.6 ton per month. Thus, the efficiency process from raw material to

become compost is 35%.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Unwanted By-Product

Unwanted by-products are always resulted during MSW handling. Those are wastewater

from washing activities, leachate, and solid waste. After finishing the process, at the same

day, all of the facilities used are washed. The facilities include all of working space

(unloading, segregation and shredding room) and process equipment (shredder, shovel,

and so forth). Figures 12. and 13. show the washing process. Leachate is resulted from

composting process. During composting, the pile is watered in order to maintain the

humidity. Watering process can be seen in figure 14. Both sources of wastewater flow

into the leachate basin (figure 15.). Wastewater from the leachate basin is utilized for

watering the compost pile.

The residue in form of solid wastes (crumb of plastic, wood, and diaper) are transported

to the final disposal (landfill) which is belong to local government. Volume of diaper

collected is about 1.625 m3 per month (0.057% total MSW collected). With the

assumption of about 5% solid waste (residue) is transported to the landfill, so

prolongation use of landfill site as an ultimate MSW disposal reach about 20 times from

its initial design.

Conclusion

Model of MSW management based on small community is an ideal means to be

developed in all over Indonesia. Public participation is very crucial to realize the activities.

These activities are simple, environmentally friendly, and cost effective solution. For new

communal housing development, application of this management will enhance the good

image. Moreover, composting is an environmentally sound way for treating biodegradable

MSW. Compost production from the MSW handling creates a sustainable agriculture

because of healthy soil. Financially and technically supporting from the government or

private sector is necessary. Finally, life time use of landfill can be prolonged significantly.

References

Kementerian Lingkungan Hidup dan the World Bank, (2005), Seminar Nasional PeranPengomposan dalam Pengelolaan Sampah dan Pameran Produk Daur Ulang,Gedung Manggala Wanabhakti, Jakarta.

Simarmata, (2003), Teknologi Produksi Kompos dan Paradigma Pengelolaan LimbahPerkotaan

yang Berkelanjutan di Indonesia, Materi Pelatihan Pupuk, Bandung.

Tchobanoglous,G.H., H.Theisein, S.A.Vigil (1993), Integrated Solid Waste Management,McGraw

Hill.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


ATTACHMENTS

Fig 1. The map of Pasirkaliki village. Fig 2. Location of RW-13.

Fig 3. Lay out of processing station.

Fig 4. MSW collection and transporter used.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Fig 5. The track of MSW collection and transportation.

Fig 6. Unloading of MSW from the container. Fig 7. Manually segregation of MSW.

Fig 8. Container for determining of MSW composition. Fig 9. Inorganic material

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Fig 10. Triangular hole for enhancing the aeration. Fig 11. Compost produced.

Fig 12. Washing process. Fig 13. Washing process.

Fig 14. Watering process. Fig 15. Leachate basin.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.UM-09

CHARACTERISTIC OF WATER SUPPLY AND WILLINGNESS TO PAY TODETERMINE WATER TARIFF

Djoko M. HartonoEnvironmental Engineering Study Program, Civil Engineering Department,

University of [email protected]; [email protected]

Abstract:Water is used not only for daily life such as drink, food, bath but also for other purposessuch as agriculture, industry and many other purposes. Population growth,industrialization, and other generated activities especially along the river increase wastepollution. The change in the quality of water source is caused by people activities thatmake pollution along the river in form of both domestic waste industry waste and solidwaste. Solid waste and wastewater which are discharging to the rivers, are note the solecontribution on water pollution to the river, incompliance of the existence of infrastructureand policy with regulations enhances the magnitude of pollution. River as surface water isa source of raw water for water supply among other sources such as spring and groundwater. In many cases pollutant contained in the river are hard so that water supplytreatment plant can not run the operation well and most of the time the service to theconsumers being stopped. In general, Water Treatment Plants have been constructed for15 and 40 years ago, with the criteria design implemented as a conventional treatmentplan. In fact, the water treatment plan effectiveness is decreasing and needs someadjustment in line with current quality standard. The treatment is designed to treat rawwater with has parameter of water quality on the certain level, and most cases theparameter are exceeding the limit standard, as the result the water produced to consumeris not meet with the consumer expected. Alternative technology to reduce that pollution isconstructing additional structure to reduce turbidity as well as suspended solid. Theprocess to reduce the pollution in water treatment plan will effect the production cost.The production cost is used by Water Supply Office to determine water tariff. Tariffproposed by Water Supply Office is based only on the production cost withoutconsidering another social aspect. The objectives of this research is to get theconsumer’s opinion on willingness to pay on water supply services. This research isconducted among water supply consumer population from Buaran, Pulo Gadung andPejompongan water treatment plant, with the number sample size by Newbold, 2003. Theproportion on the sample size is also based on number of piping connection under TPJand Palija management. Method of Principal Component Analysis is used by StatisticalProduct and Service Solution (SPPS Version 12) indicated that willingness to pay ofwater supply consumer are depending on quality, quantity and continuity water supplyproduction. By using statistical analysis can be found that willingness consumer watersupply to pay the tariff is depending on salary, number of tap or valve in the house, sizeof the house, area of the land and quality of the water produced by water supplyenterprises. In the future determination on water supply tariff should not only based onarea of house, but also consider the salary of the owner, number of tap, area of the landand quality of water produced by water supply enterprises.

Keywords: water treatment plant, water quality, water quantity, water continuity,consumers, willingness to pay

I. Introduction

Water supply is very important thing for human beings. Demand on water supply will

increase similarly with increase on population growth as well as the development of every

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


sector in community to improve the quality of life. Production of water supply will depend

on water sources available in nature. Quality, quantity and continuity are the

consideration in design of water supply plant and more over water production should

bring into line on health requirements. Water problem in urban environment especially are

the quality, quantity and continuity of clean water flow gradually decline. Clean water

supply meeting the health requirements is the most important matter in the living

environment maintenance and health improvement of its community. Population in

Indonesia in 2002 has already reached 208 million and consumer of water supply is

around 6,43 million household connection or equal with 30,3 million population and

around 14,6% total population. In the same time number of water supply consumer is

around 1,28 million or only 5,12% of total population in Indonesia. Based on consumer

classification, household connection is the biggest consumer among other consumer

classification with around 91,46% of Water Supply Enterprises consumer (BPS, 2004:

xix).

Based on Indonesia Water Supply Association (Perpamsi,2006) ,in year 1998 is

81.199 liter/second and in year 2002 is 15.814 liter/second. In year 1998 water

production in DKI is around 14146 liter/second and in year 2002 total production of water

is around 15.814 liter/second. Production of water mostly comes from surface water

which is treated in water treatment plant. Although very small amount distributed from

spring water, the rest of the community used ground water to support their need of water

supply.

Due to the fact that Water Supply in DKI Jakarta could not supply all population from

surface water as source of water. More over raw water quality become more pollution and

as a result ground water source will be an important alternative to accommodate the need

of water supply in Jakarta. The exploration on ground water source is used by continuous

pumping which various from small until large scale of capacity of pump which will cause

many impact to the environment. This exploration not only for domestic water supply

needed but also for industrial as well as other commercial purposes.

Pulo Gadung in East of Jakarta has the population of around 62596 household. The

need for water supply for this area is distributed by PT.Thames PAM Jaya (PT.TPJ)

which supply around 15,323 households or around 24,88% of the Pulo Gadung

population. In addition, ground water is used as water source for about 32,310

household (BPS,1999).

One of the reasons that the community uses ground water as water source is that it

is easy to obtain, without any difficult administrative procedures. However, ground water

as source of water needs further consideration since the survey in 100 locations showed

that about 54% are already contaminated by coli form (Neraca Kualitas Lingkungan Hidup

Pemda DKI, 1997). This above condition is a challenge to face Millennium Development

Goal in year 2015.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


II. Basic Theory

According to Suparmoko (2000), determination on natural resources and

environment can be done with several method. One among many method is potential

expenditure or willingness to pay. This approach is based on list of question about

willingness to pay to avoid damage to the environment as impact on implementation of

the project. The individual judgment is very important issues in assessing increase or

decrease in market value.

Djajadiningrat and Hidayat (1996), conducted study on water tariff in Bandung City,

and found from the survey that willingness to pay is dipending on level of income,

education, number of people within in household, and water quality. Djajadiningrat stated

that Method of Contingent Valuation Survey through willingness to pay survey can be

used as instrument to asses scarcity of natural resources especially for developing

country like Indonesia.

Jordan & Elnagheeb (1993), stated that willingness to pay to get good quality of

water supply is depending on level of income, age of head of household, level of

education, preseption on water quality and water quality.

Whittington (1992) has formulation in regression equation:

WTP = a + b1I + b2E + b3 C + b4 Q + b5D, (1)

whereas :

WTP = Willingness to pay

I = income level

E = number of school day

C = number of family

Q = water quality

D = qualtity of water usage

a,b = constant

Willingness to pay is depending on level of income. Positive correlation occurred in

the equation. Higher of income in line will also higher in willingness to pay.

Survey conducted by Parana (2003) to 130 respondent show that average

willingness to pay Rp.1201/m³, with minimum be able to pay Rp. 250/m³ and maximum

Rp.1500/m³. Based on water tariff offering by Water Supply Company, it shows that Rp.

375/m³ for those used water up to 20 m³.

WTP = - 504,37 + 145,88 I + 11,95 E + 108,79 C + 104,44 Q + 19,26 D (2)

whereas:

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


WTP = willingness to pay,

I = income

E = education

C =members of Family

Q = water quality

D = water uses

K = constant (K)

III. Experimental Results

The methodology of this study, by conducting survey in the study area to get current

data concerning social and environmental conditions of respondent and study literature

relevance for this study. The variables in this study consists of 5 parts, general question,

quality aspect, quantity aspect , continuity aspect and other.

Sampling purposive with non probability sample technique and the determination of

sample uses sampling incidental technique.

The number of sample is using Newbold (2003: 296-298):2

2

B

zn

(2)

With sampling error (B) 0,06; confidence level 95%; =1,96 and =0,05, number

of sample is 267. The total sample distributed is 310 household and divided into 45,3%

for consumer from PT.Palyja and 54,7% for consumer from PT.TPJ. Both are private

water supply company which are responsible to water supply system in City of Jakarta.

PT.TPJ is handling Buaran 1 and Buaran 2 Water Treatment Plan and Pulo Gadung

Water Treatment Plan with total water production 5000 liter/second. PT.Palija is handling

Pejompongan 1 and Pejompongan 2 Water Treatment Plan with total water production of

4000 liter/second. Among 310 sample, 29,74% (80 respondent) are consumers of Buaran

water Supply, 24,16% (65 respondent) are consumer of Pulo Gadung water supply and

46,09% (124 respondent) are consumer of Pejompongan water supply. Table 3.1 shows

distribution on respondent based on respondent’s occupation

Table 3.1 Respondent’s occupationNo. Occupation Number of

sample%

1.2.3.4.5.

Civil ServantPrivateMilitary/PoliceRetiredOther

27160

42256

105919

21Total 269 100

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


From Figure 3.1 can be seen number of people live together in the family.

47

60 55 58

25

159

01020304050607080

JUM

LAH

RU

MAH

TAN

GG

A

< 4 4 5 6 7 8 > 8

Number of family

Figure 3.1. Distribution Number of Family

Based on Figure 3.1, member of family live together in one household is in between 5

and 6 people.

From Table 3.2 below , can be seen water consumption in month from various

respondent’s occupation.

Table 3.2. Water consumptionNo. Water

Consumption(m³/month)

Number ofRespondents

%

1.2.3.4.5.

> 4030 – 4020 – 3010 – 20

< 10

797886251

29,439329,34

Table 3.3. Water Consumption based on occupation

Water Consumption (m3/month) TotalOccupation

< 10 10-19.9 20-29.9 30-39.9 >40 No. %Civil Service

MilitaryPrivateRetiredOther

1

21

1525

121

481015

5

481015

8248516

274

1602256

101,5

59.58.2

20.8Total 1 25 86 78 79 269 100

% 4 9.3 32 39 29.4 100 By combining Figure 3.1, Table 3.2 and Table 3.3, as a result water consumption is

between 56 l/person/day until 222 liter/person/ day with average on 139 liter/person/ day.

This figure slightly less than minimum standard services by Directorate of Water Supply,

Ministry of Public Work of 144 liter/person/day in year 2005. minimum standard services

in year 2002 is 100 liter/person/day. Table 4, show water consumption versus income

level of respondent.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Table 3. 4. Income Level versus Water ConsumptionWater uses (m3/month) TotalIncome

(million) < 10 10-19.9 20-29.9 30-39.9 >40 No %

1 – 1,992 – 2,993 – 3,99

> 41

64

141

143339

141945

122443

4680

1421

17,129.752.8

4Total 1 25 86 78 79 269 100

% 4 9.3 32 39 29.4 100

Based on above table, can be seen that, any income level need water supply and

the highest income will use water more than the lowest income level

Parameter to be observed in the questioner that may be has correlation in willingness to

pay are:

- income level,

- the length of stay

- the length of subscribe

- area of the house

- area of the land

- number of family

- water consumption

- number of tap in the house

- number of water closet in the house

- quality of water

- taste of water produced

- odor of water supply produced

- proportional in uses water and the payment

- water distribution.

By using analysis factor, among above parameters, there are 2 groups which represent

on quantity and quality of the water.

a. Group on quantity consisted of income level, area of the house, area of the land and

number of tap in the house.

b.Group of quality consisted of water supply condition, taste of water produced,

proportion in use water and water distribution

Y = - 788.688 + 1 x10-4 X1 + 83.095 X2 + 1.265 X3 + 1.512 X 4 + 277.588 X 5

t = (-3.592) (5.326) (5.198) (2.189) (2.825) (6.22)

(R) = 0.757 (R2) = 0.573 (F) = 70.451

Whereas:Y = willingness to pay (Rp/m3)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


X1 = income (Rp),

X2 = number of tap

X3 = area of house (m2),

X4 = area of land (m2)

X5 = condition of water

The equation has correlation (R) = 0.757 and determination coefficient 0.573 and F

calculation =2.21 and significance 0.000,; and can be concluded that the formula can be

accepted.

By using the equation and insert income level in amount of Rp.2,368, number of tap

5,36; area of house of 185.28 m2, area of land 200.4 and the final result for willingness to

pay is Rp. 2,173,-

Table 5 show willingness to pay based on Management of Water Supply Distribution

and Table 6 show willingness to pay based on area.

Table 3.5. Willingness To Pay customer of PT.TPJ and PT. PalyjaEquation

Y =-763.78 +1x10-4X1+133.248X2– 0.343 X3 – 2.247 X4+212.375 X5

t = (-2.63) (3.278) (6.143) (-3.30) (2.727) (3.506)

R2 = 0.66 F= 53.863 WTP = Rp. 2,076 PT.TPJ

Y =-384.879+1x10-4X1- 46.013 X2–1.546 X3 + 2.165 X4+390.456 X5

t = (-1.267) (1.877) (-1.205) (2.403) (3.479) (6.669)

R2 = 0.477 F= 21.53 WTP = Rp. 2,287 PT.Palyja

Table 3. 6 Regression Equation Based on AreaEquation

Y = 719.949 +1 x 10-4X1 – 18.407 X2 – 0.519 X3 – 3.618 X4 + +130.334 X5

t = (2.099) (1.038) (-0.467) (-0.075) (-0.804) (2.122)

R2 = 0.451 F= 1.973 Area < 36 m2 WTP = Rp.1,167

Y = 287.778 +1 x 10-4X1 + 78.298 X2 – 0.008 X3 + 1.943 X4 + 81.54 X5

t = (0.335) (1.548) (1.429) (0.001) (1.392) (0.877)

R2 = 0.135 F= 2.162 Area 36 -70 m2 WTP = Rp.1,580

Y =-1046.4 + 1 x 10-4X1 + 81.594 X2 + 0.048 X3 + 1.692 X4 + 428.716 X5

t = (-3.673) (3.799) (4.761) (0.074) (2.982) (7.287)

R2 = 0.591 F= 49.194 Area >70 m2 WTP = Rp.2,529

R2 given lowest value can be explained below:

- Wrong specification: determination on number of sample did not base on area of

houses, but based on water supply customer .

- Income of respondent do not show strong correlation with area of house as well as

area of land

- Area of houses respondent did not show good variation.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


- Do not complete answer from respondent.

- Statistically, there is no multi collinearity in between number of tap and area of house

as well as area of land, but based on personal judgment, number of tap will increase

in line with the increase of area.

From respondent point of view also can be drawn perception on water supply , there

is no critical problem when the price increase with the condition such as:

- water quality should be match with quality standard

- Flow of water supply continuously

- No odor, no color and no taste in water supply.

- The operator should work more professional especially those who read the

meter.

- Leakage and damage of pipe should be responded and repaired as soon as

possible.

- Administrative procedure should be improved

Study conducted by Parana (2003), average willingness to pay of consumer is

Rp.250,-/m3 and the same time the minimum tariff of water supply is Rp. 375,-/m3. This

study (2006) shows average willingness to pay is Rp. 1,167,-/m3 whereas in the same

time minimum tariff offered by Water Supply Company is Rp.500,-/m3.

IV. Conclusion

The accomplishment on quality, quantity and continuity of clean water in current

situation, represent the special challenges for Water Supply Company particularly these

problem related to the raw water in the nature. Customer water supply expected water

quality improve and fulfill with health criteria standard.. More attention need for water

distributed to customer especially from consumer viewpoint and their perception.

However willingness to pay is one consideration should be put in water tariff decision

making.

References

American Water Works Association (AWWA), 1997.Water Treatment Plan Design.

American Water Works Association, 1999. Water Quality and Treatment, A Handbook ofCommunity Water Supplies, fifth edition, McGraw Hill.

Cunningham W.P , Saigo B.W, 2001. Environmental Science 6th Edition, McGraw Hill.

Djajadiningrat S.T., 1997. Pengantar Ekonomi Lingkungan, Pustaka LP3ES.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Gerhard Bjornsen, Rolf Gimbel, H.D. Spangeberg, 1998. A Concept for an IntegrativeConsideration of the Drinking Water and WasteWater/Sewage Management,Water Science Technology Vo.37, No.2, pp.333-341.

Djoko M.Hartono, Setyo S.M dan Agung P, 2005. Water Quality and Ground WaterUtilization: a case study on the water supply consumer in Jatinegara Kaum, PuloGadung Jakarta, 38th EAROPH Regional Seminar, Yogyakarta, 19-20 September2005.

International Reference Centre for Community Water Supply and Sanitation- WHOCollaborating Centre 1981. Small Community Water Supplies, Technology ofSmall Water Supply Systems in Developing Countries, The Hague, TheNetherlands.

J.B.Braden, E.C. van Ierland, 1999.Balancing : The Economic Approach to SustainableWater Management, Water Science Technology, Vol39, No.5, pp..17-23.

.Newbold, P; Carlson W.L, Thorne B.M, 2003. Statistics for Business and Economics,Prentice Hall.

Paranna, Agung, 2003. Kualitas air PAM dan pilihan Penggunaan Air Tanah, MasterThesis, Program Study Ilmu Lingkungan Program PascaSarjana, UniversitasIndonesia.

Paul De Garmo E, SullivanG, William, Bontadelli J.A., Wicks, . E.M, 1997. EngineeringEconomic, Prentice Hall.

Pratisto, Arif, 2004. Cara Mudah Mengatasi Masalah Statistik dan Rancangan

Percobaan dengan SPSS 12, Gramedia, Jakarta.

Suparmoko, M, 1997. Ekonomi Sumberdaya Alam dan Lingkungan, BPFE, Yogyakarta.

World Health Organization, 2004. Evaluation of the Cost and Benefits of Water andSanitation Improvements at the Global Level.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.EM-01

WATER QUALITY DETERMINATION USED PHYTOPLAKTONCOMMUNITY IN SAGULING RESERVOIR

Diah Prambadani, and Barti Setiani MuntalifEnvironmental Engineering Department, ITB

Jl. Ganesa No 10 Bandung 40132E-mail : [email protected]

AbstractSaguling is a reservoir at cascade system-Citarum watershed, while its water quality isinfluenced by condition of Citarum watershed (allochtonous factor) and also by activitiesin reservoir itself (autochthonous factor). The presence of phytoplankton characteristicused as a biological indicator to determine water quality hace been developped. The aimof this study is to determine the abundance of phytoplankton as biomass and chlorophyll-a parameters that would be evaluated by physic-chemical characteristic of Sagulingreservoir, at minimum water stock conditions. This research was done at 4 locations-euphotic layers or surface layers (z:0.5 meter) along Saguling reservoir. The watersampling was done in November-December 2005 , four times sampling, minimumcondition of water stock (St: 89.38 - 134.06 x10 m³) The physical and chemicalparameters have been evaluated as second Class by National Water Quality Standardfor Indonesia (PP. No. 82, 2001). The result of biological analysis, we found 55 genus ofphytoplankton at 0.5 meter water layer, which distributed as five classes taxonomy . Theclasses of phytoplankton content are Bacillariophyceae, Chlorophyceae, Cyanophyceae,Dinophyceae and Euglenophyceae. In this study has been observed that classCyanophyceae is most dominance. The measurement of chlorophyll-a concentration(2.079-12.450 mg/m³) and its nutrient concentration indicated to the water qualitycategory of Saguling reservoir between mesotrophic to hyper eutropic conditions. Theresults also are evaluated by TRIX index value of each station ( 3.280-9.364) The genusof Microsystis Spirulina, Oscillatoria, Phormidium, Scenedesmus and Peridinium as thephytoplakton dominated was observed .

Key words : phytoplankton, water quality, Saguling reservoir, water stock

Introduction

Saguling is a reservoir at cascade system-Citarum watershed, located in Rajamandala,

30 km from Bandung (107°30’-107°50’ E, 07°00’- 07°20’ S), West Java. The large about

± 6.614 km2, mean depth of the reservoir is 90 m and the total volume is 982*106 m3.

Actually it’s function is used for energy production (hydropower), water supplies and

commercial fisheries (a cage fish farming system). (PLN-UBP Saguling, 2006).

The water quality of Saguling is determined by water quality of Citarum watershed itself ,

which is used as a reservoir for many kinds of wastewaters like industrial and domestic

activities. The physical parameters as fluctuating debit of surface water is depended of

hydrology condition as independent/random variable as result of degradation of

watershed and climate, such as extreme condition (arid and flood phenomena). If the

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


volume of water is minimum and low water-level, so there is high pollutant loads and it’s

more concentrated than the maximum volume of water and high water-level.

Phytoplankton is present as free-floating microorganisms, and has a lack the ability to

move (Goldman & Horne, 1983). Phytoplankton has a role as bio-indicators because

they can describe the water quality, cosmopolite, and their dynamic-growth along time.

The aquatic variations will influence biological community structure, especially

phytoplankton. In addition to nutrient loading/nutrient enrichment, mainly nitrogen and

phosphorus are important factors for phytoplankton growth. Therefore, these parameters

can be considered limiting factors in controlling the abundance and biomass

phytoplankton from inlet (riverine zone) to lacustrine zone. Light intensity is also

determining the growth of phytoplankton, especially at PAR (photo synthetically active

radiation). Phytoplankton abundance and species composition changes as functions of

nutrient loadings and water-light intensity. Responses of phytoplankton as aquatic

primary producer with nutrients happen at euphotic layer. Beside the physic and

chemical parameters, the biological aspect also determines the rate of phytoplankton

growth for different species and grazing by zooplankton, so it will influence the group of

phytoplankton in aquatic ecosystem.

The objective of this study was to evaluate of biological approach was to determine the

existence of phytoplankton and their interaction with physic-chemical factors.

Material and MethodsThe study was carried out at

November - December, 2005.

Four sampling stations were

selected at the Saguling

reservoir (Figure 1) in order to

determine changes in the

phytoplakton community

associated with variability in

water quality. Horizontal and

vertical samplings were

collected at surface layers (z:0.5

meter) along Saguling reservoir.

Water samples filtered using net

plankton (30 µm-mesh size)

and were fixed with lugol’s

solution. Calculation and enumeration of phytoplankton under microscope in

laboratorium.

1

23

4

Figure 1. Sampling station of Sagulingreservoir s

DAM

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Taxonomic classification and identifications were primarily made according to Edmonson

(1963), Mizuno (1979), Prescott (1970) and Reynolds (1984 Edmonson (1963), Mizuno

(1979), Prescott (1970) and Reynolds (1984). Biological analyses of species Diversity

Index of Shannon-Wiener (S), Evenness Index (E) (Odum , 1998) , and the Species

Dominance of Simpson (C). (Legendre and Legendre, 1983).

Water quality parameters such as temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen concentrations

were measured in situ. Water transparencies were measured by a Secchi disc. Water

samples were collected by using a LaMotte-water sampler, chemical parameters

measurement was done for analysis of total suspended solid (TSS), biochemical oxygen

demand (BOD), Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), nitrate, ammonia, Total Nitrogen

(TN), Total Phosphorus (TP) and organic concentration (APHA, 1989).

The value of TP, TN, Chlorophyll-a and Dissolve Oxygen would be correlated by TRIX

analyses (Vollennweider, 1998) in order to determine the level of trophic aquatic .

Results and Discussion

1. Physical and chemical variables

The physical and chemical parameters have been evaluated as second Class by

National Water Quality Standard for Indonesia (PP. No. 82, 2001)The water temperature of Saguling reservoir was fluctuated during the time observation.

The range of temperature was 23.5°C to 29.9°C.and pH was around 6,3 to 8,2 .

Dissolved Oxygen (DO) concentration in reservoir varied between 0.1 and 8.3 mg/l, while

this parameter was very influenced by water temperature, turbidity and photosynthesis

process. DO concentration increased along the station observation from riverine zone to

lacustrine zone caused by decreasing of allochtonous factors in the reservoire. Water

transparency and total suspended solid were used to describe water clarity. The Secchi

depth measured from 0.07 and 0.72 m. Total suspended solid values fluctuated

between 20 and 70 mg/l. Station 1 was lower of water transparency and highest

suspended solid than other stations. Low secchi depths recorded during the study are

due to runoff from Citarum river and the shallowness in dry season (in the lowest water

level condition). Deforested area of Citarum watershed and over land in urban and

industrial areas could increase the erosion processes and also turbidity at the river and

reservoir itself. The rate of erosion in Saguling reservoir recorded at December 2005 is

2.01 mm/m2/y and sedimentation volume 4.171*106 m3/y (PLN-UBP Saguling, 2006).

Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) and Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

concentration were between 21.60 to 54.80 mg/l and 37.70 to 88.23 mg/l. These values

increased from surface water to euphotic zone and it would be more concentrated at

lowest water level (628.90-629.90 m). The mean rate of nitrate and ammonia

concentrations ranged from 0.002 to 0.665 mg/l and 0.002 to 0.213 mg/l. While rate of

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Total Nitrogen (TN) concentration in aquatic were 2.075 to 11.067 mg/l. and Total

Phosphorus (TP) concentrations in euphotic zone ranged from 0.003 to 0.183 mg/l.

Organic concentrations of samples from 7.959 to 26.860 mg/l. Citarum river as a major

routes of nutrient loading to Saguling reservoir, that it could be integrated to the various

point and non-point sources of pollutant as an external loading, and also internal supply

(a cage fish farming system and organic decomposition) which are very influence to the

aquatic water quality. In Saguling reservoir, there are 7272 units of cage fish farming

system, while on the rule of The International Centre for Living Aquatic Resources

Management (ICLARM) that the number of cage maximum might be 4800 units (PLN-

UBP Saguling, 2006). Chemical parameter representation in reservoir could be caused as

a result of biogeochemical and hydrological processes in the watersheds as well as

ecological and chemical processes within water and sediments. (UNEP, 1999).

2. Phytoplankton community

The water quality of aquatic ecosystem as Saguling reservoir directly cause alterations for

the qualitative and quantitative composition of the phytoplankton. The biological analyses

index showed that species dominant abundance) was Cyanophyceae followed by

Chlorophyceae, Bacillariophyceae, Dinophyceae and Euglenophyceae. Since the first

station until the third stations, the percentage of Cyanophyceae (blue-green algae) was

higher than those in the last station. In the last station, abundance of Cyanophyceae and

Dinophyceae were higher than other species. Generally, the composition group and the

abundance was decrease with the depth, because of light limit, some species of

phytoplankton can survive in water column. The phytoplankton community during dry

season observation was dominated by Cyanophyceae as tolerant organism aquatic in

high turbidity, low intensity of light and could be shaded to the other phytoplankton by

forming surface scum. Their filamentous and gelatinous product of Cyanophyceae may

be retarded to grazer, and some species of them have high affinity to dissolved nitrogen

and carbon dioxide (UNEP, 1999).

The species of phytoplankton composition in

Saguling reservoir at euphotic zone revealed

in 55 taxa, consist of the best represented

by Chlorophyceae (38%) followed by

Bacillariophyceae (33%). Cyanophyceae

were moderately represented (8%) and the

less were represented by Dinophyceae and

Euglenophyceae (5%). (Figure 2).

Euglenophyceae5%

Dinophyceae5%

Cyanophyceae18%

Chlorophyceae38%

Bacillariophyceae33%

Figure 2. Percentage of phytoplanktoncomposition

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


3. Diversity indicesIn an application of ‘the theory of communication’ on biological community description,

that a value of diversity index (H’) determine a healthy level of ecosystem, therefore a

low value suggests as an ecosystem degraded (Wilhm, 1970). Diversity indices

calculated for Saguling reservoir varied and ranged from 0.902 to 1.599 at z: 0.5 meter,

0.923 to 1.877 at z: 1.5 meter and 0.997 to 1.533 at z: 2.5 meter . The Evenness Index

(E) has range from 0.317 to 0.458 (z: 0.5 m), 0.302 to 0.591 (z: 1.5 m) and 0.314 to 0.476

(z: 2.5 m). The Dominance Index (C) varied from 0.326 to 0.589 (z: 0.5 m), 0.304 to

0.587 z: 1.5 m) and 0.334 to 0.532 (z: 2.5 m) at all stations.

Microcystis sp. is species dominant of Cyanophyceae in Saguling reservoir. This species

as bioindicator to determination of eutrophic condition. Eutrophication of reservoir is

enrichment with plants nutrients, mainly phosphorus and nitrogen, which enter as solutes

and also to be bound to organic and inorganic particles (UNEP, 1999). Augmented

nutrient inputs/nutrient enrichment to water is result from modifications of Citarum

watershed, such as deforestation, agricultural, industrial development and urbanization.

External nutrient loading and bad ecohydrology condition of the reservoir caused an

increase in gas-vacuolated mucilage Cyanophyceae Microcystis, which single cell range

in size of 4-7 µm diameters. They formed large globular and semi-spherical colonies,

which are several millimeters wide in diameter, and contained ten of thousands of cells

per colony . This species also produced some toxins, such as neurotoxin, hepatotoxin,

cytotoxin and endotoxin (UNEP, 1999). Another species dominant of phytoplankton are

Spirulina sp., Oscillaria sp., Phormidium sp., Scenedesmus sp. and Peridinium sp.The

high level concentrations of phosphorus causes Peridinium sp. and Ceratium sp.,

Dinophyceae and Cyanophyceae (blue-green algae) as the most spacies dominant in

the last of sampling station. Tzong and Jin-Wen (1998) reported that abundance of

Dinophyceae in Fetsui reservoir has correlation with phosphorus and physical conditions,

such as turbulence, light intensity and temperature. Peridinium usually prefer in eutrophic

water, but they can also exist in mesotrophic water. Cyanophyceae is an especially

troublesome group that can attain high levels, cause severe oxygen depletion and fish

mortalities because of their scum (UNEP, 1999).

4.TRYX Index Analyses

Index Tryx Value (Vollenweider at al, 1998) based on parameters of Total Nitrrogen (TN),

Total Phosphorus (TP), Chlorophyl a contain as phytoplankton biomass and also Oxygen

Dissolve concentration . This index would be calculated and identified the trophic level of

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


aquatic ecosystems in Saguling reservoir.We observed that distribution of water quality

status at four sampling stations (z:0,5 m)showed in tabel 1.

Table 1. Tryx Index Analses Distribution(z:0,5 m.)

Observation

z (0,5) 1 2 3 4

Station 1 hyper-eutrof hyper-eutrof hyper-eutrof hyper-eutrof

Station 2 hyper-eutrof hyper-eutrof hyper-eutrof mesotrof

Station 3 hyper-eutrof eutrof mesotrof mesotrof

Station 4 hyper-eutrof hyper-eutrof eutrof mesotrof

Tryx Index calculation of surface water analyses (z:0,5 m) varied between 3,280-9,364

indicated to the water quality category of Saguling reservoir between mesotrof to hyper

eutrof conditions . An increase in concentration of Nitrate and Phoshorus during

observation study caused by cultural activity as cage fishing and envornmental

managmenet in Saguling itself. At the first observation we found that water quantity of

Saguling reservoir was in the lowest level condition and to be indicated as in hyper-eutrof

level, but the water quality category was changed at the other observations. This

phenomena showed that biological parameters used as water quality status was also

depended by some physical parameters such as debit condition,Q), precipitation intensity

(P). The results of PLN-UBP Saguling monitoring (2006) showed at the research period

the precipitation intensity (P) increased 100,44 to 108,20 mm).

ConclusionsAs the conclusion, we observed that hydrology condition of Saguling reservoir at

November-December 2005 was in the lowest level (628.90-629.90 m), in the latest dry

session period observation. The biological analysis, we found 55 genus of phytoplankton

at 0.5 meter water layer, which distributed as five classes taxonomy . The classes of

phytoplankton content are Bacillariophyceae, Chlorophyceae, Cyanophyceae,

Dinophyceae and Euglenophyceae. The measurement of chlorophyll-a concentration

(2.079-12.450 mg/m³) and its nutrient concentration indicated to the water quality

category of Saguling reservoir between mesotrophic to hyper eutropic conditions. The

results also are evaluated by TRIX index value of each station ( 3.280-9.364) The genus

of Microsystis Spirulina, Oscillatoria, Phormidium, Scenedesmus and Peridinium as the

phytoplakton dominated was observed .

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


References

American Public Health Association (APHA), American Water Works Association(AWWA) dan Water Environment Federation (WEF). (1998), Standard Methods forthe Examination of Water and Watewater, 20th Edition, Washington DC. 1193 p.

Balai Pengelolaan DAS Citarum-Ciliwung. (2005), Kondisi dan Karakteristik DAS CitarumHulu, Departemen Kehutanan, Bogor, 10 p.

Edmonson, W. T. (1963), Freshwater Biology, Second Edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,New York. 1248 p.

Goldman, C. R. dan A. J. Horne. (1983), Limnology, Mc Graw-Hill International BookCompany, New York. 464 p.

Legendre, L. dan P. Legendre. (1983), Numerical Ecology, Elsevier Scientific Publ. Co.,Amsterdam, 428 p.

Mizuno, T. (1979), Illustration of The Freshwater Plankton of Japan, Hoikusha PublishingCo. Ltd., Japan, 313 p.

Odum, E. P. (1998), Dasar-dasar Ekologi, Edisi Ketiga, Universitas Gadjah Mada Press,Yogyakarta.

Perusahaan Listrik Negara, Indonesia Power-Unit Bisnis Pembangkitan Saguling. (2006),Data hidrologi PLTA Saguling, Indonesia Power, Bandung, 50 p.

Prescott, G. W. (1970), How to Know Freshwater Algae, Dubuque, Iowa, WMC., BrownCompany Publishers, 348 p.

Reynolds, C. S. (1984), The Ecology of Freshwater Phytoplankton, Cambridge UniversityPress., Cambridge, 384 p.

Suwignyo, P. (1996), Ekosistem Perairan Pedalaman, Tipologi dan Permasalahannya,Kuliah Kursus Penyusunan Amdal XIX, PPSML-LP UI, Jakarta.

Tzong Wu, Jiunn dan Jin-Wen Chou. (1998), Dinoflagellata Associates in FetsuiReservoir, Taiwan, Institute of Botany, Academica Sinica, Taiwan,http://ejournal.sinica.edu.tw, 9 p.

United Nations Environment Programme-International Environmental Technology Centre(UNEP-IETC) dan International Lake Environment Committee (ILEC). (1999),Lakes and Reservoirs, UNEP/ILEC, Japan, 359 p.

Wilhm, Jl. (1970), Range of diversity index in benthic macroinvertebrate populations. J.Water Pollut Control Fed 42, 221-224.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.EM-02

SYSTEM INTERRELATIONSHIP MODEL TO APPROACHMINIMIZATION ON CO2 EMISSION FROM HOUSE AND LIFE IN CITIES

Priana Sudjono and Indira Kusuma DewiDept. of Environmental Engineering, Bandung Institute of Technology

Jalan Ganesha, Bandung Indonesia 40132Email: [email protected]

AbstractCarbon dioxide is emitted during manufacturing and transporting the constructionmaterials, and construction phase. Additionally, activities of city inhabitants to supporttheir needs consume fossil fuel as source of energy then the emission is unavoidable. Asa dangerous gas on earth, the emission should be minimized. The emission, which isrelated to human activities, institutions, social values, and physical environment, isapproached by a systemic thinking then it is applied to form a System InterrelationshipModel. As a qualitative model, it consists of components that have significant roles inminimizing the emission. The components found by in-depth qualitative research onhouse and life of Naga community are house, tribe institution, income, constructionmaterial, fuel, land for housing, plantation field, sacred object, outside community, Nagacommunity, forest, water body, agriculture land, and local wisdom. As the inventedcomponents are originated for a rural environment, these components are equalized formodern life in cities; these are house, government authority, income, fabricated materials,fuel and electricity, housing estate, city garden, education, city inhabitant, a cluster housecommunity, city forest and conserved forest, river across the city, office-shop-market, lawand regulation. In order to minimize the emission, the research proposes ideas ofintervention to the components thus a holistic reduction can be achieved.

Keywords: carbon-dioxide, house, systemic thinking, system interrelationship model, andqualitative model.

IntroductionHousing is an interminable problem especially in cities. Real estate companies

mostly concern with beauty, site plan, and costs of each unit in order to reach a

competitive price. Attention to the produced carbon dioxide from manufacturing the

construction materials, transportation, and during the construction phase is very little.

Thus the concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere increases which contributes

to the phenomena of global warming. In such case, the emission must be reduced.

Applying systemic thinking to house and life in Kampong Naga may produce a

system interrelationship model (SIM) that represents knowledge on relationships

between the house and the related social, economy, and the physical situations. By

making use of the SIM, analysis on how to reduce carbon dioxide emitted from housing in

cities can be done by equalizing the components of the system to a modern life in cities

and then intervention to the components can be an integrated effort in reducing the

emission. Kampong Naga, located in kecamatan Salawu - Tasikmalaya district of West

Java, had been chosen as the study area as the houses and the life style are uniform and

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


last steadily for such a long time. The houses had never been changed whether in shape,

size, and type of the materials. Besides, their life style is simple such as refusing

electricity and machinery used in the site. Furthermore, the community protects the forest

and the river water in order to maintain ecosystem for the benefit to the community in the

form of spring water.

Kampong Naga had been used as an object for study such as ethno-architecture

(Tunggadewi, 2004). The results is that collocation of the houses implies comprehensive

meaning to respect ancestors and religious believe. Similarly, Suganda (2006)

investigated the tradition of the Naga community in relation to the house, rituals, and arts.

In order to scientifically understand the situation, the research employed qualitative

method using questionnaire, and phenomenological observation on social values and

interaction among inhabitants. The collected data will be on how to construct a house,

how they life and interact between human and nature, habit, preference, hope, and

motivation.

The paper describes life in Kampong Naga in order to deduce idea on how to reduce

emission of carbon dioxide produced from house construction and the domestic activities.

The findings were presented in tables and diagrams before a system interrelationship

model, which is an interrelated knowledge consisting components whose roles on

emission are significant, was developed. Then a proposed idea on intervention to the

components on reducing the emission from house and life is presented.

Values Behind the House and LifeGeneral description of Kampong Naga is a small village where the houses are

uniform in shape, size, and materials. Through time, the situations are almost the same

as there is no additional house, and no alteration of the site arrangements. To analyze

the amount of emitted carbon dioxide related to the houses and the life style, the values

practiced by the community in daily life was investigated profoundly.

Construction materials to build 49 m2 of house are timber and bamboo that are found

from the plantation fields located around 500 m from the village (Suandharu, 1998). Other

materials such as palm fiber (Arenga Pinnata), Tepus leaf (Amomum Megalocheilos),

nail, lime are bought from the nearby villages. There are no modern tools applied for

manufacturing the materials instead of manual tools such as ax, saw and scouring pad.

Thus carbon dioxide is not significantly emitted in this phase.

The main function of the house is a place for family interactions and domestic

activities such as preparing food and also making handicrafts (Padma, 2001). Moreover,

a house of Kampong Naga has several purposes such as a place to deliver birds, to get

married; to celebrate the death, as well as ritual commonly practices in daily life (Rif’ati

and Sucipto, 2002). Even though the houses are small in size, the inhabitants look

satisfied with the situations.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


A house consists of kitchen (Pawon), barn (Goah), living room (Tepas), porch

(Golodog), and sleeping room (Pangkeng). Space at the front of the kitchen had been

slightly modified to place handicrafts for sale. This modification is allowed by Kuncen

(leader) as it does not significantly change the performance of the house. The house can

last over thirty years, then rebuilding has to be done. To build a house, the previous

tenant has to ask the Kuncen then several ceremonies has to be practiced (Tunggadewi,

2004). The works are done by most of the community members under the guidance of

Dulah as a local house supervisor. Furthermore, during their daily life they do not use

electricity, instead 2 to 3 cubic meter of wood and 20 to 30 liter of kerosene are

consumed for cooking and lighting. The estimated carbon dioxide emission is around 300

kg to build a new house, and 51.4 to 77.2 kg per month for domestic usages.

Alterations upon the house are not allowed as it is controlled by the Tribe Institution

that has obligation to implement the local wisdom. The community obeys the rule as they

believe that disobedience may result in troubles and disasters during the rest of their life

(Suganda, 2006). As presented in Figure 1, the ancestors of kampong Naga, the

obedience of the tenant, and the tribe institution play roles in preserving the house as

representation of philosophy initiated by their ancestors. The community accepts to live in

such houses and practices

uniform simple life.

The houses in Kampong

Naga do not use modern

materials such as fabricated

paints, roof tiles, and Portland

cement that likely emits huge

amount of carbon dioxide

during complex manufacturing

processes. Dulah exerts that

lime paint is appropriate to

protect the building materials

from termites, Portland

cement is not required, and

roof tiles is taboo. The

community members agree

with the opinion to be implemented to their houses.

There are several alterations related to the house even the people maintain and

obey the local wisdom established by their ancestors. For example, window using glass,

nail, room divider, and rack at porch. The alterations on the house are considered minor

and the new materials are only used as secondary functions (Afiaty, 2003). Decisions to

accept provision to alter the house is under the control of the community and the tribe

Figure 1. The norm to construct a house inkampong Naga.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


institution.

A maintained value on

construction phase is self-

help norm

(Koentjaraningrat, 1990).

‘The perspective of Naga

community’ inspires the

’behavior of Naga

community in general

expressed in the traditional

houses. The perspective of

the policy makers is not

only to the shape, size, and

on how a house is looked,

but also on the sort of the

materials, its sources, and

the way to build the house. The policy makers leaded by Kuncen appoint Dulah as a

technical supervisor on the house construction and also as an organizer on the

community self-help forces.

Naga people have never heard about carbon dioxide as their education is still very

low. Their obedience to the local wisdom leads to a simple way of life to satisfy the

developed situations. The research indicated that uniformity of the houses using local

materials has been proven to be a preferred choice to insist harmonious life. Moreover,

low emission for a house and domestic activities occurs as people have strength of mind

to obey the local wisdom. The houses are similar in shape, size, and materials and they

are arranged in such as way as any alterations may sting the local wisdom otherwise

approval by the tribe institution is required. Values behind the performance of the house

are so complex that collective works is a base to work and make decisions.

Kampong Naga as a SystemThe system visually describes interactions among the components that sustain the

traditional house and the way of life. As an ideal world, system interrelationship model

emphasizes on the knowledge of the interactions based on system and systemic thinking

techniques. System thinking is a thinking technique about how components of a system

interact with one another (Bartlett, 2001). Additionally, he introduces a definition of

systemic thinking that is “a simple technique for finding system-wide focus”. A system

Interrelationship Model (SIM) had been developed and applied at the first time for

managing complex groundwater (Sudjono and Rena, 2003). The basic Idea of developing

SIM is analyses of a situation in a defined world. Then by understanding their functions,

Figure 2. Communal self-help as social norm in a house construction.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


the components are synthesized is such a way to likely reach the goals of the decided

theme that is the reduction of carbon dioxide emission. The aim of developing SIM in the

research is to present how the house and life in kampong Naga interacts with other

components that support their

existence. So, comprehensive

explanation on interactions of

the components which involve

deep experts’ knowledge is

understandable easily for

further implementation on

similar system in different

locations.

The provision of the SIM to

be valid is that there is

community in Kampong Naga

as the main component. Other

direct related components

related to the environment are

local wisdom, tribe institution, land for housing, income, fuel, and source of construction

materials. The components related to social life are water body and spring, agriculture

land, forest, plantation field, and outside community. The system depicted the Naga world

is presented in figure 3. The model shows that Naga community has significant roles on

the system indicated by its influence to several components. During construction phase,

Naga community helps with one another for whole processes starting from making

decision and permission from Kuncen, all detail works until finishing phase, and moving

into the house. Materials for houses mostly come from the plantation fields and some are

bought from outside communities. The impression is that all community members obey

the local wisdom and respect the sacred objects inherited by the ancestors. The land for

housing is limited thus enlargement of the house is not allowed. All Naga people get

equal rights to life on a piece of land, consumed water, and to harvest agriculture

products. In other occasions, they get income by laboring and trading with outside

communities.

Implementation of the Naga System to Modern LifeThe SIM on house and life in Kampong Naga is deduced to bring ideas on how to

reduce emitted carbon dioxide related to modern life styles in cities. Extracting the spirit

owned by the Naga community depicted in the SIM, the components are transformed to

components exist in cities. Then, the components of city’ system are intervened as

summarized in table 1. The intervention is an effort to change or modify data and

Figure 3. System of house and life inkampong Naga.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


properties of the components in such a way in order them work in the system for reaching

the goal, ie. reducing the carbon dioxide emission.

Table 1. The intervention to reduce emitted carbon dioxide from housing.

No

ComponentIn NagaSystem

Modern life incity

Intervention

1 House A house andsocial status

A house is only used as a place to live. The size of ahouse is based on basic need for a simple life.Renovation or rebuilding is under a strict rule andguided by engineers A house should have enoughsunlight illumination and air circulation to keepcomfortable temperature.

2 Tribeinstitution

Governmentbuildingauthority

Permission to rebuild a house is based onassessment to carbon dioxide emitted frommanufacturing the materials and the demolition of thehouse. The design take account on low requirementof electricity, lighting, and air cooler.

3 IncomeDiversity ofincomesources

The amount of income is enough for maintaining thehouse, vehicles, electric appliances, and cookingwares, and it is also enough for buying the new one.

4 ConstructionMaterials

Fabricatedmaterials

The manufacturing of the materials should emit lowcarbon dioxide. Locally-made materials are preferredto reduce distance to the site.

5 Fuel Gas orelectricity

Fuel and energy are wisely used to reduce thenumber of lights and avoid air cooler in buildings.

6 Land forHousing

Housingestate

The government controls the ratio on the size of ahouse to the land, distance among houses, andminimum area of the garden.

7 PlantationField City garden

Gardens in a city is maintained or expanded to everycorner of a city. Every house has a garden to growdecorative plants and trees.

8 SacredObject Education Education on environmental conservation is

necessary for any levels of schooling.

9 Outsidecommunity

Cityinhabitants

Electronic modes such as telephone and internetsare used for business transactions, shopping, andcommunication with friends or family.

10 Nagacommunity

A clusterhousecommunity

One house is engaged by one small family thatraises social awareness and cooperation to conservethe environment and to obey the law.

11 Forest

City forestsandConservedforest

City forests and forests at the hinterlands areconserved through maintaining the canopy area, andthe diversity of plants.

12 Water Body River acrossthe city.

Water supply, from water company, is deliveredcontinuously at enough quantity to be consumedminimally. Exploitation to river and ground waterrequires permission from government.

13 AgricultureLand

Offices, shops,and markets.

Working places, schools, shopping malls are plannedto be close to housing areas and several masstransportation modes are available.

14 Local wisdomGovernmentlaw andregulation

Law and Regulation concerning house and emissionare completely set up and should also beaccomplished with technical guidance forimplementation.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


ConclusionCarbon dioxide is emitted during manufacturing of the construction materials,

transportation to the site, and construction phase. The amount of emission varies which

depends on social values, life styles, environment, and regulations. As their dependency

is so complex, the results of comprehensive analyses need to be modeled. To create the

model, the research, that implements qualitative research dealing with human perception,

idea, wisdom, social structure, and life style had been done in Kampong Naga.

Comparing life styles in Cities and Kampong Naga, there are similarities on the

components related to the carbon dioxide emission. Based on those components, ideas

to reduce the emitted carbon dioxide can be deduced by transforming the components to

components existed in city life, and then interventions to the components are proposed.

These are appropriate concept on house, available source of low-emitted construction

materials, management on the ratio between land and house, establishment on rules and

local regulations, raising public awareness and cooperation to conserve the environment

and obey the law, enforcement on the role of government institutions to control the

houses, wised usage on fuel or energy, enough income to live in a city, the usage of

electronic modes for transaction or communication, continuous supply of clean water,

planning on housing to be close to working places or schools, education on

environmental conservation based on government rules, and maintaining city gardens

and forests as conservation areas.

ReferenceAfiaty, Devi Farida, (2003). Faktor-faktor Penentu Pemilihan Tipe Rumah dan

Implikasinya terhadap Tingkat Kepuasan Pemilik serta Jenis dan FrekuensiPerubahan Rumah: Perumnas Sarijadi Bandung, Tesis, Program Magister InstitutTeknologi Bandung, Bandung.

Bartlett, Gary. System Thinking – a simple thinking technique for gaining systemic focus.The International Conference of Thinking Breakthroughs 2001.

Koentjaraningrat, (1990). Pengantar Ilmu Antropologi, Edisi Kedelapan, PT Rineka Cipta,Jakarta.

Maryaeni, (2005). Metode Penelitian Kebudayaan, PT Bumi Aksara, JakartaPadma, Adry dkk, (2001). Kampung Naga Permukiman Warisan Karuhun, Architecture &

Communication, Bandung.Sudjono, P., Memed, M.W., and Rena. (2003). Computer Programming on Groundwater

Conservation Through Development of System Interrelation Model. Journal ofMineral Technology, Bandung Institute of Technology. Vol. X, No. 2, pp. 119-127.

Rif’ati, Heni Fajria, dan Toto Sucipto. (2002). Kampung Adat dan Rumah Adat di JawaBarat, Dinas Kebudayaan dan Pariwisata Jawa Barat, Bandung.

Suandharu, Haru, (1998). Etnobotani Masyarakat Kampung Naga Tasikmalaya JawaBarat, Skripsi, Program Sarjana Institut Teknologi Bandung, Bandung.

Suganda, Her, (2006). Kampung Naga Mempertahankan Tradisi, PT Kiblat Buku Utama,Bandung.

Tunggadewi, Sri Rahaju Larasati, (2004). Gagasan Pengaturan Tempat pada KomunitasKampung Naga Kabupaten Tasikmalaya Jawa Barat, Disertasi, Program DoktorInstitut Teknologi Bandung, Bandung.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.EM-03

EVALUATION OF WATER QUALITY SAMPLING POINT WITH HP2S MODEL

Dr. Ir. Nieke Karnaningroem MSc., Hermien Indraswari, STDepartment of Environmental Engineering, ITS, Surabaya, East java Indonesia

[email protected]

AbstractLoad of the pollution of river have increased, either from domestic and industrial waste.The available beneficiary and demand of water quality was also increased every year,periodically. That means, water quality of river must be kept from pollutant influent. Onceof that solution, it needed monitoring water quality of the river. Discharge of pollutant, thatit was through to river, could influence to water quality of river and to river self purification.For management planning of water quality and monitoring was required representatiflocation of sampling point that it could described condition of water quality actually.Therefore, it needed an auxiliaries by using water quality model. Research was done byusing model HP2S (Hydrodynamic Model Pollutant Dispersion in River), it illustratedpattern or direction of pollutant dispersion from waste water enter to the river andinfluence of tributaries River. And purpose of this research evaluated location samplingpoint based on contamination distribution pattern of waste discharge to the river. Basedon the result of simulation and running model was explained that the existing of locationof sampling point in river was not accurate. It needed to evaluate location of samplingpoint of the water quality condition in river, actually.

Keyword : HP2S model, dispersion pollutant, river, sampling point

Introduction

Load of the pollution of river have increased, either from domestic and industrial

waste. The available beneficiary and demand of water quality was also increased every

year, periodically. That means, water quality of river must be kept from pollutant influent.

Once of that solution, it needed monitoring water quality of the river. Discharge of

pollutant, that it was through to river, could be influence to water quality of river and to

river self purification.

Water quality monitoring have been done by Perum Jasa Tirta I (PJT I), that it

covered off-line and on-line monitoring. It have taken sample water at the sampling point

that been chozen. Beside that, PJT I have been taken sampel from the outlet of industrial

wastewater and on Brantas river water basin (DAS) and also on Kali Surabaya. But the

result of monitoring of PJT I have not given solution, maximally. To increase the

monitoring should be repaired the monitoring and evaluating of water quality existing.

Now, river water quality management was concluded monitoring and evaluation

water quality in river. To get the water quality targets, that it was determined by

Goverment, needed representative location of sampling point that it can illustrated water

quality condition, actually. To determine representative of sampling point location should

be illustrated pattern of pollutant dispersion from source of the wastewater discharge,

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


firstly. After that, to identify pattern of pollutant dispersion could be done with model of

water quality support.

Water quality model is a tool of water quality management and could identified

pollutant dispersion direction on river. To identify it needed comprehensif datas and to

operate model needed computer software.

Water quality model was done by using the HP2S model (Hydrodynamic Model

Pollutant Dispersion in River), that can illustrate pattern or direction of pollutant dispersion

in river.

Literature review

Karnaningroem (2008), said that, HP2S model is a model non linier and sinusoidal

function. And the model could be formulated with partial differential mathematics and

resulted by numerical.

HP2S model is a 2 dimention model of water quality and was made based on

conservation massa law, conservation momentum laws, and continyuity equation laws.

Result of model that it used partial differential equation mathematics, was generated by

Leap frog finite difference numerical method, and also visualized by using matlab

computer program. In model was also explained that relationship between velocity and

pollutant concentration in river formed non linier function.

Based on that expalination, it was built diagram input and output datas of HP2S

model. The diagram was illustrated in Figure 4. bellow.

Figure 4. Diagram of Between Input Process – Running Model and Output Process

To made a simple of solution to generated finite difference in HP2S model, then it

needed water level function H (x,t) in D area of Cartisian coordinat. (Figure 5.). D area

INPUT :- Panjang sungai

(P)- Lebar sungai (L)- Kedalaman (h)- Debit sungai

(Qo)- Debit masukan

(Qi)- Konsentrasi (c)- Tekanan (Po)- Kecepatan arah

sumbu y (v)- Kecepatan arah

sumbu x (u)- Jumlah pias

waktu (nt)- Konservatif/non

konservatif (z)- Jumlah grade (n)- Rhoo air ()

MODEL HP2S

RUNNING MODEL

OUTPUT :- Bilangan Reynold

(NRe)- Koefisien oksigenasi

(ka)- Koefisien dispersi (Ex,

Ey)- Bilangan Courant

terhadap x dan y- Kecepatan u dan v- Nilai konsentrasi (C)

per kolom- Grafik kecepatan

terhadap sumbu x dany

- Grafik konsentrasisetiap satuan waktudan jarak terhadapsumbu x dan sumbu y

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


divided into ∆x length grids and ∆t grids. And then, with the finite difference can be found

grid of approach values of H(Figure 6.).

Aplication of HP2S model was still neglected wind, Eddy current, Tidal effect,

temperatur change, sea level change, rain fall, groundwater recharge and water in river

influnces.

Figure 5. H (x,t) Function

Figure 5. Grid of D Area

Methodology

To illustrate this works, was used step : preparing step, research step, datas

compilating, to establish scope of object, to determine sampling method, to determine

data analyzed, coefficien calibration, running of model and to optimalize the aim of result

running of model was made simulation of model. Therefore, detail of methodology would

be illustrated in Figure 7 as follow.

Measuring velocity and flow of river water by using current meter, should be done

together with sampling of water in the same location of point sampling. And sampling

point arrangent in grids for every segment of river (Figure 8). Now, DO and COD were as

pollutant parameters in river and wastewater. Although, it was used also GPS to know

coordinat of the location of sample point in the river.

(j-1)x x xx

Y (j, n+1)

TY Y (j–1,n) (j,n) (j+1,n)

R P S

(n+1) Y

x

t

D

n Δt

j Δx

(n+1)Δt

(j+1)Δx

(j-1)Δx

(n-1)Δt

x

H(x,t)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Analysis method for DO parameter used SNI 06-2425-1991 and COD parameter

used APHA method, 20th Edition. 5220 C, 1991. After that, sample wastewater and river

water analyzed at laboratory. While, velocity and flow of river water and wastewater

discharge was found from field (river basin and discharge point of industry) directly, and

together with sampling time.

During application of this model needed calibration processes to the oxygenation

coeffisien (ka),deoxygenation coeffisien (kd) and also calibration to dispersion coeffisien in

lateral and longitudinal directions.

Calibration of oxygenation coeffisien was calculated by using O’Connor and

Dobbins equation in Schnoor (1996) as follow :

Where :ka = coeffisien of reaeration (1/day)H = mean of height of water (ft atau m)U = mean of velocity river flow (ft/sec or m/sec)

ka = 12,9(U)1/2

or ka = 0,43(H)3/2

(U)0,5

(H)1,5

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Figure 6. Flow chart of methodology

Figure 7. Location of point samplingin the segment of river

While, to examine oxygenation coeffisien was done by using correlation of linier

regression with critical value tabel of Rang Spearman coeffisien correlation and value of

R2 < 1 or r > 0,9 and also value of = 0,05 and P = 0,00. Then, to examine coeffisien

deoxygenation should be done by trial and error.

River

eTitik1Titik2Titik3

I II III IV V.

EVALUATION OF WATER QUALITY SAMPLINGPOINT WITH HP2S MODEL

LITERATUR REVIEW : Parameter of water quality ( COD and DO) Basic Teory of Model HP2S

PRIMARY DATAS :- Velocity of water (v)-Consentration of DO, and COD in river

SECONDARY DATAS :- Velocity of water (v)- Consentration of DO, and COD in river

DATA COLLECTING :

RUNNING MODEL

IN LABORATORY AND FIELD- Taken sample river water on location of pointsampling was established- Measuring width and heigth of river, velocityand flow of river water- Analyze DO and COD concentration inlaboratory

IMPLEMENTATION

DISCUSSION :

- To identify pattern of dispersion DO and CODparameters pollutant and running by using HP2Smodel.- To determine location of sampling point in river

REPORT

CONCLUSION AND SUGESTION

HP2S MODEL(Hydrodynamic

Dispersion Pollutant inRiver)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Discussion

The HP2S model was based on the non linier function, using the equation of partial

differential mathematics as a basic approach and leap frog explicit finite difference as

numerical method. To visualize the model used the computer Matlab program. The

developed model of HP2S was based on conservation laws of mass and energy, and it

enables to identify the 2 D horizontal direction of pollutant dispersion in the river within the

variation velocity.

The model enables to predict the direction and the distance of pollutant dispersion

into the river at that time, and could also be referred to determine the location of sampling

point during the monitoring of water quality at that time and be applied for variation of the

flow conditions. HP2S model also illustrated dispersion of pollutant in river from point

discharge of wastewater longitudinal and transversal horizontal direction, at that time.

External factors, such as wind influence, evaporation, Eddy current, tidal effect, river

branch were neglected in that model.

Therefore, result of running of water quality model was determined DO and COD

pollutant paremeters. The outcome of model have been identified dispersion pollutant

direction for river velocity and concentration pollutant parameters (DO and COD)

variation. That outcome of running can be valid at that time and it was also proved that

length of river direction of pollutant dispersion was dominant.

Based on that explanation, it can be conclused that water quality monitoring of

river will be succeed, if the location of sampling point was representing. To representing

location of sampling point in river should be known the direction of discharge of pollutant.

To illustrate or to identify direction of pollutant dispersion in the river was needed water

quality model.

The outcome of identify dispersion of DO and COD pollutant parameters in river

with one of wastewater discharge of industry to the river can be shown on following

Figure 2 and 3.That figures was illustrated that the distance of DO and COD

concentration dispersion on x direction (length of river) have more longer than y direction

(width of river). Because x direction pollutant dispersion of pollutant was followed flow of

river, after while, y direction pollutant dispersion was crooss section to the flow of river.

Pattern of pollutant dispersion in river was also illustrated that it disperse from wastewater

discharge point, closely

Input datas was used for this model on 8 m length of river, 11.13 m of width of river,

1.2 and 3.48 m height of river are : velocity of x direction of river (longitudinal direction)

0.13 and 0.48 m/s, velocity of y direction of river (transversal direction) 0.01m/s, velocity

of pollutant through to the river on x direction 0.01 m/s and on y direction 0.8 m/s,

discharge of wastewater (pollutant) to the river 0.08 m3/s and flow of river 74.23 m3/s,

respectively.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


p a n j a n g s u m b u x

pa

nja

ng

su

mb

u y

k o n s e n t r a s i p o l u t a n s e t i a p s a t u a n w a k t u d a n j a r a k

5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5

5

1 0

1 5

2 0

2 5

3 0

3 5

4 0

4 5

5 0

5 5

5

1 0

1 5

2 0

2 5

3 0

3 5

4 0

4 5


pa

nja

ng

su

mb

u y

k o n s e n t r a s i p o l u t a n p a d a s e t i a p s a t u a n w a k t u d a n j a r a k

5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5

5

1 0

1 5

2 0

2 5

3 0

3 5

4 0

4 5

5 0

5 5

0 . 5

1

1 . 5

2

2 . 5

3

3 . 5

4

4 . 5

5

a)

b)

Figure 8a and b.Changing of DO Concentration Value (to indicate with colour chance)

at that time and distance.

By using input datas above and DO concentration in river 5 mg/l (Figure 9.a) and 5,2

mg/l (Figure 9.b.), konsentrasi DO concentration in discharge of wastewater 2.2 mg/l and

time of mixing 20 second; and then, grid was used to length of river 30 and 60 for width of

river and also time running 500 sec; therefore, running by using MATLAB program would

be done.

Based on the running model resulted: Reynold number =68,2866 and laminar flow

condition, oxygenation coeffisien (k1) = 0,1420, dispertion coeffisien Ex = 1,3872 and Ey

= 1,7822e-004 (0,03264), Courant number to x direction = 0,00541872< 1, Courant

number to y = 0,0192868<1, and test of consistency and convergency was fulfilled. That

mean model was stable for application and running could be continuied.

Decreasing DO concentration (Figure 10a) was happened from 6.2 mg/l to 0 mg/l

at 5.3 m length direction of river and 2.6 m width direction of river or from discharge point

of wastewater; and also decreasing DO concentration (Figure 9b) was happened from 5.2

mg/l to 0 mg/l at 5.1 m length direction of river and 2.4 m width direction of river or from

discharge point of wastewater

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3



pa

nja

ng

su

mb

u y

k o n s e n t r a s i p o l u t a n p a d a s e t i a p s a t u a n w a k t u d a n j a r a k

5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5

5

1 0

1 5

2 0

2 5

3 0

3 5

4 0

4 5

5 0

5 5

0 . 5

1

1 . 5

2

2 . 5

3

3 . 5

4

4 . 5

5


pa

nja

ng

su

mb

u y

k o n s e n t r a s i p o l u t a n s e t i a p s a t u a n w a k t u d a n j a r a k

5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5

5

1 0

1 5

2 0

2 5

3 0

3 5

4 0

4 5

5 0

5 5

0 . 5

1

1 . 5

2

2 . 5

3

3 . 5

4

4 . 5

5

5 . 5

a)

b)

Figure 9 a and b.Changing of COD Concentration Value (to indicate with colour chance)

at that time and distance.

Input datas was used for this model on 8 m length of river, 11.13 m of width of river,

1.2 and 3.48 m height of river are : velocity of x direction of river (longitudinal direction)

0.13 and 0.48 m/s , velocity of y direction of river (transversal direction) 0.01m/s, velocity

of pollutant thraough to the river on x direction 0.01 m/s and on y direction 0.8 m/s,

discharge of wastewater (pollutant) to the river 0.08 m3/s and flow of river 74.23 m3/s,

respectively.

By using input datas above and COD concentration in river 57 mg/l (Figure 10.a) and

46 mg/l (Figure 10b.), konsentrasi COD concentration in discharge of wastewater 158,5

mg/l and time of mixing 20 second; and then, grid was used to length of river 30 and 60

for width of river and also time running 500 sec; therefore, running by using MATLAB

program would be done.

Based on the running model resulted: Reynold number = 62,2866 and laminar flow

condition, oxygenation coeffisien (k1) = 0,1420 , dispertion coeffisien Ex = 1,3872 and Ey

= 1,7822e-004 (0,03264), Courant number to x direction = 0,00541872< 1, Courant

number to y

= 0,0192868< 1, and test of consistency and

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


convergency was fulfilled. That mean model was stable for application and running could

be continuied.

Decreasing COD concentration (Figure 10a) was happened from 57 mg/l to 0

mg/l at 5.6 m length direction of river and 2.8 m width direction of river or from discharge

point of wastewater; and also decreasing COD concentration (Figure 10b) was happened

from 46 mg/l to 0 mg/l at 5.3 m length direction of river and 2.6 m width direction of river

or from discharge point of wastewater

Sampling point

Running result of HP2S model as Figure 9a and b, and Figure 10 a and b,

therefore, be used to determine representative sampling point location. And that result

could be shown on the following Figure 11.

Now, sampling point location of width direction (river width) determined from A

point to y, and length direction (length of river) determined from A point to x (Look at

Figure 11.)

Figure 10Determining Sampling Point Location

For Purposed Inspection and Monitoring Water Quality In River

Conclusion

Result of running HP2S model in river as follow :

1. Model HP2S could be illustrated the direction of dispersion of pollutant

2. Model HP2S could be used as tool to determine location of point sampling water in

river on water quality monitoring.

3. Pattern of dispersion of pollutant concentration was depend on to velocity of river

water and concentration value pollutant in river, was closely to source of discharge of

wastewater and was dominant to longitudinal direction or to the length of river.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


SuggestionApplication HP2S model needed to develop without neglected external factors,

such as wind influence, evaporation, Eddy current, tidal effect, river branch in that model.

Refference

Cahyono, M., (2005), Pemodelan Hidraulik Aliran Dan Angkutan Polutan Di Saluran DanSungai, Penerbit ITB, Bandung

Chow, VT, 1997, Hidrolika Saluran Terbuka, PT.Gelora-Aksara, Jakarta.

Eckenfelder W.W.(1980). Principles of Water Quality Management.CBI,Publisihing Company, Inc.,Boston.

Goicoecha, A.et.al. (1982), Multiobjective Decision Analysis With Engineering andBusiness Aplications. John Willey and Sons, New York.

Heaney, J.P. et. al.(1977). "Urban storm water management modelling and decisionmaking".The U.S.Environmental Protection Technology Series, WashingtonD.C.

Karnaningroem, N., 2003, Pengaruh Hidrodinamika pada Penyebaran Polutan di Sungaidengan Aliran Horisontal 2 Dimensi, Usulan Disertasi Teknik Sipil, ITS, Surabaya.

Karnaningroem, Nieke, dkk., Penyebaran Polutan Di Sungai Dengan Aliran Horizontal 2Dimensi Dengan Metode Beda Hingga Eksplisit, Jurnal Teknoling, Vol 2 No 2, 36 –47, 2004

Razif, Muhammad and Yuniarto, Adhi., 2004, Pengelolaan Kualitas Air, TeknikLingkungan, ITS.

Schnoor, Jl., 1996, Enviromental Modelling : Fate and Tranport of Polutant in Water , Air ,and Soil, John Willey & Sons, New York.

Widodo, B., dkk, (1994), Penerapan Metode Beda Hingga Pada PenyelesaianPersamaan Aliran Air Dan Angkutan Polutan Dimensi Satu, Matematika FMIPA,ITS, Surabaya.

Versteeg, HK., (1995), An Introduction to Computational Fluida Dinamycs The FiniteVolume Method, Longman Scientific & Technical, Malaysia.

Triatmojo, B., (2002), Metode Numerik, Beta Offset, Yogyakarta.

Widodo, B., (2004), Kontruksi Model Hidrodinamika Air Sungai Dengan PenyebaranPolutan Di Sungai Pada Badan Air Sungai, Matematika FMIPA, ITS, Surabaya.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.EM-04

THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF PESTICIDES USE ON SOIL, WATER,AND COMMODITIES IN YOGYAKARTA PROVINCE

Ch.Lilies Sutarminingsih, Edhi Martono, Eko Sugiharto

Research Center for Environmental Studies (RCES) Gadjah Mada University, [email protected]

Abstract

The aim of the study is to know the effect of pesticide residue on the agriculture productsand environmental in Yogyakarta Special Province. We think that this study is soimportant today due to the uncontrollable use of pesticide by the farmer and we hope thatthis information could be used by the government for making a decision on agricultureaspect especially for limiting the enviromental degradation and to prevent the effect ofpesticide on the human being. The result of the study showed that occureduncontrollable use of pesticide by the famers. The laboratory analyses showed that all ofthe samples, i.e: the agricultural products, soil and water around, contain of pesticidesresidue. Some of sampels contained pesticide residues exceed the stipulated MaximumResidue Limits (MRLs). That’s all indicate have occurred environmental degradation andits potentially hazardous to ecosystem sustainable and the human being in YogyakartaSpecial Province due to uncontrollable use of pesticides. Needed some efforts that couldbe done to control the use of pesticide to reach the healthy products and environmentalyfriendly.

Keywords: residue, uncontrollable, Maximum Residue Limits (MRL), Integrated PestManagement (IPM), environmentally friendly

Introduction

In accordance with humans’ complex daily activities, better physical quality is needed.

Awareness of healthy life is emerging everywhere that is shown by the increasing

attention of environment condition and quality of agricultural products. A term that

describes the healthy products is called free from pesticide residues. However, previous

studies have shown that the occurrence of pesticide residues in stipulated MRLs were

hazardous for human being in terms of food security.

For the reason of stabilizing agricultural products, it causes uncontrollable use of

pesticides by the farmers. The result of the study on rice and vegetables ecosystem

showed that the pesticide residues on the hazardous level are due to food security and

human being (Ardiwinata and Djazuli, 1994). The continuously use of pesticide for a long

term without recognizing the portion also affects the population and the activities of the

soil organisms (Taiwo and Oso, 1997).

Currently, the study of the pattern of pesticide use by the farmers and its impacts

to agricultural products and environmental condition in Yogyakarta Province is not

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


available yet. This study hopefully can complete the available research results of the

integrated study on the uses of pesticide and its impacts. Furthermore, all of the results of

this study can be of use for making decisions on agricultural aspects especially for limiting

the environmental degradation and preventing the effects of pesticide on human being.

Goals of the Study1. To identify the type and groups of pesticides that is used by the farmers.

2. To find information regarding the use of each pesticides.

3. To know the pattern of pesticide used by the farmers.

4. To get the pesticide residues on agricultural products, soil, water and itssurroundings.

Material and MethodsScope of the Study

In order to reach the goal, we collected some information on farmers’ behaviour

on threating the pesticide and also the kind and level of residues either on the

agricultural products or on the site of agriculture. There were four regencies that have

been observed, i.e: Bantul, Kulon Progo, Sleman and Gunung Kidul. In each location,

the agricultural products being choosen were rice and vegetable fields. The

investigations were focused on 4 types of pesticide and were: organochlorine,

organophosphate, carbamate and pyrethroid based on their persistency and high

frequency of use. All of the information was collected according to the standard operation

protocol and the sampling techniques and sample analysis were carried out using AOAC

official methods for multi pesticides residues. The pesticide residues analysis was

carried out at Indonesian Agricultural Environment research Institute (IAERI), Jakenan,

Pati. The gas chromatography (GC) method was used in analyzing the pesticide

residues.

MaterialsThe equipment used for field and laboratory work were bags, weights, oven (O-haust),

laboratory glasses, SEPAK C 18, vortex, shaker, homogenizer, soxhlet, extractor, Gas

Chromatography (GC) complete with RTX-1 coloumn and Electron Capture Detector..

The sample materials used were agricultural comodities (rice, chilli peppers, and onion),

soil, surrounding water, and particularly chemical materials for pesticide residues

analyses.

Scope of work

Materials samplingFrom each centre of agricultural product, 2 blocks were choosen and 3-5 product

samples were taken from each block. Soil samples were also taken in a composite

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


manner. Water samples were taken in the form of: soil water, irrigation water and well

waters.

Determining the pesticide residues levelAll of the samples were extracted and cleaned-up by chromatography coloumn with florisil

and determination for pesticide residues at samples were carried out by gas

chromatography apparatus eqiupped with electron capture detector (GC-ECD). The result

of the analysis was a chromatogram data processed to identify the level of pesticide

residues.

Interviewing the farmersInterview with the farmers was conducted to know their agricultural activities, the pattern

of pesticide use and pesticide management, pesticide exposure belt.

Result and DiscussionResult of Interview

Pesticide use patternThe farmers used pesticide from 5 years to more than 30 years. Almost all the

farmers sprayed the pesticide when their cultivation is attacked by pests and/or plant

diseases on all levels. They usually sprayed the pesticide in a “cocktails” way, by mixing

several pesticides (2-7 kind of pesticides). The pesticides were used without

consideration on dosage, concentration, organism target and kind of crop cultivation.

The average pesticides used on vegetables were doubled than those sprayed on

rice with a spraying frequency of 15-35 times/season while for rice just 3 times/season.

Some reasons why the farmers always used the pesticide were because it is easy and

practical to use, effective, can increase the productivity yield and as a preventive way to

protect their cultivation or avoid the harvest failure.

Type and group of pesticidesFrom agricultural side we have found 107 trade mark pesticides that consist of 36

types of pesticides and 63 active ingredients. The dominant types were carbamate

(29.24%), pyrethroid (11.32%), organophosphate (10.38%) and organochlorine (1.86%).

The frequently used types of the pesticides were: insecticide (54.72%), fungicide

(23.58%), and herbicide (3.77%). The trade names used by the farmers were: antracol,

curacron, decis, daconil, dithane and dursban. On chilli peppers cultivation, there were 26

trade names, 20 trade names on onion and 18 trade names on rice.

Result of Laboratory Analyses

1 Rice and EnvironmentGenerally, all of the samples from four centres of rice products contain four

groups of pesticide residues. The dominant group was carbamate (active ingredient:

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


carbofuran), followed by pyrethroid and the lowest was organochlorine with active

ingredient 4.4 DDT. This was the most frightening phenomenon as this active ingredient

was forbidden to agricultural sector.

Furthermore, carbofuran residue in soil was the highest in rice and water. It

caused the carbofuran’s affinity to a very high level in soil so that its availability can last

for a longer period of time. The high use of carbofuran caused the practically, especially

for the granular formulation. The high residue in the soil also caused the falling of drifts

(spray drops) that are blown by the wind. A carbofuran residue in rice also has high

affinity due to the systemic characteristics that is influenced to go along the nutrition

absorption pattern by the cultivation. The persistence of carbamate could be holding out

for some months so the use of this group has to decide with a wise judgement.

Table 3.1. Level of Pesticide Residues Analyses (ppm) in Rice, Soil and Water

Rice Soil WaterNo.

Group and ActiveIngredient ofPesticides Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min

1 Organochlorine

a. Lindan 0.0096 (KP)

- (GK) 0.0112 (S)

0.0008(GK)

0.0017 (B)

0.0003(GK)

b. Heptachlor 0.0076 (KP)

- (GK) 0.0140 (B)

0,0007(GK)

0.0021 (S)

- (B)

c. Aldrin 0.0116 (B)

- (GK) 0.0199 (GK)

- (S) 0.0026 (GK)

- (S,B,KP)

d. Dieldrin 0.0055 (GK)

-(KP,B)

0.0849 (GK)

- (B,KP) 0.0064 (GK)

- (S,B,KP)

e. Endrin - 0.0108 (KP)

- (S,B,KP) 0.0011 (S)

-(B,KP,GK)

f. 4,4 DDT 0.0120(S,KP)

- (GK) 0.0088 (KP)

- (S,B,KP) 0.0020 (B)

- (S,GK)

2 Organophosphate

Chlorpyrifos 0.0216 (S)

0,0016 (GK)

0.0028 (B)

-(S,KP,GK)

0.0003 (GK)

- (S,B,KP)

3 Pyrethroid

a. -Cypermethrin

0,0639 (B)

0.0030 (S)

-(B,GK,KP)

0.0020 (S)

-(B,KP,GK)

b. - Cyhalothrin 0,0592 (KP)

0.0080 (KP)

- (B,S,GK)

4 Carbamate

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Carbofuran 0.9392 (KP)

- (GK) 1.4904 (KP)

- (GK) 0.2444 (S)

- (GK)

Note:

- : not detection

S : Sleman, B: Bantul, KP: Kulon Progo, GK: Gunung Kidul.

The residues of pyrethroid were at the second level, followed byorganophosphates at the third level; these had some distributing factors as thecarbamate. The persistency of pyrethroid temporarily last only for some weeks so it savedrelatively useful. The persistency of organophosphate could be for some months but ithas stronger affinity to organisms and not to abiotic ecosystems. This group has to beused as a selective way.

Although, the organochlorine has the lowest level, it has the longest persistencysome for years, it has strong attached on organisms’ fatty tissue and it accumulates in thefoodwebs. Therefore, it has to be used wisely to prevent the environmental degradation.

2. Chilli pepper and environment

Generally, the pesticide residues in chilli pepper, soil and water around KulonProgo area were higher than Sleman. The residues of pyrethroid in chilli pepper was thehighest, whereas in soil and water were carbamate. The distribution patterns of thesepesticides were same as those for rice.

Table 3.2. Level of Pesticide Residues Analyses (ppm) in Chilli Pepper, Soiland Water

Chilli Pepper Soil WaterNo.

Group and ActiveIngredient ofPesticides Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

1 Organochlorine

a. Lindan 0.0102(S)

0.0003 0.0112(KP)

0,0012(KP)

0.0012(KP)

0.0005-

b. Heptachlor 0.0036(KP)

0.0002 0.0172(KP)

0.0002(KP)

0.0021(S)

- (KP)

c. Aldrin 0.0064(KP)

- (S) 0,0064 - (S)

d. Dieldrin 0.0136(KP)

0.0029(KP)

- (S)

e. Endrin 0.0084(KP)

- (S) 0.0148(KP)

- (S)

f. 4,4 DDT 0.0128(KP)

- (S) 0.0112(KP)

0.0080(KP)

0.0027(KP)

- (KP)

2 Organophosphate

Chlorpyrifos 0.0028(KP)

- (S) 0.0020(KP)

- (S) - -

3 Pyrethroid

a. -Cypermethrin 0.0788(KP)

0.0027(S)

0.0065(KP)

- (S) 0.0022(S)

- (KP)

b. - Cyhalothrin 0.5300(KP)

0.0036(S)

0.0035(KP)

- (S) 0.0062(KP)

-

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


4 Carbamate

Carbofuran 0.0900(KP)

0.0048(KP)

1.2476(KP)

0.0016(KP)

0.0079(KP)

0.0007(S)

Note:

- : not detection

S : Sleman, B: Bantul, KP: Kulon Progo, GK: Gunung Kidul

3. Onion and environment

The pesticide residues in onion from Bantul were higher than that from Gunung

Kidul. Carbofuran was the highest active ingredient in onion, soil and water then the other

active ingredient. The distribution patterns of these pesticides were same as for the rice;

the highest was in onion, and then soil and the lowest in the water.

Table 3.3. Level of Pesticide Residues Analyses (ppm) in Onion, Soil and Water

Onion Soil WaterNo.

Group and ActiveIngredient ofPesticide Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

1 Organochlorine

a. Lindan 0.3616(B)

0.0012(GK)

0.0388(B)

0.0020(GK)

0.0012(B)

0.0007(B)

b. Heptachlor 0.1816(B)

0.0008(GK)

0.0244(B)

0.0028(B)

0.0008(B)

- (GK)

c. Aldrin 0.1276(B)

0.0004(GK)

0.0648(B)

0.0036(GK)

0,0010(B)

0,0008(GK)

d. Dieldrin 0.0908(B)

0.0008(GK)

0,0060(B)

- (GK) 0.0012(B)

- (GK)

e. Endrin 0.0256(B)

0.0022(GK)

0.0024(B)

- (GK) 0.0008(B)

- (GK)

f. 4,4 DDT 0.0720(B)

0.0010(GK)

0.0128(B)

- (GK) 0.0037(B)

- (GK)

2 Organophosphate

Chlorpyrifos 0.0084(B)

0.0012(GK)

0.0052(B)

- (GK) 0.0005(B)

- (GK)

3 Pyrethroid

a. -Cypermethrin 0.2456(B)

0.0120(GK)

0.0192(B)

0.0016(GK)

- -

b. - Cyhalothrin 0.1200(B)

0.0096(GK)

0.2140(B)

- (GK) - -

4 Carbamate

Carbofuran 3.2472(B)

0.0104(B)

1.5796(B)

0.0268(GK)

0.6636(B)

0.0050(B)

Note:

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


- : not detection

S: Sleman, B: Bantul, KP: Kulon Progo, GK: Gunung Kidul

4. Result of Pesticide Residues Analyses due to Maximum Residue Limits (MRLs)

The laboratory analyses showed that all of the samples, i.e: the agricultural

products, soil and water logged area contain pesticide residues with dominant type being

carbamate (active ingredient: carbofuran), followed by pyrethroid (active ingredient: -

syhalothrin), organochlorine (active ingredient: lindan) and organophosphate with active

ingredient: chlorpiriphos. Distribution of residue from the highest level was found from

the agricultural products; the second from the soil and finally from the water. All of the

agricultural products content 4 types of pesticides with level from 0.0002-3.2472 ppm.

Table. 3.4. Result of Pesticides Residue Analysis in Rice, Chilli Pepper and Onion

Analysis Result of MaximumPesticides Residue (ppm)

Maximum Residue Limits(MRLs/ppm)

No.

Group and ActiveIngredient ofPesticides Rice Chilli

pepperOnion Rice Chilli

pepperOnion

1 Organochlorine

a. Lindan 0.0096 0.0102 0.3616 0.5

b. Heptachlor 0.0076 0.0036 0.1816*)

0.02 0.05 0.05

c. Aldrin 0.0116 0.0064 0.1276 0.02

d. Dieldrin 0.0055 0.0136 0.0908 0.02 0.1

e. Endrin - 0.0084 0.0256 0.02

f. 4.4 DDT 0.0120 0.0128 0.0720 0.1 1 1

2 Organophosphate

Chlorpyrifos 0.0216 0.0028 0.0084 0.1 0.5 0.05

3 Pyrethroid

a. -Cypermethrin 0.0639 0.0788 0.2456*)

0.5 0.1

b. - Cyhalothrin 0.0592 0.5300 0.1200

4 Carbamate

Carbofuran 0.9392*)

0.0900 3.2472*)

0.1 2 0.1

Note: *exceed the MRLs.

The table above showed that the level of pesticide used in onion cultivitation was

the highest, followed by chilli pepper and the lowest in rice. From an area study point of

view, the highest pesticides used was in Bantul regency, the second in Kulon Progo

regency, then Sleman regency and the lowest is Gunung Kidul regency.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Level of carbofuran residue in rice; heptachlor, -Cypermethrin and carbofuran

residues in onion exceeded the stipulated Maximum Residue Limits (MRLs). Also with

the residue of 4.4 DDT in water around the onion and chillli pepper cultivations exceeded

the stipulated MRLs. All of that indicated environmental degradation and is potentially

hazardous to sustainable ecosystem and human being as a whole in Yogyakarta

Province. This is due to the uncontrollable use of pesticides.

Conclusion and Recommendation

1. The study was carried out by observation, interview with the farmers and pesticide

residues analyses showed the “big picture” of pesticide management pattern in the

field and its impacts on agricultural commodities and the environment.

2. The result of the study showed the occurrence of uncontrollable use of pesticide by

the famers. From the side of agriculture we have found 107 pesticide trade marks

that were consisted of 36 groups of pesticides and 63 active ingredients.

3. The dominant types being carbamate (29.24%), pyrethroid (11.32%),

organophosphate (10.38%) and organochlorine (1.86%). The frequently use types of

pesticides were: insecticide (54.72%), fungicide (23.58%), and herbicide (3.77%).

4. The farmers usually sprayed their cultivations with pesticide a “cocktails” way in

which several pesticides (2-7 kind of pesticides) were mixed in full strength in a

sprayer tank. Frequently spraying on vegetables 15-35 times/season, while for rice

just 3 times/season. Pesticides were used with no consideration on dosage,

concentration, organism target, and kind of crop cultivation.

5. Generally the occurrence of pesticide management pattern that was used carelessly

by the farmers, namely in the usage; storage; unprotected cloth wear: mask, long

shirt and trouser, spectacles, heat, base of foot; to throw away the pesticide packs

traces anywhere; not to clean the part of bodies which pesticides exposured qiuckly.

6. The laboratory analyses showed that all of the samples contain pesticide residues

with dominant type being carbamate, followed by pyrethroid, organochlorine and

organophosphate. The level of using pesticide in onion cultivitation was the highest,

followed by chilli pepper and the lowest in rice. From an area study point of view, the

highest pesticides used was in Bantul regency, the second highest in Kulon Progo

regency, then Sleman regency and the lowest in the Gunung Kidul regency.

6. Level of carbofuran residue in rice; heptachlor, -Cypermethrin and carbofuran

residues in onion exceeded the stipulated Maximum Residue Limits (MRLs). Also

with the residue of 4.4 DDT in water around the onion and chillli pepper cultivations

exceeded the stipulated MRLs. All of that indicated environmental degradation and is

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


potentially hazardous to sustainable ecosystem and the human beings in Yogyakarta

Province. This is due to the uncontrollable use of pesticides.

7. Some efforts that could be done to control the use of pesticides are: stakeholder’s

networking, re-strengthening of Integrated Pest Management (IPM),

socialization/extension of pesticide and its impacts on the farmers and communities.

8. This study needs to be further investigated, emphasing on the fruits and the blood of

the farmers who have used the pesticides to completely find out the whole story of

pesticides used pattern and its impacts on the ecosystem and the people

inYogyakarta Province. We hope this information could be of use by the government

for making decisions on agricultural aspects especially in limiting the environmental

degradation and to prevent the effects of pesticides on human being.

ReferencesAnonymous. 1997. Analysis Methode of Pesticide Residues in Agriculture.Pesticide

Committee, Department of Agriculture.

Anonymous. 2006. Registered of Pesticides (Agriculture and Forestry). Directorate forProduction Facility, Directorate General for Food Crops, Jendral TanamanPangan, Department of Agriculture.

Ardiwinata, A. N., and M. Djazuli. 1994. “Impact of Organochlorine Pesticide Use LastTime in West Java Area”. Proceeding of IPM Implementation Symposium. pp.313-317.

Joint Decree of the Minister of Health and the Minister of Agriculture

Number:96/8/270.//711

1996////881

TPKpts

VIIISKBMENKES regarding the Maximum Residue

Limits (MRLs) of Pesticides in Agricultural Products.

Government Regulation No. 82 Year 2001 regarding Water Quality Management andWater Pollution Control.

Soejitno, J., and A.N. Ardiwinata. 1999. “Pesticide Residues in Lowland and RainedAgroecosystem”. In Soetjipto, J. Soejitno, and J. Sasa (Eds.). Toward RiceProduction in Environmental Sound. Central Res. Institute for Food Crops. Bogor.pp. 72-90.

Taiwo, L. B., and B. A. Oso. 1997. The Influence of Some Pesticides on Soil MicrobialFlora in Relation to Change in Nutrient Level, Rock Phosphate Solubilization andP Release Under Laboratory Condition. Agric. Ecosyst. Environ. 65: 59-68.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.EM-05

STRATEGIC FRAMEWORK FOR OPTIMIZING WATER RESOURCESCARRYING CAPACITY AS A BASIS FOR SUSTAINING

URBAN DEVELOPMENT(A CASE STUDY OF BEKASI URBAN AREA IN INDONESIA)

Setyo S. Moersidik 1), Endrawati Fatimah 1,2, Masni Dyta Angriani1),Maika Nurhayati1)

1 Environmental Studies Program, Post Graduate Program,University of Indonesia,Jakarta,

2 Departement of Regional and City Planning, University of Trisakti, Jakarta, Indonesia(For correspondence: Address: PSIL – UI, Jalan Salemba Raya No. 4 Jakarta, Telepon:

(021) 31930251, Facsimile: (021) 3146662, E-mail: [email protected])

Abstract

Bekasi has altered to an urban area driven by rapid urbanization and industrial growth.The consequences of this change are the risen in population and land use changes whichneed to supported by sustaining water supply. The purpose of this research is to developa strategic framework for optimizing water resources carrying capacity as a basis forsustaining urban development in Bekasi. Currently, some of the water demand for theurban activities is supported by the surface water from the outside through the CitarumBarat Water Supply System. Most of the water demand is pumped from ground water.Those two Bekasi water resources might not be available to support the future needs.Hence, this study is aimed to find another alternative of water resources of the Bekasi.The study found that Bekasi has unused its own potential water resources that is surfacewater of the Bekasi River. However, the quality of this water resources has poorlydegraded since the river is used for the urban drainage system. The poor quality of theriver is caused by water pollution comes from domestic and industrial waste. It is alsoidentified that land uses in urban area and urban activities related to surface waterpollution. Surface water pollution has affected river self purification, then, it has resultedthe quality of rivers water is not sufficient for water supply.The paper identifies the possibility of the Bekasi River as the new water resource in termof its quantity, continuity and its quality to fulfill the need of water supply for the futuredevelopment. The methodology used in this study is the description analysis withmathematical approaches to examine the factors which are influences the quantity, thecontinuity and the quality of water resources. Finally, the study found that the quantity ofwater resources is sufficient to support the growth of urban activities but still needs astrategic framework to maintain its continuity. On the other hand, the quality of the BekasiRiver needs to improve. One of a strategic framework for optimizing the quality of waterresources is to reduce pollutant loading from domestic and industrial waste. The reducingof pollutant loading can be achieved by determining a waste minimization system ofdomestic and industrial waste.

Keywords: Strategic Framework, Water Resources, Water Quantity, Water Quality

I. Introduction

City plays economic and social roles as the center of manufacturing industry, and

or of public services. As the center of manufacturing industry, the linkage between cities

and between a city and its hinterland is growing mostly related to the production process.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The linkage would exist between the area where the raw materials are produced,

processed, packaged and marketed. Meanwhile, as the center of public services, a city

provides the services that facilitate not only for its inhabitant but also the people

surroundings.Though the existences of cities have significant roles for the economic and

social growth of regional even national scale, in fact, cities are not self sustaining.

Moreover, they are usually use resources inefficiently compared to rural areas. A city is a

complex system that greatly dependent on outer resources. In order to sustain city’s life, it

takes air, water, energy, food and other resources and produces wastes from those

resources used.

One of the most important resources to support city’s activities is water. People,

plants, and animals need water to stay alive. Water provides essential wildlife habitat,

enables crops to grow, and it is used for almost every human activity, such as bathing,

cleaning clothes and appliances. Fresh water is also needed for virtually every

manufacturing process of industry.

Water is a renewable resource that is replenished through the hydrological cycle.

It can be supplied from groundwater and surface water (stream and lake), but especially

for groundwater, is basically nonrenewable because it takes about 300 years for

groundwater to recharge. According to urban sustainability, water supplies are the most

important element in determining urban carrying capacity and the limits to population and

economic growth. Effective water supply planning and implementation will be crucial to

sustaining livable communities.

Bekasi is one of the city in Indonesia which has altered to an urban area driven

by rapid urbanization and industrial growth. Urbanization mainly comes from Jakarta

Metropolitan City which is known as a highest density population in Indonesia, Bekasi is

located very near to Jakarta, and it becomes a hinterland of Jakarta to fulfill the needs of

settlement and industrial area. As the consequences of this role, Bekasi is now facing

great challenges from rapid population growth increasing demands for water in

agriculture, industry and domestic life.

Currently, some of the water demand for the Beaksi activities is supported from

the outside by the surface water of Citarum River. The water from Citarum River is flowed

by Saluran Induk Tarum Barat canals, and the water is treated by PDAM - Bekasi to

provide clean water. But this water supply system can only cover 20% of Bekasi water

demand, and 80% of the water demand still covered by pumping the ground water. Those

two Bekasi water resources might not be available to support the future needs. Hence,

this study is aimed to find another alternative of water resources of Bekasi. In order to

achieve this aim, it is necessary to identify the hydrological system related to Bekasi to

find the potential water resources comparing with all the activities which reflects the

demand of water. The methodology used in this study is the description analysis with

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


mathematic approaches to examine the factors which are influences the quantity, the

continuity and the quality of water resources.

II. The Existing Water Suplly and Demand of Bekasi

Bekasi uses around 1,825,000 m3 per day of water for irrigating agricultural,

residential and industrial purposes. As it explained before, the water supply from City

Water Supply System (PDAM Kota Bekasi) can only cover 20% of the water demand.

About 1,483,000 m3/year, comprise 80% of water demand supplied from the

groundwater. The dependency on the ground water supply will increase in line with the

increase of population and the intensity of activities in Bekasi while the capacity of the

City Water Supply System has not been significantly improved.

This condition of water supply system of Bekasi is essentially not sustainable

because high dependency on the ground water supply will reduce the availability of the

water which needs very long time to recharge. The rate of recharge depends on the

texture and composition of the soil, underlying rock strata, depth of water table, the slope

of the land, the amount of vegetative cover, and impervious surface area. The higher

proportion of impervious surface, the longer time needed for the groundwater to recharge.

If the condition is overdraft or the rate of ground water consumption is faster than the rate

of the recharge, in the future the availability of the ground water would deplete.

The availability of groundwater in Bekasi depends on the aquifer of Karawang-

Bekasi Aquifer, in which the area has been characterized as built area. The aquifer area

and the rainfall intensity might be large, but the rate of recharge to the aquifer is low as

consequences of rapid population growth and development. In 2006 population of Bekasi

was 2,071,444 with 3.73% population growth rate per year. The economic activities with

high water consumption are manufacturing industry, agriculture, trade centers and public

services. According to this fact, Bekasi should not over dependent on the ground water to

fulfill the water demand for its inhabitants. Hence, Bekasi should try to find another

potential water resource.

III. Identification of an alternative water resource in Bekasi

Bekasi is located in the north of West Java and it has an area of 210,49 km2. The

area of Bekasi is covered by three watershed, they are Sunter Watershed, Cakung

Watershed and Bekasi Watershed with their specific river system (see Figure 1.). The

river system of each watershed is shown in table 1.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Tabel 1. The River System of Bekasi

No. RIVER SYSTEM RIVER CATEGORY AREA (km2) LENGTH (km)1. SUNTER 33,490

Sunter River Main River 56.102. CAKUNG 14,170

Cakung River Main River 39.68Cibaru River Tributary 20.30

3. BEKASI 144,000Bekasi River Main River 132.50Cikeas River Tributary 138.60Cileungsi River Tributary

Kel. Pedurenan

Kel. Jati Karya

Kel. Cikiwul

Kel. Pejuang

Kel. Cimuning

Kel. Mustika Jaya

Kel. Jati Asih

Kel. Jati Sari

Kel. Sumur Batu

Kel. Jati Luhur

Kel. Bintara

Kel. Mustika Sari

Kel. Jati Rangga

Kel. Harapan Jaya

Kel. Medan Satria

Kel. Bojong Rawalumbu

Kel. Jakasampurna

Kel. Pengasinan

Kel. Jaka Setia

Kel. Jati Makmur

Kel. Margahayu

Kel. Jati Mekar

Kel. Ciketing Udik

Kel. Jati Murni

Kel. Teluk Pucung

Kel. Pekayon Jaya

Kel. Jati Bening

Kel. Duren Jaya

Kel. Bantar Gebang

Kel. Jati Kramat

Kel. Bekasi Jaya

Kel. Jati Rahayu

Kel. Jati Cempaka

Kel. Aren Jaya

Kel. Bojong Menteng

Kel. Jati Rasa

Kel. Jaka Mulya

Kel. Jati Melati

Kel. Jati Ranggon

Kel. Marga Mulya

Kel. Kaliabang Tengah

Kel. Jati Waringin

Kel. Bintara Jaya

Kel. Sepanjang Jaya

Kel. Jati Raden

Kel. Kayuringin Jaya

Kel. Jati Bening Baru

Kel. Kota Baru

Kel. Perwira

Kel. Kranji

Kel. Harapan Baru

Kel. Kali Baru

Kel. Jati Warna

Kel. Jati Sampurna

Kel. Marga Jaya

Kel. Harapan Mulya

7

62

133

72

64

82

165

56

45

106

93

138

134

98

28

118

40

88

101

46

295

66

84

85

108

30

51

202

31

155

89

38

100

42

217

48

120

109

115

132

50

14

158

146

2159

20

177

Sungai kecil-l.shpSungai besar-p.shp

Jalan ArteriJalan KolektorJalan LokalJalan Tol

Batas PropinsiBatas KotaBatas KecamatanBatas Kelurahan

4 0 4 8 Kilometers

Figure 1. Bekasi and its Watersheds

The figure 1. and the data in table 1 show that Bekasi Watershed covered almost

2/3 part of Bekasi Area. The main river of Bekasi Watershed that is Bekasi River, has the

potential availability of water that can supply about 2.5 billion m3 per year. Meanwhile, the

demand of water in Bekasi is about 1,825,000 m3 per year. It can be proven that Bekasi

River is potential to be used as an alternative water resource in terms of its quantity.

However this potential water should be analyzed whether it is suitable for potable water in

terms of its quality.

BekasiWatershed

CakungWatershed

SunterWatershed

Bekasi City

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The local government officials had identified a serious surface-water pollution

come up in Bekasi River by domestic sewage and industrial discharge. The concentration

of same contaminants has exceeded The Drinking Water Quality Standard (see Table 2).

Tabel 2. The Quality of Bekasi River System

No. Parameter Standard Unit CileungsiRiver

CikeasRiver

BekasiRiver

PHYSICS1 Temperature Dev. 3 ̊C 30.7 30.2 33.72 TSS 50 mg/l 15 10 50

CHEMISTRY3 pH 6-9 mg/l 7.5 7.1 9.34 DO 6 mg/l 4.5 5.6 3.15 Fe 0.3 mg/l 0.5 0.5 1.856 Mn 0.1 mg/l 0.08 0.08 0.587 BOD 2 mg/l 12.9 6.2 69.28 COD 10 mg/l 31.8 10.3 115.3

BIOLOGY

9 Fecal Coli 1000 mpn/100ml 65,800 68,500 285,000

The water pollution in Bekasi River mostly generated by domestic and industrial

activities which are now can be found along the river bank. It is not only wastewater

generated from domestic and industry, but also solid waste or garbage discharge in to the

water body, because the lack of solid waste management system in Bekasi.

The land uses along the river bank has generated physical, biological and

chemical pollution that reduce river water quality and decrease its assimilative capacity.

Water quality is first and foremost a matter of public health. Therefore, the strategic action

is required to clean up Bekasi River water and to reduce the pollution load from the

activities along the river banks, so the water quality can meet The Drinking Water Quality

Standard.

IV. Strategic Framework for Optimizing Potential Water Resource

Many settlements and industries in Bekasi used surface water, especially

Bekasi River, as open sewers. Therefore, the local government of Bekasi

requires to limit on domestic and industrial discharges to the water body and to

stricter the river quality standard. Based on the water quality data of Bekasi River,

it can be predicted the source of pollutant and the factors might influence that

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


condition. Then, it can be built some strategic actions to solve the water pollution

problems as can be seen in Table 4.1.

Tabel 4.1. Alternative Strategic Action to Optimizing Surface Water Resource

Contaminants PossibleSources

Possible InfluencedFactors

Alternative StrategicActions

Fe, Mn Industrial Sites Industrial WastewaterTreatment System isnot properly worked

Improve the aeration rateby increasing the watervelocity throughrestructuring the river form

Improve the aeration rate inthe industrial wastewatertreatment system

Industrial WastewaterTreatment System isnot properly worked.The standard of BODand COD is based onmg/lt

The standard of BOD andCOD discharged in waterbody should be based bytheir weight

Improving monitoring andevaluation of the treatmentsystem

Conducting LawEnforcement

Industrial Sites

Some industries,especially small scaleindustries have notused the wastewatertreatment system

Introducing communalwastewater treatmentsystem

Poor Sanitary System Promoting partnershipbetween local governmentand nonprofit group toeducate the public and toclean up the water bodies

Untreated domesticwastewater

Centralized municipalsewage collection andtreatment systems

BOD, COD

DomesticWaste

Untreated solid waste Improving the capacity ofsolid waste management

Facel Coli DomesticWaste

Poor Sanitary System Promoting partnershipbetween local governmentand nonprofit group toeducate the public and toclean up the water bodies

Centralized municipalsewage collection andtreatment systems

Consistent monitoring and enforcement are required and can be done through

sampling at established monitoring stations at different times of the year. Some citizen

watershed associations monitor river water quality as well. Moreover, the local

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


government should determine the maximum amount of pollution an impaired waterway

can assimilate and still meet the drinking water quality standard. The amount of pollution

is known as Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDL). The TMDL process is the key to clean-

up of impaired water bodies. Public participation in the process is required. Information on

impaired water bodies and pollution sources is needed for the public to be an effective

partner in decision making about the type and location of future development.

Industry and settlement should implement some technologies of wastewater

treatment to reduce the contaminant in their wastewater or sewage. Wastewater

treatment methods include disinfection, primary, secondary and tertiary treatment. These

levels of treatment range from the simplest to the most complex, with more polluted water

requiring a great.er level of treatment. However, secondary treatment is the minimum

requirement for potable water, and nearly all municipal treatment plants treat sewage to

this level.

V. Conclusion

The Bekasi River located in the Bekasi City is potential to be used as an alternative water

resource in terms of its quantity. However, the quality of that water is poor related to the

high contaminants of Fe, Mn, BOD, COD and Feces Coli. To be used as potable water, it

is need to conduct some strategic actions to reduce the contaminants up to the level of

suitable water for human life. Some technologies can be used to solve that water pollution

problems in line with conducting the law enforcement as well improving the public

participation on the water management system.

References:Bekasi City Government, 2006. Bekasi in Figure 2006.

Bekasi City Water Supply System, 2006.Bekasi Water Supply System Report.

Daniels, T and K. Daniels, 2003.The Environmental Planning Handbook, for SustainableCommunities and Regions.,Planner Press, American Planning Association,Chicago Illinois, Washington, DC

Leitmann, J. 1999. Sustaining cities: environmental planning and management in urbandesign, McGraw-Hill Company, USA.

Miller, G.T.J. 1990. Living in the environment : An introduction to environmentalscience, Edisi ke 6, Wadsworth Publishing Company, California.

Riddell, R., 2004 Sustainable urban planning, Blackwell Publishing, USA.

Rogers P.P., K.F. Jalal dan J.A. Boyd. 2008. An Introduction to sustainabledevelopment, Glen Educational Foundation, Inc, Earthscan, USA.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.EM-06

DEVELOPING A MODEL OF CITY’S LAND RESOURCESCARRYING CAPACITY

Endrawati Fatimah 1,2, Setyo S. Moersidik 2), M. Putri Rosalina 2)

1Departement of Regional and City Planning, University of Trisakti, Jakarta, Indonesia2Environmental Studies Program, Post Graduate Program, University of Indonesia,

Jakarta,(For correspondence: PSIL – UI, Jalan Salemba Raya No. 4 Jakarta, Telepon: (021)

31930251, Facsimile: (021) 3146662, E-mail: [email protected] [email protected])

AbstractOne of the most popular and widely applied method of the environmental carryingcapacity assessment is the Ecological Footprint–Biocapacity Account (EF-BC Account).The ecological footprint is defined as the amount of biologically productive land or seaarea required to renew the biological resources consumed and to absorb the biologicalwastes produced, by a given human population or activity. The biocapacity measures theamount of useful biological resource production and waste absorption within a definedgeographical area. A such area can be defined as an ecological deficit if the ecologicalfootprint amount is exceed its biocapacity. It means the carrying capacity of this area isexceed.EF-BC account has some advantages such as it has a single figure indicator that is easyto understand and to make comparison among other period in the same area or amongother areas. However, this method has some disadvantages such as it only coversnatural capital calculation and not suitable for assessing carrying capacity at the locallevel, especially for assessing carrying capacity of a city. By using this method, carryingcapacity of any city would be exceed, since a city is characterized as an area with limitednatural capital, especially land resource. Land available in the city is very limited andconstant in amount. Moreover, the land in the city is usually used for housing and otherbuildings for socio-economic purposes and not as biologically productive land. This factwould make the biocapacity of a city is small, while the ecological footprint is very wide inline with its high population and high consumption of resources per capita. By using theEF-BC method, the result of assessing carrying capacity of city would be biased.Therefore, this paper would discuss and develop a model of land resources carryingcapacity for a city by considering not only its natural capital but also other communitycapitals that are human capital, social capital and built capital. The model developed canbe used to assess the land resources carrying capacity in terms of the quantity and of thequality of land resources available in the city. The methodology used in developing themodel is the description analysis with a mathematical approach as well as spatialanalysis. The model of city’s land resources carrying capacity is a functions of all thecommunity capitals. This model would be useful for government to make the planningwhich focuses on achieving the sustaining city.

Keywords: Carrying Capacity, Sustaining City, Land Resources.

IntroductionThe environmental problems around the world is accelerating in line with the

population growth and the increase of resources consumption per person. In the early

1990s, half of the world’s urban population was located in 394 cities, each containing

over half a million inhabitant. The population of urban areas is currently growing at 2.4

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


percent annually, over three times as fast as the 0.7 percent rate for rural areas, affecting

over 60 million people are added to urban populations each year. In 1997, United Nation

predicted that by the year 2030, 61 percent of the world’s population will live in cities and

towns and an estimated 90 percent of this increase will occur in cities of developing

countries (Leitmann, 1999). At the same time, urban areas are more and more the

engines of national and regional economic growth, following their functions as the centre

of manufacturing and services. Consequently, the cities become the biggest consumers

of resources and generators of waste. This fact brings the important of exploring on how

to achieve sustaining cities.

By use of the carrying capacity approach, Wackernagel et al constructed a

method to measure the sustainability that is called Ecological Footprint and Biocapacity

Account (EF-BC Account). This method has been globally used and became one of the

most popular method. However, this method has more appropriate to be used for global

and national level, since it assumes that the resources consumed in the region can or

must not be imported from outside the region. Meanwhile, according to Graymore, 2005,

unlike the global sustainability, small region do not necessarily have to remain within the

region’s carrying capacity in terms of the resources that are available, since much of what

is consumed may be sourced from outside the region. If this idea of ecological footprint

and biocapacity method was used for small regions, the fact many of the resources

consumed in the region are imported would suggest that the area is not sustainable as

the population is living outside its own carrying capacity.

Moreover, if the EF-BC Account was used for a city which is characterized as a

small region with a limit of land resources, the result would suggest that all city in the

world is not sustainable since the land available in a city is used for non agricultural

purposes. The fact, the city has a regional economic function as the centre of

manufacturing and services, and there is no other way, so most of resources consumed

for the population is imported.

Hence, the main purpose of this research is to develop carrying capacity

assessment method that is appropriate and effective as a tool to measure the

sustainability of a city. This model will focus on the sustainability of land resources which

are quantitatively limited in the city and cannot be imported from the outside region. The

model developed would be based on the approach used in EF-BC account that is

carrying capacity approach that assesses the demand and the supply of land resources

for sustaining the city development.

Firstly, the paper reviews the Ecological Footprint – Biocapacity (EF-BC) Account

as the base approach for developing the model. Then, it follows by the review of the city’s

function and the consequences to the land use pattern in order to understand the

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


characteristics of a city on using the land resources. The methodology used in developing

the model is the description analysis with a mathematical approach as well as spatial

analysis approach. The mathematical approach will be used especially to assess the

quantity aspect, while the spasial analysis approach will be used to identify the quality of

the land available.

E F – BC Account as the Method of Carrying Capacity AssessmentBasically, the account of this method are divided into two parts: the demand on

nature (or ecological footprint) and ecological supply (or biocapacity). The demand on

nature or Ecological Footprint is a quantitative measure of how much ecologically

productive land and water a defined population unit needs to support its current

consumption and to take care of its wastes. Meanwhile, the ecological supply or

biocapacity refers to the capacity of a given biologically productive area to generate an

on-going supply of renewable resources and to absorb its spillover wastes (GreenFacts,

2006). The calculations takes into account the following resources:1) Arable Land; 2)

Pasture Land; 3) Forests; 4) Oceans; 5) Infrastructure needs; 6) Energy costs.

(Wackernagel et.al, 2005).

A comparison of the Footprint and Biocapacity reveals whether existing natural

capital is sufficient to support consumption and production patterns. A country whose

Footprint exceeds its Biocapacity runs what we call an ecological deficit and that means

its development is not sustainable. Vice versa, if the EF is smaller than the BC, it is called

an ecological reserve. A national ecological deficit can be compensated through trade

with other nations that process ecological reverses or through liquidation of national

ecological assets. In contrast, the global ecological deficit cannot be compensated

through trade and is therefore equal to overshoot (Global Footprint Network, 2006). The

global ecological deficit might be minimized by minimizing the global EF. Since the EF

will decrease in line with the population size, the consumption per person and the

resource efficiency, the global EF could be minimized by controlling population growth,

decreasing consumption per person and prevailing technology to improve resource

efficiency.

The advantage of the EF – BC account method is that it has single figure indicator

that easy to understand and to make a comparison of ecological condition between one

nation to the others or of nation in different periods. Meanwhile, this method also has

some disadvantages since it 1) is only taking into account natural capital and ignoring the

social and human capitals; 2) excludes some demands such as fresh water consumption,

soil erosion, toxic pollution of air, water and land, industrial and domestic wastes, in the

calculation; 3) is required a large amount of the data that are beyond what is available for

a small region and some of which is difficult to obtain; 4) ignores the impacts of varying

This led to many estimations used in the calculations and 5) calculates the resources that

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


mostly are not available in urban areas. This fact makes the method is not suitable to be

used for assessing sustainability of city. Hence, Graymore (2005) stated that this method

is not suitable for assessment of sustainability of small region, including city area.

The City’s Functions and Its ConsequencesGenerally, a city plays economic and social roles as the centre of manufacturing

industry, and or of public services. As the centre of manufacturing industry, the linkage

between cities and its hinterland is growing mostly related to the production process. As

the centre of public services, a city provides the services that facilitate not only for its

inhabitant but also the people surroundings. There are three categories of services

provided: 1) Consumer Services; 2) Production Services.; 3) Public and Goverment

Services.

Though the existences of cities have significant roles for the regional growth even

national scale, in fact, cities are not self sustaining. They are usually most use resources

inefficiently compared to rural areas. A city is a complex system greatly dependent on

outer resources (Figure 3.1.). In order to sustain city’s life, it takes air, water, energy, food

and other resources and produces wastes as these resources used. Most of these

resources is imported from near and distant farmlands, forests, mines, and watersheds.

Most of wastes produced is also discharged into or end up in air, water and land outside

the boundaries.

Figure 3.1. Crude model of major inputs and outputs of an urban area (Source: Miller TJ., 1990)

Though some resources need for city life could be imported to the city, there is

only one resource that cannot be imported and is confined within the city boundary. In

line with city’s population growth, the land available is becoming scarcity. Meanwhile,

affecting by the push factors as well the pull factors of a city, the city’s population growth

cannot stop to increase, then it becomes overcrowded and or expands upward. Then,

the environmental problems will arise when the existing population and its activities

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


exceed the maximum load that can be supported by ecosystem, in other words, the city

carrying capacity has exceeded. Therefore, the land resource carrying capacity is

necessary to identify and to use as the base of making city planning decision.

As mentioned before, the land available in a city is usually very limited and

relatively finite in quantity. However, the city’s life is very dynamic, in all aspects,

demographic, social and economy of inhabitants as well development policies, by which

they will affect the land use changes. Basically, the availability of land in the city can be

divided into two category, protected areas and usable areas. Protected areas include

unsuitable areas for development such as sloppy land, flooding areas, etc., and areas

that have ecological functions such areas surroundings lake or pond, areas along

riverside, areas along coastal line, etc. All the protected areas can not be used for any

development purposes. The total protected areas exist in a city is influenced by the

physical condition of that city that is constructed naturally depend on the form, structure

and condition of the watershed in where that city is located. The hydrological interrelation

between a city and the watershed in where that city is located reflects the natural capital

of that city.

The real available of land is usable areas that can be divided into existing built

areas and un-built areas. The existing built areas comprises the land for all activities

purposes such housing, industry, trade, social facilities and public facilities. All building

and service facilities existed in a city is the built capital that the city has. The existing

pattern of the land uses is influenced by the specific function of a city, the number of

population and the social economic level of inhabitant It means that the need for land

per person of a city is reflected by the specific city function (social capital) and the social

economic level of inhabitant (human capital).

The un-built area available in a city is the remaining area that can be used for the

future development. Simplify, from quantitative aspect side, the land carrying capacity of

a city exceeds if the un-built area is not available for any other development. However,

the land carrying capacity cannot only be seen from that aspect, it also must be analyzed

in term of its quality.

The quality of the protected area is poor when its condition does not function

ecologically as it should. Sometimes, that areas are existed in a city, but there are no

trees or occupied illegally by some people. In that case, the land carrying capacity of the

protected areas can be said as in poor condition. Similarly to that principal, the quality of

the usable areas, built and un-built, is poor if their conditions does not reflect comfortable

areas for life. The conditions of usable areas can be seen from social economics aspect

of inhabitans, the level of crimes, the level of air and water pollution, the crowding index,

the availability of public facilities and infrastructures, etc.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Developing the ModelBased on the theoretical reviews, discussed earlier, it can be mentioned that it is

needed to develop the land carrying capacity model that is suitable for city environmental

characteristics. Systematically, the concept of the model can be seen in Figure 4.1.

Quantitatively, the mathematical function of the land carrying capacity is

Y = f (S, D)

Where :

Y = Land Carrying Capacity Status

S = Supply (Availability) of land which depends on the natural capital and thebuilt capital

D = Demand of land which depends on the social capital and the human capital

If S>D = the land carrying capacity does not exceed

If S<D = the land carrying capacity exceeds

Figure 4.1. Concept of Land Carrying Capacity Model

Meanwhile,

S = TA – PA – BA, and

D = HA + SEA + PFA

Where:

TA = Total Area of a city

PA = Protected Area

BA = Built Area

HA = Area needed for the development of housing purpose

City’s Landresource

Protected Areas

Usable Areas

Potensial DisasterAreas

Protected areas basedon ecologicalfunctions

Land use forsocialeconomicpurposes

PublicFacilitiesPurposes

WatershedHydrologicalfunction

Social andEconomicFunction ofa city sistemperkotaan

Built Areas

Un-built Areas available area forfuturedevelopment

Population andConsumption

per person

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


SEA = Area needed for the development which depends on the city function

PFA = Area needed for the development of public facilities purposes

As mentioned earlier, the quality of land available in the city is also needed to be

assessed. The assessment of the land quality is needed for identify whether the

conditions of area properly supports the functions or not. The method of the land quality

assessment is the spatial analysis methods. It is needed to constructs all parameters for

each type of land use functions that reflects the adequate standard required to support

the functions. After data related to the parameter are collected, they are plotted into a

map. This map will show where the area is in poor, moderate or good conditions. If a

such of city dominantly has poor areas, it means that in term of land quality, the carrying

capacity has exceed. Then, the priority action program of development is not to expand

but is to repair and to increase the quality, such as by conducting revitalization, providing

more adequate public facilities, etc.

ConclusionA city has significant roles on the economic and social development of the wider

region. The environmental quality of cities must be sustained in such conditions that can

optimally support that regional social economic function. That condition can be achieve

only if the land carrying capacity of a city does not exceed. In addition, the pattern of land

use and the quality of land is appropriate with the function. Hence it can be said that,

urban land use decisions are critical determinants of environmental quality.

ReferencesGraymore, M. 2005. Journey to sustainability: small regions, sustainable carrying

capacity and sustainability assessment methods, Disertasi, Australian School ofEnvironmental Studies, Faculty of Environmental Sciences, Griffith University,Australia.

Leitmann, J. 1999. Sustaining cities: environmental planning and management in urbandesign, McGraw-Hill Company, USA.

Miller, G.T.J. 1990. Living in the environment : An introduction to environmentalscience, Edisi ke 6, Wadsworth Publishing Company, California.

Rogers P.P., K.F. Jalal dan J.A. Boyd. 2008. An Introduction to sustainabledevelopment, Glen Educational Foundation, Inc, Earthscan, USA.

Soegijoko, B.T.S. 2005. Keterkaitan antar kota dalam suatu sistem perkotaan, Bungarampai pembangunan kota Indonesia dalam abad 21, konsep dan pendekatanpembangunan perkotaan di Indonesia, Buku 1, Editor. B.T.S. Soegijoko et.al.,URDI-YSS-Jakarta: Lembaga Penerbit Fakultas Ekonomi, Universitas Indonesia.

Wackernagel et.al. 2005National Footprint and Biocapacity Account 2005: The underlyingcalculation method, Global Footprint Network, www.footprintnetwork.org

www.footprintnetwork.org ; www.greenfacts.com

www.sustainableliving.com ; www.sustainablemeasures.com

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.EM-07

USING GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS IN FLOOD PRONE AREAMANAGEMENT FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

Yanti BudiyantiniDepartment of Urban and Regional Planning, Institut Teknologi Nasional (Itenas)

Jl. PHH. Mustafa 23 Bandung, [email protected]

Ph. 022-7272215 ext. 242, Fax. 022-7202892

AbstractPlanning, as a future-oriented decision-making process, is an essential component ofdeveloping a sustainable society (Birkeland, 2002:231). Planning concerns the allocationand use of resources for the future. Most definition of ecological sustainable developmentstress the idea of ensuring future generations has the same range of resources today.Planning, therefore, should be seen as interchangeable with the concept of ecologicalsustainable development. However, in practice, ecological sustainable development isgenerally used in limited sense in traditional planning. Even though planning usually tiedto comprehensive plans, these decisions are reactive, not proactive to the environmental.Today, most comprehensive plans aim for sustainability, and must address the kinds ofbasic issues that are prerequisite to achieving ecological sustainable development, suchas population limits, biodiversity, and disaster mitigation. Planners should determine thecarrying capacity of the land, and the allowable environmental space. In the other hand,planners also should begin with the premise that a projected level of growth must beaccommodated.The objective of this study is to identify the areas which are categorizesas flood prone, as the limited areas for development. The study determines the carryingcapacity of the land, and will guides to the land use management in those areas. Theland use management, based on ecological disaster identification will be considered asthe effective method of reducing the victims of the natural disaster. Research related tothis study involved a literature review, primary and secondary data analysis. The datawas collected based on the spatial entities that allowed Geographic Information System(GIS) is used in the spatial analysis. GIS technology has made the scale of flood disasterin the area, and management options for regional scale planning. The use of GIS, includethe analysis of physical and social aspects, increase the planning power by allowingpredictions regarding areas where site data is either sparse or presently non-existent forthe flood. The GIS ability has the advantage of enabling a ´safety-net´ approach toplanning by identifying areas with high probabilities of being flooding.In the GIS, landrelated information in the form of spatial relationships (graphical data) and attributes ofland itself (attribute data) can be integrated to provide a powerful tool for analysis.Attributes consist of textual descriptions, or properties which may be associated withspatial entities. With graphical data files, digital representations of the spatial entities areinvolved, in the form of maps, and referenced and stored in terms of spatial referencingnetworks, which enables different types of graphical data to be linked together. Analysisdata are included of three aspects data: physical condition data, land use, and thehistorical data of flood. South Sulawesi Province as a case study is a region ofconsiderable environmental and socio-economic complexity. The development of a landuse plan for the region has involved the identification, inventory and aggregation of theregions resources. However, the land use plan is not being enough carrying the naturaldisaster analysis, such as floods which are historically occur. As a result, there areevidence that various land use conflicts occurs in this area, especially for thedevelopment areas which also identified as flood-prone areas.The result of study willevaluate and guide the different land use management in accommodating the conflict ofland use, for the sustainable development.

Keywords : flood-prone area, gis, ecological sustainable development, land use conflict,land use management

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


IntroductionPlanning, as a future-oriented decision-making process, is an essential component of

developing a sustainable society (Birkeland, 2002:231). Planning concerns the allocation

and use of resources for the future. Most definition of ecological sustainable development

stress the idea of ensuring future generations has the same range of resources today.

Planning, therefore, should be seen as interchangeable with the concept of ecological

sustainable development. However, in practice, ecological sustainable development is

generally used in limited sense in traditional planning. Even though planning usually tied

to comprehensive plans, these decisions are reactive, not proactive to the environmental.

Today, most comprehensive plans aim for sustainability, and must address the kinds

of basic issues that are prerequisite to achieving ecological sustainable development,

such as population limits, biodiversity, and disaster mitigation. Planners should determine

the carrying capacity of the land, and the allowable environmental space. In the other

hand, planners also should begin with the premise that a projected level of growth must

be accommodated.

The objective of this study is to identify the areas which are categorizes as flood

prone, as the limited areas for development. Therefore, the study determines the carrying

capacity of the land, and will guides to the land use management in those areas for

sustainable development. The land use management, based on ecological disaster

identification will be considered as the effective method of reducing the victims of natural

disaster.

Research related to this study involved a literature review, primary and secondary

data analysis. The data was collected based on the spatial entities that allowed

Geographic Information System (GIS) is used in the spatial analysis. Based on the spatial

analysis, the hazard level of floods in each unit area is identified. The use of GIS that

include the analysis of various aspects related to flood, increase the planning power by

allowing predictions regarding areas where site data is either sparse or presently non-

existent for the flood. The GIS ability has the advantage of enabling a ´safety-net´

approach to planning by identifying areas with high probabilities of flooding. The result of

study will evaluate and guide the different land use management in accommodating the

conflict of land use, for sustainable development.

GIS and Flood Prone Area ManagementMethodology

In the GIS as a tool of study analysis, land related information in the form of spatial

relationships (graphical data) and attributes of land itself (attribute data) can be integrated

to provide a powerful tool for analysis. Attributes consist of textual descriptions, or

properties which may be associated with spatial entities. With graphical data files, digital

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


representations of the spatial entities are involved, in the form of maps, and referenced

and stored in terms of spatial referencing networks, which enables different types of

graphical data to be linked together (Goosem, S, et.al.,1989:105).

In this study, the spatial entities are based on the basic unit of watershed area, and

the attributes are the indicators related to the flood hazards: physical condition, the

historical data of natural phenomenon, and land use condition (Fig.1).

Fig. 1. Indicators of Flood Prone Area Assessment and Land Use Management

Case StudySouth Sulawesi Province as a case study is a region of considerable environmental

and socio-economic complexity. The topography of South Sulawesi is featured as upland

plains in the northern parts, and low land plains in coastal area and the middle parts, with

slope of less than 8%. There are 33 watersheds in South Sulawesi. In 2008, the

population of South Sulawesi is more than 7.5 million. Due to its population increase and

fast uncontrolled land use change, as well as its soil condition and rainfall intensity, South

Sulawesi is highly prone to various types of natural disasters such as floods and

landslides.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Using GIS, each watershed in South Sulawesi is assessed to identify its hazard level

of floods based on above indicators. Fig. 2 shows the spatial distribution of the result.

Fig. 2. The Hazard Level of Floods

The South Sulawesi development policies and land use planning have involved the

identification, inventory and aggregation of the regions resources. However, the land use

plan is not being enough carrying the natural disaster analysis, such as floods which are

historically occurs. There is evidence that various potential land use conflicts occur in this

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


area, especially for the development areas which also identified as flood-prone areas.

Moreover, various primary infrastructures are also identified and located in the area with

high level of foods hazards. Further analysis of land use planning and its conflicts will

guide the land use management in each unit analysis for sustainable development.

Advantages and Limitations of GIS in Land Use Planning and Management

A GIS can be conceptualized as a series of map overlays which act as windows into

various data bases of attributes, allowing relationships to be deduced based on

geography and displayed graphically as well as summarized quantitatively and

statistically. One of the major advantages of the GIS in land use planning and

management is its comprehensiveness of spatially referenced database. Such a

comprehensive database, link to the other layer of information system allows for in-depth

data analysis and modeling.

However, the problem of unrealistic expectations from any computer-based system

will occur when computer processing of poor quality data. So that, data screening,

updating, and refinement are vital ongoing components of the system. Moreover, with any

system based on spatially referenced data, the locational precision of data incorporated

into inventory databases is crucial.

ConclusionThe map showing the hazard level of floods is then used for reviewing the spatial

development and land use planning. It can also be used for the purpose of raising

awareness among actors in the regional development process, including the private

sector and the community. Together with the vulnerability map, and response capacity in

each unit area of analysis, the disaster risk map can be drawn, for mitigation strategies.

For GIS to contribute to the land management for sustainable development, needs

accurate spatial data. This is the real challenge for planner using GIS as a storage and

analytical facility. If such an objective is possible, with a high degree of resolution at the

scale required, GIS would have significant role in dealing with some problems in land use

planning and management.

AcknowledgmentsSincere thanks to Yoga for his support in GIS processing.

ReferencesBirkeland, J., 2002, Design for Sustainability: A Sourcebook of Integrated Eco-logical

Solutions. London: Earthscan

Blaikie P., et al., 1994, At Risk: Natural Hazards, People’s Vulnerabilities, and Disasters.London: Routledge

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Burby, Raymond J., 1998, Cooperating with Nature: Confronting Natural Hazards withLand-Use Planning for Sustainable Communities. Washington D.C.: JosephHenry Press

Cristie, E.K., 1989, “Sustainable Use of Natural Resources Geographic InformationSystems and Environmental Law”, Proceedings of Royal Society of QueenslandSymposium, pp.23-30

French, Richard H., 1984, “Flood Hazard Assessment on Alluvial Fans: An Examinationof the Methodology.” Nevada Water Resources Center Publication No. 45040.HazLit Search. Online 2008<http://www.Colorado.EDU/hazards/litbase/docs/docs5/08200.htm>

Goosem, S.T, et.al., “Using GIS for Planning for Conservation and SustainableProduction in the Wet Tropics”, Proceedings of Royal Society of QueenslandSymposium, pp.98-111

Syabri, I., and Kombaitan, B., 1998, “Application of GIS in Natural Disaster RiskManagement (Case Study: Bandung Metropolitan Area)”, Jurnal PerencanaanWilayah dan Kota, Vol.9, No.1, pp.62-71

______, 2003, Pedoman Pengendalian Pemanfaatan Ruang Kawasan Rawan Banjir.Direktorat Jenderal Penataan Ruang – PU

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.EM-08

GLOBAL WARMING CONTROL THROUGH THE APPLICATION OFPARTICIPATION CONSERVATION MODEL IN THE CATCHMENT AREA OF

WONOGIRI DAM, BENGAWAN SOLO RIVER BASINHermawan Kusumartono, FX

Research & Development Center for Social, Economics, Cultural Economics andCommunity Role, Research and Development Agency, Ministry of Public Works

[email protected]

Abstract

The effort of conservation to recovery the ecosystem condition of Bengawan Solo RiverBasin has repeatedly done. But, the conservation effort conducted with pattern ofexecuted in range of time and limited scale, and without encourage role of community.This condition cause the conservation effort do not have continuation. As a result, thecondition of ecosystem in Bengawan Solo River Basin region do not progressivelygoodness, but on the contrary becoming deteriorate. To overcome the problems, it’sneeded the existence of participative conservation model in catchment area of WonogiriDam, Bengawan Solo river basin.

This research is an action research by using participation approach in order to designparticipative conservation model in the catchment area of Wonogiri Dam. The analysisdata, has been used stakeholder analysis method toward community group or certain at9 villages at the upstream river.. The goal is apply participative conservation model atCatchment Area, Wonogiri Dam, Bengawan Solo river basin.

I. Introduction

Background

The global warming issues have become special focus in various world society, including

tropical region. Main contributor of global warming is the increasing of CO2 emission as

effect from using fossil fuel and deforestation. Easiest way to eliminate CO2 emission is

by reboization. Many CO2 permeated through photosynthesis process. In the entire world,

deforestation has reached level feeling concerned about.

The condition of Bengawan Solo River Basin, especially in the catchment area of

Wonogiri Dam, at present has been decreasing in environmental quality significantly. It is

because of farm land cultivation that is less taking care of conservation rules, the

increasing of residence and industries area, and also deforestation.

The conservation efforts basically consist of two important activities, namely: technical

civil conservation (structural conservation) and vegetative conservation (nonstructural

conservation). Vegetative conservation is dealing with community as a land owner that

has a big role to realized green upstream environment in order to inherit water sources to

the next generation, and also to eliminate CO2 emission.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The effort to improve river basin ecosystem condition has been done for many times.

During this time those efforts have been done with project pattern to be carried out within

limited time and scale. The conservation effort is often ignoring the community condition

of upstream who are poor and not welfare, to result in ecosystem condition of Bengawan

Solo River Basin area is getting worse.

To improve and take care the ecosystem condition in order to be good so it can give

support toward life, it’s needed conservation effort that is carried out largely and sustain.

In order to make the continual conservation, it needs community role.

This condition becomes the important reason for stakeholders in applying conservation

model by participation in the catchment area of Wonogiri DAM, Bengawan Solo River

Basin.

The poverty at the upstream river basin shown with ownership of mean farm just only 0.3

Ha / family with four family members, cause the people make intensive conducting to their

farm, and give negative impact to accumulating Wonogiri Dam. This condition made

worse with the hoisterous of damage illegal logging of environment and cause erosion

that influence to the height of sedimentation accumulating in basin Wonogiri, so that

accumulating basin life time do not reach (PERSEPSI, 2007).

At one side, the community has never cared do their activity that give negative impact to

accumulating basin Wonogiri, since for society, that is not their business. They are only

thinking how come exploit resources just for their live better. In their perception, the

management of Wonogiri Dam, include the conservation domain, is fully government

business.

This matter become our problems during the time which must handle completely, that the

root cause accumulating basin sedimentation was because act of human being.

Condition of like this if let to continue will cause big social disaster. The conservation

handling do not guarantee sedimentation will overcome completely and accumulating

basin time life will be reached, without existence of vegetative conservation

simultaneously. For that, both of the engineering that were technical engineering and

vegetative have to be executed together.

To repair and take care of the ecosystem condition remain to be good so that can give

support to life, needed the existence of conducted conservation effort widely and have

continuation. In order the conservation effort earn to have continuation, hence needing

the existence of active role of society. This fact become the reason of the necessary for

Puslitbang Sebranmas to compile a participated conservation model in the catchment

area of Wonogiri Water Reservoir, Bengawan Solo River Basin.

Objective

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


This research is aimed to design participative conservation model in the Catchment Area

of Wonogiri Dam, Bengawan Solo River Basin.

Scope of Works

1) Doing consultation and program coordination to the stakeholders

2) Program socialization toward related Institution and local communities

3) Holding Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) to design Community Action Plan (CAP)

in the form of Village Land Conservation Plan (RKTD)

4) Facilitating in reaching Stakeholder Agreement and written in the Joint Action Plan

(JAP)

5) Consolidating of community role and related Institution through community group

forming, and strengthening.

6) Facilitating in the implementation of participation conservation model

II. Methodology

Research methodThis research is an action research using participation approach in order to design

participation conservation model in the catchment area of Wonogiri Dam, Bengawan Solo

River Basin. To analyze data, has been used stakeholder analysis method toward social

group or certain social organization about issues happened in its surrounding, such as:

power relationship, influence, and interest of various parties involved in conservation

activities (Freeman, 1984 in Anonymity, 2006)

This research was held at 9 villages in Keduang Sub River Basin, i.e : Gemawang

(District of Ngadirojo); Setren, Sokoboyo, Karang, Pandan, and Watusomo (District of

Slogohimo); Pingkuk (District of Jatiroto); Sumberejo (District of Jatisrono); and

Sembukan (District of Sidoharjo).

The election of Keduang Sub River Basin as location of activity based on that Keduang

Sub River Basin represent the biggest sediment contributor from 6 Sub river basin as

catchment area, of Wonogiri Dam, that is contribute 122.000 truck of sediment per year

(Study JICA, 2007). The geographic of Keduang Sub River basin areas, which dominated

with/by hilling area with > 30% slopes, that located in high rain tall areas. The soil time is

latasol with easy eroded, and insufficient conservation infrastructure both in civil

technically and vegetative handling.

III. Literature review

According to UU No. 7/2004 Re Water Resource, the water resource conservation effort

look after existence and also sustain situation, nature of, and water resource function to

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


be keep available in adequate quality and amount to fulfill requirement of life being, good

nowadays and also to come. Resource water conservation addressed to take care

existence and continuity, characteristic water resource function that can sustain in

enough quantity and quality for human being needs. Resource water conservation held

through preserve the source of water, water pickling, and also contamination quality

control related to the water resource pattern management specified each river region.

Community role in water resource management as is stated in UU No. 7 Water

Resource elaborated that in using rights utilize water, right owner society utilize water

was obliged to pay attention realized public interest through its role in water resource

conservation and protection to water resource infrastructure.

According to the Public Works Appropriate Technology Guidence 2005, the meaning of

participation is taking part of community or non government group in each step of activity

started from planning, carrying out, operating and maintaining, controlling and evaluating,

as well as the making use of result including the financing. Khairuddin (in Sunarto, 2001)

says that participation is taking a part or more of the process circle.

While Sulaiman (in Sunarti, 2001) mention that some participation element was the

existence of community trust, social integrity and social solidarity, ability and willingness

to improve, developing on the basis of strength alone, role from formal leader and non

formal in generating community, individual and communities initiative to be shared

ownership, as well as community sensitivity to the problem, common interest and

requirement, deliberation attitude for the general consensus of, and also the existence of

attitude to help him/her self.

There are two condition where water resources conservation effort will be left by

community, i.e.:

1) conservation without communities participate as key actor in its management 2)

conservation which no economic outcome improvement to the communities ( Anonim,

2006).

According to Diana Conyers (1954, in Anonymity, 2006), there are three main reasons

that why community participation having important characteristics:

- Community participation is a tool to obtain information about conditions, needs, and

attitudes of local community, that without their participation, the development program

as well as projects will fail

- Community will trust the program or project development when they are involved in

preparing and planning process. They will know better the project in details and will

have sense of belonging that project or program.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


- Participation becomes urgent cause there is an opinion that it is a democracy right

when the community being involved in program or project development. In this

context, the community has right to give suggestion in determining a type of program

and project development to be implemented in their area.

Based on above, indicating that community participation in conservation implementation

in Bengawan Solo River Basin is needed absolutely cause the implementation of the

community participation will arise the sense of belonging and sense of responsibility to

continuing development program.

When the community have a role as constructor, user, and forester, hence water

resource will make everlasting, and even increase from quality of its existence amount

and also value. The community role development policy, completing with community’s

opportunity to take forest benefit, have to be completed with understanding about

advantages and disadvantages of the regulation and water resource in the forest area,

includes sanction, punishment, and rule of the game in the agreement arrangement.

IV. Result of the research

The participative conservation is divided into three stages, i.e.: preparation, community

consolidation with related Institution role, and participative conservation implementation.

The stage of preparation activity started from consultation and inter-sector coordination to

obtain the understanding about conservation, as well as making an agreement toward

conservation will be implemented. Then, the same understanding about conservation is

socialized toward community and related institution. After the community has understood

about conservation, the Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) is carried out to formulate

conservation program in line with community condition and their problems, include to do

social mapping activity. One of important result of the PRA is Rencana Konservasi Tanah

di Desa (RKTD). It is a conservation activity plan from, for, and by community. The RKTD

will be finalized in the forum of village workshop. The result of final RKTD is announced

toward related institution and is discussed in the forum of stakeholder agreement. The

realization of participative conservation implementation is the implementation of

conservation program by the community by taking part with the stage of community group

forming and strengthening.

The consolidation stage of community role and related institution started from community

group forming activity. The community group strengthening will be done together with

community assistance by the field force. The next step a routine community group

meeting will be held for this activity develop togetherness from community group member

with other parties. The dialog between social group member and related institution is still

carrying out to have long lasting two way communication.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The implementation stage of participation conservation is started by determining program

and budget, and then the participation vegetative conservation and technical civil

conservation will be carried out.

Figure. 4.1 Participative conservation model in catchment barea of basin Wonogiri dam, Bengawan Solo River basin.

In detail, the stages in picture 1 can be explained as follows:

1) Preparation for Participative Conservation

a) Consultation and Inter-Sector Coordination

Coordination and consultation cross sector conducted by Research and

Development Center for Social, Economic, Cultural and Community Role for

Preparation for Participative ConservationConsultation & Inter-Sector coordination

Socialization

Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA)

Countryside Workshop

Stakeholder’s Agreement

Institutionalization of Community Role&

Related Government Role

Implementation of Participative Conservation

Group Forming

Strengthen of Community Group

Community Assistance

Routine Meeting Group

Dialogue Community with RelatedInstitution

Programming and Budgeting

Participative Technical Civil Conservation

Participative Vegetative Conservation

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


conservation program synchronization in the catchment area Wonogiri Dam with

related sector, i.e.: Ministry of Public Works, Ministry of Forestry, Ministry of

Agriculture, local government of Kabupaten Wonogiri, etc.

The objective of this activity is to equalize perception, taking a commitment, and

make agreement in conservation program. Start from agreeing an activity location

plan, activity type, shared responsibility to each sector, execution time, etc.

b) Socialization program to related institution and communities

Since there were agreement and commitment between inter-sector concerning

location activity of conservation the program socialization is implemented to the

related institution both in the government level and Wonogiri Regency level,

especially to the delegation of society from activity location plan which have been

agreed on, that is 9 villages in Sub River Basin Keduang.

The result is identification the conservation plan where the community will be

participated take a part or more of the activities.

c) PRA implementation to compile Community Action Plan ( CAP) in the form of RKTD.

The objective of PRA make the community to understand social problems and

condition of institute, economic, and environmental exist in their area. The three

things identified, to be assessed and analyzed in this PRA are: problems, potency,

and solution related to economic aspect of community, institute/community group,

and also environment (water/conservation management effort). These aspects is

identified to have influence to efficacy conservation effort in catchment area. For

that problems from third this aspect will identify, and then looked for its solution.

Result of which got in this PRA execution is hereinafter embraced, to be infused

RKTD to agreed on with in workshop forum mount countryside.

d) Workshop

The participants of workshop are the communities and the related Local

Government Institution from the various level, i.e.: villages, sub districts, Wonogiri

regency, etc. RKTD explained workshop which have been yielded in PRA. Reached

Result in this countryside workshop’s the existence of agreement what conducted,

who conduct, and when conducted. End result from this countryside workshop will

be submitted to me of relevant importance to be able to response.

e) Develop/ build agreement all stakeholders and poured in Joint Action Plan (JAP)

The Agreement then poured in a copy agreement of conservation execution signed

by proxy from: Regency Government of Wonogiri, Bappeda Wonogiri Regency,

related institutions Perindagkop & Cultivation Capital Wonogiri Regency, related

institutions Agriculture Wonogiri Regency, related institutions LHKP Wonogiri

Regency, related institutions Social Prosperity Wonogiri Regency, related

institutions Enableness of Society and Family Planning Wonogiri Regency, related

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


institutions Zoological, Fishery and Oceaninc Wonogiri Regency, LSM

PERCEPTION, Ditjen SDA – Public Work Department, Ditjen RPLS – Forestry

Department, Ditjen PLA - Agriculture Department, Centre Office of Bengawan Solo,

Perum Jasa Tirta I Bengawan Solo, Research and Development Center for Social,

Economic, Cultural and Community Role–BALITBANG Ministry of Public Work.

2) Community role and related institutions strenghtening

a) Establish community group

Established a community group in case there is no yet had community group as

management unit which later will hold responsible to participative conservation

execution. The result is the formed Land and Water Group Conservation (KKTA) in

9 villages in Sub DAS Keduang as organizational bases for the conservation of

mount countryside, which can seen at tables following:

Table 4.1. Land and water conservation group ( kkta) at 9 villages in KeduangNo. Location Name of Group

1. Setren Village, Slogohimo Subdistrict KKTA Tirta Mulya2. Sokoboyo Village, Slogohimo Subdistrict KKTA Budi Tirta3. Karang Village, Slogohimo Subdistrict KKTA Tirta Aji4. Pandan Village, Slogohimo Subdistrict KKTA Tirto Yoso5. Watusomo Village, Slogohimo Subdistrict KKTA Tirta Murni6. Pingkuk Village, Jatiroto Subdistrict KKTA Tirta Agung7. Sembukan Village, Sidoharjo Subdistrict KKTA Tirta Rasa8. Gemawang Village, Ngadirojo Subdistrict KKTA Tirta Martani9. Sumberejo Village, Jatisrono Subdistrict KKTA Tirta Wening

Each KKTA has to arrange organization which is easy to be managed and

accessed by community which consist of chief, bursar, secretary, and sections of

conservation, institute, and business development.

b) Strengthen of community group

Reinforcement of groups aim to produce output in the form of arranging organization

which is easy to be managed and accessed by communities, conservation guidance

base on local resource and communities, as center of self-supporting conservation

study and activities in short term, mid term and long term agenda. It has the form of

group discussion method. Participant divided into three groups, to discuss the

output and then to present it. Community groups strengthen was done in 9 villages

with adjacent.

c) Community assistance was done to monitor progress of the program, to identify

problems, and to determine the best intervention strategy. Hopefully the program

can integrated comprehensively and society will have high sense of belonging with

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


this program. It can be functioned too, as mediator between society and stakeholder

and as motivator for increasing community role.

Based on stakeholders Coordination Meeting agreement in Wonogiri, community

assistance was held as the first step of implementation in 9 villages in Sub DAS

Keduang which Setren, Karang, Sokoboyo, Pandan, Watusumo, Sumberejo,

Sembukan, and Gemawang. Some activities which done in the community adjacent

are community group strengthen, PRA, workshop, routine society group’s meeting,

and laboratory soil experiment.

Community assistance of vegetative conservation and technical civil conducted to

community participation and the parties in handling erupted location according to

result identify and discovering by institute and community. Community Assistance

was done in three level, that is 1) KKTA level 2) Farmer group level, and 3) cadre

farmer level conducted by community assistance supervisor

The output of community assistance are a) handling priority location of erosion, b)

suitability both technical civil building and vegetation type with erosion type handled

and also quality of and amount of agreed on, c) formulating of suggestion in order to

arrange. The assistance conducted from preparation until evaluation staging with

output the rule of land and water conservation management which agreed

communities and stakeholders on village level.

d) Meeting of community group

This meeting was executed periodical every 35 day once. The aim of this activity is

developing togetherness of member group with other party. The things which was

discussed in this meeting are progress of group activities, field activity, and also the

understanding of internal condition situation of society so that arise motivation to go

out from problem of faced.

The result is Unit Management in vilage as set of activity organizer that organize all

farmer group in every countryside and confessing of Unit Management as farmer

representation and communities group in cooperation relation or with other party

related to conservation effort.

e) Communities dialogue with related institutions

Besides routine meeting with community group, community dialogued with related

institutions was also conducted in each moment to link communications among

community group, local government and related/relevant institutions. The

intertwining of two way communications is a successful key for participated

conservation.

3) Participated conservation execution

a) Programming and budgeting

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Programming and budgeting conducted since the agreement among stakeholders

about program location is signed. Programming and budgeting was decided based

on the result society dialogued with local government and related/relevant

institutions in Wonogiri regency with considering ability of financing from each

related institutions.

b) Participative technical civil conservation

Technical Civil Conservation is erosion controlling by taking certain treatment at

land and erosion building protection i.e. check dam, stone terrace, rorak and small

basin.

c) Vegetative Participative Conservation

Vegetative Conservation is erosion controlling effort by vegetation/plants. This

vegetation function to protect surface land from rainwater crash, lessening speed of

surface stream, detaining land particle so that remain on place, and maintaining

land capacities in permeating water.

V. Conclusion and suggestion

Conclusion

Many efforts are needed to be carried out to create an advantage activity and be able to

reach the goal. There is a basic thinking that the local community who knows the best

about themselves and their surroundings including about their poverty problem and the

need to do conservation is the community themselves. Therefore, their potency to solve

their problem independently must be really used. The government role as a facilitator,

gives an opportunity for their participation as well as supporting them with suitable policy

and budget as well as solving the problem in line with fair and wise rules.

The water resource has to be interest for all. This job not only for government or

community but for all. All components should give contribution for problem solving,

especially poverty and environmental damage are two formulas that always

accompanied together. This problem is very influential and have become one of the big

dilemma in national life. This moment, there is no clear schema mainly involvement of

society, so that draught, flood, landslide, death, and poverty will be come true.

Suggestion

1) Giving community role clearly through planning which is involving community. An

approach or methodology that can be used, one of them, is PRA or other participation

approach /methodology.

2) Developing technical community capacity in planting or productive economy activity,

as well as community group strengthened.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


3) Training is an important thing cause the limited knowledge of community. Their skill

needs to be improved both through training, and changing information as well as

network enlargement.

4) Dialog and communication process as well as coordination process also very

important. The community can not only depend on their potency, but also need dialog

and communication process with other stakeholder to solve various problems.

5) The processes above can not also be carried out without guidance from competent

expert. In every reachable of independent community, so the community assistance

becomes an important need for community empowerment.

6) All activities have to base in community and stakeholders agreement to warrant its be

done well. It needs policy and network development to protect farmer’s product, such

as marketing or protection system toward bad brokers that often experienced by

community.

References

Anonim, 2004, “UU No. 7 about Water Resources”

Anonim, 2006, “Final Report Management Environmental Service and SocietyEmpowerment in Wonogiri Water Reservoir River Basin Bengawan SoloConservation”, Jakarta, Research and Development Centre Sebranmas,Research and Development Board Public Work Departement.

Anonim, 2007, “Introduction Report Coordination and Community Assistance InParticipative Conservation Model Implementation River Basin Bengawan Solo”,Jakarta, Research and Development Centre Sebranmas, Research andDevelopment Board Public Work Department.

Persepsi, 2007, “First Report Community Assistance In Participative Conservation ModelImplementation River Basin Bengawan Solo”, Wonogiri, Persepsi.

Sunarti, 2001, “Increasing Society Participation in Housing Development Based onGroup”, Thesis, Bandung, Magister Urban Planning,ITB.

JICA Study Team, “Main Plan Summary : Handling Sedimentation Problem of WonogiriWater Resevoir”, This essay was presented in Fourth Workshop OvercomingSedimentation Study in Water Reservoir Wonogiri January 18,2007, Surakarta,Ditjen SDA and JICA.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.LA-03

VISUAL LANDSCAPE PREFERENCES AND MEANING OF TOURISMAREAS IN INDONESIA

Ina Krisantia , Noorizan Mohamed, and Mustafa Kamal, M.S.

Department of Landscape Architecture, Faculty of Design and Architecture,Universiti Putra Malaysia, Serdang, Selangor

inakrisatia @yahoo.com, [email protected]

AbstractVisual aspect is very important in promoting the tourism industry. However, most theareas tourism are now loosing there special character due to the rapid development intourism industry. For the time being, people are still visiting that area. In order topreserve visual in landscape areas, we need to know the public preference toward thisarea. This study intends to evaluate visual landscape emphasizing on preference andmeaning .Using public preference method and analysis was used category-identifyingmethodology to know factor analysis ( spatial configuration and content ). 200respondents were chosen as public respondent from Indonesia (n=200) and theirpreferences for 50 scenes of selected of tourism destinations in Indonesia were notedbased on a 7 point Likert-like scale. They were recognized the closed ended descriptionby choosing 5 scenes that are most preferred and less preferred. Based on the selectedten visual landscape scenes, respondents are also asked their reasoning in open-endedquestionnaire to know the meaning of their preference. We will later conduct statisticalanalysis using SPSS on their responses using factor analysis in addition to contentanalysis of their written responses. The results indicated that there were 3 categories ofpreferred scenes. The most preferred categories of scenes is the natural highlandlandscape (mean 5.88), from factor analysis people preferred on more information scenesand easily readable and understand scene such as scenes with complexity content andcoherence spatial configuration. It has been identified that the two variables from publicpreference model which are suitable to be applied as a design guidelines such ascoherence, complexity, in order to preserve the scenes. From all categories of the scenesthere are few meaning. A combination of preference and meaning approach can providea more complete understanding of human response to landscape . The personal meaningof preferred landscape becomes particularly important is with respect to scarce or uniquetourism areas and landscape resource

Keyword: Landscape preference, visual landscape, landscape meaning, tourism.

INTRODUCTION

Background

The visual landscape of a locality is very important in promoting tourism destinations.

Daniel et al (1983) said that scenery has become recognized as significant natural and

recreational resources as a commodity values such as tourism development. Thus visual

landscape should be treated as an important resource that contributes significantly to

tourism development of a nation.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Since Indonesia is moving towards tourism industry , there are many tourism areas

have been developed. These areas have an outstanding beauty, high visibility and

natural values. Nevertheless those areas inevitably attract tourist and are under

continuing pressure for development. However, many of there areas begin to loose their

special characters and regional identities. Thus, visual landscapes of high quality and are

favored by tourists should be identified and preserved.

In order to preserve visual quality in landscape areas, we need to know public

preferences for them. Base on Kaplan and Kaplan (1997) there are consensus among

the public as to what constitute preference. These statements suggest that people’s

preferences are measurable. According to Appleton (1975 a ) the problem of landscape

aesthetic could be defined initially as what do we like about landscape and why do we

like it.

This paper will present a study conducted to elicit local preferences for the

natural and man-made landscapes in a resort area in West Java , Indonesia. In addition

to the preferences for the landscapes, the study also seeks meanings associated with the

preferences.

METHODOLOGY

The study employed the Content -Identifying Method (CIM) introduced by Kaplan’s

(Kaplan and Kaplan, 1989). Various scenes within the resort destination were

photographs using a digital camera. A total of 50 photographs were then selected for the

study. Respondents (n=200) were randomly chosen from those associated with Trisakti

University. They were asked to rate the scenes depicted by the photographs on a 7-point

Likert -like scale (1 = least-liked to 7 = most liked). Later the respondents were asked to

choose 5 of the most liked scenes and state their reasons for liking the scenes. The data

were then analyzed for their mean preferences. Correlation study was also conducted to

find the relationship between preferences and demographic factors. A one-way Analysis

of Variance (ANOVA) was used to look at mean differences in preferences. Factor

analysis was used to identify the content of the scenes as well as their spatial

configurations. Finally, the data on reasons for preferences were analyzed using content

analysis.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS.

Demographic Information.

There were a total of 200 respondents who participated in this study. These consisted

of the public associated with Trisakti University with various backgrounds. They were

general workers (27.5 %) supporting staffs (37.5%) and academic staffs ( 35% ). The

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


general worker and supporting staffs receive lower weight than academic staff. The ages

of respondents were between 21 – 50 years old.

Preferences for Selected Scenes

The study indicated three primary categories of preferred landscapes for tourism

areas in Indonesia (Table 1). The most preferred category is labeled ‘Natural’ (mean =

5.82) and contain views with natural features such as vegetation, lawns, mists and with

some vegetation or non-vegetation screening. The next preferred category is labeled as

Resort Landscape (mean = 5.63). This contain scenes that show man-made structures,

vegetation, and the sky. The lowest rated landscape category is the Beach (mean =

5.43), which shows water, rock and vegetation.

In term of the content of the scenes, the result indicated a strong preference for

vegetation. The preferred category is labeled Natural (mean = 5.88) and contains views

with natural features such as vegetations; lawns, mists and with some degree of

screening. They posses a certain amount of complexity content because complexity can

give more information in the immediate environment.

The spatial configuration of scenes, averaged with categories, is given in Table1. The

scenes in the Natural category are strong in coherence, complexity and mystery but low

in legibility. Complexity, coherence and mystery appear strong in the Resort landscape

category and finally for Beaches category, coherence, legibility and mystery appear to be

significantly present.

Meaning

The content analysis for the reasons for preference is shown in Table 2. Based on the

5 most preferred scenes. The scenes in the Natural category are strong in factor of going

on and learn more (mean = 6.15). This is interpreted by respondents to mean acquiring

as more experience . For the Resort landscape category, the scenes contain elements of

legibility (mean = 6.16) rather than complexity ( mean = 6.10 ), coherence( mean 6.02 )

and mystery (mean = 5. 91). This indicates that people prefer scenes that are easily

understood (mean = 6.25), or easily predicted. Finally, legibility (mean = 6.03) appears

strong in the Beach landscape category rather than complexity (mean= 5.88), mystery

(mean = 5.78), or coherence (mean = 5.75). This indicates that respondents prefer the

scenes because they are easily understood and remembered (mean = 6.10) and facilitate

prediction.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Table 1. Preference and meaning

PreferenceCategoriesname Average

Mean&Factor loading

Content Spatial configuration Meaning

Naturallandscape

5.820.7

trees, meadow,water and landform

coherence, complexity,mystery

More experience

Resortlandscape

5.630.5

structured,vegetation , sky

Complexity,Mystery, coherence

Prediction

Beachlandscape

5.43 . 0 .7

water, rock andvegetation.

coherence,legibility,mystery

Prediction

Sources : author

Table 2. : The meaning for preference.

Categoriesname

Coherence Legibility Complexity Mystery

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4Naturallandscape

5,8 6.03 5.01 5.64 6.06 6.05 5.84 6.18 6.04 6 6.15 6.03 6.05 6.15 4.85 5.86

Mean 5.77 6.03 6.03 5.72

Resortlandscape

6.1 6.15 5.93 5.95 6.15 6.15 6.11 6.25 6.04 6.17 6.08 6.14 6.12 6.06 5.54 5.96

Mean 6.02 6.16 6.10 5.91Beachlandscape

5.77 5.75 5.79 5.75 6.1 5.95 5.99 6.08 5.75 5.84 5.86 6.11 6.01 6.03 5.15 5.91

Mean 5.75 6.02 5.88 5.78Sources : author

Factors :

Coherence : 1)Orderly. 2) Organize paterns.3) Repeated.4) Uniformity

Legibility : 1) Understand & remember 2) Well structure distinct element 3) Find way start

back 4) Identify &interpret

Complexity: 1) Variety 2)intricate 3) going on 4) Look at

Mystery : 10 see more.2) learn more 3) screening.4) physical access

Furthermore, based on open ended questionnaires of the 5 preferred scenes

(Table3) majority most preferred the meanings which Natural category such as

harmony, novelty, coolness, orderly , natural, beauty , peaceful and comfortable .

Meanwhile orderly, beauty and comfortable can be found as similar meaning in Natural,

Resort and Beach Landscape

Table 3 . Summary of scenes meaning of Natural, Resort and Beach

Scenes meaning Natural landscape Resort landscape Beach Landscape

Harmony

Novelty

Coolness

Artistic

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Orderly

Natural

Beauty

Peaceful

Comfortable

( sources : Open ended questionnaire ,2006, author )

DISCUSSIONThe preference ratings showed that the respondents had strong preference for

natural settings such as natural areas. In general, natural landscapes were the most

preferred. The least preferred scenes were resort and beach landscapes .However the

preference ratings on resort landscape showed that the respondents had negative

correlation with employment . This indicates that the lower paid general workers and

supporting staffs preferred resort landscape. For academic staff , however , there is

positive correlation in natural landscape ( Table 4). The differences in preference

between employment for resort landscape was proved by Analysis of variance ( ANOVA)

( Table 5 ) . However , there are no differences in preferences between employment .

The contents of natural landscapes with natural features such as vegetation,

lawns, mists and with some degree of screening were indicate a degree of complexity of

the scenes. This is in agreement with Kaplan and Kaplan (1972) findings that complexity

can give more information in the immediate environment, the intricacy of a given scenes

and it was shown to be positively related to environmental preference in both urban and

rural contexts.

The analysis of spatial configurations of scenes showed that for natural, resort

and beach landscapes, strong the scenes posses coherence rather than complexity,

eligibility and mystery. This allude to respondents easily making sense out of the

scenes, through coherence.

According to Kaplan & Kaplan (1982) preference for a scene is a function of the

need to make sense and need to be involved in the scene. Therefore, this study found

that people preferred on easily readable and understandable scene ( coherence) and

scenes with more information ( complexity )

Table 4. Correlation between Demographic and Preference

Correlations

Age Edu Job PrefD1 PrefD2 PrefD3Job Pearson Correlation .641(**) .759(**) 1 .002 -.349(**) -.149(*)

Sig. (2-tailed) .000 .000 .977 .000 .040N 200 199 200 187 185 190

** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


* Correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed).

Table 5 . Difference preference between employment.

ANOVA

Sum ofSquares df Mean Square F Sig.

Between Groups 2.081 4 .520 .784 .537Within Groups 120.790 182 .664

PrefD1

Total 122.871 186Between Groups 20.968 4 5.242 7.963 .000Within Groups 118.501 180 .658

PrefD2

Total 139.469 184Between Groups 7.738 4 1.934 1.614 .173Within Groups 221.787 185 1.199

PrefD3

Total 229.525 189

CONCLUSION

The study found three categories of preference for visual landscapes. The most

preferred category of scenes is the natural landscape (mean = 5.82) . There were

differences in preference among employment for resort landscapes and there was no

difference in preference between employment in natural landscape category.

The content analysis of scenes showed that people preferred more information

(complexity) and spatial arrangement with easily read and understood scenes (

coherence) .

The meaning associated with the preferred scenes were the need to acquire new

experience and the ability to predict the scenes.

The two variables of importance in the public preference model that can help

guide in the preservation of visual landscape of tourism areas in Indonesia are coherence

and complexity.

Acknowledgements.This article is a part of the first author’s doctoral research on landscape preferences at

the Faculty of Design and Architecture, Universiti Putra Malaysia. She is a faculty

member in the Department of Landscape Architecture, Faculty of Landscape Architecture

and Environmental Technology, Trisakti University, Jakarta, Indonesia.

ReferencesAppleton, J.1975 a The experience of landscape, John Wiley and Sons LondonDaniel,T.C and Vinning,J.(1983) Methodological Issue in the assessment of Landscape

quality. In Behaviour and the Natural Environment ( eds Altman, I.and Wohwill,J),Plenum Press.

Kaplan, S et al.1997 , The Experience of nature. Cambridge University Press.Schroeder, H. W. 1991. Preference and meaning of Arboretum Landscape combining

quantitative and qualitative data. Journal of Psychology 11.231- 248

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.LA-04

THE POTENCY OF GLODOK CHINA TOWN HISTORICAL LANDSCAPE FORTOURISM DEVELOPMENT

Nurhayati H.S. Arifin, Qodarian Pramukanto and HendryDept. of Landscape Architecture, Faculty of Agriculture, Bogor Agricultural University

Jl. Meranti, Kampus IPB – Darmaga, Bogor – 16680Tel/Fax: 62-251-422415E-mail: [email protected]

AbstractChina town in Glodok district is one of the living landscapes evident that contributed tothe form of the present Jakarta Metropolitan City. Until now, this district is still famous ascommercial or trading area and having unique Chinese characteristic. There are stillmany important historical structures that have been designated as National Heritage,though in the present time some of those building structures are not in good conditions.As this district is an integral part of the Old Jakarta, this district had been included in theOld Jakarta Revitalization Plan. One of the objectives of this revitalization plan is topromote tourism activity in Jakarta.The aim of this study was to identify and analyze thepotency of the district landscape as historical site for tourism. The survey method wasused to identify the characteristic of the landscape and the potency of tourism supportingfactors. The landscape characteristics consist of tangible and intangible components.These components were analyzed and evaluated to define spatial potential zone thatshowed strongest Chinese characteristic. The tourism supporting factors was alsoanalyzed to provide information that useful for developing the zone.As a result, this studyproposed the potential zone or landscape unit as a tourist main destination. To increasethe attractiveness, simultaneously to protect the unique and original characteristics, thisstudy also proposed the conservation actions both for the objects and the whole ChinaTown historical landscape. All of these efforts hopefully would be integrated in the OldJakarta Revitalization Program.

Keywords: China town, Glodok-Jakarta, historical landscape, conservation, tourism

Introduction

China town in Glodok district is one of the living landscapes evident that

contributes to the form of the present Jakarta Metropolitan City. Until now, this district is

still famous as commercial or trading area and having unique Chinese characteristic.

There are still many important historical structures that have been designated as National

Heritage, though in the present time some of those building structures seem neglected.

As this district is an integral part of the Old Jakarta, this district actually had been included

in the Old Jakarta Revitalization Plan (Decision Letter of Jakarta Governor Number 34 of

the year 2005). One of the objectives of this revitalization plan is to promote tourism

activity in Jakarta.

Revitalization Action Plan or Program is still focused in Fatahillah Zone, colonial

typical city of the core zone in the Revitalization Plan (Jakarta Office of Culture and

Museum, 2007). Such action, moreover tourism development program have not touch the

Goldok China Town yet. On the other hand, however, the fast increase of economic

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


development in this area has been gradually changing unique characteristic of historical

elements/settings. To save this characteristic and develop them for tourism, it is

important to do identification and evaluation. The area that has unique or strong

characteristics of historical elements/settings could be considered highly potential to be

developed for tourism, and in the same time it should be carefully preserved (Sedyawati,

1997).

The aim of this study is to analyze the potency of the Glodok China Town

landscape as historical site for tourism. Hopefully the result of this study would be useful

for the committee of revitalization, and the local government of Jakarta.

MethodThe study site was Glodok China Town, around 76 Ha, that included in the Old

Jakarta Revitalization Plan (Fig 1). However, the surrounding area that contains important

elements or characteristics related to the China Town was also observed. The potency of

the landscape was derived from the landscape characteristic as the objects of tourism,

and the supporting aspects of tourism. The landscape characteristic that reflects a unit of

China Town contains tangible and intangible components. These components were

identified and analyzed descriptively and spatially, and some quantitatively.

A modified Mac Kinnon scoring technique (Wulandari, 2002) was used to

evaluate the potency of the object/area, which was composed from the object

attractiveness, the potency of sustainability (the physical condition of the object as a

reflection of preservation/conservation action, and its surrounding condition), and the

accessibility. The value of attractiveness itself is a total of value of historical value and

uniqueness, aesthetic and architecture, completeness/unity, authenticity and physical

condition. The most potential objects were mapped and delineated to define the most

potential zone to be developed for tourism. A development on this potential zone or

landscape, as well as its tourism supporting aspects, was descriptively proposed.

Study site

U

Not to scale Fig 1. Study site

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Result and discussion

Landscape potencies

In general, the Glodok landscape still has a strong characteristic as a China town,

especially reflected by the people who live there and their culture or their economic

activity, and some old building’s architecture and arrangement. Most of people live there

are Chinese, who still use Chinese culture and custom in their daily life. As a Chinese

settlement usually can be seen in Indonesia, the Glodok China town also showed a

combination of settlement and commercial area. Physically the characteristics can be

seen at the shrines, old houses, shops, market and food stalls.

There are 12 objects consist of historical buildings and market/shopping areas

which was identified having potency or attractiveness. All of these potential

buildings/areas have significant characteristics, including intangible characteristics.

Among of them, four buildings are national heritage buildings. There is also a church, St.

Maria de Fatima church, of which the building architecture was Chinese. The total

potency was composed from the object attractiveness, the potency of sustainability (the

preservation/conservation action), and the accessibility (Table 1). The most potential

objects were mapped and delineated as a core zone or the most potential zone for

tourism destination (Fig 2). The development of this core zone should not change the

typical characteristics, but on the other hand it should maintain the characteristics in order

to sustain the tourism activity itself. The surrounding areas of the core zone that still have

Chinese characteristic should have function as transition or buffer for the core zone.

Table 1. The potency of the objects

Object Attractiveness

Potency ofsustainabilit

yAccessibility

∑score

Pasar Pagi Lama market 9 2 1 9Lay An Tong drug store 14 3 3 14Budhi Dharma shrine 15 3 3 15Ariya Marga shrine 15 3 3 15Tiong Hoa Hwee Koan building 13 3 3 14Souw family house* 14 3 2 14Blandongan street/houses* 11 3 1 11Tanda Bhakti shrine 15 3 3 15Toa Sai Bio shrine 15 3 3 15St. Maria de Fatima church* 15 3 3 15Jin De Yuan shrine* 10 3 3 15Pancoran/ Glodokplein area 3 2 1 10

Remark: 19-25= highly potential; 9-10= moderately potential; 5-8= lower potential; * is anational heritage

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Tourism supporting aspect

The attractiveness of the objects is not the only key factor in tourism

development. It needs other supporting factors such as accessibility, transportation,

touring program, facilities and services. The potential tourist and the community

hospitality and awareness are also should be considered.

The accessibility was observed on its physical condition, easiness, capacity and

legibility. Evaluation on those components resulted that the accessibility to the Glodok

China Town and its interesting objects is relatively good, except the access to Ariya

Marga shrine inside the town. The town can be reached from many directions with some

transportation modes such as bus, train or other small public transportation modes. But to

look around the town, tourists prefer to walk or ride a bike taxi (ojek sepeda) because the

road relatively narrows and crowded. The taxi bike is a unique and interesting

transportation mode. The access to Ariya Marga shrine is only one and very narrow, and

the condition was not good; however, this condition may give an interesting experience.

An established tourism or touring program was not available yet, and the

information about this town and the interesting objects inside were limited. People come

to this town generally to do shopping. Many visitors or tourists usually come to this town

on Chinese celebration days to see many attractions. There are some communities of

heritage or historic conservation which sometimes hold touring event in this historic site.

The supporting tourism facilities and services such accommodation and restaurants were

available both inside and at surrounding the town. However, tourist information and

interpretation services were still insufficient.

Fig 2. The proposed core zone for tourism development

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Landscape development for tourism

Tourism development should be implemented comprehensively and integrative.

All components of the stakeholders such as government, management board, business

or private sectors and the community should get involve and work in good coordination

and cooperation.

To develop the potential objects and the landscape for tourism, the convenience,

attractiveness and aesthetic aspects should be taken into consideration. This effort,

however, should not change the typical landscape characteristics of the China Town, and

it should be integrated to the effort of preservation or conservation of historic

elements/landscape. Historical buildings, particularly private houses, which are currently

not in good physical condition, should be repaired. This effort needs support to the private

house’s owners or an incentive system should be developed. Development of the

tourism program should be carefully planned and widely socialized, especially to the

community, in order to avoid any conflict. The community should play important roles in

the tourism activity. Furthermore, to support the program, the improvement of supporting

facilities and services are needed. For historical touring, interpretation facility is very

important to provide interesting and sufficient knowledge of the object to the visitors.

Conclusion

The Glodok China Town showed high potential for tourism development. This

town has unique and interesting objects, settings/landscape and cultural activities/events.

This study defined the most Chinese characteristic of historical zone that potentially

valuable for tourism development, but simultaneously should be carefully preserved.

The supporting tourism aspect was relatively good, except that the established

touring program had not been available yet, and the information and interpretation

facilities were insufficient. To develop tourism activity in this town, the ‘aesthetic’ quality of

the landscape should be refined simultaneously with preservation of historical

objects/settings, and well-planned tourism program should be developed and promoted.

References

Dinas Kebudayaan dan Permuseuman (Jakarta Office of Culture and Museum). 2007.Guidelines Kotatua. Pemerintah Provinsi DKI Jakarta. Dinas Kebudayaan danPermuseuman. Jakarta.

Wulandari, R.K. 2002. Perencanaan Lanskap Kawasan Wisata Budaya Kampung Sadedi Lombok Tengah Nusa Tenggara Barat (Landscape Planning forCulturalTourism in Kampung Sade, Lombok Island). Thesis. Graduate School ofBogor Agricultural University (IPB). Bogor.

Sedyawati, E. 1997. Potential and Challenges of Tourism: Managing the National CulturalHeritage of Indonesia. In: W. Nuryanti (ed). Tourism and Heritage Management:

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


25-35. Proceeding of the International Conference on Tourism and HeritageManagement. Yogyakarta.

Fig 2. Circulation and interpretation line concept

entrance

Jl.A

sem

ka

Pasar Pagi Lama

Parking -Pasar Pagi

Asemka

Circulation forcar Pedestrianpath Road

Legend:

Welcome Area

Transitional Area

Core Area

Interesting Object

Parking - GlodokShopping Center

object

Railwaystation -Kota

Jl.Gajah Mada-Jl.Pintu Besar Selatan entrance

Panc

oran

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.LA-05

THE NEED TO ESTABLISH A NURSERY STANDARD TOWARDS ASUSTAINABLE URBAN LANDSCAPE IN MALAYSIA

Roziya Ibrahim1, Osman Mohd Tahir2, Nordin Abdul Rahman3 and MohdNazri Saidon4

1,2,3,4 Department of Landscape Architecture, Universiti Putra Malaysia, MalaysiaE-mail: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

[email protected]

AbstractMalaysia has been through a rapid landscape development following the governmentvision to become ‘The Most Beautiful Garden Nation’ by the year 2020. Despite of havingoutstanding landscape design, it is noticed that there is no specific standard for nurserystock in Malaysia at the moment. Without any nursery standard, the policy makers are notable to regulate the quality standard of soft-scape materials to the nursery owner andother supplier. Due to this problem, the nursery owners and suppliers producing plantsaccording to their own specification and controlling the market price. Most of tree plantingfailures are caused by poor quality plant supplied, such as inadequate root ball size,unhealthy, disease or structurally unsound.This paper attempt to highlights theimportance of establishing a nursery standard as landscape development progresses inMalaysia. The paper is part of the on-going postgraduate study that was based oninterview with the selected local experts in the landscape industry seeking their opinionand feedback regarding this matter. Discussion will focus on the issues and problemsrelated to quality standard of soft-scape material that affect landscape development in thecountry. In addition this paper will provide recommendations of the strategies for thedevelopment of soft-scape standard towards the enhancement of a quality landscapedevelopment and landscape sustainability in Malaysia.

Keyword: Nursery standard, Soft-scape material, Landscape industry, Landscapedevelopment, sustainability.

Introduction

Malaysia has been through a rapid landscape development following the government

vision to become ‘The Most Beautiful Garden Nation’ by the year 2020. Despite of having

outstanding landscape design, however it is noticed at the moment that there is no

specific nursery standard in Malaysia to support the landscape development. Without any

nursery standard, the policy makers are not able to regulate the quality standard of soft-

scape materials for the nursery owner and other supplier. Due to this problem, the

nursery owners and suppliers tend to produce nursery landscape plants according to their

own specification as well as controlling the market price. This paper attempts to highlights

the importance of establishing a nursery standard in Malaysia as a vital need in

supporting the progress of a quality landscape development in the country. In addition,

the paper will discussed the contributions of such standard towards the enhancement of a

quality landscape development and landscape sustainability in the country urban

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


landscape development. Finally this paper will provide recommendations of the strategies

for the development of a nursery standard in Malaysia.

Research Methodology

The paper adopted multiple sources of data collection and analysis. It includes the

literature search and interview with selected local experts. It focuses on the respondent’s

critical views and opinions about the issues and problems related to quality standard of

soft-scape as well as the importance of such standard for the enhancement of landscape

development quality in Malaysia. Both content analysis and descriptive statistic are used

in analyzing the experiences, viewpoints and opinions of the respondents regarding the

quality standard of soft-scape in Malaysia. The findings will provide guidance on the best

way to enhance the quality of landscape development in Malaysia including the urban

landscape.

Background Study on Soft-Scape Standard and Its Importance in Urban Landscape

Many studies have proved that the most important factor affecting business unit’s

performance is the quality of its product (Antilla, 1992). According to Badiru (1995)

standards define the critical elements that must be taken into account to produce a high

quality product. Hence, the existence of standards will help to achieve consistent levels of

product quality. Furthermore Emmitt and Yeomans (2001) proposed that standards

provide the designer with advice and guidance, and the specifier with a certain amount of

security. The quality standard in soft-scape can contribute to sustainability by using

materials and methods that minimize waste, pollution and degradation of the environment

as suggested by Thompson and Sorvig (2007).

Learning from the experience of developed countries such as USA and UK, soft-scape

standard including nursery standard has long been introduced in their countries to assist

the industry players in regulating the quality of landscape development. Developed

countries have established their own format for specification such as the CSI

MasterFormat™ and National building Specification (NBS). This format provides

guidance in specification development. Besides the technical specification, there are also

available standards to regulate the quality of soft-scape such as the British Standard and

American National Standards. The following standards used in USA and UK not only

recognized and widely accepted nationally but also internationally:

American Standard for Nursery Stock (ANS Z60.1- 2004, ANSI A300 Part 1-2001)

Nursery Stock: Specification for Trees and Shrubs (BS3936: Part 1: 1992)

Nursery stock: Specification for Forest Trees (BS3936: Part 4: 1984)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


As Landscape development progresses in Malaysia especially in urban area, there is a

need for the country to develop a proper specification and related standards to regulate

the quality landscape development. Issues and problems related to quality standards in

soft-scape in the country need to be resolved and overcome by using a proper and

systematic approach such as enforcement of nursery standard.

Issues and Problems Related to Quality Standard of Soft-scape

Attainment of acceptable level of quality in the construction has long been a problem

(Arditi and Gunaydin, 1997). Over the past decades, concern has been expressed on

quality of construction product and processes. The similar issues and problems have

been faced in landscape construction especially in soft-scape. Through literature search

that have been done, the study have revealed that there are issues and problems related

to quality standard of soft-scape material and work. This is important in order to

understand in details the current situations of the landscape industry. The following are

the issues and problems that have been identified.

i. Low Quality Soft-scape Material and WorkIn Landscape construction, low quality landscape material and bad implementation

causes tree failure during and or after planting, this then leads to high maintenance after

the project completed. Hagen (2006) stated that most tree planting failure are caused by

inadequate root ball size, poor follow up treatment, inappropriate timing, haste, and

moving trees that are unhealthy, diseased or structurally unsound.

ii. Lack of acceptable standardIn landscape construction projects particularly the soft-scape, major disagreements

usually arise as to whether the quality has been achieved or not because of the wide

range of subjectivity with regard to the quality of soft-scape (David, 2006). Therefore, it is

necessary to have a standard, code of practice and regulations to help relevant agencies

and organization to resolve problems in soft-scape work.

iii. Variability of soft-scape specificationThe issue on variability is one of the ‘unseen’ problems in soft-scape work. With the

increase in the number of available materials, new method of production and installation

as well as new technology requires the ability to produce a good specification. Woodward

(1997) suggested that specification has to be very carefully written to avoid various

interpretations by different people that will lead to errors and disagreements.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


iv. Inadequate and Incorrect specificationThe most common problems with specifications are they often include texts that do not

pertain to the project at hand, too wordy and difficult to read and sometimes contradict

with working drawings. Therefore it is necessary to have clear, concise and uniform

drawings and specifications as it affect the quality of the construction (Gunaydin, 1997) as

“poor quality specifications must inevitably result in poor quality product” (McRobb, 1989).

v. Lack of regulatory requirementWithout any regulatory body, it is difficult to enforce the regulation on the nursery owner

and other supplier in regards to the supply of plant materials (trees, turf, soil, fertilizer,

etc) and other soft-scape works. Due to this lacking, nursery owners and suppliers

producing plants according to their own specification as well as controlling the market

price. This event causes bad implication to the landscape industry as they produce low

quality plant and inconsistent price. (Tolman, 1999) mentioned that nursery standard are

potentially self-serving as the interests lie primarily in profitability for sales.

vi. Lack of management and maintenanceLack of management in soft-scape work includes lack of knowledge and experience to

produce, interpret and applying the soft-scape specification on the ground, which leads to

discrepancies and error during construction. Osman (2005) highlighted that poor

management (Clouston, 1984; Holden 1988; Greenhalgh and Worpole, 1995) and low

standards of maintenance (Reeves, 2000) will cause the landscape area to deteriorate

over time.

vii. Lack of professional and skilled manpowerNo matter how good the specification is, the quality of landscape depends upon those

doing the on-site work and supervision. According to Woodward (1997), quality of

construction is depends on the skilled labour and intensive supervision, however most of

the time both labour and supervisors are not not well trained. Therefore, all the

requirements of the implementation should be included in the specification to help

supervisors to monitor the work conduct by the labour on site.

The related issues and problems discussed have a very strong impact to the landscape

development in Malaysia. An interview with the selected professionals and experts in

local landscape industry was conducted to get their opinion and feedback regarding this

matter in the current landscape practice in Malaysia.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Results and Findings

The result from the interview with the selected local professionals and experts in the

landscape industry in Malaysia validate the existence of issues and problems related to

quality standard in soft-scape. It revealed that there are loopholes in the landscape

management and regulation of soft-scape quality in Malaysia landscape development.

Majority of the respondents (92.5%) agreed that there is a need for a standard to improve

the quality of soft-scape materials in Malaysia. 95% of the respondents also

recommended that soft-scape standard is vital to regulate the quality of soft-scape in the

country. More than half of the respondents (55%) suggested that the National Landscape

Department should lead and monitor the development of such standard. Furthermore

97.5% of the total respondents strongly agreed that all the landscape industry players

should involve in the development of this soft-scape standard.

Among the issues and problems commonly mentioned by the interviewee are shown in

Table 1.1. It is noticed that some of the issues and problems are similar to what had been

experienced by developed countries as discussed earlier. On the other hand, the

interviewee also mentioned other issues and problems that are currently experience by

the country such as follows:

i. Poor plant selection

Most of the respondent agreed that poor plant selection is a critical problem in landscape

development. This happen because the designers are lacking of knowledge on plant

material and its requirement in accordance to site suitability.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Table 1.1 The Summary of Issues and Problems related to quality standard of soft-scape in Malaysia based on literatures and interviews

ii. Lack of research on soft-scapeResearch on soft-scape is not a practice in Malaysia. Currently there is no research on

soft-scape such as tree maintenance and its effect on tree growth. The landscape

industry players have to put effort to experiment and explore more species for local and

international supply.

iii. Lack of enforcementMalaysia needs enforcement in regulating the quality of soft-scape materials and works.

This should be done by the local authority to ensure contractors comply with the

requirements.

iv. Quality involve higher costThere are perceptions that quality of soft-scape material is depending on price. There is

also no control on pricing that leads to the contractor taking advantage making high profit

but producing low quality soft-scape.

v. Lack of cooperation among the industry playersCooperation is not a culture within the industry players in this country. Landscape

architects should get input from other professionals and experts such as horticulturist,

botanist, nursery supplier and others.

These issues and problems are found highly related to the inexistence of a proper

standard in Malaysia that outlines the requirement of what a quality soft-scape materials

Issue and Problems Literatures Interviews

Low Quality Soft-scape Material and Work √ √Lack of acceptable standard √ √

Variability of soft-scape specification √ √Inadequate specification √ √Incorrect specification √ √Lack of regulatory requirement √ √Lack of management and maintenance √ √Lack of professional and skilled manpower √ √Poor plant selection √Lack of research on soft-scape √Lack of enforcement √Quality involve higher cost √Lack of cooperation among the industry players √

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


should be specified. The findings reveal that landscape development in Malaysia

requires stern monitoring. Thus, there is a need for soft-scape standard such as nursery

standard to assist the landscape industry players in regulating the quality of soft-scape in

Malaysia.

Discussion and Recommendations

The establishment of quality standard in soft-scape is clearly important as landscape

development progresses in Malaysia. It has become one of the aspects that should be

looked into seriously especially in the context of urban landscape development. Plants

are living material. Besides proper handling and care (before - during - after planting), it

also requires a proper production at the nursery to ensure the plants supply are at the

best quality. This is true as a proper nursery standard can help to achieve a good natural

environment (English Nature, 1994). According to Hagen (2006), most tree planting

failure are caused by inadequate root ball size, poor follow up treatment, inappropriate

timing, haste, and moving trees that are unhealthy, diseased or structurally unsound. It

will cause high rate of tree death followed by failure in creating quality urban landscape

environment.

According to Osman (2005) the urban development has a direct impact on the

environment as a result on the increasing population density and the emerging of a

modern lifestyle. However, Neal (1994) believes that as the level of education becomes

higher, public are more aware on the importance of urban landscape to improve the

quality of their living environment. Therefore with the establishment of the nursery

standard, it could contribute in urban landscape development by ensuring the supplies of

the soft-scape materials are according to the acceptable standard. This will eventually

help in sustaining the landscape development in Malaysia.

In line with Emmitt and Yeomans (2001) suggestion, standards could provide reference

and guidance to landscape architects and other related professionals since they

represent best practice. Hence based on the study that has been carried out, there are

some recommendations on the strategies in developing soft-scape standards in Malaysia

to help improving the urban development.

The country has to develop a specific format for the development of soft-scape

specification and standard.

Landscape architect should do the development of the soft-scape standard with special

inputs from other related professionals and experts in the landscape industry.

The National Landscape Department (JLN) should be the leader for the development of

soft-scape standard for Malaysia.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Conclusion

There are issues and problems related to quality standard in soft-scape. Some of the

issues and problems are similar to what had been experienced by developed countries

such as USA and UK. However, these issues and problems are more critical in Malaysia

due to the inexistence of soft-scape standard. Therefore it is urgently needed for this

country to establish a soft-scape standard in order to improve the landscape development

especially the urban landscape quality. To achieve this, a strong commitments and proper

coordination among the industry players are very much needed in ensuring that the

standard developed is based on consensus of all parties involved. This will eventually

assist towards achieving a sustainable urban landscape in Malaysia.

References

Antilla, A. (1992). Standardization of Quality Management and Quality Assurance: AProject Viewpoint. International Journal of Project Management, pp 208-212.

Arditi, D., Gunaydin, H.M. (1997). Total Quality Management in the Construction Process.International Journal Of Project Management 15, pp 235-243.

Atkinson, G. (1995). Construction Quality and Quality Standard, the EuropeanPerspective. E & FN Spon.

British Standard Institute. (2007). About Standards. http://www.bsi-global.com/

Construction Industry Development Board (CIDB) Malaysia. (2000). Construction Industry- Issues and Challenges. Malaysian Construction Industry- Technology ForesightReport. CIDB.

Creswell, J.W. (1994). Research Design, Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches. SAGEPublication.

Editorial. (2006). Landscape And Sustainability. Landscape and Urban Planning 75, pp155-161.

Emmitt, S. & Yeomans, D.T. (2001). Specifying Buildings, a Design ManagementPerspective. Butterworth Heinemann.

Hiyassat, M.A.S. (1999). Applying the ISO Standards to a construction company: a casestudy. International Journal of Project Management 18,pp 275-280.

Landphair, H.C. & Klatt, F, Jr. (1998). Landscape Architecture Construction. Third Edition.Prentice Hall, Inc.

Lewis, J.R. (1975). Construction Specifications. Prentice-Hall, Inc.

Osman, M.T. (2005). Urban Landscape Management in Malaysia, In Search for aSustainable Management System. University Of Newcastle Upon Tyne, UnitedKingdom.

Osman, T. et. al (1997). Ke Arah Negara Taman Wawasan dan Cabaran. Institut Arkiteklandskap Malaysia.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Rosen, H.J, Regener, J.R, Jr. & Morris, M.D. (2005). Construction Specifications Writing,Principles and Procedures, Fifth Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

Spivak, S.M and Brenner, F.C (2001). Standardization Essentials Principles and Practice.Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York.

Sreetheran, M. et. al (n.d). A Historical Perspective of Urban Tree Planting in Malaysia.Retrieved May 7 2008 at http://www.fao.org.

Thompson, W.C and Sorvig, K (2007). Sustainable landscape construction: A guide toGreen Building Outdoors. Island Press.

Turk, A.M. (2005). ISO 9000 in Construction: An Examination of Its Application in Turkey.Building and Environment 41, pp 501-511.

Woodward, J.F (1997). Construction Project Management: Getting it Right the First Time.Thomas Telford

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.LA-06

TOWARDS SUSTAINABLE KUALA LUMPUR CITY: GOVERNMENTEFFORTS AND SOCIAL COHESION FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY

Dr Kamariah Dola /Senior lecturer(Faculty of Design and Architecture,University Putra Malaysia,Serdang,

43400 UPM, [email protected]

Dr Norsidah Ujang/ Lecturer(Faculty of Design and Architecture,

University Putra Malaysia,Serdang, 43400UPM, Malaysia)

[email protected]

AbstractThe heart of Kuala Lumpur city is where its modern civilization began. Starting fromcolonial town, Kuala Lumpur has come a long way to shed this image and create her ownidentity. Gradually, streets connecting the city to its periphery becoming importanteconomic veins and strong cultural and social establishments and thrive with their owndistinctiveness. Globalization and modernization has changed many parts of the city,which indirectly affects these traditional streets function and social importance. This paperdiscusses the process of urban evolution in Kuala Lumpur traditional streets and howmeasures for safety and security being implemented and to guard the sense of belongingin effort to create sustainable city. In light of current issues of increasing crime due toglobalization and socio-economic changes, this paper also explores attachment to thesepublic places which has continuously guarded their safety and security as well as uniquesocial cohesion and characteristics. It discusses the importance of safety and security forsustainable city. In addition, it explores the level of safety and security linking to the issueof place attachment to two traditional streets: Jalan Tunku Abdul Rahman/ Jalan MasjidIndia and Jalan Petaling and how these measures have directly and indirectly assisted inmaintaining the sustainability and uniqueness of these streets.

Keywords: sustainable city, safety and security, traditional streets, place attachment,social cohesion.

INTRODUCTION

The heart of Kuala Lumpur city is where its modern civilization began. Starting from

colonial town, Kuala Lumpur has come a long way to shed this image and create her own

identity. Gradually, streets connecting the city to its periphery becoming important

economic veins and strong cultural and social establishments and thrive with their own

distinctiveness. Globalization and modernization has changed many parts of the city,

which indirectly affects these traditional streets function and social importance. It was

during this period, the “built environments which are culturally rooted, locally produced

and technologically adapted in time and spaces are being rapidly eroded” (Zetter and

Watson, 2006:3). In parallel, as famously proposed by Jane Jacobs, our cities are

gradually being unsafe, in which “today barbarism has taken over many city streets, or

people fear it has, which comes to much the same thing in the end” (Jacobs, 2000). This

paper discusses the efforts for safety for cities in Malaysia especially Kuala Lumpur

traditional streets in effort to create sustainable city. In light of current issues of

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


increasing crime due to globalization and socio-economic changes, this paper explores

attachment to these public places which has continuously guarded their safety and

security as well as unique social cohesion and characteristics. It discusses the

importance of attachment or sense of belonging for creating safety and security. In

addition, it explores the level of safety and security linking to the issue of place

attachment selected shopping streets as case study: Jalan Tunku Abdul Rahman/ Jalan

Masjid India (JTAR/JMI), Jalan Bukit Bintang (JBB) and Jalan Petaling (JP) and how

these measures have directly and indirectly assisted in maintaining the sustainability and

uniqueness of these streets. It is stressed in this paper that that sense of pride and

belonging to a place lead to greater sense of ownership and can result in positive

perception on safety of the area. These streets are chosen due to their long history in the

city’s evolution and their ability to sustain minimum changes despite rapid and radical

development in the surrounding areas.

The vision for ‘Kuala Lumpur to become a World Class City by the year 2020 has been

clearly spelled out in Kuala Lumpur Structure Plan 2020 (KLSP2020) The plan

emphasizes that the vision and goals of Kuala Lumpur has been focus on creating a

sustainable city where the planning for Kuala Lumpur will strike a balance between

physical, economic, social and environmental development.It was stated in Kuala Lumpur

Structure Plan 2020 (KLSP2020) that “By the year 2020, the City of KL will have many

positive changes to the physical environment without compromising the local environment

and its ecology. It also commits to create a livable and attractive environment for

residents, businesses and tourist.” (http://klcityplan2020.dbkl.gov.my/eis/). In addition, the

Malaysian National Urbanisation Policy (NUP) that calls for liveable communities as well

as sustainable urban development.was cited as a framework for the Draft KL City Plan

2020. In addition, there are efforts by the government and people to ensure safety and

sustainable place to live have been carried out, not only for Kuala Lumpur, but also to

other major cities in Malaysia. Among them was by the Ministry of Local government and

Housing in collaboration with the Department of Urban and Rural Planning Malaysia on

Safe City Programme, Local Agenda 21, RakanCop, Neighborhood Watch or Rukun

Tetangga and providing indicators for sustainable and livable cities.

The term sustainable development has become globally favorable and increasingly

prominent today, especially in government’s policies and decision making. Although it is

always being debated that the real meaning of sustainable development is subjected to

where, who and when it is being translated, everybody agrees on the need to balance the

three dimensions of sustainability, which are, economy, social and environmental

sustainability. The fact that sustainable development retains its space in the Malaysian

Five Year Development Plan is reassuring. Part of the strategy to achieve sustainable

development is through implementing Local Agenda 21, which emphasis on people’s

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


involvement in creating good place for them to live in. In this instance, it is simplified that

sustainable city can be achieved through strong support from the community.

The interest in exploring people’s ties to, and conceptions of places has gained interest

since 1970’s (Carmona et al, 2003). This concept sometimes termed as place

attachment, sense of belonging, sense of place and rootedness (Relph, 1976; Arefi,

1999). However, these studies have not covered in-depth to relate the concept of

attachment with safety and security of the area. In this paper, the relationship between

place attachment and safety will be discussed as a mean to create a sustainable and

liveable city.

Safe City and Crime rate

How safe is our city? How safe is our city to its resident, to its visitors and to our children?

How do we perceive that our city is safe? Could we consider a sustainable city is a livable

city that is safe from crime? These terms and jargons may have their own connotation

and meanings but in general they carry similar aim that is to provide a safe environment

for the inhabitants and visitors. The percentage of crime rate has been one indicator to

show the level of safety in cities. Urbanization has also been associated with increasing

population and high rate of crime.

The Asian culture, especially in Malaysia, in which traditionally social cohesion was built

by community activities which dominates the daily living has gradually being corroded

with the modern materialistic and individualistic paradigm. What was considered normal

fifty years ago have become obsolete in the current fast pace societies. Invasion of global

thinking and culture gradually shape the new breed of generation that accepting what

were unacceptable before. Taking care of others and others’ property has not been seen

as a social obligation anymore. The current norm is that of individualistic in which

everybody lets the responsibility to be shouldered by relevant authority. Social cohesion

for crime prevention could reduce the authority’s burden.

It was reported by the Malaysian City CID chief Senior Assistant Commissioner (II) Ku

Chin Wah, that the Kuala Lumpur crime rate has dropped by 7.1% in 2007 as compared

to 2006 (The Star, Jan 2008). Among the categories of crime are criminal intimidation,

outraging modesty, causing hurt, extortion and rioting. Several measures have been

suggested to cope with crime in the city such as hiring contract police staff who have

already retired or are about to retire, installing more closed-circuit television cameras in

buildings and common areas, building more police stations near shophouses and in

housing estates, providing civilians with administrative positions in the police force to

relieve police of such duties and speeding up recruitment of new police staff. In addition,

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


the introduction of volunteers to report crime directly to the police called RakanCop has

also gained wide support from the public (Amar Singh, 2005).

A study in China shows that unemployment rate, the masculinity ration, expenditure on

armed police, demand for housing and urban development are all important predictors of

perception of public safety (Nielsen, and Smyth, 2008). Another study in United States of

America linked urban economic change to have significant effect on crime rate in central

cities such as unemployment rate and poverty (Joong-Hwan, 2005). These show that

increasing structural dominance of global markets seems to leave little room for

communities in securing urban livability. Changes in economic and political landscape

inevitably bring about some prominent impact to local community.

Psychological comfort or feeling of at ease with a particular environment places a high

degree of confidence for people to start caring for the place. It was found in the study that

local’s sense of belonging, sense of ownership and sense of economic security generate

comfort, good and positive image to a place.

MethodologyThe findings are based on the field surveys conducted with 330 respondents while 36

purposely composed samples were participated in the in- depth interviews. The

respondents are represented by shoppers, visitors, shop owners, shopkeepers, vendors,

office workers and residents. They represent the key ethnic population (Malay, Chinese

and Indian) as the dominant groups occupying and visiting the streets.

The image : Safety and security

Safety and security are attributes closely linked with comfort in physical and psychological

sense. Results from the survey shown in Table 1 indicate that the respondents identify

strongly that JBB is most safe and secured (JMI-TAR : 2.88; JP : 2.83; JBB : 3.05).

Despite the positive responses, results on the statement ‘I feel secured being in this

place’ which described the emotional attachment is slightly above average (JMI-TAR :

2.44; JP : 2.15; JBB : 2.53). This indicates that there is a relationship between the feeling

of emotional attachment and security.

Table 1 Characteristics associated with safety and security of JMI-TAR, JP andJBB based on mean values

Mean ValueComponents StatementsJMI-TAR

JP JBB

SAFETYANDSECURITYN=330

Safe and secureAlways a lot of people and pedestrianaround

2.43

3.32

2.50

2.27

3.36

2.73Mean valueResponse format 1= Strongly disagree 4=Strongly agree

2.88 2.83 3.05

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Source : Field survey (Norsidah, 2005)

The study has identified that the safety and security aspects of the streets are strongly

associated with fear of crime. This indicates that place attachment influence of safety and

security aspects of the place. Findings from the in depth interviews suggest that JBB is

strongly considered as safer and more secured. In the case of JMI-TAR, despite

complaints from the respondents on the pick-pocket and snatching of handbags and

belongings regularly occur in the JMI-TAR and JP, survey results suggest that the streets

are considered fairly safe. However, it was observed that each shopping street is

equipped with tourist police kiosk responsible for 24 hour street surveillance and 2 to 3

times routine checks on the areas. An interview with the tourist police officer in charge of

the area revealed that number of crimes increased during weekends and public holidays,

particularly during the weekly night market. This is due to the increase in the intensity of

shoppers and visitors.

Result on the surveys suggests that the intensity and continuity of pedestrian influence

the sense of safety and security. It was observed that diverse activities such as street

vending (JMI, JP), overflowing of eating spaces on the street (JP, JBB) and the presence

of tourist police (JMI-TAR, JP, JBB) contributed to the sense of security. This can be

associated with the psychological comfort as a result of the presence of people around.

This is in parallel with the ideas that natural (informal) surveillance (eyes upon the street)

enhanced by diversity of activities and functions (Jacob, 1992) while the presence of

security officials (Shuhana et al., 2004) help promoting the sense of security.

(a) JMI (b) JBB

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


(c) JTAR d) JP

Figure 1 (a,b,c,d) Photos above show successful social interaction in the streets

In the context of shopping streets, the aspects of safety and security are of great concern

not only to protect the users from all form of danger but also to provide security for the

traders and shop owners who run their businesses and to the residents. If the streets are

not safe, the negative image may hinder continued attachment with the place, therefore

will lessen place popularity and vitality.

Results from the character appraisal on safety and security of the places (JMI-TAR : 3.50

(70%), JP : 3.00 (60%), JBB : 4.00 (80%). The results are consistent with the survey

results (JMI-TAR: 2.88, JP: 2.83, JBB : 3.05). It is evident that JBB was more successful

as a place of safe environment and perceived to be safe and secured due to good tourist

police surveillance and continuous people’s (pedestrians) watching.

Conclusion

Sense of belonging or attachment to a certain place can evoke the feeling of

responsibility and ownership to ensure peace and comfort in that place. It is important to

note that strong attachment and sense of belonging to the site could actually reduce the

crime rate of the urban area. Planning and designing for safe city should also include

measures on increasing sense of belonging or attachment. Such measures could be in

the form of increasing public involvement in decision making and giving empowerment to

manage the place. A sustainable city is a city where achievements in social, economic

and physical development are made to last. This in turn will ensure comfort and security

to its inhabitant. A safe city should promote strong public involvement in decision making

for action plans and policies that meet the needs of the present without compromising the

ability of future generations to meet their own needs.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


References

Arefi, M. (1999) Non-place and placelessness as narratives of loss : Rethinking the notionof place, Journal of Urban Design, 4 (2), 179-193.

Amar Singh Sidhu (ACP) (2005) The Rise of Crime in Malaysia- An academic andstatistical analysis. Journal of the Kuala Lumpur Royal Malaysia College. No 4,2005.

Carmona, M, Heath, T. Oc, T. and Tiesdell, S. (2003). Public places, Urban spaces: Thedimensions of urban design (2003). Oxford: Architectural Press.

Jacobs, J. (2000). The death and life of great American cities. Vintage: New York.

Jacobs, A. (1992). Great streets. Mass: MIT Press.

Joong-Hwan Oh (2005) Social disorganization and crime rates in United States centralcities. The Social Science Journal. 42 (2005) 569-582.

DBKL (2004) Draft Kuala Lumpur Structure Plan 2020 (City Hall of Kuala Lumpur).

Nielsen I. and Smyth, R. (2008). Who wants safer cities? Perceptions of public safety andattitudes to migrants among China’s urban population. International Review of Lawand Economics 28 (2008) 46-55.

Relph, E. (1976) Place and Placelessness. London: Pion.

Shuhana, S. et.al. (2004) Criteria of Success for Traditional Shopping Streets in Malaysia: Case Study of Kuala Lumpur Un published Research Report (Universiti TeknologiMalaysia).

Zetter R. and Watson, G. B. (2006). Designing sustainable cities in the Developing World.Ashgate: London.

The Star Online - Cops: Crime rate in KL down by 7% . 9 January 2008

(http://klcityplan2020.dbkl.gov.my/eis/).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.LA-08

REVITALISING BACKLANES USING CPTED CONCEPT TOPREVENT CRIME

CASE STUDY : PUDU DISTRICT, KUALA LUMPUR

Haidaliza Masram; Ahmad Ridhwan Ahmad Radzi; Sumarni Ismail;(Department of Landscape Architecture, Faculty of Design and Architecture

Universiti Putra Malaysia, 43400 UPM Serdang)TEL : +603-89464048FAX : +603-89464005

Mohd Fakri Zaky Jaafar,(Department of Architecture, Faculty of Design and Architefcture,

Universiti Putra Malaysia, 43400 UPM Serdang)Email: [email protected] , [email protected]

AbstractPhysical crime especially burglary and pick pocket is increasing in an alarming rate and isbecoming an issue in a dense city center especially in developing countries. Situationwhere people don’t feel safe is a common scenario in city centers. The concept ofprevention or CPTED (Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design) is fast gainingpopularity to curb the problem. This concept is being adopted in many cities for examplein Kuala Lumpur to reduce the crime rate and eventually making Kuala Lumpur a safecity. Most cities in Asian countries bears some common features like the rows of shophouses. This make up for an interesting urban fabric where exists void spaces that mostof the time occupied by negative uses that makes the area with high perception of crime-a situation where there is a high probability of crime to happen. However, what seems tobe a problem can be manipulated as a potential. This paper will look at the theoreticalconcept of adopting the CPTED concept – by revitalizing the back lanes or back alleys ofshop houses , through creation of activities . The paper is however limited to thetheoretical argument of the possibilities and the advantages of having this kind ofapproach. Problems and limitations of implementing this idea will also be discussed. Thefindings suggested it is possible to adapt this idea as there is an advantage in terms ofthe climate, socio cultural aspect and the existing physical structure. However, there arecertain limitations anticipated such as the legal aspect in especially in terms of control.

Keywords: high perception of crime; crime prevention; safe city; revitalising; back lanes;

INTRODUCTIONCrime is a social problem in our society that affects thousands of people’s lives each

year.Serious crimes against persons and properties generate considerable fear within the

community. Many different strategies are needed to combat the complex issues of crime

and fear of crime. A whole range of responses involving strategies in design, community

action and law enforcement would be required to achieve successfully the objective of

crime prevention. In this connection, there is widespread acknowledgement that planners,

architects and developers can play an important role in enhancing the safety of our

communities as they have a major influence in the design of the built environment.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Physical crime especially burglary and pick pocket is increasing in an alarming rate and is

becoming an issue in a dense city center especially in developing countries. The concept

of prevention or CPTED (Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design) is fast

gaining popularity to curb the problem. This concept is being adopted in many cities to

reduce the crime rate.

In Malaysia, the CPTED concept is listed as one of the measures in the SAFE CITY

PROGRAMME Strategy 1 : Designing The Physical Environment which is initiated by

Federal Department of Town and Country Planning Malaysia. This is to act as a guide to

the Local Authorities in creating a safer city.

Most cities in Asian countries bear some common features like the rows of shop houses.

This make up for an interesting urban fabric where void spaces exists which most of the

time are occupied by negative uses that makes the area with high perception of crime- a

situation where there is a high probability of crime to happen. As reported by Kuala

Lumpur city newsletter, back lanes in the city will be lighted up to prevent undesirable

elements, drug-addicts, prostitutes and transvestites from operating in the backlanes that

are currently ‘too dark for comfort’ .However, what seems to be a problem can be

manipulated as a potential.

AIM AND OBJECTIVE OF STUDYThis paper aims to highlight a few theoretical argument of the possibilities and the

advantages of adopting the CPTED concept through reducing the perception of crime by

revitalizing the back lanes or back alleys of shop houses

METHODOLOGY

The scope of study of this paper is limited to the theoretical discussion of the possibilities

and advantages of revitalizing the back lanes or back alleys of shop houses in urban

areas through creation of activities. This is discussed within the context of the three

CPTED strategies that will also incorporate the Three-D concept

1. LITERATURE SEARCH

A literature search on the concept of CPTED and the concept of safe city will be carried

out to determine the definition and the theoretical debate on the concept and how it can

be adapted in developing the back lanes of shop houses.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


2. SITE OBSERVATION

Taking Pudu District in Kuala Lumpur as the case study, a site observation on the site

condition and the urban fabric will be carried out to establish the basis of the physical

condition on the need for safety measure and the best design solution.

LITERATURE REVIEW

The literature will summarise a few scholars whose discussion spark off the CPTED

approach. It will further discuss the basic underlying theory of CPTED concept - to

reduce the perception of crime, that will reduce the opportunity for crime which will

indirectly reduce the occurance of crime. According to the National Crime Prevention

Institute (1986), Jeffery's book encouraged crime prevention strategies aimed at changes

to the physical environment and increased citizen involvement and proactive policing.

Jeffery contended that the way to prevent crime is to design the "total environment" in

order to reduce opportunities for crime.(Jeffrey, C.R,1971)

Deterrents to crime include high-intensity use of an area which provides large numbers of

effective witnesses and low intensity land use which decreases crime because of lower

numbers of potential victims (Angel, S ,1968) Angel thought that certain areas suffer from

higher rates of crime than other areas because of the higher levels of opportunity that

rational offenders could take advantage of.

Elizabeth Wood (1961) design goal is to improve visibility of apartment units , and to

create spaces where residents could gather – increasing potential for residents’

surveillability. This is quite similar to Jane Jacobs's work The Death and Life of GreatAmerican Cities.which discussed about urban decay and its relationship to crime. Her

hypothesis is that urban residential crime could be prevented by reducing conditions of

anonymity and isolation in those areas. However, her work emphasis on the surveillance

at residential streets –Jacobs stated that city streets often do not have the three primary

qualities needed in order to make them safer: a clear demarcation between public and

private space; diversity of street use; and fairly constant sidewalk use, which translated

into 'eyes on the street.' Residential streets which promote multiple land uses promote

natural and informal surveillance by pedestrians, and therefore, potentially increase

residents' safety (National Crime Prevention Institute, 1986:118). To Jacobs, active

streets served as deterrents to crime.

Defensible Space the predecessor of CPTED theory made its first appearance in 1972 by

Oscar Newman that signaled the establishment of a new criminological sub discipline.

Defensible space relies on self-help rather than on government intervention – as it

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


depends on residents involvement to reduce crime and remove the presence of criminals

(Newman, O. 1996). Offenders choose their specific targets through a decision-making

process in which they weigh the effort and risk against potential payoffs. With more

opportunity and a higher potential payoff, it is more likely that at least one successful

target offering little risk will be found. (Newman, O, 1972)

CPTED STRATEGIES

Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) is a method established in the

United State in preventing crime. The method sets territorial reinforcement, natural

access control and natural surveillance as the basic but efficient principles in fighting

out crime. These are also known as the CPTED strategies.

NATURAL SURVEILLANCE

Surveillance is a design concept directed primarily at keeping intruders under

observation. Therefore, the primary thrust is to facilitate observation. Natural surveillance

limits the opportunity for crime by taking steps to increase the perception that people can

be seen. . Natural surveillance occurs by designing the placement of physical features,

activities and people in such a way as to maximize visibility and foster positive social

interaction among legitimate users of private and public space.

TERRITORIAL REINFORCEMENT

The concept of territoriality suggest that physical design can contribute to a sense of

territoriality. That is, physical design can create or extend a sphere of influence so that

user can develop a sense of territorial influence and potential offenders perceive that

territorial influence (Crowe.T, 2002). It promotes social control through increased

definition of space and improved propriety concern.

NATURAL ACCESS CONTROL

Access control is a design concept directed primarily at decreasing crime opportunity.

The primary thrust of an access control strategy is to deny access to a crime target and to

create a perception of risk in offenders. It limits the opportunity for crime by taking steps

to clearly differentiate between public space and private space. By selectively placing

entrances and exits, fencing, lighting and landscape to limit access or control flow, natural

access control occurs.

Natural surveillance and access control strategies limit the opportunity for crime .

Territorial reinforcement promotes social control through a variety of measures.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


CPTED involves the design of the physical space in the context of the normal and

expected use of that space by the users as well as the predictable behaviour of people

around the space. CPTED emphasises the connection between the functional objectives

of space utilization and behaviour management. Conceptually, the four CPTED principles

are applied through the 3-D approach of CPTED : Designation, Definition and Design

.Designation : All human space has designated purposes. Definition : Social, cultural,

legal or physical definitions that prescribe desired and acceptable behaviours. Design :

Design to support and control desired behaviours. The 3-D approach is a simple space

assessment guide that helps the user in determining the appropriateness of how a space

is designed and used.

The Three-D concept may then be turned around as a simple mean of guiding decision

about what to do with human space. The proper functions have to be matched with space

that can support them with space that can effectively support territorial identity, natural

access control and natural surveillance and intended behaviours have to be undeniable

and be reinforced in social, cultural, legal and administrative terms. The design has to

ensure that the intended activity can function well and it has to directly support the control

of the behaviour. (Crowe,T., 2000)

Consideration of these questions may reveal areas that requires changes or

improvements. For example, a space may need to have a designated purpose, it may

need to be more clearly defined, or it has to be better designed to support the intended

function. Once these questions have been considered, the information received may be

used as a means of guiding decisions about the design or modification of the space so

that the objectives of space utilization as well as natural surveillance, natural access

control, territorial reinforcement and maintenance and management can be better

achieved.

CASE STUDYThe Pudu District in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia is chosen as the case study as it is a busy

commercial area The Pudu area is located within the central business district of Kuala

Lumpur. It has a high number of shops and people going around for business and

performing daily activities. The site is known for its congestion and vitality. There are quite

a number of shop houses within the study area and there are many opportunities for

crime to happen around the nook and cranies of these shop houses. However, for the

purpose of this paper, the focus will only be on the backlanes that has been analysed to

be highly potential for crime top happen.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


View of a Typical Back Lane

ANALYSIS

SITE OBSERVATION

Rows of shop houses with narrow streets is the physical attribute that can be observed at

most of the busy city centers in Malaysia. The condition of the shop houses depends on

the usage of the building. Most of the time, the back lanes are left unattended and dirty.

The physical condition of the backlanes are seldom desireable. However, there are

instances where the backlanes are used for different function at night. Reported in one of

the blog by foreign tourist “The backlane comes alive at night with stalls selling snacks,

drinks, phone cards and various other items until 7am,”

There are also situations where the back lanes are extensively used by pedestrian for

short cuts in getting from one place to another. The hot and humid climate in Asian’s

cities makes the shaded area between buildings the perfect place to walk. Moreover, the

front of the building are sometimes to busy with traffic making it uncomfortable and

unsafe to walk.

An analysis on the visual and physical aspect of the site was carried out to come out with

a synthesis of the area with high crime perception. Analysis is carried out based on the

concept of CPTED.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


- voids with no specific utilization creating closures and abandon spaces

- voids with narrow streets creating tight spaces

- Alternate permeability routes that seldom functions for accessibility purposes

SYNTHESIS : PHYSICAL ASPECT

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Based on the site analysis, the area of back lanes is found to be areas of high crime

perception. High Crime perception is a condition where crime is most likely to happen

because of its physical surrounding . Therefore, there is high possibility to develop the

back lanes in accordance to the concept of CPTED.

DISCUSSION

The discussion will revolve around the 3 strategies of CPTED - natural surveillance,

territorial reinforcement and natural access control looking at how the revitalizing idea

complimented and fits into application within the context of these three CPTED

strategies. By mean of revitalizing, we would mean by 1. proposing activities – putting up

stalls; 2. enhancing the physical and visual outlook of the area through landscaping

measures – soft and hardscape.and 3. controlling access to the area.

These approaches fits into the concept of CPTED as it works by decreasing a criminal’s

ability to commit crime. Basically, this strategy limits the opportunity for crime by taking

steps to increase the perception that people can be seen. Through proposing activities at

the backlanes, the narrow streets that exist between the back lanes is upgraded and

more people will be using the lanes.

This allows visibility by legitimate users. E.g : the backlanes as eating place (food stalls),

small shops . It solves the problem of emptiness and making it more approachable by the

people. This increase the natural surveillance strategy where there is eyes on the street

and by what Jane Jacobs advocates, active streets served as deterrents to crime. It also

increases the chances that people might see and report the crime as it occurs.

The area would have a proper informal entrance making the access more defined .The

area would also be defined – property perimeters defined through provision of hard scape

elements, like bollards, pillar fencing or gates. These can also be in a sub-concious form ,

as in tress or bushes. This is in line with the concept of territorial reinforcement.

Natural access control is also achieved by having a clearly marked or special paving

landscaping for the revitalized back lanes. This will be done to up keep the area and

maintain its cleanliness.

The approach to introduce activities at back lanes would also fit in the The 3-D concept of

CPTED . The 3-D concept is based on the three functions or dimensions of human space:

All human space has some designated purpose.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


All human space has social, cultural, legal or physical definitions that prescribe

desired

and acceptable behaviours.

All human space is designed to support and control the desired behaviours.

DESIGNATION : Introduction of activities at the back lanes would mean that that the

space has a designated purpose although not for was it was originally intended.

However, it does support the demand by the public.

DEFINITION : In terms of the space definition, introducing activities at backlanes would

define the space to a specific use, with specific owners. It will be socially acceptable as

the activities can be legally administered. This would avoid negligence on the shop

owners’ part. Therefore, this will legally and socially defined the space at back lanes.

Designing the back lanes with proper landscaping elements (either soft scape or hard

scape) would support the intended function as it gives comfort and aesthetic value to the

area.

CONCLUSIONAs a conclusion, it is possible to adapt this idea as there is an advantage in terms of the

climate, socio cultural aspect and the existing physical structure. The existing ssocio-

cultural background of the area suggested that people liked to use the back lanes either

for short cuts (desired path) or for some shop vendors to put up small stalls.

Nevertheless, a proper maintenance and up keep of the back lanes by the appropriate

authorities is essential to ensure that the back lanes will not succumb to its former

condition. By having them revitalized (by proper landscaping), it will be a perfect place to

hide from the soaring afternoon sun.

Finally, this approach would give a better environment to the city’s overall outlook –

avoiding back lanes from being neglected. It will also reduce areas with high crime

perception, initially reducing the opportunities for the crime offenders. In time, it will lead

to a more sustainable urban setting.

REFERENCES

Angel, S , 1968 , “Discouraging Crime Through City Planning”, University of California,

Berkeley

Carter,R.L and Hill, K.Q. 1976 . “Criminals’ and Non-Criminals’ Perceptions of Urban

Crime” Houston.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Crowe, T.D. ,2000 , “Crime Prevention Throough Environmental Design ; Applications of

Architectural Design and Space Management Concept” Butterworth –Heinemann,

University of Louisville.

Jacobs, J, 1961, “The Life and Death of Great American Cities”, New York : Random

House

Jeffry, C.R., 1971 , “Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design”, Beverly Hills, CA :

Sage

Newman,O. 1972 . “Defensible Spaces : Crime Prevention Through Urban Design”

McMillan, New York

Poyner,B .1983 . “Design Against Crime : Beyond Defensible Space” . Butterworths,

London.

http://www.publ;ic.asu/edu/caed/proceedings97/zahm.html

http://www.pwcgov.org/docLibrary/PDF/002035.pdf

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.LA-11

LINKING COMFORT AND PLACE ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS :A SUSTAINABLE AGENDA

Dr. Norsidah Ujang

Department of Landscape Architecture, Faculty of Design and ArchitectureUniversiti Putra Malaysia (UPM) 43400 Serdang, Selangor.Malaysia.

Tel : 60389464071, Fax : [email protected]

AbstractProviding comfort to the urban users is vital to ensure continuity and sustainability oflivable places. This paper examines the influence of comfort on users’ attachment to themain shopping streets of Kuala Lumpur city centre. It addresses the linkage betweenplace attachment and the attributes associated with comfort. The results are based onquestionnaire surveys and face to face interviews to elicit the users’ perception of thestreets and their pattern of attachment. An appraisal and a systematic field observationwere carried out to examine the functional significance of the places to the attachedusers. The findings indicate that there is a strong connection between place attachmentand comfort perceived by the users. The degree of comfort, physically andpsychologically affects how they felt about the streets. While the main concern is thedegree of environmental comfort, the psychological comfort allows for a more meaningfulexperience of the places. Comfort provides users with a social and psychologicalfulfilment and sense of well-being. This paper suggests that comfort and attachment canbe considered as indicators for livability of urban centres.

Keywords : Comfort, Place, Attachment, Sustainability.

Introduction

The need to enhance the livability and sustainability of local urban centres is frequently

cited as one of the key aspects of concern for Kuala Lumpur (JBPD,2006; DBKL, 2005).

According to National Urbanisation Policy (NUP) Report 2006 (Thrust 5: Creation of a

conducive liveable urban environment with identity) : “ Society today is primarily

concerned with a comfortable, user-friendly living environment with facilities for social

interaction, in addition to creating a sense of belonging for its population.” This indicates

that providing comfort to the urban users is vital to ensure that urban places are livable to

the users. This paper examines the influence of comfort on the users’ attachment to the

main shopping streets in Kuala Lumpur city centre.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Literature review

Comfort is an attribute of successful public spaces and a measure of a good public places

(PPS, 2001). It is associated with dimensions include environmental factors, physical

comfort, social and psychological comfort (Carmona et al., 2003). Protection from

weathering condition allows for continuing street activities while sense of relaxation may

be achieved by being in an urban park with trees, greenery and water features free from

traffic hassle. Comfort can generate good and positive city image and perception (Lynch,

1960). These encourage longer place engagement and the feeling of safety and security.

The physical features and appearance play an important role in influencing the sense of

place. Lynch (1960) relates the function of clear image of the urban elements towards

emotional function (comfort, sense of orientation, sense of security) and symbolic function

(symbols and strong association) with a place.

The physical setting contributes important ‘raw material’ to place meanings and

attachment (Steadman, 2003). The attachment contributes to functional, social and

psychological sense of comfort and well-being. Place attachment is viewed as a form of

connection or bonding between a person and the setting (Hidalgo and Hernandez, 2001).

It is reflected in the functional (Smaldone et al., 2005) and emotional bonding that

influence how people perceive their identity (Altman and Low, 1992). Place attachment

is developed when a place is felt significant by the users and able to provide conditions to

fulfil their functional needs and support their behavioural goals better than a known

alternative (Williams et. al, 1995). The interest of this paper is to examine comfort in light

of place attachment dimensions in the context of streets in the city centre of Kuala

Lumpur to be able to highlight the intangible sense of place embedded in the experience

of the places.

Methodology

The findings are based on the field surveys conducted with 330 respondents while 36

purposely composed samples were participated in the in- depth interviews. An appraisal

and a systematic field observation were carried out to examine the functional significance

of the places to the users. The respondents are clustered according to their functional

roles and demographic characteristics.

Those include shoppers, visitors, shopowners, shopkeepers, vendors, office workers,

residents and students. They represent the key ethnic population (Malay, Chinese and

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Indian) as the dominant groups occupying and visiting the streets. Quantitative and

qualitative approaches are used in analyzing the data.

Comfort and its influence on attachment

Comfort is one of the important attributes influencing attachment as identified by the

respondents. The physical, environmental and psychological comfort contributes to users’

satisfaction, convenient and at ease with the settings thus encourages further interaction

and longer period of engagement. The scale of 2.50 (JMI-TAR), 2.34 (JP) and 2.72 (JBB)

shown in Table 1 suggest that the respondents’ identification on the characteristics

associated with comfort is above average.

Table 1 Characteristics associated with comfort in JMI-TAR, JP and JBB

Source : Field survey (Norsidah, 2006)

Attachment and the physical comfort

Results indicate that JBB was perceived to be the most comfortable street. The street has

high quality public facilities, well maintained and more responsive to the users and

pedestrian needs for comfort. The availability of seating and sheltered open outdoor

spaces for different activities such as relaxing, eating, drinking, waiting and people

watching effectively support the pedestrian experience in Bintang Walk. Shaded

pedestrian path creates sense of protection and shelter from the flow of traffic adjacent to

it. On the other hand, the insufficient places to sit and relax together with lack quality

public facilities influence the negative responses towards the comfort factors of JMI-TAR

and JP. However, legible and easily accessible street amenities for pedestrian increase

sense of direction and orientation within the area. Despite poor response on the physical

comfort, majority of the respondents strongly agree that JMI-TAR and JP are the most

convenient places for shopping. This can be influenced by the streets’ strategic location

Mean ValueComponents Statements JMI-TAR

JP JBB

COMFORT N=330

0102030405

Very comfortable spaces to sit and relax[COMFORT]

The most convenient for shopping[CONVENIENT]Very high quality public facilities[FACILITY]Cleaner air and environment[ENVIRONMENT]Very well maintained and managed[MAINTAIN]

2.313.042.612.142.43

2.262.732.382.052.28

2.673.152.752.402.63

Response formatMean value1= Strongly disagree 4= Strongly agree

2.502.34 2.72

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


and proximity to transport nodes. Lack of physical comfort discourages long period of

engagement to activities therefore does not support interaction and sociability.

JMI JTAR JP

JBB

Figure 1 General views of the streets and the pedestrians.

Attachment and the environmental comfort

One of the main factors contributing to place attachment is the environmental comfort.

The interviews suggest lack of air ventilation for sheltered spaces, inadequate shelter

from sun and rain and shaded places for pedestrian in JMI-TAR. In the urban tropical

setting, the shaded pedestrian path provides a comfortable zone for pedestrian

movement within a street. The significance of five-foot corridor (JMI-TAR, JP) is strongly

evident, however the corridor does not provide continuity for people to walk due to the

changing of levels and illegal trading activities along the path. In the case of Bintang Walk

(JBB), it is found that sheltered outdoor eating spaces are well connected with the

buildings’ frontages therefore the pedestrian are well sheltered from bad weathering

conditions. The prolonged engagement is influenced by the degree of environmental

comfort. This is evident in the choice of shopping activities within modern shopping malls

is strongly related to its convenience and environmental comfort. The spots for relaxation

based on passive activities such as sitting and observing people is not well provided due

to the lack trees, greenery, water features and area free from traffic hassle. The function

of trees to provide physical and psychological comfort to the people through shading,

colour and distinct image is not evident. This is reflected in the lower score on the amount

of greenery and landscape features found in JMI-TAR and JP.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Attachment and the psychological comfort

The psychological comfort implies the feeling of at ease with the environment due to high degree of

familiarity with the place or the people in it. Length of association and familiarity with a place can

influence degree of comfort, which is central to developing attachment to that place. Analysis on the

attachment to JMI-TAR, JP and JBB suggests that the users associated their experience with

activities and people that they connected with. Figure 1 indicates results on the respondents’

identification on comfort. Respondents from JMI-TAR and JBB show more positive responses in

terms of feeling very comfortable being in the streets compared to other places in the city (JMI-TAR

: 64.5%, JBB : 64.5%; JP : 48.2%). Even though users in JP indicate longer period of engagement

and longer duration of visit in comparison with JMI-TAR and JBB, only 48.2% of the respondents

felt very comfortable being there. This can be linked to results on the emotional attachment

indicating the lowest score therefore similar pattern with the results for the feeling of comfort (JMI-

TAR : 2.75; JBB : 2.63; JP : 2.48). This can be linked to the safety and security issues as well as

contestation of trading spaces.

Table 2 indicates that respondents who perceive the shopping streets as the best places

for what they would like to do have also identified the places as the most convenient for

shopping (JMI-TAR : 89.2%; JBB : 86.6%; JP : 72.3%). This implies the importance of

comfort and convenience in supporting the users’ functional attachment therefore

increase the potential for the best choice of places to shop.

Table 2 Comparison between comfort and the functional attachment

Place Attachment COMFORT (N=330)Comfortable Convenient Facility Environment Well- maintained

JMI Best place 39.8% 89.2% 56.1% 30.1% 55.4%Attached 89.2 77.3 80.4 88.0 85.7

JP Best place 53.8 72.3 43.1 30.8 38.5Attached 87.2 70.1 73.7 76.9 70.7

JBB Best place 63.0 86.6 69.1 47.5 66.3Attached 77.0 73.9 75.4 70.0 75.4

Note : The percentage indicates the degree of agreement only Source : Field Survey (Norsidah, 2006).

Contradict to the established pattern, majority of the frequent users who were interviewed

in the streets expressed sense of being comfortable and happy working in the streets

despite complaints on safety, security, illegal activities, corruption and crime. This can be

justified by the sense of belonging, sense of ownership and sense of economic security

felt by the users as a result of to the attachment to the family inherited businesses and

longer term of attachment. This contributes to the development of positive psychological

comfort and engaging in the trading activities and relationship created with other traders

that they strongly associated with in a regular manner.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Conclusion

The study suggests that comfort is strongly associated with the psychological sense of

place and attachment. The physical elements influence how people attach to places.

However, more profoundly, the feeling of comfort or discomfort can be associated with

the emotional as well as functional attachment to a place. Sustainable places should be

physically, environmentally and psychologically comfortable to encourage longer place

engagement. This contributes to more livable urban places, particularly in the context of

tropical urban centres with multi-functional use of public spaces.

References

Altman,I. and Low, S. (1992). Place attachment, New York : Plenum Press.

DBKL (2003). Draft Kuala Lumpur Structure Plan 2020 : A World Class City.

Carmona, M. et al. (2003). Public spaces–Urban places : The dimensions of urbandesign. Architecture Press.

Hidalgo M. C.and Hernandez, B., 2001, “Place attachment : Conceptual and empiricalquestions”, Journal Of Environmental Psychology, Vol. 21, 273-281.

JBPD (2006). National Urbanisation Policy. Federal Department of Town and CountryPlanning (JBPD), Peninsular Malaysia.

Lynch, K. (1960).The image of the city. Mass: MIT Press.

Norsidah, U. and Kamariah, D. (2007). Linking Activity And Place Attachment DimensionsIn Enhancing The Sense Of Place. Alamcipta : International Journal on SustainableTropical Design Research and Practice, 2(1), 59-67.

PPS (2001) Projects for Public Spaces : http://www.pps.org.

Shuhana, S and Norsidah, U. (2008). Making Places : The Role Of Attachment InCreating The Sense Of Place For Traditional Streets In Malaysia. HabitatInternational, 32(2008), 339-409

Stedman, C.R. (2003). Is it really just a social construction? : The contribution of thephysical environment to sense of place. Society and Natural Resources, 16, 671-685.

Williams, D,R. , Anderson, B.S. , Mc Donald C.D. and Patterson, M.E. (1995). Measuringplace attachment : More prelimenary results. Paper presented at the 1995 LeisureResearch Symposium , NRPA Congress, San Antonio.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


OP.LA-12

TREND ANALYSIS OF GREEN OPEN PUBLIC SPACE (GOPS) ATKEBAYORAN BARU, JAKARTA

Agus Budi PurnomoTrisakti University Research Institute, Kampus A, Gedung M, 11th floor

Jalan Kiai Tapa, Grogol, Jakarta [email protected]

Abstract

Kebayoran Baru is the first New-Town Development in Indonesia since its independencein 1945. In 1958 the New-Town was planned with 160 hectare of green open publicspace (GOPS). After almost 50 years of its initial development, by using a Trend-Surfacemodel, we studied the development of the GOPS in Kebayoran Baru. The results of ourstudy show that the area of GOPS at Kebayoran Baru is decreasing at alarming rate of2.83 hectares per annum. Spatially, the rate of decrease of the GOPS can be seen alongthe periphery of the New-Town. It seems the concept of GOPS as a buffer for the townfrom its surrounding as it was stated in the 1958 Plan was readily encroached by currentdevelopments. The current policy of the present Jakarta Municipal Government toincrease the GOPS about 13% of the total area of Jakarta should be stressed to reversethe decreasing trend of GOPS at Kebayoran Baru. If it is possible the policy should begeared to give back Kebayoran Baru its GOPS as planned in 1958.

Keyword: Green open public space (GOPS), new-town development, Trend-Surface.

IntroductionKebayoran Baru, currently, is an area located at the Southern part of Jakarta. The

area can be considered as one of the most developed areas of Jakarta. The plan for

Kebayoran Baru begins to be realized in 1958. Kebayoran Baru was initially planned as a

New-Town located outside of the boundary of Jakarta. In that sense, Kebayoran Baru can

be considered one of the earliest New-Town developments since the Independence of

Republic of Indonesia in 1945.

Since Kebayoran Baru was planned as a New-town in the Fifties, its plan was much

influenced by the concept of New-Town of that era. The conscious existence of Green

Open Public Space (GOPS) in the 1958 plan of Kebayoran Baru can be considered as

one of the new planning ideas of the Fifties. In the 1958 Plan, about 30% or

approximately 160 hectares of the area at Kebayoran Baru was designated as GOPS.

The main purpose of this paper is to describes the changes faced by Kebayoran Baru

after almost 50 year of its development. To be more precise, the purpose of this paper is

to describe the changes faced by the GOPS of Kebayoran Baru since 1958.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Methods

Due to the pressure of economics and other capital based developments, it can be

hypothesized that after almost 50 years there will be a decrease in the area of GOPS in

Kebayoran Baru. To test the hypothesis, the area of Kebayoran Baru delineated by the

boundary planned in 1958 is compartmentalized into blocks. Each block is defined as an

area enclosed by roads and other natural element, such as river or gully. Each block is

also defined an area that are not divided by road or natural elements. According to the

definition, Kebayoran Baru consists of 771 blocks. The average area of the blocks is

5329 meter squares with average radius of 73 meter.

The information about GOPS in 1958, 1992 and 2005 were measured from spatial plan

and map of Kebayoran Baru of each respective year. The measurement utilizes 2000

random points generated within Kebayoran Baru. At each point a circular kernel of 70

meter in diameter is drawn. The percentage of the GOPS that overlap the circle to the

kernel area is considered as the quantity of GOPS on each point. The changes in GOPS

at Kebayoran Baru are then analyzed in terms of the point-data. By using the set of point-

data, a Trend-Surface-Analysis (TSA) was done by using the following cubic equation:

303

303

330

212

221

202

22011011000 YaXaXaXYaYXaYaXaXYaYaXaaZ

Z is the data measured at a random point. {X,Y}is the coordinate of the random point.

Along with the total percentage of GOPS in 1958, 1992 and 2005, the R value and

regression coefficients are used to compare the development of GOPS of Kebayoran

Baru in the three years.

ResultsBy calculating the percentage of GOPS to total area of the 1958 Plan, 1992 and

2005 map, we can see that there is a constant decrease of 2.83 hectares of GOPS per

annum (Fig. 1). The Trend-Surface of GOPS in the maps of 1958, 1992 and 2005 also

indicate a different distributional character. Table 1 indicates that the cubic function have

more ability in explaining the distribution of GOPS in 1958. For 1992 and 2005 cases the

cubic function has smaller R and thus can be considered as to have lesser ability in

explaining the Trend-Surface of GOPS. The spatial differences can be seen from the

Trend-Surface map of GOPS (Fig. 2, Fig. 3, and Fig. 4).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Fig. 1. Decreasing trend of percentage of GOPS area to total areain Kebayoran Baru.

Table 1. R of Cubic Regression Function of GOPS.

Year R of Cubic Regression Estimate

1959 0.511

1992 0.281

2005 0.223

From Fig. 2 we can see that in 1958 Plan, the GOPS is concentrated at the perimeter of

Kebayoran Baru. While in 1992 and 2005 map, the GOPS is no longer concentrated on

the perimeter but more concentrated at the central part of Kebayoran Baru. The

concentration of GOPS at the perimeter of Kebayoran Baru that can be seen in 1958

Plan, but it cannot be seen on the 1992 and 2005 map.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Fig. 2. Trend Surface of GOPS in 1958 Plan.

Discussion

The decreasing of GOPS area in Kebayoran Baru that can be seen at Fig. 1

supports a similar statement by Suprayogi (2007) in terms of GOPS at the larger urban

scale. According to Suprayogi in the 1965-85 Master Plan of Jakarta, GOPS was planned

at about 37.2% of the total area. However, in 1985-2005 Master Plan the area for GOPS

was decreased to 26.1%. If we look at the trend of GOPS shown by Fig. 1, we can see a

certain leveling phenomena where rate of decrease of GOPS have became zero at 2005

with percentage of GOPS less than 8%. If this trend is significant we could accept that

after 2005, at 7.5% of GOPS to total area, in the future there will be no decrease of

GOPS. The Recently in Jakarta there is an issue of on how to increase the percentage of

GOPS to total area to 13% or more. In Kebayoran Baru, with GOPS of 7.5% of its total

area, the 13% target for GOPS can be seen as feasible.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Fig. 3. Trend Surface of GOPS in 1992 Map

Fig. 4. Trend Surface of GOPS in 2005 Map

However, we still have to find a way on how to increase the percentage of GOPS to total

area from 7.5% to 13%.

If we look at the map of Trend-Surface of GOPS in 1995 and 2005, we can see that

GOPS at the perimeter planned in 1958 had relatively gone. Both in 1992 and 2005

however, most of the GOPS at the center of Kebayoran Baru is relatively much more

intact than that of the GOPS at the perimeter. The non GOPS land uses at Kebayoran

Baru are mostly public or commercial functions. In the 1958 Plan, housing and GOPS

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


was planned at the perimeter of Kebayoran Baru. Therefore, the decreasing GOPS

shown in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 can be linked to the development of housing rather than public

or commercial facilities.

Due to the micro ownership of housing plot, any efforts to increase GOPS from 7.5% to

13% are more difficult compare to the condition where most facilities are public. The

concentration of GOPS at the perimeter planned in 1958 indicates that the GOPS is

intended as a buffer for Kebayoran Baru. Therefore, we can conclude that the 1958 Plan

considered Kebayoran Baru as a close system where development can be limited by

natural element such as GOPS. However, after almost 50 years the close system concept

planned for Kebayoran Baru had not worked as intended. Thus fact support the

proponent of open planning concept about the failure of close urban planning such as the

Garden City of Ebenezer Howard (Pol, 2008; Alier, 1995).

When the 1958 Plan were begun to be realized, it was assume that there will be enough

space to separate Jakarta and Kebayoran Baru. After almost five decades the empty

space between Jakarta and Kebayoran Baru had been encroached by the development

of Jakarta as to make Kebayoran Baru as part of Jakarta and not a separate

development as intended in the 1958 Plan. Furthermore, within the 50 years of

development, not only the empty space between Jakarta and Kebayoran Baru had been

filled by settlement, but the area around Kebayoran Baru also changed from nature to

developed area. As a result of such development, GOPS that was planned to buffer

Kebayoran Baru was readily encroached compare to the GOPS at the center of

Kebayoran Baru. Therefore, the phenomena shown by map of 1992 and 2005 can be

explained as the result of the development of human settlement between Jakarta and

Kebayoran Baru’s vicinity.

The case of the diminishing GOPS at the perimeter of Kebayoran Baru shows as that the

close system concept was incapable to limit the development of a city. Therefore, the

case of Kebayoran Baru supports the statement of various writer (Setiawan, 2008; Pol,

2008; Alier, 1995; Ketcham, 2008) about the failure of close-system urban development

in limiting the growth of a city. The 1958 Plan however has not fully failed. From the map

at Fig. 2 we can see the existence of a col or saddle point that represent the existence of

North to South axis. After almost 50 years, the col or axis can still be seen (Fig. 3 and Fig.

4). At present the axis represent the series of road segment initialize by Jenderal

Sudirman Avenue in the southern periphery of 1958 Jakarta, to Sisingamangaraja

Avenue and Fatmawati Road, that bisect Kebayoran Baru to two significant parts and end

at Cilandak or the present day Simatupang Freeway at the Southern periphery of

Kebayoran Baru.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The decrease of GOPS in Jakarta was usually considered due to large commercial

developments (Setiawan, 2008). If we look at the diminishing GOPS at the perimeter of

Kebayoran Baru, we can say that the encroachment by private houses also represent as

significant decrease of GOPS. However, due to the limited land for housing plot, to

increase GOPS within the housing area in Kebayoran Baru is relatively more difficult than

the effort to increase GOPS at public function blocks. For such blocks, with its relatively

larger plot, the effort to increase GOPS is relatively less difficult than that at the housing

block.

ConclusionsThe quantity and Trend-Surface of GOPS at Kebayoran Baru has significantly

changes compare to its initial plan drafted in 1958. After almost 50 years the GOPS of

Kebayoran Baru has significantly decreased to its lowest critical level of 7.5%. The

decrease of GOPS happened at the planned buffer area at the periphery of Kebayoran

Baru. After five decades of development, the GOPS of Kebayoran Baru is much more

concentrated in the center of the development rather than at the periphery. From the

discussion it can also be concluded that there are possibilities to increase GOPS from

7.5% of the total area to today’s standard of 13%. However, it will be easier to increase

GOPS at the public function block at the central area rather than increasing GOPS at the

private housing plot on the periphery of Kebayoran Baru.

Finally it can be said that whatever effort to increase GOPS at Kebayoran Baru, the

pattern of GOPS can not easily be returned to the GOPS that were planned in 1958. In

other words, the changes in terms of the GOPS at Kebayoran Baru can not easily be

reversed.

References

Alier, JM., 1995, Urban sprawl and ecology in Barcelona, Elsava, Ecodesign,

Ketcham, BB., 2008, The Alexandrian Planning Process: An Alternative To TraditionalZoning And Smart Growth, The Berkeley Electronic Press, June 16, 2008

Pol, P, MJ, 2002, The Necessity of analyzing cities in a comprehensive way, EuropeanRSA Congress, Dortmund.

Setiawan , 2008, Perusahaan Serobot RTH, AP Indonesia.com.

Suprayogi, Y., 2007, Master (Plin) Plan Jakarta, Majalah Tempo, 35/XXXVI/22 28,Oktober 2007.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.ET-01

RE-FERTILIZE TAILING DEPOSITE AFTER GOLD MINING OPERATION USINGORGANIC MATTER AND HUMIC ACID

Genta Hariangbanga, Melati Ferianita Fachrul, WidyatmokoDept. of Environmental Engineering, Trisakti UniversityJl. Kyai Tapa No. 1 Grogol, Jakarta 11440, INDONESIA

Email : [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

AbstractOne of the important waste produce during mining operation is tailing. The huge rate of tailingdeposition may create significant impacts on the environment on different ways. Concern tothis situation, fertilize and re-vegetation program to improved the tailing conditions to a moreproductive and protective vegetation cover is crucial. However, due to marginal tailingcondition, plant establishment is difficult. To ensure the successful of plant establishment inthis unfavorable tailing conditions, treatment by organic matter have been attempted. Tailingmaterials collected from post gold mining operation were treated with solid remedy, mixed ofsolid organic with humic acid and top soil as a control. After incubation, these mixingmaterials were used as potting media for growing a bio-assay testing plant of Puerariajavanica. The experiments were placed on the green house and set up on Randomizeddesign. The result shown, that addition of solid remedy and combination of solid organic andhumic acid, can improved tailing properties suitable for plant growth. The parameters of N, P,K, Ca, Mg, pH, CEC and C-organic were improved and can meet the standard soilrequirement for plant growth. Compared to top soil addition, an application of solid organicand solid organic with humic acid can significantly improve height of early growth of bio-assaytest plant by 37.5% and 120% respectively. Based on this experiment an application oforganic matter as alternative low input technique for rehabilitated tailing conditions can berecommended.

Keyword: re-fertilize, tailing, organic matter, legume cover crops

IntroductionThe huge of tailing deposition after mining operation may create significant impact in

to the environment. Storage or stockpiling of tailing on the new site may disturb the existing

landscape and create the new land site become un-productive. In addition permanent site for

tailing storage usually un-stable, erodible and easily leached of the minerals, and some tailing

storage contain heavy metals that may leach and create potential toxic to the soil and water

body. Tailing rehabilitation, by plant establishment (restoration or reforestation) to restore the

tailing conditions to become a more stabile, productive and protective condition is important.

However, based on previous experience (Setiadi, 2003; Setianingsih, 2006), reported that

due marginalize of tailing, plant establishment on such tailing condition can be especially

difficult and often results in low survival and poor plant growth.

The tailing condition usually characterize by poor of soil chemical, very low on water

holding capacity, high surface temperature, very low in Cation Exchange Capacity and low in

organic contents. This condition un-suitable to support sustainability of plant growth

performance and succession process. To ensure the chances of successful plant

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


establishment on such tailing, thus improving the tailing conditions become suitable for plant

establishment is needed to be attempted.

This experiment try to amendment poor tailing conditions using organic matter which is

developed from cow manure, to improve the tailing fates become suitable to support plant

growth. By this approach, it is expected that future tailing rehabilitation model can be designed,

and potential risk of tailing rehabilitation failure can be minimized.

ObjectivesThe objectives of the study are :

To characterize the tailing parameter and determine the plant growth constrains.

To determine if organic matter addition can improve tailing conditions suitable for

plant growth.

To determine if bio-assay test plant can grow on improved tailing conditions.

Material and MethodStudy site

The preparation for experiment was conducted at Forest Biotechnology and

Environmental Laboratory and experimental setting up was conducted on Green House at

Ecology Laboratory, Faculty of Forestry, Bogor Agriculture Institute. The evaluation

experiment and analysis was conducted for 3 months.

Soil sample collection and analysisUsing soil borer, the soil sample were collected following the standard for soil sample

collection. Sample were collected from the (3) representative tailing site. From each site, the

composite of (5) tailing samples were collected from a depth 0-20 cm. The samples were

placed on transparency plastic and labeled, arrange and placed on the card box, and were

sending to the Soil Laboratory, (Laboratorium Dept Ilmu Tanah, dan Sumber Daya Lahan

Fakultas Pertanian IPB). Using standard method for soil analysis, the tailing sample from

each sites were analyzed, and the results can be seen on Table 1. Using soil scoring criteria

for plant growth requirement (Landon, 1984, Soil Research Institute, 1983) the status data of

tailing parameter score (very low. low, medium, high and very high). Based on this data the

specific tailing constraint can be identified and reported.

Experiment Preparation

Tailing materials and base fertilizer applicationIn line with tailing samples collection for analysis, some tailing was also collected for

experiment material. These tailing were air dry, homogenized by sieved on the wire screen

(2mm), then properly mixed with 5 gram of NPK (15:15:15) fertilizer. The media then filled up

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


into polybag (25 cm x25 cm) for capacity 5 kg. The polybags, were labeled, then arrange as a

treatments-1.

Top soil preparationSample of top soil which were collected from adjacent mine site, were air dry, then

freed up from organic debris (root, branch and stone), then homogenized by sieved on the

wire screen (2mm). These prepared top soil then mixed with tailing by composition 1 part of

tailing and 1 part of top soil. The mixer were fertilizer with (5 gram of NPK), then filled up in to

polybag (25 cm x 25 cm), labeled, then arrange as a treatments-2.

Solid Organic Remedy (SOR)The solid organic remedy was developed from 3 weeks fermentation process of cow

manure using bio-activator, which is enrich with rock phosphate (2%) and coal of rice hush

(4%).The detail process was followed the standard procedure develop by (Hariangbanga,

2007). The prepared tailing then mixed with SOR by the composition 2 parts of tailing and 1

part of SOR. The mixer were fertilized with 5 gram of NPK, then filled up into polybags (25 cm

x 25 cm), labeled, then arrange as treatments 3

Liquid Organic Remedy (LOR)The liquid organic remedy was developed from 3 week aerated fermentation of (25

kg) SOR using 1 liter of bio-activator which is enrich with urea 0.4% on 50 liter of water. The

LOR was used for maintenance the plant, which is applied by 50 cc/polybag every week for

all the treatments. Detail process how to develop LOR, following the standard procedure by

Hariangbanga, 2007.

Humic AcidHumic acid were used as chelating agent for reducing the excess mineral which is

potential toxic. The humic acid 0.5%, were prepare by diluted 1 liter of humic acid with 200

liter of water. Each of polybag which is contain the mixing of tailing and SOR (2:1), were

fertilized with 5 gram of NPK, then wetted with 300 cc of humic acid 0.5%, labeled, then

arrange as treatment-4.

Seed Pueraria Javanica (kudzu) preparation, planting and maintenanceThe seeds of P. Javanica were selected (size, healthy and turgor), the selected seed

were directly seeded on the surface of media on the polybags. The seed were germinated

after 7 day, and the (5) uniform seedling were selected for height data measurement. The

seedlings were maintenance by regular watering on the morning and afternoon. The watering

was conducted using fog spraying and conducted only 2 week after seeding. For maintaining

the growth an application of liquid organic remedy (LOR), were conducted every 2 weeks, by

50 ml/polybags.

Experiment treatment and designThe experiments were placed and arrange in the Greeen House at Ecology

Laboratory, Faculty of Forestry, Bogor Agricultural University. The experiment arrangement

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


were set up on Randomized Complete Design, consist of (4) treatments and each treatment

was replicated by (5) five times. The treatment described as mentioned above.

1. Tailing as a control

2. Tailing mixed with top soil (1:1 v/v)

3. Tailing mixed with SOR (2:1 v/v)

4. Tailing mixed with SOR (2:1 v/v) and wetted with humic acid (0.5%)

Parameter to be measureThe seed of Pueraria javanica were germinated 7 day after seeding, the five (5)

seedling with uniform growth were selected, tagged and measured for the height (cm). The

height was measure on 1st week, 3rd weeks, 5th week and 7th week. The data were tabulated

and plant growth improvement (%) over control was calculated and tabulated on Table 2.

After 8 weeks, the Pueraria plants were dry and harvested. The composite soil sample from

similar treatment were collected and prepare for soil analysis. The result was tabulated on

Table 3. This data can be shown if tailing properties were improved after organic matter

treatments.

Result and DiscussionTailing characterization and plant growth constrains

The results of tailing sample analysis tabulated on Table 1. Based on this data the

characteristic of tailing and their constraints for supporting sustained plant growth

performance were described as the following:

Physically soil texture of tailing was categorized as clay-loam (Silt, 28% and Clay

37.2%), this properties characterize by compaction and poor of drainage especially during wet

season. During dry season, the surface become hard and this condition may significantly

affect on root inhibition. Improving the soil texture can be made by ripping the soil surface and

combine with organic application.

The pH of tailing is slight acidic (6.4), this level still normal for supporting plant growth

(especially) for tress (Setiadi, 2008). However, the value of Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)

of tailing is low (6.14). By this level, the ability of tailing to hold the essential of soil nutrient is

very weak and the consequences the rate of mineral leaching will be high. This condition may

affect on nutrient deficiency and an application of fertilizer become un-effective (Landon,

1984). To improve the CEC status and minimizing leaching of fertilizer addition,

implementation of organic matter and humic acid is recommended (Setiadi, 2004).

The status of N and P are very low with the value of (0.03%) and (0.9%) respectively.

This condition may create N and P deficiency, and reducing plan growth (Landon, 1984). The

status of Ca is low (2.34 me/100g), the status of K is medium (0.32 me/100 g), and the status

of Mg is high (1.59 me/100 g). Base on this data, applying fertilizer for N (Urea) and P (SP-36)

is crucial. However for early seedling growth development and plant growth sustainability an

application of K as (KCl) and Ca as (CaC03) is also required.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The status of Fe is medium (61.4 ppm), but the status of Pb and Zn are very high, by

(5093.7 ppm) and (1181.5 ppm) respectively, and this value may potential toxic for early

seedling establishment (Marcher, 1986; Ross, 1994). To minimize potential toxic of metal, an

application of humic acid as organic chelating agent is recommended (Setiadi, 2005.)

The Effect of Organic Matter on Kudzu Seedling Growth and TailingImprovement

Data height performance of kudzu seedling which were grown on different treatments

were measured and tabulated on Table 2.

Table 2. Plant growth improvement (%)

Kudzu Growth (cm/week)Treatment

1 3 5 7 %

Tailing 2.4 3.2 3.5 3.8

Tailing + Top Soil 2.5 3.3 3.7 4.0 5

Tailing + Organic Matter 3.5 4.4 5.0 5.5 34

Tailing + Organic Matter + Humic Acid 2.5 5.0 7.0 8.9 134.2

Kudzu seedlings which are grown on tailing are yellowish and stunted. The rate

addition of height growth after 7 weeks only 1.4 cm. The bad performance of kudzu seedling

on tailing media (treatment-1), is strongly related with marginalized tailing properties,

especially the status of N and P is deficient as shown on Table-1.

Addition of top soil, as common standard method for rehabilitation tailing is not

effective way. Using kudzu seedling grown on treament-2, indicate that grown of kudzu

seedling performance almost similar with its performance on tailing. The rate addition of

height growth after 7 weeks only 1.5 cm, and prosentage height improvement compare to

tailing only 5%.

Height growth improvement was observed on Kudzu seedling grown on treatment-3

(tailing mixed with SOR). Compared to seedling grown on tailing, height growth improvement

of Kudzu seedling on treatment-3 was higher by 34%. This height growth improvement

related with, improvement of tailing properties especially with the status of essential nutrients

of N, P, K, Ca and Mg were significantly improved as shown on Table 1. However, due to

possibilities toxicity of Zn and Pb the growth performance of Kudzu seedling can not be

achieved optimal.

This performance also similar with treatments 4 (tailing mixed with SOR and wetted

with humic acid). Even thought the height of Kudzu seedling were improved by 134%,

compared to control and this improvement related with significant improvement of tailing

properties (see table-1), but the growth could not be achieved optimal, because the status of

Zn and Pb are still on the toxic level. It was reported by (Marschner, 1985) that toxicity of Zn

will inhibit on root elongation, and lead to chlorosis of young leaves. The Zn will start become

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


toxic on the plant on the level > 100 ppm, while Pb will be toxic to the plant on the level > 7

ppm (Charman, 1991).

This study shows that an application of organic matter combine with humic acid

addition can improve the tailing properties suitable for plant growth. However these

treatments even though can reducing excess potential toxic of mineral, but could not reach on

the save level yet. Tailing rehabilitation would not be effective if the potential toxic of metal

could not be eliminated properly.

ConclusionThe parameters of N, P, K, Ca, Mg, pH, CEC and C-organic were improved and can meet the standard

soil requirement for plant growth. Compared to top soil addition, an application of solid organic and solid

organic with humic acid can significantly improve height of early growth of bio-assay test plant by 37.5%

and 120% respectively.

The rate addition of height growth after 7 weeks only 1.5 cm, and prosentage height improvement

compare to tailing only 5%.

References

Charman, P.EV, BW Murphy, 1991. Soils, Their properies and Management. University PRESS.

Sydney.

Hariangbanga, G. 2007. Technical procedure for bio-organic development. Green Earth Communication

Note. Un published.

Landon, J.R. 1984. Booker Tropical Soil Manual. A handbook for soil survey and agriculturalland

evaluation in the tropics and subtropics. Pitman Press Limited. London.

Marschner, H. 1986. Mineral Nutrient in Higher Plants. Academic Press. London

Ross, Sheila, M. 1996. Toxic Metals in Soil-Plant System. John Wiley and Sons. New York

Setianingsih, L. 2006. Pemanfaatan CMA dan kompos aktip untuk meningkatkan pertumbuhan semai

pada media tailing di tambang Emas Pongkor. Thesis. Pasca Sarjana, Institut Pertanian Bogor.

Setiadi,Y .2003. Sand Tailing Rehabilitation at PT Kobatin, Bangka. Consultation Report. IUC-IPB. Un-

Published.

Setiadi, Y. 2005. Soil amendment of post degraded mining land. Green Earth Note. Un-Publishe

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Table 1. Characterize tailing, top soil, tailing + organic matter, tailing + organic matter and humic acidParamater Top soil Tailing Tailing +

organic matter(%) Tailing +

Organic matter+humicacid

(%) Standard of soil chemicalcaracteristics

(Pusat Penelitian Tanah, 1983)

Debu (%) 46.8 28.6 35.19 23.04 34.73 21.43 -

Liat (%) 40.9 37.2 41.43 11.37 43.39 16.63 -

Pasir (%) 12.3 34.2 23.38 - 31.63 21.88 - 36.02 -

pH 5.2 6.4 5.7 - 10.93 5.9 - 7.81 7

KTK (me/100g) 14.21 6.34 18.86 197.47 19.82 212.61 17 - 25

C-org (%) 1.46 0.68 2.66 291.17 2.89 325 2-3

N-Total (%) 0.14 0.03 0.21 600 0.23 666.66 0.21 - 0.5

P (ppm) 7.4 0.9 53.7 5866.67 81.0 8900 16 - 25

K (me/100g) 0.64 0.32 0.99 209.37 0.90 181.25 0.1-1

Ca (me/100g) 5.23 2.34 25.9 1006.83 31.20 1233.33 6 -10

Mg (me/100g) 1.48 1.59 4.65 192.45 4.82 240.25 1.1 – 2.0

Zn (ppm) nd 1181.5 190.22 - 83.90 207.5 - 82.43 10 - 300

Pb (ppm) 2.3 5093.70 2670.0 - 47.56 2560.0 - 49.74 2 - 200

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.ET-02

PLYWOOD GLUE MIX SLUDGE RECYCLE AS A FILLER(STUDY CASE IN PT. LAKOSTA INDAH-SAMARINDA)

Asih Wijayanti, Dwi Indrawati

Dept. of Environmental Engineering, Trisakti UniversityJl. Kyai Tapa No. 1 Grogol, Jakarta, INDONESIA

[email protected]; [email protected]

Abstract

This research was carried out to get data about the effect of measurements andcomposition of the mixture of waste powder as an ingredient for filling the plywood gluemix in connection with the powder and glue mix capacity for plywood, in order to reducethe environment pollution. The basic principle is to alter the sludge into powder byordinary physical process of drying, grinding, seeping into granules of 100, 140 and 200mash. The composition of waste material the mixture of plywood glue mix is 5, 10, and 20grams. The experiment data is analized by description and to the main parameters andstatistical analis is made by applying ANOVA test to know the strength of influencesamong the parameters. The result of experiment is as follows. The sludge waste can berecycled with the glue mix strength on the average of 12,0978 – 13,4727. the availabalityof recycled waste sludge, brings advantages among others the reduction of B3 waste thatup to know was only burned. Besides that it will reduce the used of natural resources andwill provide information to the plywood industry so that it can reduce the cost of wasteprocessing and get more profit from the recycling of waste.

Keywords : B3, waste powder, glue mix

Introduction

Waste product can be seen as problems related to the other issues, such as consumed

products, trade, politics, technology and culture. Indonesia face problem of difficulty in

plywood export as one of crisis impaction and sue of Pengelolaan Hutan Lestari (PHL) on

the export products. The problem must be anticipated with Manajemen Peraturan

Pemerintah Hak Pengelolaan Hutan (PPHPH) who supply the wood. PHL Label on the

last product proved that the products come from legal forest. PHL Label/ System

Management Forest (SMF) must be put on export products, it means that the company

should pass assessment Chain of Custody (CoC) or Lacak Balak Type I, II and III. This is

done not only to fulfill market needs but also to anticipate the development Market Place

to export products. There are packets of Management three in one in unit Forest

management (SMF, CoC and ISO 14001) to help PPHPH to fix PHL performance in

providing Unit Forest Management pass PHL certification. PHL Certificate as first

requirements to get label in wood recycle products given as assurance that forest

management in Unit Management had fulfilled requirements of forest managements,

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


besides administration process of Produk Kayu Bulat (PKB) could be searched. Providing

SFM through SML (Sistem Manajemen Lingkungan) ISO 14001 could give assurance to

the interested parties that HPH Company has managements system inside Forest

Company that could assurance the purpose of forest conservation. SML ISO 14401

develop pattern of better management process and systematic. Company who has SML

ISO 14001 will pass SML certification if success in developing pattern of management

process. To handle the problem of plywood need skills, not only about knowledge of

technology know how, but also about another resources or technologies related to

plywood making. For instance, the ability to handle machine, filler, hardener can really

determine the successful of plywood. From the explanation above, we can notice that

plywood industry can’t be separated from glue mix industry. Waste product from plywood

glue mix activity (phenol formaldehyde-glue) related to PP. no 18/99 jo PP no. 85/99

(Moersdik 1999) include to B3. Aquatic waste is not a problem because it can be

recycled. But solid waste, for this long, is always recycled by burning in insenerator. This

way is not only expensive but also could result of dangerous gas that needs further

managements. That’s why in this research solid waste from plywood industry are recycled

into powder and reused as filler in glue mix with variation in size and composition. The

purpose are to reduce B3 that hazard to the environment and give higher economics to

plywood industry. In this research we choose Meranti Merah wood because it is easy to

get and to dry. Test standard that is used is JAS standard 1993 with the size of sample

30x30 cm include availability and strengthen test.

Method

The research has done in May within three months in quality control laboratory PT.

Lakosta Indah- Samarinda. The purpose of the research is to get data about the effect of

measurements and composition of the mixture of waste powder glue mix as filler for

plywood glue in connection with the powder and glue mix capacity for plywood, in

recycling plywood (glue mix) sludge. The basic principal from this research is to alter the

sludge into powder by ordinary physical process of drying, grinding and seeping into

granules of 100, 140 and 200 mesh with the composition of waste material in the mixture

of plywood glue mix is 5, 10 and 20 grams. The experiment data is analyzed by

description and to the main parameters a statistical analysis is made by applying ANOVA

test to know the strength of influences among these parameters. The result of

experiments above 7 kg/cm (JAS 1993). Technical test is done to get bonding and

delamination strength of plywood experimentally. This data will use to environment and

economic research. In technical analysis, we analyzed the physical changes that are

influence of size and composition changes. Environment research is done to analyze

negative impact that come to environment if we don’t minimize waste product through

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


plywood glue mix recycle and to analyze positive impact also. Economic studies is done

by macro to know the price after glue mix recycled.

Result

The result of the experiment is as follows:

1. Experiment to phenol formaldehyde plywood glue mix without filler from waste

powder (control) shows that glue mix capacity is min 7.1 kg/cm2, max 14,5 kg/cm2,

and the average 11,073 kg/cm2. After adding of waste powder glue mix, glue mix

capacity increases as it follows:

a. The mixture of waste powder 100 mesh 5 gram, min: 8.7kg/cm2 max: 17.9kg/cm2

average12.0978 kg/cm2

b. The mixture of waste powder 100 mesh 10 gram,min:8.7kg/cm2 max: 18.5kg/cm2

average12.7182 kg/cm2

c. The mixture of waste powder 100 mesh 20 gram, min: 8.9 kg/cm2 max: 18.2kg/cm2

average 12.2733 kg/cm2

d. The mixture of waste powder 140 mesh 5 gram, min 8.7 kg/cm2 max : 18.0 kg/cm2


e. The mixture of waste powder 140 mesh 10 gram, min 7.1 kg/cm2 max : 18 kg/cm2


f. The mixture of waste powder 140 mesh 20 gram, min 7.1 kg/cm2 max : 18.2

kg/cm2 average 12.3067 kg/cm2

g. The mixture of waste powder 200 mesh 5 gram, min 8.7 kg/cm2max : 18 kg/cm2


h. The mixture of waste powder 200 mesh 10 gram, min 10.6 kg/cm2 max : 18 kg/cm2


i. The mixture of waste powder 200 mesh 20 gram, min 8.9 kg/cm2 max : 18.2

kg/cm2 average 12.9644 kg/cm2

2. In delaminating experiment the result shows no peeled part so that fulfill JAS 1993

standard, which is the lengthen of the peeled part less than 2,5 mm, and the result

that is suitable with the standard about 70-100%.

Profile PT. Lakosta Indah Samarinda

PT. Lakosta Indah is chemical division from Kalimanis. It is built at 1980 and restricted in

producing formaldehyde as intermediate products with capacity 15.000 MT/year and

finished products like urea formaldehyde, phenol formaldehyde, melamin urea

formaldehyde with total capacity 40.000 MT/year. Hardener, extender and wood putty

products with capacity 40.200 MT/year and also the same production which is 30.000

MT/year by PT. Batu Penggal Chemical Industry had been taken and managed by

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Kalimanis in1987. Plywood waste product ± 735 ton/year and include B3. The pollutant is

Melanin Formaldehyde Density Polymer (MFDP) adhesive resin and Instalasi

Pengolahan Air Limbah (IPAL) which manage effluent from adhesive resin. Waste is

sludge from IPAL, the main pollutant is organic including phenol and hydrocarbon

halogenated.

Determining of Size and Concentration of Waste Powder

Size determining depends on filler standard, powder like with granules ± 200 mesh.

Concentration of waste powder determining

depends on standard of composition glue mix mixture.

phenol formaldehyde

Filler LI- 6000

Tepung Industri

230 kg

25 kg

20 kg

Because of waste powder is used as substitute of filler so that the concentration of waste

powder is 5 kg, 10 kg, 20 kg and filler LI-6000 is 20 kg, 15 kg and 5 kg.

Influence of Waste Powder Size to the Availability and Strength of PlywoodGlue Mix

After waste powder glue mix with size 100 mesh, 140 mesh and 200 mesh include to the

mixture of plywood glue mix and has been tested, the result is: = 0,05 maka F SIG (0,074) >

0,05 size didn’t influence to the strength of plywood glue mix.

Influence of Waste Product Concentration to the Availability and Strengthof Plywood Glue Mix

After glue mix with composition mixture 5 gram, 10 gram and 20 gram put into the mixture

of plywood glue mix, the result is:

Analysis for composition of plywood waste:

F SIG (0,000) < 0,05 composition influence the strength

Analysis 5 gram, 10 gram and 20 gram:

F hit = 2,530 F tabel = F 0,05 (2,402 ) = 19,5 > F hit hypothesis refused, H0 refused and H1

accepted.

Analysis composition 100 mesh, 140 mesh, 200 mesh :

F hit = 15,843 F tabel = F 0,05 (3,176 ) = 8,53 < F hit because F hit > F tabel so that

hypothesis

accepted, H0 accepted H1 refused.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Technical Research after Recycling

From the graph the strength between controls with waste composition 100 mesh is

explained below:

There are increasing the strength to plywood glue mix that is given mixture of waste

powder glue mix compare to glue without waste mixture (control) and also between

composition and mesh.

10.50

11.00

11.50

12.00

12.50

13.00

Mean of KE.REKAT

1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00

KOMPOSIS

Grafik Kekuatan Rekat antara Control denganKomposisi Limbah 100 Mesh

Gambar 1

10.50

11.00

11.50

12.00

12.50

13.00

Mean of KE.REKAT

1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00KOMPOSIS


Gambar 3

10.50

11.00

11.50

12.00

12.50

13.00

Mean of KE.REKAT

1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00

KOMPOSIS


Gambar 2

10.0010.5011.0011.5012.0012.5013.0013.50

Mean

Control A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Explanation :

Control : Composition of glue mix without waste powder

A1 : Composition of glue mix with waste powder 100 mesh, 5 gram









The summary from this technical experiment is that the best glue mix capacity has 200

mesh size of waste plywood granules (glue mix) and 10 gram composition of waste

powder for glue mix.

Chemical Research

Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure/ TCLP experiment that is done to the mixture

of 20 gram waste powder with 200 mesh size has the best glue mix capacity. TCLP

procedures managed by EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) as extraction procedure

to define waste product and non waste product and also to set the criteria for waste

management (Cullinane dan Malone,1986). Analytically, there is undetected of phenol

and derivates. Besides, the emission experiment shows FO which means the amount of

formaldehyde emission 0-0,05 ppm.

Environmental Research

Plywood sludge is a sludge that can produce serious problems if it’s not handled well. It is

because the used of plywood glue mix in industry all over Indonesia increase so that the

waste that is produced also increase. For all this time, the waste is burn into insenerator,

but the waste’s residue still includes B3 and must be managed. The summary is sludge

from plywood glue mix could be recycled as filler.

Economical Research

Economic analysis is done in simple macro way to describe prospect of waste powder as

filler in plywood glue mix. To burn sludge into insenerator needs cost until US $ 200/ton

sludge glue mix besides investation of insenerator that has high price. If the sludge (glue

mix) is recycled could get much advantages:

1. it doesn’t need US $ 200/ton sludge to burn, investate insenerator that has high

price

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


2. to reduce the cost for filler Li-6000 that is now reach 1500 per kg.

3. to get waste powder doesn’t need big investation with capacity 8 kg/hour, 5

million rupiahs produce mesh that is really wanted. The equipment can gain

waste powder Rp 26.015/kg

assumed kurs per US $ 1, the price Rp 9000,- and all filler has changed with waste

powder so that the cost could reduce Rp 1800,- + Rp 26.015,- = Rp 3723,985/kg waste.

Summary

This can be assumed that all of phenol perfectly reacted in mixture of glue mix to form

very tight polymers. The summary of the research is as it follows:

1. Plywood (glue mix) waste sludge could be recycled into powder in certain size

before getting into the mixture of plywood glue mix as filler.

2. The result of the mixture experiment shows increasing in capacity of glue mix. The

best glue mix capacity is the mixture between waste powder 200 mesh with 20 gram

glue mix which is 14,116 kg/cm2 and 200 mesh glue mix with 10 gram which is

13.4727 kg/cm2. The size of granules affects neither the strength nor the capacity of

plywood glue mix.

3. The availability of recycled waste sludge (glue mix), brings advantages among

others the reduction of B3 waste that up to now was only burned. Besides that it will

reduce the use of natural resources and will provide information to the plywood

industry so that it can reduce the cost of waste processing and get more profit from

the recycling of waste.

ReferencesCulline,M.J.JR, L.W. Jones & Malone,P.G. 1986. Handbook for Stabilization/Solidification

of Hazardous Wastes. Dalam Barth,E.F. dkk (Eds.). Stabilization and Solidificationof Hazardous Wastes. Park Ridge : Noyes Data Corporation.

Standar JAS (Bonding). 1993. Japanese Agricultural Standard for Concrete FormPlywood. Penelitian & Pengembangan PT. Lakosta Indah.Samarinda

Kadir, K. 1970. Faktor-faktor yang Mempengaruhi Kekuatan Perekat Kayu. FakultasMekanisasi dan Teknologi Hasil Pertanian. Institut Pertanian Bogor, Bogor.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.ET-04

ANALYSIS OF SANSEVIERIA SP. AND HIBISCUS ROSA-SINENSISCAPABILITY IN REDUCING CO GAS CONCENTRATION

Rachmat Boedisantoso and Putri Widhowati

Environmental Engineering Department – ITS,Kampus ITS, Keputih Sukolilo Surabaya

[email protected], Tel: 031 – 5948886 Fax: 031 - 5928387

AbstractAir pollution is the existence of unwanted substance on atmosphere. One of the reasonsis the increasing population especially in a city. Based on the estimation, number of COfrom artificial source is approaching 60 million tons per year. Half of the number is comingfrom motor vehicle using gasoline and from immobile sources such as coal and oilburning from industry and domestic waste burning. WHO (1992) report that about 90% ofCO in the air of a town comes from motor vehicle.In this research, the decrease of CO asgas pollutant was done with plant exploit. The research was done in kind variant of LidahMertua (Sansevieria sp.) and Kembang Sepatu (Hibiscus rosa-sinensis). While heightplant variant is 50 cm and 100 cm. Gas pollutant which disperse to experiment plant isartificial pollutant from Natrium Format heating and add of Sulfat Acid concentrated.Measuring CO gas content in reactor is using impinger tube with spectrophotometricmethod. The chosen plant are the plant kind which has higher percent remove of CO gas.Result of the research shows that Lidah Mertua 100 cm height has higher remove COgas capability than Kembang Sepatu is abaout 84.18%.

Keywords: Air Pollution, CO gas, Sansevieria sp., Hibiscus rosasinensis

1. Introduction

Air pollution is the existence of unwanted substance on atmosphere. One of the reasons

is the increasing population especially in a city. Based on the estimation, number of CO

from artificial source is approaching 60 million tons per year. Half of the number is coming

from motor vehicle using gasoline and from immobile sources such as coal and oil

burning from industry and domestic waste burning. WHO (1992) report that about 90% of

CO in the air of a town comes from motor vehicle.

Alternative to reduce air pollution which caused industrial and transportation activities

could be done by planting. As plants have many functions, such as reduce the noise from

the cars and industrial process, as climate cooler, harmless acid rain, reducing carbon

monoxide, reducing carbon dioxide and producing oxygen, then it could clean the air from

the particle and dust and also chemical that can disturb health. Therefore the aim of this

studying is analyzing plant capability in reducing pollutant such as CO. The plant test that

is used is Sansevieria sp. and Hibiscus rosasinensis.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


2. Experimental Method

Experimental Method is a referency to do the research, which is based on the problems

to reach the research’s target. At this research is conducted by examination of the level

CO degradation by decorative plants with various and high of plants. The various are

Sansevieria sp. and Hibiscus rosa-sinensis whereas high of plants are 50 cm and 100

cm. Based on the result of the research would be known level of CO degradation and

effectiveness of them to degradation CO concentration by different variables. Analysed at

this research is CO concentration after sprayed to test plant in this research.

This research used two reactors by different function. First, Reactor for CO gas

combustion is like a chimney that made of flame resistant zinc. And the second is the

Reactor Test, whereas for spraying CO gas, reactor is made of glass with thickness 5 mm

and in form of box. The reactor is an air-less condition reactor so the injection of CO gas

could not be out or mixed with the air.

3. Results And Discussion

CO gas is the result of combustion of formic sodium with sulfuric acid. CO gas was taken

by impinger and measured by spectrophotometer at 385 nm.

Table 3.1. Early data of CO gas concentation

No. λ (nm) Absorbance KSpectro

Concentration

CO

(ppm)

1 385 0.566 0.0812x-0.0049 7.0185 28.66

2 385 0.613 0.0812x-0.0049 7.6096 31.07

3 385 0.594 0.0812x-0.0049 7.3756 30.12

This concentration would be used as early concentration for the next research. Then it

would be thinned pursuant to the concentration that is 20 ppm according to quality

standard of ambient air SK Gub. Jatim No. 129/1996.

Early concentration which is used is a gas concentration in the reactor which mixes with

air in the reactor. After sprayed by test plant as its detention time, measured remains CO

gas concentration in each compartment. From result of measurement of gas content of

CO which remain in natural test reactor of degradation. Gas content of CO in reactor is

absorbed by leaf and changed to other form which useful for itself.

After conducted by wide of measurement got the result that by 50 cm of height plant,

sanseviera sp. Has wide surface of leaf 36100 mm2, whereas at 100 cm high plant, has

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


wide surface of leaf 78122 mm2. Hibiscus rosasinensis with 50 cm height has wide

surface of leaf 34923 mm3 and for 100 cm height has wide surface of leaf 75931 mm2. In

the implementation for reactor in each compartment are composed by three plants. So

wide surface of leaf in absorbance CO gas is to be multiplied by three plants.

At table 3.2 show that for each plants, the CO concentration is decreasing. The early CO

gas concentration is 6.81 ppm with 50 cm height, after 6 hours, gas concentration which

remain is 1.13 ppm for Sansevieria and 1.94 ppm for Hibiscus rosa-sinensis.

Whereas gas concentration whic remian for 100 cm height plant is 1.13 ppm for

Sansevieria and 1.94 cm for Hibiscus rosa-sinensis.

Table 3.2 Degradation of CO Concentration in Day 1

CO Consentration,

h = 50 cm (ppm)

CO Consentration,

h = 50 cm (ppm)

Time

Sansevieria

Hibiscus

rosa-

sinensi

Sansevieria

Hibiscus

rosa-

sinensi

0 6.81 6.81 6.54 6.54

1 4.54 5.02 3.01 3.93

2 3.24 3.96 2.68 2.54

3 9.28 3.32 1.55 2.19

4 1.99 2.96 1.20 1.39

5 1.42 2.37 1.02 1.14

6 1.13 1.94 0.84 0.91

0,0001,0002,0003,0004,0005,0006,0007,0008,000

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Time (hour)

CO

Con

sent

ratio

n/ w

ide

leaf

h = 50, Sensevierah = 50, Hibiscus rs.h = 100, Sensevierah = 100, Hibiscus rs

Figure 3.1. Degradation of CO Gas per Wide Leaf, Day 1

CO concentration at Table 3.2 in ppm unit to μg/m3 unit by multiplied conversion factor

(1145.85). Then could be count CO gas concentration/wide leaf. The result of calculation,

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


the biggest degradation of concentration in Sansevieria with 100 cm height is 0.412

μg/m3/cm2.

Figure 3.1 show that Sansevieria with 50 cm height has the smallest degradation of CO

concentration, which is 2.120 μg/m3/cm2 wide leaf. Then the biggest CO concentration in

Sansevieria with 100 cm is 0.412 μg/m3/cm2 wide leaves.

From table 3.2 and Figure 3.1 showed that happened degradation of CO gas

concentration to the duration time. Longer CO gas concentration presentation, it will be

going down progressively. Beside that could be seen also degradation of CO

concentration at the first hour the degradation is higher than others, even at next hours

the degradation is constantly. This matter is enabled if seeing the nature of and situation

of plant aperture found on leaf which called stomata. Stomata on leaf could be open or

close, it is depend on plant’s requirement and plant’s condition, especially leaf. Wide-

open stomata if high leaf moist and will close if the leaf is dry (not moist) (Dwidjoseputro,

1992).

At 100 cm height, degradation of CO gas concentration for Sansevieria is bigger than

Hibiscus rosa-sinensi. Degradation of CO gas concentration for the first hour 100 cm

height is bigger than 50 cm height. Tjitosoepomo (1989) said that bigger plant will have

more leafs. Hence with highly plant 100 cm, even greater also absorbtion of which can be

conducted by stomata at its leaf.

It degradation of biggest concentration conducted by Sansevieria than Hibiscus rosa-

sinensi.

The biggest degradation of CO concentration is conductting by Sansevieria than Hibiscus

rosa-sinensi. By highly plant 100 cm, Sansevieria could be degrading 79-87% ofCO gas

concentration whereas Hibiscus rosa-sinensi could degrade 76-86% of CO concentration.

Based on plant morphology facet, Sansevieria has bigger leaf than Hibiscus rosa-sinensi.

Its leaf grows length to the fairish 30-100 cm. By having wider surface, it is supporting

absorbtion of air especially CO gas by stomata on its leaf. This plant suited to be plant

reboisation of Surabaya. The benefit used Sansevieria is it has good adaption to the

environment. It has thick leaf and high water content and very hold up dryness.

This part will analyze the effect of long day experiment (7 day) and efficiency exclusion of

CO gas. From the result, there is no degradation of CO concentration for each plant along

the experiment days. Percentage of exclusion of CO gas showed fluctuate result is a

stable condition. It is meaning that everyday the test plant which used could return its

condition like before sprayed and absorbs the pollution.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


0102030405060708090

100

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Day

Dec

reas

e of

CO

Con

cent

ratio

n (%

)

Sanseviera sp.Hibiscus rosa-sinensis

01020304050

60708090

100

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Day

Dec

reas

e of

CO

Con

cent

ratio

n (%

)

Sanseviera sp.Hibiscus rosa-sinensis

Figure 3.2 showed that exclusion of CO gas to day experiment; it does not show a

pattern. It means that CO concentration is not depending on long day experiment. This

matter because it is not 24 hours sprayed by CO gas, but only 6 hours and then put it on

freely air. For average, the biggest percentage of exclusion of CO gas concentration is in

Sansevieria 83.53% and Hibiscus rosasinensi 77.75%.

Figure 3.3 showed that prosentase of exclusion of CO gas is not depend on long day

experiment. After averaged, the biggest prosentase of exclusion of CO gas is 84.18% in

Sansevieria and Hibiscus ros-sinensi 80.16%. Compared to the first variation, highly plant

100 cm has better capability to CO exclusion. The biggest CO exclusion is 83.53% in

Sansevieria with highly plant 50 cm and in highly plant 100 cm is 84.18%. And for

Hibiscus rosa-sinensi with highly plant 50 cm is 77.75% whereas for highly plant 100 cm

is 80.16%.

4. Conclusions

The chosen plant is the plant kind which has higher percent removes of CO gas. Result of

the research shows that Sansevieria sp. 100 cm height has higher remove CO gas

capability than Hibiscus rosa-sinensis is about 84.18%.

5. References

Dessy, Rikara. 2007. ”Menjilati” Polusi dengan ”Lidah Mertua”. http://anekaplanta.wordpress.com /2007/12/26/”menjilati”-polusi-dengan-”lidah-mertua”

Fardiaz, Srikandi. 1992. ”Polusi Air and Udara”. Penerbit Kanisius. Yogyakarta.

Kumar, A. 1987. “Environmental Chemistry”. New Delhi. WilleyEastern Limited.

Masters, G.M. 1991. “Introduction To Environmental Engineering And Science”. London.Prentice–Hall International.

Mukono, H.J. 2006. ”Prinsip Dasar Kesehatan Lingkungan”. Edisi kedua. AirlanggaUniversity Press. Surabaya.

Figure 3.3. Percentage ofExclusion of CO Gas to DayExperiment, at highly plant 100 cm

Figure 3.2. Percentage of Exclusionof CO Gas to Day Experiment, athighly plant 50 cm

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Parker, S.P. 1980. “Encyclopedia of Environmental Science”, 2nd edition. New York.MacGraw-Hill Book Co.

Purwanto, Arie W. 2006. “Sansevieria Flora Cantik Penyerap Racun”. Penerbit Kanisius.Yogyakarta.

Soedomo, Moestikahadi. 2001. “Pencemaran Udara”. Penerbit ITB. Bandung.

Wikipedia. 2007. Carbon monoxide. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carbon_monoxide

Wikipedia. 2007. Potassium iodide. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Potassium iodide

Wikipedia. 2007. Sansevieria trifasciata.http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sansevieria_trifasciata

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.ET-05

BIOFILTER AS AN ALTERNATIVE WATER TREATMENT TO REMOVEORGANIC MATTER

Rositayanti Hadisoebroto1), Nusa Idaman Said2), Raditya Arif Permana1)

1)Department of Environmental Engineering, FALTL, Trisakti UniversityBuilding K, 7th Floor, Campus A of Trisakti University

Jl. Kyai Tapa no. 1, Jakarta, IndonesiaPh. 021 5663232 ext 767, Fax. 021 5602575

[email protected]; [email protected]) Kelompok Teknologi Pengelolaan Air Bersih dan Limbah Cair, BPPT

AbstractIn big cities like Jakarta, water demand is increasing as people growth, which will cause a

problem since the availability of water resource is limited. River as water resource has

limitation on its quality due to high pollution loading that discharged into it, like

Cengkareng Drain. One parameter which its concentration higher than raw water quality

standard (KEPGUB DKI No. 582/1999, class of B) is organic matter. From monitoring

result by BPPT in 2005, the organic matter in Cengkareng Drain is 35.52 mg/L, while the

standard is only 15 mg/L. The excessive of organic matter on river means that it is could

be polluted by domestic waste. Since organic matter could be effect the digestive system,

the water that has high organic matter concentration should not be use as raw water of

drinking water. While this river is used as raw water to be drinking water, the cost of

treatment could be higher. An alternative treatment to treat organic matter in economical

ways with optimal result is biological treatment. This research is using hollow fiber biofilter

with variation hydraulic detention time, they are 1, 2, 3, and 4 hours. The organic matter

removal in biofilter with variation detention time is 68.53%, 77.52%, 84.73%, and 89.53%,

respectively. The kinetic removal formula is Y =-2.561X+0.1452 with R2=0.9297, and

K=2.5612. The removal efficiency is decreasing as the hydraulic detention time

decreased. The average of organic matter in biofilter effluent has reached the drinking

water quality standard (PERMENKES 907/2002), which is 8,59 mg/L.

Keywords : biofilter, hydraulic detention time, organic matter, water treatment

IntroductionThe limited access of clean water makes people to use any water resources that

available around them as raw water, although this water quality is not properly with the

standard to be raw water. Also in West Jakarta, people that lived around Cengkareng

Drain River, use water from this river as raw water, while the research of BPPT at 2005

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


shows that the water quality is below the standard of raw water (KEPGUB DKI No.

582/1999, class of B). One parameter with concentration higher than the standard value

is organic matter, 35,52 mg/L, rather than 15 mg/L.

The excessive organic matter in clean water can affect the digestive system (Mahida,

1992), while its presence in river indicates that the river is polluted by domestic waste

water. When the river needs to be used as raw water of clean water, the water must be

treated first. The technology that decreases the organic matter is pre-chlorination, which

means using chemicals (chlorine). The higher organic matter, the more the chemical

usage, and then the treatment cost being high.

The alternative to remove organic matter from water (or waste water) is biological

treatment. Biological treatment is a process that involving microorganisms activities in

water to transform chemical compounds in water to become another compounds

(Wisjnuprapto, 1990). Principally, biological process will change colloidal or dissolved

pollutant in (waste) water become other form, rather gaseous or cell tissues that can be

separated physically, like sedimentation (Metcalf & Eddy, 2004). Some factors that

affected the biological process are :

1. Hydraulic detention time (1-4 hours)

2. Temperature (30-35oC)

3. pH (6-8)

4. Supply of Oxygen

5. Kind of organic matter

One of the biological treatments is fixed bed biofilter that consist of supporting media

compiling regularly or randomly in reactor. Function of supporting media as a place to

grow and bloom microorganisms so it will cover media surface become a slime mass

layer (biofilm). These microorganisms digest organic matter in water. The thickness of

biofilm layer will reduce the oxygen diffusion in deepest layer of biofilm, so there will be

anaerobic condition in media surface layer (Metcalf & Eddy, 1991). The treated water is

then contacted to microbes in form of film layer (slime) that attached to media surface.

Supporting media is a key in biofilter process. The affectivity of supporting media

depends on :

- Surface area, the wider of surface area, the larger number of biomass per unit

volume

- Pore volume, the larger of pore volume, the higher contact between substrate in

waste water and attached biomass.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The very important factors that affect bacterial growth in supporting media are flow rate

and media configuration forms. It can be used any kind of media, such as gravel, split,

plastic media (polyvinyl chloride) and other activated carbon material. Usually, biofilter

using plastic media made from PVC (Gabriel Bitton, 1994). The advantages of this kind

of media are :

- slight with wide specific surface area of 85-226 m2/m3

- pore volume is wider than other media (up to 95%) then clogging risk is small

In biofilter reactor, microorganisms will layer the whole surface of media and when water

flow through media pore and directly contacted with bio-film.

Bio-film (Siebel, 1987) defined as microbial cell layer that degrade organic matter

attached at media surface. Bio-film layer growth rate is increase as seeding and

adsorbing is continuing so there will biomass layer accumulation in form of slime. The

growing will continue in slime so its depth will increase. Food and oxygen diffusion also

happen until its depth is maximum so in conditions of food and oxygen diffusion not reach

the solid surface that causes biomass layer divided into two zones, anaerobic and

aerobic (Winkler, 1981).

Organic matter removal biological process depends on composition of water

characteristics, kind of biological process, and time detention. Biological process that

used in Indonesia could remove organic matter until 85% (Gabriel Bitton, 1984).

Biological water treatment is degradation process of pollutant matter, dissolved and un-

dissolved into another forms of gas or solid (N.J. Hooran, 1990). The result of this

transformation is affected by environment conditions that are aerobic and an-aerobic.

Aerobic biological treatment process is a process that need oxygen to support

biochemical metabolism process by bacteria in degrades organic matter into simpler

forms, which are CO2, H2O, oxides compound like nitrate, sulfate, phosphate, and the

new cell mass.

In biological treatment, microorganisms growth could be done by attached in supported

media, its called attached growth, that a treatment process where organic matters or

other compounds in water is degrades by attached microorganisms in supporting media

surface into simpler compounds and forming biomass or new cells.

Research MethodsBiological treatment is an alternative to treat this parameter. In this research the hollow

fiber biofilter is used with variation hydraulic detention time of 6 (as preliminary study), 4,

3, 2, and 1 hours. The sampling point is in outflow of inlet pipe (1) and outlet chamber (2)

in figure 1.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Figure 1. Biofilter Reactor

Water sampling is done when the condition in biofilter is stable. Water quality is then

analyzed for each hydraulic detention time; 4, 3, 2, and 1 hour. For each hydraulic

detention time, observation is done in 5 days.

Table 1. Water Flow Rate based on Hydraulic Detention Time

Hydraulic Detention Time (Hours) Flow Rate (m3/day)

1 60

2 80

3 120

4 240

Results and DiscussionsThe research result shows when hydraulic time detention become shorter (from 4

become 1 hour), average removal efficiency of organic matter will decrease, from

89.525% become 68.53%. When the time of organic matter contacted with

microorganisms is short, the microorganisms have a little chance to use the organic

matter for its metabolism. Data of each time observations and removal efficiency is shown

in figure 2.

1 2

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


From this figure, it also seen that even the quality of biofilter outlet is fluctuate, the

average concentration of organic matter (8.39 mg/L) is still below the drinking water

quality standard (PERMENKES 907/2002) of 10 mg/L.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

1 5 9 11 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41

Observation Time (Day)

Org

anic

Con

cent

ratio

n (K

MnO

4) (m

g/L)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Rem

oval

Effi

cien

cy (%

)

Inlet (mg/l)

OutletBiofilter(mg/l)

EfisiensiRemovalBiofilter(%)

6 Hours

4 Hours

3 Hours

2 Hours

1 Hour

Figure 2. Removal Efficiency of Organic Matter in Various Observation Times

The short hydraulic detention time also cause the increasing of hydraulic loading. In

decreasing of hydraulic detention time (4, 3, 2, and 1 hour), the average of organic

loading are increasing, 47.00, 80.00, 184.34, and 215.31 gr/m2 media.day with removal

efficiency decreasing. Table 2 and Figure 3 show this phenomenon.

Tabel 2. Organic Loading

Time

Detention

Organic Loading

(gr/m2 media/day)

Average Removal

Efficiency (%)

4 47.00 89.53

3 80.00 84.73

2 108.34 77.52

1 215.31 68.53

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


0.00

50.00

100.00

150.00

200.00

250.00

4 3 2 1

Time Detention

Org

anic

Loa

ding

(gr/m

2m

edia

/day

)

0102030405060708090100

Aver

age

Rem

oval

Effi

cien

cy(%

)

Organic Loading (gr/m2 media/hari) Rata-rata Efisiensi (%)

Figure 3. Organic Loading in Various Time Detentions

y = -2.5612x + 0.1452R2 = 0.9297

-3

-2.5

-2

-1.5

-1

-0.5

00.0000 0.2000 0.4000 0.6000 0.8000 1.0000 1.2000

D/Ql^n

ln (S

t/So)

Figure 4. The Calculation of Organic Matter Removal Kinetics

Formula of removal kinetics is Y = -2.561 X + 0.1452 with R2=0.9297 and K= 2.5612. The

value of R2 that closely to 1 indicates that organic matter removal rate is in order 1 and

the removal process is well done.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


ConclusionThe average organic matter removal in biofilter with hydraulic variation detention time of

1, 2, 3, 4 hours is 68.53%, 77.52%, 84.73%, and 89.53%, respectively.

The removal efficiency is decreasing as the hydraulic detention time decreased. It seen

that the concentration of organic matter in the effluent in shortest hydraulic detention time

(1 hour) is highest among others. But averagely, the concentration of organic matter in

biofilter effluent has fit to the drinking water quality standard (PERMENKES 907/2002),

which is 8,59 mg/L.

The kinetic removal formula is Y =-2.561X+0.1452 with R2=0.9297, and K=2.5612.

References

Bitton, Gabriel. 1994. Wastewater Microbiology. Florida : A John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

Horan, N.J. 1990. Biological Wastewater Treatment System : Theory and Operation.England : John Wiley and Sons.

Metcalf and Eddy. 1991. Wastewater Engineering : Treatment and Reuse, 4th. Singapore: Mc Graw Hill.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.ET-06

USED OF FLY AND BOTTOM ASH (COAL COMBUSTION BY-PRODUCTS)FOR PAVING BLOCK WITH SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION METHOD

Asih WijayantiDept. of Environmental Engineering, Trisakti University

Jl. Kyai Tapa No. 1 Grogol, Jakarta, [email protected]; [email protected]

Abstract

Fly ash and bottom ash one of coal combustion by products from industries that usedcalled as source of power plan. The huge number of fly and bottom ash could bethreatened the environment if there is unused environmental contamination is possiblehappened because coal combustion will yield 5% ash (fly and bottom ash) from total coalthat is combusted. Research of fly ash through solidification/ stabilization can be used assoil stabilizer (paving block) with the help of cement, soil and water. The quality testingsolidification/ stabilization products is atterberg limit test, crushing test, durability test andtoxicity test. Technically (as pressure strength) fly and bottom ash possibly optimum to beused as paving block for needed of garden (9% fly and bottom ash and 6% cement) andside walk for pedestrian (9% fly and bottom ash and 9% cement). The used of 9% fly andbottom ash and 6% cement has to be optimum needed (inside seeing of pressurestrength, plasticity, or the used of PC) for used as mix substances of sub based coarse.Through toxicity test with TCLP method; the content of heavy metal cadmium (Cd),Chromium (Cr), copper (Cu), lead (Pb), nickel (Ni) and zinc (Zn) of sample test is underthe quality standard of PP no 85 of 1999. Thus research of fly and bottom ash (coalcombustion by products) through solidification/stabilization for soil stabilizer shows quitegood result observed from technical and environmental side, it was proper to be used.

Keywords : fly ash, bottom ash, solidification, stabilization, paving block

Introduction

According to Hardjito (2001), on the year 1989, total amount of fly and bottom ash from

coal combustion all over the world reach about 440 million ton. In Indonesia, Asam-asam

PLTU in Kabupaten Tanah Laut, South Kalimantan is one of some PLTU that produce

high fly ash. Every year not less than 24 thousand ton fly ash is produced from coal

combustion to supply electrical needs in South Kalimantan. Up to now, thousand ton of fly

ash still produced and if it is not manage well would cause hazards to the environment.

That’s why, it can be said that by manage fly ash will cause double effect to

environmental, not only to reduce negative impact but also reduce the used of Portland

cement in many kinds of infrastructure which means also to reduce the release of CO2

into the atmosphere. Commonly fly ash has been a lot reused, but not for bottom ash.

Their bigger form can cause problems because if bottom ash reused like fly ash will

change production system in industry. Research that is done by using bottom ash as soil

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


stabilizer (paving block) with solidification/stabilization aim that it can be a way to reduce

bottom ash waste.

Purpose

The purpose of this research is:

1. to learn about solidification/stabilization process of fly ash and bottom ash

2. to use fly and bottom ash waste as paving block

3. to understand heavy metal leached to environment from result of

solidification/stabilization

4. to know optimal use of fly and bottom ash as paving block in mixing with cement,

soil and water

Explanation

Fly AshAccording to Sukandarrumidi (2006), coal combustion would product fly and bottom ash.

Per year 2005, more than 150 million ton fly ash is resulted from PLTU all around the

world and half of that number have not been used yet so that they create pollution to the

environment. For instance, PLTU Surabaya in Serang, Indonesia, can produce fly ash

1200 ton/day (Anonim 2002). Some of fly ash has been reused in construction industry,

cement production and porcelain making process. Characteristic of fly ash according to

Sukandarrumidi (2006) are:

1. The color of fly ash depends on burning time. Softer the color, means better

quality of fly ash.

2. Chemical composition, according to ASTM C 618, the composition must have

70% oxide like SiO3, Al2O3 and Fe2O3 and the content of sulfate minimum 3%.

3. Chemically, the main structure of fly ash is Si, Al, Fe, Ca, K, Na and Ti

4. Pozzolan, is how far and how fast Si react with Ca(OH)2 with the present of water

which released because dehydration process Portland cement in room

temperature.

5. The used of fly ash are to make light aggregate, porcelain making, chemical

resources, etc.

Most of fly ash chemical composition depends on type of coal. According to ASTM C618-

86, there are three types of fly ash; C, F and N class.

Fly Ash to EnvironmentFly ash is resulted from coal combustion. This fly ash will be catch by filter, if it doesn’t

work, then fly ash will out to the atmosphere. The result is, the heat of the sun will be

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


covered by fly ash so that the shine will not reach the earth. Surround air will be

contaminated and in human will cause breathing problems. Fly ash also has the amount

of SO2. SO2 will react with the vapor on the atmosphere and form H2SO4. If it is form a lot,

there will cause acid rain and will disturb living creature.

Fly Ash as B3 Waste ProductsAccording to Ngurah Ardha (2007), fly ash from coal combustion as PLTU waste products

include B3. Due to the increase of PLTU in Indonesia, the amount of fly ash will also

increase. The amount of fly ash in the year 2000 has reach 1,66 million ton, since 2000 to

2006 at least the amount of fly ash has reach 219.000 ton/year. If this waste product

doesn’t manage well, it will cause hazard to the environment.

Bottom AshBottom ash is part of coal combustion by products in form of soft particles and Pozzolan.

The problem in the environment appears from bottom ash in form of bigger one. This kind

of bottom ash still has fixed carbon (fixed carbon in coal 6500-6800 kkal/kg about 41-

42%). If this bottom ash directly contact to the environment, as soon as possible bottom

ash will form metana gas and cause self burning and self exploding.

Management of B3Management of B3 include waste minimize activities. There are several actions:

1. to reduce the waste product on its main source.

2. to recycle waste products, especially on the industry itself. If we can’t avoid the

waste, make them well recycled.

3. to use safe waste management equipment to reduce toxicity, mobility or volume

of waste.

4. to dispose the waste in safety places.

Solidification/StabilizationSolidification/stabilization process is a waste management that is reduced the amount of

content both physically and chemically by adding something (Freeman and Harris, 1995).

Characteristic of solidification/stabilization:

1. it needs to mix with some products, either on site or off site.

2. contaminant immobilization

3. solidification/stabilization doesn’t destroy inorganic waste

4. stabilization can combine with encapsulated or immobilization technology

5. increase total volume of waste material

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Inorganic Stabilization/SolidificationInorganic waste mixes with product that will give “cementing” effect with add of water. The

product that commonly used in stabilization and solidification process:

1. cement solidification or stabilization

2. pozolanik solidification or stabilization

Soil StabilizationThe purpose of soil stabilization is to fix the soil condition. Some actions of stabilization

are:

1. increase soil density

2. increase inactive materials

3. increase materials to get natural changes

4. change bad soil structure

Analysis

Crushing TestTested sample include mixture of fly/bottom ash, cement, and soil. The amount is 12 for

each. Three tested sample (triple) for each curing time (7, 14, 28 days) so that total

tested sample is 108 with the add of 3%, 6% and 9% cement plus 3%, 6% and 9%

fly/bottom ash, Blanco: soil + cement with percentage above.

Kuat Tekan Umur 28 Hari

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

P0 P1 P2 P3 Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 R0 R1 R2 R3

Kode benda uji

Kua

t Tek

an (k

g/cm

2)

ij

Pressure Strength resulted from fly ash solidification age 28

(Detty Noor 2008)

Explanation:

The result of pressure strength from best composition is 9% fly ash, 6% cement, 85% soil

is 114 kg/cm2. Quality suitable to paving block SNI 03-0691-1999 for D (garden needs)

with pressure strength 85-100 kg/cm2.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Pressure Strength mixture with 9% cement

(Nikita 2008)

Explanation:

The result of pressure strength from best composition is 6% bottom ash, 9% cement,

85% soil is 104,5 kg/cm2 suitable to quality of D (garden needs).

Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure

Testing is done to the sample which has strong value of pressure strength.

TCLP Test Result

KodeCd(mg/l)

Cr (mg/l) Cu(mg/l)

Pb(mg/l)

Zn(mg/l) Ni (mg/l)

Fly Ash 9%, 6%cement, 85% soil 0.01 <0.02 0.013 0.607 0.426 0.130Bottom ash 6%, 9%cement, 85% soil <0.01 <0.02 0.049 0.3185 0.2675 0.2295Blanco 0.02 <0.02 0.0395 0.3095 0.135 0.242Quality(PP 85/1999) 1.0 5.0 10.0 5.0 50.0 -

(Nikita 2008)

Explanation:

from the table above shows that heavy metal leached from solidification/ stabilization

fulfill ( under quality) PP No 85 year 1999.

Used of fly ash could increase strength result from solidification/stabilization although

maximum percentage should be noticed because it can decrease strength. Heavy metal

leached such as Cd, Cr, Cu, Pb, Ni, Zn from fly/ bottom ash solidification with composition

above under quality PP No. 85 year 1999. Fly/bottom ash waste products is not only used

as paving block but also could be used in the other work like sub based block product,

conblock, ready mix (concrete beton).

(sumber : Hasil analisis laboratorium lingkungan, Usakti)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Summary1. Used of fly ash could increase strength result from solidification/stabilization although

maximum percentage should be noticed because it can decrease strength.

2. Heavy metal leached such as Cd, Cr, Cu, Pb, Ni, Zn from fly/ bottom ash solidification

with composition above under quality PP No. 85 year 1999.

3. Fly/bottom ash waste products is not only used as paving block but also could be

used in the other work like sub based block product, conblock, ready mix (concrete

beton).

ReferencesChan, Y. W dan Y. S. Chen.2005. Application of Combustion Bottom Ash in

Geotechnical Construction. Taiwan: Japan-Taiwan International Workshop OnUrban regeneration 2005 Maintenance and Green Material. http://www.csur.t.u-

Cullinane, M J. Jr.et.al. 1986. Handbook for Stabilization/ Solidification of HazardousWaste dalam Barth Edwin F, dkk (eds) Sanitary Landfilling Process, Technologyand Environmental Impact. London: Academic Press.tokyo.ac.jp/taiwanactionstudy/greenmaterial.html

Peraturan Pemerintah No 85 Tahun 1999 Tentang Pengelolaan Limbah BahanBerbahaya Dan Beracun

Sukandarrumidi. 2006. Batubara dan Pemanfaatannya: Pengantar Teknologi BatubaraMenuju Lingkungan Bersih. Yogyakarta: Gadjah Mada University Press.

SNI-03-0691-1996 Tentang Persyaratan Baku Mutu Beton. BSN

Putri, Nikita. 2008. pemanfaatan bottom ash dari pembakaran batu bara sebagai soilstabilizer dengan metode solidifikasi. Jakarta

Noor, Detty. 2008. pemanfaatan fly ash sisa dari pembakaran batu bara sebagai soilstabilizer dengan metode solidifikasi/stabilisasi. Jakarta

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.ET-07

THE CARBON, NITROGEN AND PHOSPHOROUS CONTENTSIN THE BIOWASTE SOLID FRACTION AFTER PRE-TREATING IN A

MECHANICAL BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT PROCESS

Etih Hartati, Novri Susanto, Marisa Handajani, Prayatni Soewondo andMoch. Chaerul

Program Study of Environmental Engineering-Faculty of Civil and EnvironmentalEngineering-

Institute Technology Bandung,Jl. Ganesha 10 Bandung 40132-Tel: 022-2502647-Fax: 022-2530704

E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract

The escalation of the population in Indonesia increases the amount of bio-waste. The bio-waste generally contains high leveled organic matters, which is in the range of 70% to80%. The bio-waste is potentially treated with biological treatments such as compostingand anaerobic treatments. Since the biowaste has high content of water, this waste willbe too expensive for the thermal process. One of the potential biowaste treatmentprocess is Mechanical Biological Treatment Process (MBT Process) which is acombination of a mechanical process and a biological process. The mechanical process,which is used as a pre-treatment process, includes sorting, grinding, and separation ofliquid and solid phase of biowaste. The biological process is a bio-waste degradationprocess by anaerobic process. The purpose of the research is to have a knowledge ofthe influence of pre-treatment processes on carbon, nitrogent, and phosphor contents inthe solid fraction of biowaste. The information of the C:N:P ratio is significantly necessaryfor the biological process. This research has been done in laboratory scale reactors byusing bio-waste from the traditional market. The experiments include the variation ofrinsing waters, the ratio of solid and rinsing-water, and the lenght of blending time. Theresearch results according to the ratio of C:N and N:P, the optimum pretreatmentcondition as the grinding time is 45 seconds and the tofu wastewater as the processwater with the ratio of 1:1.

Key words : Mechanical Biological Treatment, biowaste, biology, solid fraction

BackgroundThe development of the population in Indonesia increase the amount of waste product,

such as solid, liquid and gas of waste. The handling of solid waste can do with open

dumping method. Open dumping method is collect of solid waste, transport to final

process site, but this method the cause problem because site capacity and transportation

capacity is limited. The bio-waste generally contains high leveled organic matters, which

is in the range of 70% to 80%. The bio-waste is potentially treated with biological

treatments such as composting and anaerobic treatments. Since the biowaste has high

content of water, this waste will be too expensive for the thermal process. The organic

solid waste treatment is necessary because the high level composition to compared the

other component. The biowaste which was taken from the market waste consisted of

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


fruit, vegetable and tubers were rich nutrient and not many consist hazardous material.

One of the potential biowaste treatment process is Mechanical Biological Treatment

Process (MBT Process) which is a combination of a mechanical process and a biological

process. The mechanical process, which is used as a pre-treatment process, includes

sorting, grinding, and separation of liquid and solid phase of biowaste. The biological

process is a bio-waste degradation process by anaerobic process. The residu from

anaerobic treatment further can the composted.

The purpose of the research is to have a knowledge of the influence of pre-treatment

processes on carbon, nitrogent, and phosphor contents in the solid fraction of biowaste

MethodologyThe raw biowaste was taken from the market waste in the Caringin Gross Market,

Bandung-West Java, Indonesia. The biowaste which was taken consisted of fruit,

vegetable and tubers. The general biowaste characteristics were measure during the

sampling. The measurement which conducted on the location were air temperature,

humidity, biowaste density. The sample of the bio waste were cleaned and separated

from the small sized inorganic impurities. Furthermore, the organic waste was shredded

with the velocities of 800 rpm. The shredded-organic waste had a diameter size less than

1 cm. The variation in pretreatment process consisted of the variations of :

- the ratio of biowaste volume to the process water volume (1:1, 1:2, 1:3)

- the blending time (30, 45, and 60 seconds)

- the source of process water (tap water,Cikapundung river water and tofu wastewater).

In the pretreatment process, the solid biowaste was prepared into a biowaste pulp by

adding the process water. The pulping process was taken in a blender that was used for

mixing the biowaste with the process water. The biowaste and the process water were

blended in a blender at certain blending time. The biowaste pulp were taken out from the

blender and seperated in a hand filter press in order to get the liquid and solid fraction of

biowaste. The solid fraction are ready for its characterization measurement pH,

Temperature, C-organic, NTK, Total phosphat. The characteristic of the process water

were also analized parameters are: temperature, pH, Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD),

and total phospate.

Table 1. The variation in the biowaste pretreatment

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Ratio of Blending Time Process Water

biowaste : process water (v/v) (seconds)

1:1 30 ; 45 ; 60 Tap water

1:2 30 ; 45 ; 60 Tap water

1:3 30 ; 45 ; 60 Tap water

optimum optimum River Water

optimum optimum Tofu wastewater

The blending time were the variation which gave the highest concentration for each

parameter in each fraction of biowaste. While the optimum ratio of biowaste to process

water and the source of process water were the ratio which gave the ratio of COD:N:P on

the optimum range from biological process (100:5:1). This will give the COD:N ratio

around 20 and the COD:P ratio around 100.

ResultThe characteristic of the Biowaste and Process WaterThe bio waste was taken from the gross market in Caringin, Bandung-West Java.

The environment conditions were: humidity 92%, air temperature 24oC (wet temperature)

25oC (dry temperature), and biowaste density 0,51 g/cm3.

Table 2. The Characteristic of Process Water

No Parameter Units Process water

tap water cikapundung river tofu wastewater

1 pH - 7.17 8.60 6.25

2 COD mg/L 1.61 80.64 5483.52

3 N-Total mg/L - 13.43 171.38

4 Total phosphat mg/L - - 1.94

The Characteristic of Solid Fraction after MBT ProcessThe performance of solid fraction was the same as liquid fraction, where the variation of

this experiments consisted of grinding time, ratio of bio waste and water and water

resource for rinsing. The goal of this experiment showed an optimal condition for

biological process, where the corporation of C: N: P same as 100:5:1. Table 3 shows the

concentration of C-organic, NTK and Total phosphate with tap water.

Table 3. The concentration of C-organic, NTK and Total phosphate with tap water

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Ratio Time(sec)

C-organic(mg/kg)

NTK(mg/kg)

Totaol phosphate(mg/kg)

1:1 30 503100 5093 1605

1:1 45 458000 4150 1770

1:1 60 503100 4716 2097

1:2 30 458000 3679 2192

1:2 45 435500 2405 2059

1:2 60 638300 3914 2211

1:3 30 570700 3348 2022

1:3 45 390400 3301 2003

1:3 60 412900 3773 2382

Figure 1, 2 and 3 shows the concentration of C-organic, Total phosphate and NTK by

different time of grinding.

0

100000

200000

300000

400000

500000

600000

700000

1:1 1:2 1:3

Ratio of biowaste and water

C-O

rgan

ic (m

g/kg

) 30 sec45 sec60 sec

Figure 1. The C-Organic concentration ofSolid fraction by different of grinding timewith tap water.

0.0000

500.0000

1000.0000

1500.0000

2000.0000

2500.0000

3000.0000

1:1 1:2 1:3

Ratio of biowaste and water

Tota

l Pho

spha

te (m

g/kg

)

30 sec45 sec60 sec

Figure 2. The Total Phosphateconcentration of Solid fraction bydifferent of grinding time with tapwater.

0

0.1

0 .2

0 .3

0 .4

0 .5

0 .6

1 :1 1 :2 1 :3

R atio of b iow aste and w ater

NT

K c

on

cen

trat

ion

(mg

/kg

)

30 sec45 sec60 sec

Figure 3.The Total NTK concentration of Solid fraction by different of grinding time

with tap water.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The results show that the C-Organic, Total Phosphate and NTK by 45 sec of grinding

time had the smallest concentration. It means in 45 second of grinding time, most of this

material solved to the liquid phase.

Table 4. The concentration of C-organic, NTK and Total phosphate by 45 second ofgrinding time with tap water, Cikapundung river and Tofu wastewater

Ratio Process WaterC-Organik

(mg/kg)

NTK

(mg/kg)

Total Fosfat

(mg/kg)

1:1 Tap water 458000 4150 1769

1:2 Tap water 435500 2405 2059

1:3 Tap water 390400 3301 2002

1:1 Cikapundung river 179657 5370 1112



1:1 Tofu wastewater 124365 4940 942



The comparisons of C/N/P ratios from each pretreatment condition are summarized in

Table 5.

Table 5. The comparisions of C:N and N:P by 45 seconds of grinding time withtap water, Cikapundung river and Tofu wastewater

Ratio Process Water C:N N:P

1:1 Tap water 110 2.35

1:2 Tap water 181 1.16

1:3 Tap water 118 1.64

1:1 Cikapundung river 34 4.83



1:1 Tofu wastewater 26 5.25



The ideal values for C/N ratio that in the range of 20 to 30 are obtained from the variation

with tofu wastewater at the ratio of 1:1 and 1:2, and also with Cikapundung River water at

the ratio of 1:2. The optimum values of C/N ratio are 26, 23 and 27. These three

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


variations are analyzed further for the optimum N:P ratio which the value is around 5. The

variation of tofu wastewater (1:1) has the N:P ratio equal to 7.87; the Cikapundung River

water (1:2) give the ratio of 6.04.

According to the ratio of C:N and N:P, the optimum pretreatment condition is tofu

wastewater as the rinsing water with the ratio of 1:1 (biowaste : rinsing water).

ConclusionThe research results show that optimum pretreatment condition as the grinding time is 45

second and the ratio of biowaste:process water is 1:1 (biowaste : tofu wastewater) by

according to the ratio of C:N and N:P.

Reference

Metcalf and Eddy, (2003). Wastewater Engineering : Treatment, Disposal ang Reuse.McGraw-Hill International Editions, 3rd.

Pahl,O., Firth, A., MacLeod, I., Baird, J., (2008). Anaerobic co-digestion of mechanicallybiologically treated municipal waste with primary sewage sludge-A feasibilitystudy. Journal of Bioresource Technology 99, 3354-3364.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.UM-01

FORMULATION OF ZONING REGULATION PRINCIPLES FOR URBANAGRICULTURE ACTIVITY IN SURABAYA

Myrna Augusta A. DewiDepartment of Urban and Regional Planning, Faculty of Civil Engineering and Planning

10 Nopember Institute of Technology, Surabaya

AbstractUrban agriculture is an activity of agriculture in the city environment as form of productiveurban green space that has both economic and ecology value. On the ground, urbanagriculture activity is potentially benefit, but it also potentially occures some conflicts withanother city landuse. On the other hand, ideas to develop this activity in Indonesia havenever been acomodated in city planning document and there is also no city developmentregulation that support urban agriculture, so that many of this activity are failed .In the cityof Surabaya, urban agriculture has already exist marginally, because it does not have alegal power, unplanned and uncontrolled properly. Based on this fact, a policy is neededin the form of zoning regulation principles in order to manage and accommodate urbanagriculture side effect that could occurs conflict with another city land use. By thisintention, to achieve that proper zoning regulation principles, this research need toidentified the characteristics of urban agriculture and also formulate its problems typologyas an basic input to formulate the zoning regulation principles. The analysis method thatis used to identify urban agriculture characteristic is descriptive-qualitative analysis withcrosstabulation matrix among variables to discover a tabulation of character betweenfood plant agriculture and non food plant agriculture. Determination of problems typologyalso discovered by descriptive-qualitative analysis with triangulation technique. The lastmethod to formulate principles of zoning regulation is by using descriptive-comparativeanalysis and triangulation by synthesize the researcher empirical observation; somezoning regulation literatures and also policy that interact with urban agriculture in city ofSurabaya. Principles of regulation can be divided into 3 (three), they are regulation offunction, regulation of agricultural land intensity and proportion and technical regulation.Regulation of function is regulation of farming type that recommended inside of somespecific location. Regulation of agricultural land intensity and proportion is regulation ofintensity and proportion that allowed inside of agricultural land to minimize the conflicts ordisturbances between agriculture land and another circumstance city land use. Technicalregulation is divided into technical regulation to minimize disturbance with anothercircumstance city land use, technical regulation to complete infrastructure and facility andtechnical regulation for reducing land conflict. These regulations are aimed to make urbanagriculture become a collective activity of government and society to achieve sustainabledevelopment for the city environment in the future.

Key Words : Urban agriculture; productive urban green space; zoning regulation;sustainable development.

I. Introduction

Now days the function of open green space in the urban area throughout the

world has been oriented into open green space for productive function which is not only

count on its ecology and aesthetic value but also economy value. Urban open green

space is now utilized as urban agriculture or urban farming activity that also advantage

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


economically and be able to support the food necessity of urban dwellers. According to

preliminary researches that have summarized by De Zeew, (2001), it has been observed

that urban agriculture exists within heterogeneous resource utilization situations under

conditions of scarce as well as abundant land and/or water resources. In terms of its

contributions to development, urban agriculture enhances food security, provides

additional income and employment for poor and middle-income urban dwellers.

Ecologically, urban agriculture has a contribution to urban greening and microclimate

development or to the re-use of urban organic wastes. Urban agriculture also capture

CO2 and dusts to restore microclimate, diminish erosion and flood disaster, reducing

urban heat, smash the wind and reducing the noise and also enriching biodiversity.

The existence of new development concept of productive open green space as open

space which is able to accommodate the community economic advantage by applying

urban agriculture gives a friction to the main function of open green space that so far has

been emphasized into ecology and esthetic value. By productive open green space, the

economic value will become the new attribute of open green space without vanishing its

ecology and esthetic value (Satiawan, 2005). In Surabaya city, urban agriculture has

been done by many urban community marginally. According to Satiawan (2005), urban

agriculture in Surabaya has been existed in a few spots, for example : (1) near the

tollgate Waru, (2) road median of Jemursari, (3) a few spots in Gayungsari, Kebonsari,

Kedungasem, Kejawan Gebang, Pakal Benowo, Kenjeran and (4) in the riverside of

Kalimas.

Besides urban agriculture gives much benefits for urban environment, in the other

hand practically, Setiawan (1999) indicates that urban agriculture also potentially occurs

negative effects on another city land use. Those effect are implied on the plants and

animals in urban agriculture and pesticides that are used uncontrolled may give negative

effects to urban dwellers health and even potential in polluting source of clean water in

the city. He also indicates that urban agriculture give a potential to subtract city

government opportunity to using lands for commercial uses.

The ideas to develop urban agriculture in Indonesia have never been

accommodated in the city planning document and there is also no regulation of city

development that support urban agriculture, so that many of this activity are failed to

extend. In Surabaya city, urban agriculture has already exist marginally, because it does

not have a legal power, unplanned and uncontrolled properly. Based on this fact,

regulations are needed in the form of zoning regulation principles in order to manage and

accommodate urban agriculture side effects that could occur conflict with another city

land use. These regulations are aimed to make urban agriculture become a collective

activity of government and society to achieve sustainable development for the city

environment in the future.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


This research was firstly identified the characteristic of urban agriculture that will be

focused on two major variety of its products : food plants and horticulture plants in the

constrain of non-individual yard in Surabaya. Secondly, the research also identified

problems typology, not only problems that occurred by the existence of agriculture toward

urban activities but also problems that occurred from urban activities toward agriculture.

This research was also compare zoning regulation principles for urban agriculture that

has been applied outside Surabaya and Indonesia and also considering regulations in

Surabaya which is engaged with urban development to formulate zoning regulation

principles for urban agriculture activity. The principles of regulation can be divided into 3

(three), they are : (i) regulation of function, (ii) regulation of agricultural land intensity and

proportion and (iii) technical regulation.

II. Definition of Urban agriculture

Urban agriculture has a few definition that have ever revealed by researchers.

Setiawan (1999) expresses the common definition for urban agriculture which is an effort

of commercial form or not commercial, related with production, distribution, and

consumption of agricultural food or others products that is held in the urban area. Those

activities including planting, harvesting and distribution of food, forestry and many

livestock using lands that available in urban area. Urban agriculture commonly held on

abundant locations, especially vacant lands in urban area. Urban agriculture is one of an

alternative to optimize the using of urban scarce lands.

Commonly, agriculture activity of intra-urban and peri-urban can defines as

agriculture activity that exists within scarce resources of lands, water, energy, and

employer for the need of urban food security for urban dwellers (Agriculture 21, 1999).

According to Novo and Murphy, (1999), urban agriculture is based on production

paradigm in community, by community, for community that defines the cycles of

producer-production-distribution-consumer. Urban agriculture developing within an idea

to minimizing distance between producer and consumer in context of maintaining the

stability of food availability that fresh, healthy and varying in urban area.

Definition of urban agriculture specifically is expressed by Mougeot (2000) that

based on the following determinants : (i) economic activities, (ii) products (food, non-

food), (iii) location (intra-urban/urban and peri-urban), (iv) neighborhood areas, (v)

destination, and (vi) product scale.

III. Methodology

Approachment that is used in this research is a mix of rasionalism and posititivistic.

This approchment using rasionalism method in formulate the framework of theoritic

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


conceptualisation and giving interpretation of the meaning using positivistic

approachment in testing the specific emphirical object. (Muhadjir, 1990).

The analysis method that is used to identify urban agriculture characteristic is

descriptive-qualitative analysis with crosstabulation matrix among variables to discover a

tabulation of character between food plant agriculture and non food plant agriculture.

Determination of problems typology also discovered by descriptive-qualitative analysis

with triangulation technique. The last method to formulate principles of zoning regulation

is by using descriptive-comparative analysis and triangulation by synthesize the

researcher empirical observation; some zoning regulation literatures and also policy that

interact with urban agriculture in city of Surabaya.

IV. Characteristic of Urban agriculture in Surabaya

Location of urban agriculture in Surabaya has scattered in many spots within 18

districts. The dissemination of urban agriculture location is found by primary survey

throughout Surabaya as there’s no valid formal information and data from government

institution that can be found. Totally, there are 40 spots for food agriculture and 14 spots

for non-food agriculture (horticulture plants). For detail information about urban

agriculture in Surabaya can be seen in table 4.1.

Table 1 Location and Organizer of Urban Agriculture in Surabaya

No Variety of Urban AgricultureOrganizer/owner

(persons)

SOUTHERN OF S URABAYA

1 Food Plants 136

2 Horticulture Plants 40

Subtotal 176

WESTERN SURABAYA

1 Food Plants 415


Subtotal 493

EASTERN SURABAYA

1 Food Plants 103


Subtotal 181

NORTHERN SURABAYA

1 Food Plants 55


ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


No Variety of Urban AgricultureOrganizer/owner

(persons)

Subtotal 64

CENTER SURABAYA


Total 929

Source : Primer Survey, 2007

Agriculture in Surabaya has diverse character between urban agriculture and peri-

urban agriculture. The diversity can be more identified by considering those agriculture

into food plants and non-food (horticulture) plants. Thereby, the differences of

characteristic between them can be identified in variables includes : (i) kind of agriculture

plant, (ii) economic activity of agriculture, (iii) production scale, (iv) type of location, (v)

infrastructure availability, (vi) type of job for farmers and (vii) capital ability. In Surabaya,

generally, food plant agriculture more distribute in the peri-urban while non-food plant

agriculture with ornamental plants product dominating urban area. The detail

characteristic of urban agriculture in Surabaya can be seen in Table 4.2

Table 2. Comparison of Urban Food Agriculture and Non-Food Agriculture

Characteristic Within The Difference of Location

Urban Farming/UA Peri-Urban Farming/PUANo

Variable of

Characteristic Food PlantsNon-Food Plant

(Horticulture)Food Plants

Non-Food Plant

(Horticulture)

1.Variety of

agricultureRare Dominant Dominant Rare

2.Variety of

products

Palawija and

paddy

Dominated by

ornamental

plants

Palawija and

paddy

Dominated by

vegetable plants

3.

Variety of

economy

activity

Dominated by

activity of

production-

processing -

distribution

Dominated by

following activity :

1.Production-

processing-

distribution

2.Only distribution

Dominated by

activity of

production-

processing -

distribution

Dominated by

activity of

production-

distribution

4. Product purposeDominated for

trading

Dominated for

trading

Dominated for

self consumption

and for trade

Dominated for

trading

5. Production Local Local, regional, Local Local

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3



Variable ofCharacteristic Food Plants

Non-Food Plant(Horticulture)

Food PlantsNon-Food Plant

(Horticulture)

scale national

6.

Land Status Dominated by

private owner

Dominated by

government

owner

Dominated by

private owner

Dominated by

private owner

7.

Surrounding or

neighborhood

areas

Dominated by

area nearby

settlement

Dominated by

area nearby river

and highway

Dominated by

area nearby

settlement

Dominated by

area nearby

settlement and

education area

(university)

8. Land character Changeable Changeable Changeable Changeable

9.

Availability of

supporting

infrastructure

and facilities

Available Available Sufficient Available

Supporting

environment

(water, land,

air)

Generally

supporting

Generally

supporting, but in

a few spots air

pollution effecting

the existence of

farming

Generally

supporting

Generally

supporting

a. Air condition Clean

Polluted, but

there are a few

spots still clean

Clean Clean

b. Soil condition Fertile Fertile Fertile Fertile

c. Land

condition

Unpolluted Unpolluted Unpolluted Unpolluted

d. Climate

condition

Supporting Supporting Supporting Supporting

10.

e. Groundwater

condition

Unpolluted Unpolluted Unpolluted Unpolluted

11.Distribution

accessAvailable

Available Available Available

12.

Job

classification

for farmers

Main jobPart time job -

main jobMain job

Part time job -

main job

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3



Variable ofCharacteristic Food Plants



(Horticulture)

13. Capital ability Sufficient Less-Sufficient Sufficient Less-Sufficient

14.Knowledge and

Skill

Adequate Adequate Adequate Adequate

15. Cooperation No cooporation No cooperation No cooperation No cooperation

Source : Analysis Result, 2007

V. Characteristic of Problems of Urban Agriculture in Surabaya

Basically, the problems that was faced by farmers and landowners of urban

agriculture whether in urban or in peri-urban were diverse. The diversity is mainly can be

identified from the difference character of food plants and non-food plants. In urban

agriculture, problems of location and suitability of function was the problems that are

different from those which was faced by farmers in peri-urban. Lands for urban agriculture

commonly are identified as high-risk changeable lands and restricted areas such as in

street border, street median, river side, or railway side. The detail problems can be seen

in table 4.1.

Table 3 Comparison of Urban Food Agriculture and Non-Food AgricultureCharacteristic of Problems Within The Difference of Location

Urban Agriculture/UA Peri-Urban Agriculture/PUANo

Variable of

Problems

CharacteristicFood Plants

Non-Food Plant

(Horticulture)Food Plants

Non-Food Plant

(Horticulture)

1.Location and

function

Location are

dominated by

high-risk

changeable

lands

Location are

dominated by high-

risk changeable lands

and lay on restricted

areas

Location are

dominated by

high-risk

changeable

lands

Location are

dominated by high-

risk changeable

lands

2.

Conflict of

landowner

status

None

rarely, conflict with

government about

license

None

rarely, conflict with

private sector as

landowners

3.

Impact of urban

activity toward

agriculture

In a few spots

which is land

pollution

In a few spots which

is air pollution

In a few spots

which is water

pollution

In a few spots

which is air

pollution

4.

Impact of

agriculture

toward urban

In a few spots :

combustion of

production

None

In a few spots :

combustion of

production

In a few spots :

combustion of

production garbage

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Urban Agriculture/UA Peri-Urban Agriculture/PUANo

Variable ofProblems

CharacteristicFood Plants



(Horticulture)

activity and

urban

environment

garbage garbage

5.Environmental

risk

In a few spots

which is theft of

agriculture

products

Dominated by theft of

ornamental plants

In a few spots

which is theft of

agriculture

products

Dominated by theft

of ornamental

plants

6.

Availability of

infrastructure

and supporting

facility

No specific

facility that is

need to be built

No specific facility

that is need to be

built

Irrigation

system need to

be fixed

Organization such

as co-operation

need to

reorganized to

enhance the

existence of

agriculture

7.

Sustainability of

agriculture

enhancement

Depends on

landowner

which is

dominated by

private sectors

Depends on

government and

farmers

Depends on

landowner

which is

dominated by

private sectors

Depends on

landowner which is

dominated by

private sectors and

farmers

Source : Analysis Result, 2007

Problems as listed above are problems that come from farmers and landowner

point of view. There are problems that express by the government. The problems include:

The decreases of productive agriculture lands because of land use changes

The switchover system of farming from paddy to backyard farming and horticulture

including commercial ornamental plants

There are many vacant lands that are not used productively as farming

The changeover of irrigation channel to drainage channel, causing many first class

farming area becoming third class farming area and give a huge impact to its

productivity

Skill and knowledge of recent urban farmers are low

Difficulty in finding new workers in farmlands because agriculture now days is seen

as unfortunate job for urban dwellers

There are no regulations in agriculture that accommodate the observation of product

distribution that entering Surabaya.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Urban agriculture lands are hard to be maintaining because farming is no longer

visible with the mission of surabaya master plan and development in the future which

is becoming city of service. So agriculture is no longer to be given high priority in

productivity but more to distribution of crops from rural farming lands.

There are other problems found from dwellers who live nearby agriculture land.

Those are :

Air pollution when farmers combustion their wastes. The air pollution disturbing

dwellers whose houses nearby the agriculture lands.

Drainage channel is full of garbage when farmers shut the channel to irrigate their

land so many garbage are stuck inside the channel.

Noise or sound pollution when it is time to harvesting the crop especially for lands

nearby settlement and education area. Usually, farmers yelling to fly away birds that

stealing their crops.

There are land occupancy from unknown landowner, but this is considering

advantagous because it causing the vacant land become more useful and

productive.

However, even agriculture is not becoming priority in surabaya development, it is

still need to be maintained for balancing an urban ecology sustainability as productive

urban green space. Agriculture that should be maintained are those that include a wide

areas of scale and it is productive to sold and being accommodate in Master plan of

Surabaya 2013.

VI. Formulation of Zoning Regulation Principles for Urban Agriculture inSurabaya

Zoning regulation principles that was formulated consist of three main analysis

phases, they are : (i) to identified typology of agriculture land problems, (ii) to formulate

type of identical agriculture land problems, and (iii) to formulate principles of zoning

regulation based on type of identical agriculture land problems. The scheme can be seen

in figure 6.1.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


VI.1 Type of Land with Identical Agriculture Problems

Analysis that is first be done is categorising typology of land with identical problems to

ease the regulation. These type of land is used for determinated which land that deserve

to be maintaned (allowed), land that temporary deserve to be maintaned (allowed

temporary) and land that unable to be maintaned (recommended not allowed) based on

its suitability with Surabaya master plan 2013. The typology is divided into 32 types.

There are 16 types of agriculture lands that suitable with master plan of Surabaya 2013

and 16 types of land that is not suitable with master plan of Surabaya 2013 (the detail

table is enclosed).

VI.2 Formulation of Zoning Regulation Principles

Each of land type has identic problems that can be happened within type of

agriculture land nearby the identified neighborhood area. Type of agriculture land with its

neighborhood area then be named as Type Of Agriculture Zone that are include :

1. Type of agriculture zone nearby or within settlement (code area is P)

Figure 1 Scheme of Phase Analysis of Formulation of ZoningRegulation Principles

Characteristic of urbanagriculture based on

farmers

Charactersitic of areanearby agriculture

lands (neighborhoodareas)

Characteristic ofagriculture

location andvariety ofproduct

Typology of Problem

Charactiristic of problems ofagriculture based on farmers

point of view

Characteristic of problems ofagriculture based on

governement and urbandwellers point of view

Category of Problems

Problem ofsuitable function

Problem ofproductivity

Problems ofsustainability

Impact inward andtoward agriculture

Problem ofInfrastructure and

facility

Types of land with identicproblems

Function is not suitable with masterplan(T) T1-T16

Form of regulation needed and category ofhandling system of each identical typology

Matrix of type of problems that aresuitable with masterplan toward :

Problem of productivity Problems of sustainability Impact inward and toward agriculture

and urban environment Problem of Infrastructure and facility

Zoning MapOf urban

agriculture inSurabaya

Matrix of type of problems that are notsuitable with masterplan toward :

Problem of productivity Problems of sustainability Impact inward and toward agriculture and

urban environment Problem of Infrastructure and facility

Neighborhood area of agriculture are: Settlement (P) Education area (D) Industry area (I) River / drainage channel (S) Road / highway (J) Railway area (R)

Principles of zoningregulation needed basedon neighborhood area

Function is suitable withmasterplan (S) S1-S16

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


2. Type of agriculture zone nearby or within industrial area (code area is I)

3. Type of agriculture zone nearby or within education area (code area is D)

4. Type of agriculture zone nearby river and drainage channel or along riverside and

drainage channel side (code area is S)

5. Type of agriculture zone nearby street or highway or within street median or street

border (code area is J)

6. Type of agriculture zone nearby road or along railway side (code area is R)

Based on those, the formulation of zoning regulation principles can be made in each

land type of its neighborhood area based on identic problems exist. Formulation of zoning

regulation principle need to be detailed as land type of neighborhood area because each

neighborhood area occurs diverse activity which is occurs diverse impact toward

agriculture land and so on the opposite.

The principles of regulation are divided into 3 (three), they are :

Regulation of function is regulation of farming type that recommended inside of

some specific location.

Regulation of agricultural land intensity and proportion is regulation of intensity and

proportion that allowed inside of agricultural land to minimize the conflicts or

disturbances between agriculture land and another circumstance city land use.

Technical regulation is divided into technical regulation to minimize disturbance with

another circumstance city land use, technical regulation to complete infrastructure

and facility and technical regulation for reducing land conflict.

There are 2 two main regulation of function that need to be conducted, they are :

Regulation of function that is suitable with its function in master plan surabaya 2013

Regulation of function that is not suitable with its function in mater plan surabaya

2013

Regulation of function is regulation of determinating type of land use and function

including farming type that recommended inside of some specific location, main land use,

complement land use and uses with spesific certainty based on consideration of

occurable potential problems. Regulation of function is not only based on typology that

has identified, but also based on determination of suitable characteristic of some area

that is used as agriculture land. These three principles of regulation is formulated using

triangulation technic by comparing field observation, references of preliminary

researches, and regulation linked with urban development and the existence of

agriculture. The detailed principle of zoning regulation can be seen in table 6.1.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Tabel 4 Zoning Regulation Principles per Type of Land Agriculture

NoType of

Agriculture ZoneRegulation of Function

Regulation of

Proportion dan

Intensity

Technical Regulation

1.

Type of

agriculture zone

nearby or within

settlement

Regulation for land that is

suitable with masterplan:

Agriculture zone nearby

or inside settlement can

be in the form of food or

horticulture agriculture

with certain proportion

and intensity in constrain

to not effecting activity

and amenity of dwellers


not suitable with masterplan:

It can be use for a while

for farming until it

changes as its proper

function (non-conforming

uses)

Agriculture that is located

within this area can be in

the form of of food or

horticulture agriculture

with restricted proportion

and intensity

Regulation for agriculture

inside settlement :

Agriculture inside of

high density settlement

must be directed into a

low density farming in

constrain to not

effecting activities of

dwellers

Agriculture inside of

low density settlement

can be a low-high

densityfarming with

certain technical

regulation

Technical regulation to

minimize impact :

An intensive agriculture

land use should has

buffer to give a clear

border between

settlement and farming.

It can be in the form of

open space, fence, or

aligned trees

It is need to rebuild the

system of controlling

pest, so there will be not

much pesticide is used

that pottentially impact

to environment

Prohibition for farmers

to burn their waste

especially inside of high

density settlement and

give a socialiazation to

bury its back to become

humus or thrown it away

to disposal area.


complete supporting

infrastructure and facility :

It should be available a

certain disposal area for

farming

Remake or build the

irrigation channel for

high density and large

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


NoType of


Regulation ofProportion dan

Intensity


scale farming

2.

Type of

agriculture zone

nearby or within

industrial area


suitable with masterplan:

Agriculture in this such

area must be directed to

non-consumption plants

such as production plants

or ornamental plants

Agriculture with

horticulture plants such as

vegetable and fruits must

have buffer area to

eliminate a pottential

impact from industry area

such as land, water or air

pollution

Regulation of function that is

not suitable with its function

with masterplan :

For lands that is not

polluted by industry can be

use for a while for farming

until it changes as its

proper function (non-

conforming uses), but it

need to be completed with

technical regulation

There are no spesific

proportion and intensity

for farming nearby

industrial area because

farming not give

negative impact to

industry


minimize impact :


land use should has


border between

industrial area and

farming. Buffer can be in

the form of open space,

channel, fence, or

aligned walls or trees





which can be pottentially

impact to environment

Prohibition for farmers

to burn their waste by

giving a socialiazation to

bury its back to become

humus or thrown it away

to disposal area.


complete supporting




farming

Remake or build the



ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


NoType of



Intensity


scale farming

3.

Type of

agriculture zone

nearby or within

education area

Landuse for agriculture in

this zone need a technical

regulation especially

minimum distance from

center of education

activity to reduce

disturbance for education

activity

Landuse of farming in this

area can be made as

greenbelt that can support

education environment.

(University Community

plan, Merced County,

Califronia)

Agriculture in this zone

can be directed a low-

high density farming in

constrain to not

effecting activities of

education

Inside of a huge area of

campus, proportion of

farming can be low-

high density with

intensive-semi

extensive activity

In the area that

straightly limited to

schools, proportion of

farming must be low

density and unintensive

activity


minimize impact :


land use should has


border between

education area and

farming. Buffer can be in

the form of open space,

pathway, fence, or

aligned walls or trees


complete supporting




farming

Remake or build the



scale farming

4.

Type of

agriculture zone

nearby street or

highway or within

street median or

street border

Regulation of function for

agriculture land in street

border or street median:

Spot zoning : Exeption for

certain landuse in certain

restricted area or in small

spot (zoning that has

been used in USA since

1983)

Plant that can be produce

Regulation of agriculture

proportion in street border

and street median :

There is a constrain

needed for farming

activity with proportion

of low density and

unintensive activity



minimize impact :

It is need a buffer area

especially when

harvesting in order to not

disturbing road traffic.

The buffer in the form of

aligned trees, is needed

to reduce air pollution

caused by road traffic

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


NoType of



Intensity


in this spot is non-food

plant or horticulture

especially ornamental

plants with technical

regulation


agriculture land nearby

street or highway (not

including street border and

median):


in this area can be food or

non-food plant or

horticulture with technical

regulation to minimalize

disturbances with street

activity or road traffic.

land nearby street or

highway (not including

street border and

median):

There is no specific

intensity and proportion

as long as the

agriculture activities are

not disturbing road

traffic.

toward agriculture plants.

Agriculture activity with

commercial ornamental

plants need to build parking

area for consumers in order

to not disturbing road traffic

5.

Type of

agriculture zone

nearby river and

drainage channel

or along riverside

and drainage

channel side

Regulation for agriculture in

riverside and drainage

channel side :

Landuse is constrain to

non-food plants with

certain regulation of

intensity and technical

regulation to reduce water

pollution to the river


nearby river and drainage

channel :


in this area can be food or

non-food plant or


in riverside and drainage

channel side :

There is a constrain

needed for farming

activity with proportion

of low density and

unintensive activity

Regulation of agriculture in

riverside and drainage

channel side :

There is no specific

intensity and proportion

as long as the

agriculture activities are


minimize impact (River

pollution ):





that pottentially impact

to environment



farming

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


NoType of



Intensity


horticulture with technical

regulation to minimalize

pollution toward river

not polluted river or

drainage channel .

6.

Type of

agriculture zone

nearby road or

along railway side

Regulation for agriculture in

railway side :

Prohibition for intensive

agriculture activity to be

held and there can not be

allowed to build any kind

of permanent buildings

This area is a buffer zone

for train activity, thereby

green space must be

allocated as the conducted

regulation of buffer zone

for railway side

It is also need regulation

for certain intensity and

regulation of certain

distance to minimize

impact of train accident


agriculture nearby railway

side or railway border :

Function can be for food

agriculture with certain

regulation of intensity and

technical regulation to

minimize impact

Regulation of intensity :

Vegetation that can be

planted is various with

certain height which is

not hinder the train view

The width of area that

must be green is

constrain to minimum

60 % of all area (zoning

of Surabaya )

Regulation of certain

distance to minimize

impact of train accident :

Buffer or barrier between

working land and railway

side must be clear in the

form of border fence

Prohibition for build any

permanent buildings,

fence, or big aligned wall

that can be hinder train

view and dangerous the

safety of train voyage

Source: Analysis Result

Generally, regulation for agriculture land within area that is functioned as agriculture

has been regulate in Perda No.7/2002 about open green space in section 8 : regulation

for agriculture area is majored to support food and horticultural agriculture must be 80%-

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


90% of all area covered green. This regulation is aimed for all type of agriculture in urban

area.

Another technical regulation is related to development of acces and market for

product distribution. Agriculture land in huge scale and productive need to be enhanced

with a adequate access and market to enhance their productivity. Regulation for diminish

conflict of land status is also need to be formulated. There are two main conflict related to

this :

Land conflict because of the uncertanty of government license for agriculture land.

This conflict can be overcome by a clear job division in related government institution

with institution of urban planning. The license should be evaluated by conducted

spasial regulation, so the suitability of function can be achieved.

Land conflict because of the changes of land use function. This can be overcome by

conducting agreement between landowner and farmer for every possibility of

agriculture land changes in certain time in the future. This is need to be conducted to

hinder worker or farmer to be harmed by uncertain condition that landowner possibly

do. Every spot or area that is used for agriculture must be reported to government to

be accommodate in the lowest level of government institution so the enhancement of

every agriculture land can be followed by government institution periodically.

Another arrangement of the zoning regulation is related to the distribution of activity

types of urban agriculture between intra-urban agriculture and peri-urban agriculture.

Types of agriculture that can be conducted inside of the urban area is activity of

agriculture within small width, both productive or not to supporting micro climate of

massive urban area. Types of agriculture products that can be an alternatives are

foods plants such as crops and hortikultural plants such as vegetables, fruits,

aromatic and medicinal herbs, or ornamental plants.

Types of agriculture that can be done in the peri-urban is activity of agriculture that

commonly need large area and productive in non local scale of production and need

a sufficient micro climate that supporting its sustainability. These types of agriculture

products can be both food and non-food agriculture with extensive and intensive

scale of activity and area.

The form of regulation in detail is done toward agriculture lands nearby certain

landuse and it has been made in the form of zoning map to see spatially for land location

which is need regulation. Zonification regulation also can be done with alocated a few

zoning variances to arrange urban agriculture. Those zoning variances are :

Special zoning can be used for types of food and non-food agriculture land nearby

education area, roadway, and urban settlement.

Non-conforming uses can be used for types of food agriculture land which lay inside

of temporary non agricultural land use until it changes into its suitable function.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Conditional uses can be used for types of food and non-food agriculture land that is

not suitable with its function but has asupporting circumstance for agriculture.

Spot Zoning can be used for types of non-food agriculture that is located in restricted

areas just like in the riversdide, railway side, and among high density urban

settlement.

VI.3 Zoning Map for Zoning Regulation Principles for Urban Agriculture in Surabaya

To be a certain guide for government to arrange the regulation toward types of

agriculture lands, these research also made a zoning map to figure the zoning regulation

spatially. This zoning map was indicating in which zones urban agriculture is allowed and

prohibit due to certain condition and what the policy or regulation principles of the zone

that is needed to be added for the sustainability of urban environment. The all over

flowchart of principles of zoning regulation and zoning map is as be seen in following

diagram.

The zone code to be allocated in the zoning map should follow the nomenclature

of zoning code as seen in table 6.2. and the zoning map can be seen in figure 6.3

Table 5 Zoning Code for Urban Agriculture Regulation

Major Zone

(Type of Agriculture

Land)

Neighborhood Zone Zone Code

Suitable with Surabaya

Master Plan (16 type of

land)

S1; S2; S3 .....S16

1. Settlement (P)

2. Industry area (I)

3. Education area (D)

4. Street (J)

5. River / drainage channel (S)

6. Railway (R)

1. S1-P; S2-P; .....S16-P

2. S1-I; S2-I; .....S16-I

3. S1-D; S2-D; .....S16-D

4. S1-J; S2-J; .....S16-J

5. S1-S; S2-S; .....S16-S

6. S1-R; S2-R; .....S16-R

Types of identified agricultural lands

Principle of zoning regulation for types ofagricultural zone

Suitable (S) Not suitable (T)

Zoning Map

Need regulation according to itsneighborhood land use

Figure 2. Diagram of Formulationof Zoning Regulation PrinciplesFor Urban Agriculture Activity

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Major Zone(Type of Agriculture

Land)

Neighborhood Zone Zone Code

Not Suitable with Surabaya

Master Plan (16 type of

land)

T1; T2; T3 .....T16

1. Settlement (P)

2. Industry area (I)

3. Education area (D)

4. Street (J)

5. River / drainage channel (S)

6. Railway (R)

1. T1-P;T2-P;.....T16-P

2. T1-I; T2-I; .....T16-I

3. T1-D;T2-D;.....T16-D

4. T1-J; T2-J; .....T16-J

5. T1-S; T2-S;.....T16-S

6. T1-R; T2-R;.....T16-R

Source : Analysis Result

As urban agriculture has the potential to enhance environmental condition and

social development within communities, policy such as zoning regulation is needed to

further enhance these benefit to achieve sustainable development for city environment.

VII. Conclusion

Agriculture in Surabaya has diverse character between urban agriculture and peri-urban

agriculture. But the diversity can be more identified by considering those agriculture into

food plants and non-food (horticulture) plants. There are 36 types of land problems that

identified to be regulated. The principles of regulation that ware formulated can be divided

into 3 (three), they are regulation of function, regulation of agricultural land intensity and

proportion, and technical regulation. These regulation is aimed to make urban agriculture

become a collective activity of government and society to achieve sustainable

development for the city environment in the future.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Figure 5.3Zoning Map for Urban Agriculture Regulation

Border of Surabaya CityBorder of Development Unit

Non Food AgricultureHorticultural AgricultureFarming Area that are surveyedSuitable Function for Agriculture

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


References

Anonim. 1999. Issues in Urban Agriculture, Journal of Agriculture 21. AgricultureDepartment, Food and Agriculture Organization.

Anonim. 2003. Urban Agriculture and Community Food Security in the United States:Farming From The City Center To The Urban Fringe. A Primer Prepared by TheCommunity Food Security Coalition’s, North American Urban AgricultureCommittee.

Anonim. 2002. Pola Pengendalian Pemanfaatan Ruang D.K.I Jakarta. Bandung : LPPM-ITB.

Anonim. 2001. Agricultural Resources. Merced County University Community Plan PolicyDiscussion Paper .

Agenda 21. 1992. UN Conference on Environment and Development. Rio de Janeiro.

Anderson, S. and Vazquez, A.P. 2001. The contribution of research to Urban Agriculture:A Methodological Review. Paper for The Workshop "Appropriate Methodologies forUrban Agriculture". Nairobi, Kenya.

Barnett, Jonathan 1982. Introduction to Urban Design. New York: Harper & RowPublishers.

BPS. 2006. Surabaya dalam Angka 2005. Surabaya : BPS Jawa Timur.

De Zeeuw H & Guendel S & Waibel H. 2001. The Integration Of Agriculture In UrbanPolicies. Thematic Paper 7. www.ruaf.org.

Drescher, A.W. & D. Iaquinta. 1999: Urban and periurban Agriculture: A new challengefor the UN Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO). Rome : FAO - Internal report.

Dwiananto, Sigit A, 2005. Zoning Regulation sebagai Perangkat PengendalianPembangunan dan Operasionalisasi Rencana Tata Ruang. Surabaya : NationalSeminar of Urban Planning Practical Inovation in Development of Desentralisation.

GH Brundtland,Chair.1987. Our Common Future. New York : Oxford University Press.

Mougeot, Luc.J.A, 2000. Urban Agriculture: Concept and Definition. Urban AgricultureMagazine Volume I, Juni 2000. www.ruaf.org.

Muhadjir, N. 1990. Metodologi Penelitian Kualitatif. Yogyakarta : Rake Sarasin.

Novo, Mario Gonzales and Murphy, Catherine 1999. Urban Agriculture in The City ofHavana: A Popular Response To A Crisis, Growing Cities Growing Food,Workshop Proceeding, Havana.

Platt, Rutherford. 1994. The Ecological City. Amherst : MIT Press

Poernomohadi, Ning 1999. Jakarta: Urban Agriculture as an Alternative Strategy to FaceThe Economic Crisis, Havana : Growing Cities Growing Food WorkshopProceeding.

Rismunandar. 1982. Tanah dan Seluk Beluknya Bagi Pertanian. Bandung : Sumber Baru.

Satiawan, Rudy Putu. Ir MSc. 2005. Pengembangan Pertanian Kota Di Surabaya :Sebuah Upaya Menangkis Kemustahilan. Surabaya : Workshop of ProductiveOpen Green Space by Government Institution of Fishery, Oceanic, Agriculture andForestry.

Setiawan, B. 1999. Pengembangan Pertanian Perkotaan untuk MeningkatkanProduktivitas Lingkungan Perkotaan dan Menuju Kota yang Berkelanjutan.Semarang : Seminar UNDIP “Artificial Management in the third Millenium” InDecember 2nd, 1999.

Sevilla, C. G., dkk, 1993. Pengantar Metode Penelitian. Jakarta.: UI Press.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Sugiyono, Prof. Dr. 2006. Metode Penelitian Kuantitatif, Kualitatif dan R&D. Bandung :Alfabeta.

The Centre for Rural and Regional Innovation. The CRRI. 2005. The Protection ofProduction on Agricultural Lands. A Discussion Paper Prepared by The CRRI –Queensland.

National Regulation of Indonesia No.13 / 1992 about Regulation of Train.

Local Regulation of Surabaya City No.3 / 2007 about Master Plan Surabaya 2013.

Local Regulation of Surabaya City No. 7 / 2002 about Management of Urban GreenSpace.

Zoning Regulation of Surabaya City in Year of 2003.

Acknowledgment

The research was final project of Author (Myrna Augusta A.D) in bachelor degree of

urban and regional department of 10 Nopember Institute of Technology (ITS) in the year

of 2007. It was sponsored by donation fund of DIPA ITS in the year of 2007 and also

presented in National Seminar of Research Study of Urban and Regional Planning at

Bandung Institute of Technology (ITB) in the year of 2007.

Enclosure

Table Typology of Identical Land Based On Its SuitabilityFunction With Master PlanSurabaya 2013Code for type

of IdenticalAgricultural

Land

Characteristic of IdenticProblems

HandlingCategory

Principles of RegulationRequirement

S1

Land is suitable,temporary,adequate infrastructureand facility, productive, affecting theenvironment

Allowed to bemaintained

- Regulation of intencity- Technical regulation to

minimize impact

S2

Land is suitable,temporary,adequate infrastructureand facility, productive, not affectingthe environment

Allowed to bemaintained No regulation required

S3

Land is suitable,temporary,adequate infrastructureand facility, unproductive, affectingthe environment



minimize impact

S4

Land is suitable,temporary,adequate infrastructureand facility, unproductive, notaffecting the environment

Allowed to bemaintained No regulation required

S5

Land is suitable, temporary,lackinfrastructure and facility,productive, affecting theenvironment



minimize impact and toenhance infrastructureand facility

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Code for typeof IdenticalAgricultural

Land

Characteristic of IdenticProblems

HandlingCategory

Principles of RegulationRequirement

S6

Land is suitable, temporary,lackinfrastructure and facility,productive, not affecting theenvironment


Technical regulation toenhance infrastructure andfacility

S7

Land is suitable, temporary,lackinfrastructure and facility,unproductive, affecting theenvironment




S8

Land is suitable, temporary,lackinfrastructure and facility,unproductive, not affecting theenvironment



S9

Land is suitable,permanent,adequate infrastructureand facility, productive, affecting theenvironment



minimize impact

S10

Land is suitable,permanent,adequate infrastructureand facility, productive, not affectingthe environment

Deserve tobemaintained

No regulation required

S11

Land is suitable,permanent,adequate infrastructureand facility,unproductive, affectingthe environment



minimize impact

S12

Land is suitable,permanent,adequate infrastructureand facility, unproductive, notaffecting the environment



S13

Land is suitable, permanent,lack ofinfrastructure and facility,productive, affecting theenvironment




S14

Land is suitable, permanent,lack ofinfrastructure and facility,productive, not affecting theenvironment



S15

Land is suitable, permanent,lack ofinfrastructure andfacility,unproductive, affecting theenvironment




S16

- Land is suitable, permanent,lack ofinfrastructure andfacility,unproductive, not affectingthe environment




Table Typology of Identical Land Based On Its Unsuitability Function With Master PlanSurabaya 2013

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Code for type ofIdentical

AgriculturalLand

Characteristic of IdenticalProblems

HandlingCategory

Principles ofRegulation

Requirement

T1Land is not suitable, temporary,adequate infrastructure and facility,productive, affecting the environment

Temporarydeserve to bemaintained(conditional uses)

- Temporary regulation ofintencity

- Temporary technicalregulation to minimizeimpact

T2

Land is not suitable, temporary,adequate infrastructure and facility,productive, not affecting theenvironment



T3

Land is not suitable, temporary,adequate infrastructure and facility,unproductive, affecting theenvironment

Not allowed to bemaintained No regulation required

T4

Land is not suitable, temporary,adequate infrastructure and facility,unproductive, not affecting theenvironment



T5Land is suitable, temporary, lackinfrastructure and facility, productive,affecting the environment


T6Land is not suitable, temporary, lackinfrastructure and facility, productive,not affecting the environment


Temporary technicalregulation toenhance infrastructureand facility

T7

Land is not suitable, temporary, lackinfrastructure and facility,unproductive, affecting theenvironment


T8

Land is not suitable, temporary, lackinfrastructure and facility,unproductive, not affecting theenvironment



T9Land is not suitable, permanent,adequate infrastructure and facility,productive, affecting the environment


- Temporary regulation ofintencity

- Temporary technicalregulation to minimizeimpact

T10

Land is not suitable, permanent,adequate infrastructure and facility,productive, not affecting theenvironment



T11

Land is not suitable, permanent,adequate infrastructure and facility,unproductive, affecting theenvironment


T12

Land is not suitable, permanent,adequate infrastructure and facility,unproductive, not affecting theenvironment



T13Land is not suitable, permanent, lackof infrastructure and facility,productive, affecting the environment


T14 Land is not suitable, permanent, lack Temporary Temporary technical

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Code for type ofIdentical

AgriculturalLand

Characteristic of IdenticalProblems

HandlingCategory

Principles ofRegulation

Requirement

of infrastructure and facility,productive, not affecting theenvironment

deserve to bemaintained(conditional uses)

regulation toenhance infrastructureand facility

T15

Land is not suitable, permanent, lackof infrastructure and facility,unproductive, affecting theenvironment


T16

Land is not suitable, permanent, lackof infrastructure and facility,unproductive, not affecting theenvironment




ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.UM-02

NATURAL RESOURCES ANALYSIS FOR DEVELOPMENT OF ZONATIONPLANNING OF WESTERN COASTAL AREA OF KABUPATEN PANDEGLANG

– BANTEN PROVINCE BASED ON GIS

DR. Ir. Hj. Arwindrasti B.K., MSiDepartment of Landscape Architecture, Trisakti University, Jakarta

[email protected]

AbstractKabupaten Pandeglang has been stated as tourism region with direction to conservationaspect. Since there is a lack of appropriate studies on natural resources analysis forzonation planning particularly in Kabupaten Pandeglang, the objectives of this researchare to analyze natural resources characteristics and to establish zonation planning forspatial utilization of coastal and marine areas in Kabupaten Pandeglang, BantenProvince. Five sites (Kecamatan) has been choosen as case study, which are Cigeulis,Panimbang, Pagelaran, Jiput, and Labuan. The data include satellite imagery and otherspatial data which were processed using Geographic Information System (GIS) software.Study sites are dominated by mixed garden, paddy field, and shrubs, having low tomoderate productive aquifer, and suitable for plantation, paddy field, and dry-land forest.Four sites which has marine areas (Cigeulis, Panimbang, Pagelaran, and Labuan) aresuitable for seaweed culture and Keramba Jaring Apung (KJA), while Cigeulis, Labuan,and Panimbang are suitable for coral reef conservation. Cigeulis and Panimbang arerecommended for plantation, forestry, coral reef conservation, and mangroveconservation zones. Pagelaran is recommended for crop production, animal husbandry,fresh water fishery, settlement, and industrial zones. Jiput is recommended for plantation,forestry, crop production, industrial, and coral reef conservation zones.

Keywords : zonation, coastal area, land suitability, marine suitability, GIS

IntroductionIn the last decade there are a lot of useful option in using coastal and natural

resources. The utilization includes many activity such as settlement, industries, fisheries,

tourism, mining, and others. Nevertheless, practically each parties often use coastal

resources in sectored order which triggered conflict of interest. On the other hand, coastal

resources contributes important thing to Indonesian economics. Therefore, in the

comprehensive utilization of coastal and natural resources and sea, zonation planning of

coastal and marine areas is needed (Cicin-Sain and Knecht, 1998). In order to minimize

the high uncertainty factor in utilizing open access resources, the regulation of coastal

and marine area landscape must be based on it’s two main function areas, which are

culture and non-culture (Barton, 1994).

Basically the purpose of zonation planning is to solve the recently natural resources

conflict of interest, and guide the long term utilization. In general, zonation planning

includes : (1) Coastal area of nursery for critical habitat, ecosystem and ecology process,

(2) Minimize the usage effect of various coastal area and sea activities, (3) Reserving

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


utilization specifically by human, and (4) Preserving some coastal and marine areas zone

in natural condition. Research about the regulation of coastal and marine areas utilization

has been done in Thousand islands with Geographic Information System (GIS) method,

suitability analysis, and Environmental Sensitivity Index / IKL (Suryanto, 2000).

The Kabupaten Pandeglang western coastal area of tourism is one of developed

tourism area, but received major pressure recently. Therefore the Kabupaten Pandeglang

local government has stated that this tourism area direct toward conservation aspects

(Bappeda Pandeglang, 2001). With the explanation above, strategy and regulation

management become important issue. On the other hand, there is a lack comprehensive

discussion and research based on natural resources and socio-economic condition

analysis to support decision making concerning landscape in this area. That’s why this

research take place at western coastal area of Kabupaten Pandeglang with some

purpose, which are : (1) to analyzed natural resources characteristics, (2) to conduct

zonation planning in utilizing coastal area. We choose five sites (Kecamatan) as case

study at western coastal area of Kabupaten Pandeglang. The five sites are Cigeulis,

Panimbang, Pagelaran, Jiput, and Labuan.

MethodologyPlace and Time

This research is done at western coastal area of Kabupaten Pandeglang tourism

area, which includes Labuan, Jiput, Pagelaran, Panimbang, and Cigeulis (Figure 1), and

at Pusbagja – LAPAN Pekayon. Time of research take places from April 2005 to July

2005.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Tools and MaterialsThe materials used in this research are map, questioner, and other supportive

materials. Meanwhile tools that used in this research are Global Positioning System

(GPS), roll meter, camera, computer, and image processing and GIS software.

Research MethodCollected secondary data in this research includes : land coverage map based on

Landsat 7 ETM images 2002 from LAPAN Pekayon, land suitability map from Land and

Agro-climate of Research and Development Center, hydrogeology map from Landscape

Geology Directorate at Bandung, socio-economic data from Kabupaten Pandeglang local

government. The collected primary data includes : water quality from P3O LIPI, socio-

economic data from direct survey (interview).

Made by : Arwindrasti B.K

Faculty of Landscape Architecture

& Environmental Technology

Trisakti University

Sea Depth Thematic MapinKabupaten

Pandeglang, BantenProvince

RESEARCH LOCATION

3. KecamatanPagelaran4. KecamatanPanimbang5. KecamatanCigeulis

1. KecamatanLabuan2. KecamatanJiput

Between 6º21′ –6º50′ Transversal of South (TS) dan 105º33′- 106º11′ East Longituade (EL)

Research Location Border :North toKab. SerangSouth toKec. Sumur andKec. CibaliungWest toSundaStraitEast toKec. MenesandKec. Munjul

Research Location

Figure :




Trisakti University






Trisakti University



RESEARCH LOCATION

3. KecamatanPagelaran4. KecamatanPanimbang5. KecamatanCigeulis

1. KecamatanLabuan2. KecamatanJiput

Between 6º21′ –6º50′ Transversal of South (TS) dan 105º33′- 106º11′ East Longituade (EL)

Research Location Border :North toKab. SerangSouth toKec. Sumur andKec. CibaliungWest toSundaStraitEast toKec. MenesandKec. Munjul

Research Location

Figure :

Figure 1. Research Location

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Data ProcessingLand coverage classification based on Landsat 7 ETM images has been process in

computer using ErMapper software on Data Processing Installation – LAPAN. Secondary

data map in hardcopy for was digitized and processed into layers with shp format. Water

quality and socio-economic data gathered from interview was processed into tabulation.

Data AnalysisCollected data then analyzed in descriptive and statistic order. Land suitability and

hydrogeology map also analyzed. Analysis for map data has been done with overlay

method using ArcView software. The results are maps and tabulation based on

calculation and analysis. The zonation planning for utilization of coastal area based on

biophysics aspect then sort according suitability criteria with various parameter.

ResultsLand Coverage Condition

Based on Landsat 7 ETM images 2002, much of Kabupaten Pandeglang areas

dominated by land coverage such as mixed garden, bushes, and settlement respectively.

On the other hand, specific to five sites of research areas (Cigeulis, Jiput, Labuan,

Pagelaran, and Panimbang) have land coverage which dominated with mixed garden,

paddy field, and shrubs respectively. The largest mixed garden located at Kecamatan

Panimbang (6,024 Ha). The largest dry-land forest located at Kecamatan Jiput (2,233

Ha). Meanwhile the largest shrubs and crop field located at Kecamatan Panimbang

(2,232 Ha and 1,188 Ha respectively). The largest fresh water fishery located at

Kecamatan Panimbang (230 Ha) followed by Kecamatan Pagelaran (23 Ha). On the

three other sites, fresh water fishery are not exists. Only three sites of each research

areas has coral reef, which are : Kecamatan Panimbang (119,558 Ha), Kecamatan

Labuan (121,934 Ha), and Kecamatan Cigeulis (16,988 Ha). The size of each land

coverage type presented in Table 1.

Table 1. Size of Areas (Ha) based on Land Coverage in the Research Location

Land Coverage Cigeulis Jiput Labuan Pagelaran Panimbang

Shrubs 1,904.8 81.8 628.5 687.4 2,232.1

Forest 0.0 2,232.9 1,612.2 0.0 0.0

Mixed Garden 1,690.5 3,892.8 6,745.6 4,260.8 6,835.3

Plantation 36.6 326.9 156.0 699.3 1,188.2

Settlement 7,773.8 186.1 564.3 2,070.5 981.2

Paddy field 80.6 2,095.7 734.4 4,312.4 6,024.2

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


River 0.0 0.0 9.8 121.8 58.1

Fresh Water Fishery 0.0 0.0 0.0 22.6 229.8

Coral Reef 16,988 0.0 121.934 0.0 119.558

Total 28,474.3 8,816.2 10,572.734 12,174.8 17,668.458

Hydrogeology Condition The earth water in research area which analyzed based on hydrogeology map with

1:250,000 scale from Landscape Geology Directorate shows that this area was

dominated by low to moderate productive aquifer (with area size 27,664 Ha and 14,081

Ha respectively). Meanwhile the high productive aquifer with the largest site located at

Jiput, Pagelaran, panimbang, and Labuan with approximately 3,463 Ha total size. There

is also rare earth water area in this research area with 7,338 Ha total size, spread all

around Kecamatan Labuan, Jiput, Cigeulis, Pagelaran, and Panimbang. Area size

according to earth water potential class can be seen in Table 2.

Table 2. Size of Areas (Ha) based on Ground Water Potential Class in theResearch Location

Ground Water Potential

Class

Cigeulis Jiput Labuan Pagelaran Panimbang

Productive Aquifer (PA) 0.0 1,438.831 9.061 0.0 0.0

Local Small PA 0.0 1,812.842 2,834.255 1,704.919 138.718

Low PA 16,978.111 1,476.438 2,585.232 0.0 6,624.678

Medium PA 198.821 9.298 2,534.63 3,954.226 7,384.103

Local Medium PA 1,113.03 0.0 0.0 4,426.906 2,023.579

Local PA 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 571.286

High PA 0.0 1,852.093 214.242 1,110.533 285.895

Scarce Water Ground

Area

1,496.407 2,226.663 2,273.411 851.849 489.234

Total 19,786.369 8,816.165 10,450.831 12,048.433 17,517.493

Marine Suitability for Seaweed Culture and Keramba Jaring Apung (KJA) Marine resources condition analyzed it’s suitability at four Kecamatan which has

marine areas such as Cigeulis, Panimbang, Pagelaran, and Labuan (Figure 2).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Figure 2. Bathymetry Map

Suitability parametric analysis result for seaweed culture shows that speed of current,

salinity, and brightness parametric in all of the four Kecamatan are very suitable. Despite

the pH, depth, and bottom sea sediment parametric area suitable for seaweed culture,

the temperature parametric is not suitable for it. Based on the parametric above, the four

Kecamatan in the research location is not suitable for seaweed culture because of the

high temperature.

Zonation Plan Classification of Space Utilization Based on the land and marine suitability analysis in the research location, Kecamatan

Cigeulis and Panimbang can be developed as plantation, dry-land forest, and coral reef

and mangrove conservation zones. Kecamatan Pagelaran can be developed as food

crop production, farming, or fresh water fishery zones. Also as settlement and industrial

zones. Kecamatan Jiput can be developed as plantation, dry-land forest, food crop

production, industrial, and coral reef conservation zones. Each zone location can be seen

in figure 3 below.

SlopingSloping LabuanLabuan &&PagelaranPagelaran

PrecipitousPrecipitous PanimbangPanimbang &&CigeulisCigeulis




Trisakti University

Sea Depth Thematic Mapin Kabupaten


SlopingSloping LabuanLabuan &&PagelaranPagelaran

PrecipitousPrecipitous PanimbangPanimbang &&CigeulisCigeulis




Trisakti University

Sea Depth Thematic Mapin Kabupaten


ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Conclusion

Figure 3. Preservation, Conservation, and Development Zones

Preservation Zone (P) includes Kecamatan Panimbang and Cigeulis coastal zones that

includes mangrove, sea grass, and coral reef preservation zones and also green belt

preservation zones coastwise at four Kecamatan. Coral reef Conservation Zone (C)

includes Coastwise at Kecamatan Cigeulis. Development Zone (D) includes the mainland

and marine areas at Kecamatan Labuan, Pagelaran, Panimbang, and Cigeulis.

Preservation Zone managed only for research and science importance, Conservation

Zone managed for limited utilization, and Development Zone managed for economical

activity optimally with attention to existing commodity, sector, and infrastructure which is

also need to developed.

5-22




Trisakti University

Zonation Map inKabupaten


5-22




Trisakti University

Zonation Map inKabupaten


ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


ReferenceBarton, DN. 1994. Economic Factors and Valuation of Tropical Coastal Resources. SMR

Report 14/1994. Norway : Center for Studies of Environment and Resources,University of Bergen.

Cicin-Sain, B and RW Knecth. 1998. Integrated Coastal and Ocean Management :Concept and Practices. Washington DC : Island Press.

Bappeda Pandeglang, 2001. Rencana Tata Ruang Wilayah Kabupaten Pandeglang.

Suryanto, A. 2000. Sistem Zonasi Taman Laut (TNL) Karimun Jawa Berbasis IndeksKepekaan Lingkungan. PSL-IPB, Bogor.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.UM-06

TECHNICAL PLAN OF 3R PROGRAM FOR COLLECTION ANDTRANSPORTATION OF DOMESTIC WASTE IN SUBDISTRICT CROGOL

PETAMBURAN, WEST JAKARTA

Dwi Indrawati, Pramiati P.P. Riatno, Hesy Martha

Department of Environmental Engineering, Trisakti University, JakartaEmail : [email protected]; [email protected]

AbstractOne of the problems from generation rate solid waste faced is the increase of solid wastegeneration from domestic activity, industrial and the service supporting existencesocialize. This matter is happened because solid waste management ability ofincommensurate to solid waste generation. Grogol Petamburan District divided 7 chief ofvillage broadly 1.129 Ha with resident amount 218.352 people. The purpose of thisresearch is to find out the generation rate of waste, composition of waste, and theexisting waste management system in order to design the waste management based on3R concept suitable with the existing social condition in Grogol Petamburan District.Themethod was used to collect the research sample is the SNI 19-3964-1994 method and tocalculate the estimation of total population number was using the Arithmetic andGeometry Method. From research result obtained by generation solid waste was equal to323,16 m3/day, generation rate was equal to 1,48 liter/people/day and density was equalto 0,12 kg/liter. Solid waste composition consisted of by the organic garbage equal to61,77% and non-organic equal to 38,23%. Technical planning of solid wastemanagement operational there are two alternative. Chosen alternative, is alternative Icover basin activity, collecting, garbage transportation and evacuation by 3R. Activity ofsorting principally by 3R (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle) becoming base of sorting andprocessing. According to the opinion of the respondent equal to 72,37% society willparticipate in sorting of solid waste from source, differentiated organic solid waster andthe non-organic solid waste. Appliance of sorting of garbage in the form of wagon, Eachcomparing partition are organic equal to 60% and non-organic equal to 40% this givenpartition in order to the solid waste which have sorted entered to each its place. Systemof solid waste sorting for permanent settlement with direct individual system by tippertruck with capacities 10 m3, indirectly individual system. For settlement semi permanentand non permanent with direct communal system and indirectly. Garbage which havebeen gathered direct brought to integrated transfer station. Integrated Transfer Station ofSolid Waste (TPST) planned is TPST Makaliwe and TPST Taman Apel.

Keyword: solid waste, organic, non-organic, management.

Introduction

The waste management is carried out in conventional way i.e. by collect-transport-

release though effort has been made to utilize waste, e.g. by processing organic as well

as non-organic waste for recycle goods, To minimize the waste volume transported to

the Final Disposal the suitable system to be adopted is the 3R management concept .

The concept applies integrated techno- logical, environmental, community participation

and economic approach.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Purpose of The Research

1. To identify the sources, compositions and generation ratr of waste in the Subdistrict

Grogol Petamburan.

2. To evaluate of the existing condition of the waste collection and transportation in the

Subdistrict Grogol Petamburan.

3. To plan an appropriate system of waste collection in order to achieve an effective and

efficient management system.

Methodology

Figure 1 Diagram of research methodology

Analysis

In general, the waste composition in Subdistrict Grogol Petamburan is dominated by

organic waste, i.e. 61,77%, while 38,23% of non-organic waste consists mainly of paper

and plastic. The research is based on building classification into permanent, semi-

permanent and non-permanent buildings which shows the result of waste composition

sampling is as presented in table 1.

The organic waste has the potential to be processed into organic fertilizer, i.e. composs.

The latter is useful to reduce waste generation in the Subdistrict Grogol Petamburan. The

non-organic waste has a more variety of processing potentials than the organic one. The

PREPARATION

TECHNICAL PLAN

ANALYSIS

DATA COLLECTION

SECONDARY DATA PRIMARY DATA

EXISTING CONDITION

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


non-organic waste which consists of paper, plastic, iron, cloth, rubber and wood are

reusable after undergoing recycling process.

Table 1 Waste Composition

Waste Composition

(%)

ComponentPermanent

Semi-Permanent

NonPermanent

Total

Average(%)

Organic 66.98 56.19 62.13 61.77

Non-organic

Paper 16.59 20.95 17.63 18.39

Plastic 14.19 19.57 18.00 17.25

Wood 0.19 0.29 0.69 0.39

Cloth/textile 0.19 0.77 0.03 0.33

Rubber/leather 0.42 0.28 0.29 0.33

Iron/metal 0.37 0.09 0.59 0.35

Glass 0.43 0.59 0.46 0.50

B3 Waste 0.39 0.14 0.15 0.23

Miscellaneous 0.25 1.14 0.02 0.47

Total 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00

Figure 2 Existing Condition of Waste Transportation SchemeSource: Observation, 2007

SOURCE COLLECTION TRANSFERTRANSPORTATION

DISPOSAL

PERMANENT

SEMIPERMANENT

NON PERMANENT

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The technical operation plan for waste management covering the process of waste

containing, collection, moving and transportation based on 3R (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle)

program is presented in Figure 2.(Figure 3?)

The technical operation plan for waste management covering the process of waste

containing, collection, moving and transportation based on 3R (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle)

program.

Figure 3 Diagram of Waste Technical Operation Plan

Based on technical operation plan considerations in Subdistrict Grogol, there are 2

planning alternatives available as shown in Tabel 2. The basic consideration for the 2

alternatives is the following condition.

- The physical condition and topography of the village which is partially flat and in another

part is wavy and steep, passed by a river, in addition to many narrow streets there are

also wide streets and open space is still available for transfer depot.

The difference between the two planned alternatives is visible in the waste collection

pattern and the transportation mode. Considering the physical and socio-economi

conditions, number of equipment and the operational expenses, the first alternative is

preeferable.

ORGANIC INORGANIC

COMPOSTING RECYCLING

WITHOUT SELECTION

INTEGRATED SOLID WASTE TTREATMENT COMPOSTING RECYCLING

FINAL DISPOSAL

SELECTION

SOURCE

COLLECTION

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Table 2 Alternatives of Technical Plan for Waste Management

Activity Source Alternative I Alternative II

Permanent Self supporting:

bin plastic can

capasity 30 litre

Self supporting:

Trash bin, garbage can

capasity 30 litre

Containing Semi Permanent and

Non Permanent

Self supporting:

plastic bag

bin plastic can

capasity 30 litre

Self supporting:

Plastic bag

Trash bin, garbage can

capasity 30 litre

Permanent 1. Direct Individual- Tipper Truck 10m3

2. Indirect Individul

- pushcart1m3

Indirect Individul

- pushcart 1m3

CollectingSemi Permanent and

Non Permanent

1. Communal

- pushcart 1m3

- Container 10 m3

2. Indirect Individual

1. Communal

- pushcart 1m3

- Container 10m3

2. Indirect Individual

Permanent 1. ISWT

2. Container 10 m3

1. ISWT

2. Container 10m3

MovingSemi Permanent and

Non Permanent

Communal Container Communal Container

Permanent 1. Tipper Truck 10 m3

2. Arm Roll 10 m3 Arm Roll 10 m3

Transporting

Semi Permanent and

Non Permanent

Arm Roll 10 m3 Arm Roll 10 m3

Source: Technical Plan, 2007

Waste Collection and Transportation Route DesignIn designing the transportation route plan consideration should be taken into the duration,

distance and the road condition in order to achieve efficiency and effectivity.

The collection route is dependent on the service pattern. Every garbage cart operator

collects the waste following the route that ends in the vicinity of the final collection point

(transfer depot , container). For collection in one side of a street, the route should be

counter clockwise round trip encircling the residential bloc. Collection in both sides of the

street simultaneously should be straight forward following the street before it follows the

counter clockwise route.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Intergrated Solid Waste Treatment (ISWT)The Waste Processing Plan in the Integrated Solid Waste Treatment (ISWT) should be

devided into two processing plans, i.e.:

1. the Processing Plan for Organic Waste (Composting)

2. the Processing Plan for Non-Organic Waste (product for sale)

The residual of the recycled and composted processing should be transported to the FD

by truck.

The selected locations are:

1. Temporary Disposal (TD) Taman Ampel extents 200m2 located in NorthTanjung

Duren Village, by using available composting container with diameter of 2m x 2m x

1,5(m?) ; service area covers South Tanjung Duren Village, North Tanjung Duren,

part of Wijaya Kusuma Village.

2. TD Makaliwe located in Grogol Village, considering that it covers a relatively

spacious land of 400m2. The service area covers Grogol Village, Jelambar Village

and New Jelambar Village and part of Wijaya Kusuma Village.

Conclusion And Recommendation

Conclusion Waste generation in Subdistrict Grogol Petamburan in the year 2006 totalling 323,16

m3/ day with a generation rate of 1,48 litre/capita/day. The waste composition, as

shown by a survey, consists of wet organic waste (61,77%) and non-organic wsaste

(38,23%).

The selected system in the Technical Operation Plan is alternative 1. The collection

system applied should be indirect individual, direct individual and communal pattern.

Waste collection equipment in the form of pocketed cart to contain 60% organic

waste and 40% non-organic waste to place the respective waste appropriately.

Direct Individual Collection use tipper truck with 10m3 capacity making 2 trips/day.

The 2% residual non-organic waste will be transported straight to the final disposal

by armroll truck with 6m3 capacity; the collection should be carried out once in a

week.

Recommendations Scheduled waste collection is applicable for waste management in general.

Public campaign is required concerning the need to sort the waste in the location of

the source.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The community should be coordinated to monitor all vehicles operating for collection

and transportation in their respective area; the vehicles should not operate

overlapping to each other to prevent the waste generated not transported evenly

Uniformity of the operating transportation mean is not only important from the point

of view of aesthetics but should also be adjusted to the capacity of the street in the

residential area.

The community empowerment will influence the waste management, e.g. making a

habit to the community to classify the waste as of the source.

ReferencesEPA- Comprehensive Procurement Giudeliness –www. Answers.com

Flintoff, Frank. 1992. “Management of Solid Waste in Development Countries, RegionalPublication South-East Asia Series No. 1”. WHO. New Delhi.

Japan international Cooperation Agency . “Study on solid Waste Management SystemImprovement Project in The City of Jakarta in Indonesia “Final Report”.November.1987.

Tchobanoglous, et.al. 1993 “ Intregated Solid Waste Management: Engineering,Principles and Management“. McGraw -Hill. Singapore.

Tchobanoglous, G & R, Eliansen. 1997. “ Solid Waste Engineering Principle andManagement Issu“. McGraw-Hill Kogokuska LTD. Tokyo.

White, P. R and friends. 1995. “ Integrated Solid Waste Managements: A LifecycleInventory”. McGraw-Hill. Singapore.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.UM-08

BALI CITIES AS MODELS FOR SUSTAINABLE URBAN DEVELOPMENT‘Harmonious Urban Community Pattern Form Based On Local Wisdom’

Ir. Ida Bagus Rabindra, MSPFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology,

Trisakti University, Jakartae-mail address :[email protected]

AbstractThis paper aims showing „How cities in Bali had been developed through her localwisdom towards sustainability“. How the local wisdom determined harmonious urbancommunity formula and how the formula solved the cities problems towards sustainableurban development. Harmonious Bali urban community formula determined by a criterionthat basically contains the following elements : first, Referring to the socio-religiousphilosophy ‘Tri Hita Karana’as the main basic to create harmony and prosperity values inBali traditional community; second, Developing the pattern from the socio psychologicalconcept ‘Neighborhood Unit’ as an ideal formula of the modern urban community; andthird, Considering the attitudes, visions and people expectations concerning an idealcommunity pattern by formulating the social perception and aspiration. As the result, wecould defined what the harmonious Bali urban community formula is, and so identifiedhow the formula solved the functional problems of the cities, the way the cities works andthe form of the cities are all related. The conclusion of those considerations, the cities thathad been developed through local wisdom should be models for sustainable urbandevelopment.

Keyword : Harmonious, community, pattern, local-wisdom, sustainability

Introductory Remarks

As we concentrate our attention on community life within the context of our cities,

shall we find out that for many of us much has been lost. Rapid urbanization as a result

of unavoidable population growth and rural-urban migration has forced our cities to

continuously grow and vehemently expand to accommodate the ever growing but

complex people demand. The bulk of natural and cultural heritage our ancestors had

conceptualized the community building through the wise man-nature relation philosophy

has gradually disappeared and be replaced by what the so-called modern lifestyle. Such

lifestyle growing under the label trendy, spacious, and friendly environment, however, has

impacted uncontrolled city expansion, leading to deterioration in urban quality

environment and social disharmony as indicated by the presence of ambiguous

community patterns within pluralistic environment.

Urban development in mega cities, supposedly the cream of the crop, equipped

with modern technology in many parts of urban infrastructure has unfortunately failed to

conserve our cultural values to protect the ever-limited natural resources. Accumulation

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


depreciation of urban green open space, ground water exploitation one could go on and

on have been examples of our malpractice to the nature in the cause of floods, land

subsidence, and other disasters.

Yet my earlier statement that much of our heritage has been lost is correct.

Unlike other rapid developing cities in Indonesia, Bali has a distinctive feature of

urban development. Albeit such growing dual aspect within the urban community, as

maintaining old tradition and culture in one side and flowing lifestyle through modernity in

another one exists, the community with the local government has based the urban

community development, transformed from the well-cultivated forms of desa adat and

banjar adat (traditional Bali neighborhood unit) upon their local wisdom, Tri Hita Karana

towards the creation of harmonious community.

This paper reports on a study on harmonious urban community pattern formula

based on local wisdom in Bali; concentrating on how cities in Bali had been developed

through her local wisdom towards sustainability, how the local wisdom had determined

harmonious urban community formula, and how the formula had solved cities problems

towards sustainable urban development.

Tri Hita Karana, the local wisdom

Tri Hita Karana etymologically means three causes of goodness creation (Ketut

Kaler, 1963). These are atman (soul), prana (power), and sarira (body) in which

Balinese base their any pattern creation including their village and community pattern.

When building a village, Balinese applies the philosophy into 1) parhyangan desa which

is of Tri Kahyangan; pura paseh, pura desa, and pura dalem thought as its atman. 2)

Pawongan desa which is of all krama desa involving members of community thought as

the prana of the village, and 3) Palemahan desa which is the village land including the

residential thought as the sarira,

Tri Hita Karana is perceived as philosophy of three sources of harmony and

balanced relations, i.e. between humans and God Almighty (socio-religious), between

humans (socio psychological), and between humans and the nature (socio-ecological) .

This concept originating from Hinduism contains philosophical principles of universal

values. Figure1 illustrates the Tri Hita Karana concept in the cause of peace and

prosperity believed as Balinese philosophy.

Harmony is considered to be the basic value a Balinese orients his life vision and

mission in order to have peaceful and prosperous life equipped with healthy body and

perfect soul. Harmonious relation to God the Creator provides him with the truth of all he

is in search for, the truth to be in harmony with the nature to gain a happy life, and the

truth to conduct wisely to his fellow human beings to have harmonious form of living.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Figure 1. Tri Hita Karana, the Balinese Fundamental PhilosophyGoal

Basic Value Perception target Sekala(real)

Niskala(evanescence)

PARHYANGANMan - God

(soul)

SATYAM(truth)

PALEMAHANMan- Nature

SUNDARAM(happiness)

HARMONY

PAWONGANMan-Man

CIWAM(wisdom)

JAGADITHAPeaceful and

prosperous living

MOKSASoul Perfect ness

adopted from Rabindra thesis, 1995

The philosophy has also become the source and orientation of harmonious urban

community creation and development as well in which public participatory involvement as

formulated through their perception and aspiration plays a significant role in the evolution

of the philosophy towards sustainable form of urban community. Figure 2 illustrates such

form evolution.

Figure 2. The Form Evolution, Tri Hita Karana Philosophy to Harmonious UrbanCommunity.

Source: Rabindra (Thesis, 1995), modified by Rabindra (2008)

‘Tri Hita Karana’ Philosophy Appliedon ‘Banjar Adat’ / ‘Desa Adat’ Land Use Plan

Urban Neighborhood Unit Conceptby : Clarence Perry

Urban Neighborhood Unit Conceptby : Clarence Stein

CONTAIN

CONTAINER

TRIHITAKARANA

IDEAL URBANCONCEPTS

PUBLICPERCEPTION

PUBLICASPIRATION

HARMONIOUSBALI URBAN

COMMUNITIES

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Balinese Traditional Community Pattern TypesKuncaraningrat (1974) defined community as a social unit formed by an area or a

living place; while Purwita (1993) added the importance of community tradition regulating

common way of together living in the cause of being secured, peaceful, and prosperous.

This common custom and tradition then become what the so called normative adat in

which feelings, attitudes, and thoughts are expressed within the social unit of the

community (S Gazalba, Purwita, 1993).

By the above two definitions, Balinese has therefore three types of adat

community: desa adat, banjar adat, and sekala adat. Desa adat and Banjar adat are

community forms possessing a particular law territory while the later mentioned does not.

Sekala adat is a community type based on profession/ function, typical interest, aged

group, etc. Desa adat and banjar adat are both permanent institutions based upon the Tri

Hita Karana (Purwita, 1993). The difference is that desa adat is of religious affairs, while

the banjar is non religious (JL Swelebgrebel, 1984).

Neighborhood Unit Concept and the Functional Elements

Neighborhood unit concept was originally developed by Sir Ebenezer Howard

(1850-1928), a reformist who was not either a city planner or an urban designer but had a

deep concern on social community when urban life quality was perceived deteriorating

during his life time, the age of industrialization. Howard in his book Tomorrow: a Peaceful

Path to Real Reform (1898) introduced the Garden City Concept uplifting the system and

traditional rural community form as the ideal community to develop within urban setting

(Reiner, 1957). Following the concept are Clarence Stein (1923) and Clarence Perry

(1929). Stein elaborated neighborhood unit based on the smallest social unit existing in

an area within 0,5 mile radius from elementary school, where a neighborhood unit

constitutes a set of several smallest social units forming a residential within an area of 1

mile radius. Radburn of New Jersey in the States is one of the examples of successful

application of Stein concept of neighborhood unit. While Perry developed six

neighborhood unit formulas: size, boundaries, open space, institution sites, local shops,

and internal street system.

The neighborhood unit model can effectively function within the structure of urban

community setting only if those functional elements of the community work in accordance

with the physical proximity parameter of the community, in which neighborhood

represents a formal entity and social binding of the community while the neighborhood is

seen as a social unit (functional entity).

To meet the socio-psychological needs of residential, according to Perry formula,

a community needs to fulfill the four requirements: physical proximity, social binding,

environmental safety, and facilities for social services. Theoretically the physical proximity

can only exist if a certain effective size measurement is available. This physical proximity

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


which is determined by area size, total residing community members, and the density

level of buildings or population enables the achievement people to have direct contact in

high frequency.

Social binding theory as physical binding represents a causal theory between

activities and the place accommodating the activities. Porteous (1977) found out that

human beings in their primary group communicating one to the others, conducting face

to face interaction in their formal communication need such places as plazas, halls,

schools, places of worship, markets, shopping centers, etc. to carry out formal activities.

This indicates close relations between social and physical. When those social facilities

are provided in accordance with their needs, the physical bindings are then functioning as

the social binding in the cause of primary group creation.

The relationship between physical proximity and social binding requires the

following criteria:

1. Neighborhood unit is free from direct traffic and even intersection;

2. Neighborhood unit is limited in terms of high speed vehicles or external traffic;

3. There must be a clear and distinctive zoning for vehicles and pedestrians, and

4. Neighborhood unit is generally for pedestrians or low speed vehicles for the residents

only.

Perry formula on neighbor hood unit requires social service facilities to meet daily needs

of the residents such as elementary schools, shops and groceries, places of worship,

resident hall, and local government office (Reiner, 1957)

The Neighborhood Unit Based Community Environment Scale

The community environment scale is much influenced by the wide size of

community environment which will indirectly relate to the distance of social service

facilities provided within the community. Related to the hierarchical units and Perry

concept on neighborhood unit formula, the environment scale of neighborhood unit is as

follows:

1. Patriarchal unit by which the neighborhood unit is of relatives, no special social

service facilities provided but corridor and communal front yard.

2. District unit by which the neighborhood unit within the district scale requires a

particular social service facility such as schools (elementary / kindergarten), shops,

open space/ neighborhood park which is all community centered within 0.5 mile on

foot.

3. Parish unit by which the neighborhood unit within pastoral scale. This unit, in which

by the scale comprises of several district units, requires more service facilities, i.e.

place of worship, local government office, junior-senior school, mini market ideally

oriented to a community center within the effective service radius of 1.5 miles on foot.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


By urban scale, this unit possesses equal scale to sub urban area which means the

social services provided should be the one of sub urban area scale.

As a comparison to Perry concept is the neighborhood unit of Terence Lee (1968)

dividing hierarchy or neighborhood types into the levels of physical proximity developed

from Perry concept.

Terence typology of neighborhood (Porteous, 1977, p.86) is based upon the

hierarchy of social proximity due to the physical proximity:

1. Social Acquaintance Neighborhood, characterized by the net of strong and tight

interaction among the residents as caused by the physical proximity, so that each

member of the community acquaints one to another.

2. Homogenous Neighborhood, the social interaction is not so strong and tight that each

member within the community recognizes one to the others only, and

3. Neighborhood Unit, in which social binding is not based on the members activity but

on the communal facility need such as place of worship, school, centers for

recreation and shopping which are considered as the base for group binding. This

type has therefore a relatively wide area, and heterogeneous. Physically

neighborhood boundary is formed by the average distance from houses to the

existing communal facilities.

Urban Banjar Pattern as Sustainable Urban Community

The study concluded that urban Banjar pattern based upon community

perception and aspiration is the ideal pattern for urban community. The following is the

formulation as simplified in figure 3:

Figure 3. Pola Banjar Kota as Bali Urban Community PatternPola Banjar Kota as ali Urban Community Pattern

Central Urban Area Central Transition &Outskirt/Periphery Area

Outskirt /PeripheryArea

Community Type Homogenous- Neighborhood Transitional/combinationHomogenous and socialacquaintance Neighborhood

Social AcquaintanceNeighborhood

Socialinstitution

Banjar Combination of Banjar Adatand Lingkungan desa

Banjar adat /combination of adat-administrative

CommunityFunctionalElements

PhysicalElements

Balai Banjar (multi-purposes),park, mini market

Balai Banjar (multi purposes)park, gym, centralized storesto meet daily needs

Balai Banjar (singlepurpose), gym, storesto meet daily needs

Ideal size Between 33-55 ha Between 55 -75 ha 75-200haIdeal

populationBetween 250 -500 familyinstitutions

Between 150-250 familyinstitutions

Between 50-150 familyinstitutions

CommunitySize

Ideal density 12-18 units/ha Between 6-12 units/ha About 6 houses/haArea City Centre/ village City area =kampung Banjar adat

Source: Rabindra (Thesis, 1995)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Concluding Remarks

Tri Hita Karana the local wisdom plays a central role in Bali urban development in

the cause of balance and harmony towards sustainability. Community perception and

aspiration should become a formula in developing urban community pattern. Bali cities

developed through her local wisdom can therefore be recommended as models for

sustainable urban development.

References :1. Cantika, Koti dan I Made Dharmayudha, Filsafat Adat Bali, Upada Sastra,

Denpasar, 1994.

2. Hester, Randolph T., Neighborhood Space, Dowden, Hutchingson & Ross, Inc.Pensilvania, 1975

3. Keller, Susan, The Urban Neighborhood: A Sociological Perspective, New York ,Random House, 1968

4. Mantra, Ida Bagus, Bali, Masalah Sosial Budaya dan Modernisasi, Upada Sastra,Denpasar, 1990

5. Purwita, Ida Bagus Putu, Desa Adat Pusat Pembinaan Kebudayaan Bali, MajelisPembina Lembaga Adat Daerah Tingkat I Bali, Upada sastra, Denpasar, 1993.

6. Reiner, Thomas A. The Place of The Ideal Community in UrbanPlanning,University of Pennsylvania Press, 1968.

7. Rohe, William M. and Gates, Lauren B., Planning With Neighborhoods, TheUniversity of North Carolina Press, 1985.

8. Sujarto, Djoko, Kota Baru : Suatu Tantangan dan Prospek Dalam Pembangunan

Perkotaan di Indonesia, Orasi Ilmiah, Jurusan Teknik Palnologi ITB, Bandung,

1995.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.UM-09

STUDY OF CORRELATIONS SPATIAL INDEKS HOUSING AND PHYSICALENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY OF RESIDENTIAL

Dwi Nowo Martono *)Ninin Gusdini **)

*) Researcher of National Institute of Aeronautics and Space, Remote Sensing affairs**) Lecturer of Sahid University Jakarta

AbstractThe research focused on studying spatial index of housing and their correlations with thephysical environmental quality of residential. The aim of the research were to recognizespatial characteristics of types of residential areas based on high resolution remotesensing data and to obtain an estimating correlations of physical environmental quality.The result of the research by linear regression model show, that a building density as aspatial variable which significance to effluence of the quality physical environment in theformal housing with coefficient correlation (r) level of 0,735. While, the road networkingconectivities indeks (indeks β) and distance housing to the road are spatial variableswhich significance to effluence of the quality physical environment in the informal housingwith coefficient correlation (r) level of 0,765.

I. IntroductionPopulation growth and urbanization are main factors in development of housing in

urban areas. This development results in a number of spatial changes, some of which are

density and organized arrangement of building construction, percentage of vegetation as

well as area accessibility. So far there has hardly been any spatial study on the level of

Housing Environmental Health Quality of residential areas, and some that have been

conducted tend to be partial, in which statistical data are mostly used. Spatial aspects as

a basic instrument in designing, deciding, and implementing principles of Housing

Environmental Health Quality of residential areas have not been prioritized either by the

government or in business. This situation is reflected in the formal standard technical

procedures issued by the government bodies such as Department of Health and

Department of Public Works who have not fully implemented spatial aspects as an

important indicator in assessing the level of Housing Environmental Health Quality in

residential areas. There has been a dichotomy between variables of the level of Housing

Environmental Health Quality and those of spatial characteristics of residential areas.

Moreover, the formulation of technical procedures for assessing/evaluating the level of

Housing Environmental Health Quality has not been standardized, despite the

established measuring variables, which are too qualitative still.

The research focused on studying spatial aspects formulated in the forms of

spatial indexes and their correlations with the level of Housing Environmental Health

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Quality of residential areas evaluated based on standard guidelines by Department of

Health. The objectives of the research were : (1) to identify the level of Housing

Environmental Health Quality of residential areas based on six main variables on the

level of Housing Environmental Health Quality of residential areas by referring it to

guidelines by Minister of Health no:829/VII/1999, (2) to recognize spatial characteristics

of types of residential areas based on remote sensing data of Ikonos high resolution., (3)

to obtain a model for estimating level of Housing Environmental Health Quality of

residential areas based on spatial variables and thus identifying those that are influential.

II. MethodologiesThe theoritical base applied was that the Housing Environmental Health Quality of

residential areas was determined based on criterias of spatial and non spatial

components. A change in one component would affect others. Spatial components

include scattering pattern of the buildings, building density, vegetation percentage, lay out

of the buildings, and accessibility. The non spatial components based on guidelines by

Minister of Health including (1)furnerability of location against natural disasters; (2)quality

of fresh water resource; (3)quality of air and noise pollution; (4)greening/penghijauan; and

(6)facilities and infrastructure consisting of sanitation, waste management,

drainage/sewerage system, condition of roads, transportation, education and worshipping

facilities.

In the research methodology, types of residential areas were considered as

mapping units. The types of residential areas were classified into four categories:

luxurious, middle, simple, and informal housing types. Spatial variable of road network,

buildings and vegetation were identified and interpreted from the Ikonos remote sensing

data. Identification of spatial characteristics of residential types was based on the layout

of the buildings, building density, percentage of vegetation and level of accessibility

cluster analysis was used to categorize residential types based on the value of spatial

variables. Identification of Housing Environmental Health Quality level of each type of

residential areas was evaluted based on basic standard of Minister of Health Republic of

Indonesia no:829/Menkes/VII/1999 regarding criteria of Housing Environmental Health

Quality covering six aspects: critical areas, quality of air and noise pollution,

reforestation/greening, disease vectors, and environmental facilities, and infrastructure.

The Housing Environmental Health Quality is classified into five classes consisting of

those very healthy, healthy, rather healthy, less healthy, and unhealthy. The correlation

between spatial variables and the level of Housing Environmental Health Quality was

estimated by using a discriminant analysis.

III. Data Analysis

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The result of the research indicates that of the 89 samples for residential areas in

the research location, five areas have a bad Housing Environmental Health Quality (6%),

47 areas have medium quality (53%) and 37 has good quality (41%). All the formal

housing areas including those of luxurious, middle and simple have good Housing

Environmental Health Quality. Meanwhile, the informal housing types comprising informal

types of 1, 2 and 3 have varied quality ranging from bad, medium, and good. The

influential environmental variables cover locations prone to flood, reforestation/greening,

sanitation, waste management, road condition, education and warshipping facilities.

Formal housing types based on spatial variable analysis using Ikonos remote

sensing data have more homogenous spatial characteristics compared to those of

informal housing. The distance between houses, corners between houses, the distance

between the house and the road indicate smaller standard deviation with regard to formal

housing types. This is closely related to the layout of the buildings, which is more

structured/organized/regular than those of informal. Regularity of the buildings is also

closely related to the level of density and connectivity of road network. This is indicated

by the better value of alpha and betha indexes of formal housing types than those of

informal. The two indexes reflect the density and road network connectivity levels. The

sizes of the roads informal housing types are more uniform and have wider dimension

compared to informal types. However, the building density is higher informal housing

type, but the vegetation percentage informal housing is smaller compared with those of

informal. This is supposed to be related to the aspect of land efficiency, which is an

economical factor in informal housing types as they are constructed for a commercial

purpose by a developer. This spatial characteristic as a differentiating indicator between

formal and informal housing types are shown in Table 1. and Table 2.

Table 1. Spatial Characteristics of Formal Housing TypesHousingTypes

AverageDistanceBetweenHouses

AverageDistanceBetween

theHouseand theRoad

BuildingDensity

ResidentialRoad

RoadSize

ofMainArea

EnvironmentalHealth Level

Score

Note

Luxurious 14.5418.7317.07

17.1918.7617.95

24.2230.9327.69

9.009.009.00

25.0025.0025.00

52.0052.0052.00

Healthyenvironment

Middle 6.669.608.38

10.0014.2512.06

37.6346.4843.48

4.006.005.30

6.0010.007.90

47.0051.0050.70

Healthyenvironment

Simple 7.11210.428.516

10.1610.9410.48

47.5261.3552.85

4.006.004.27

6.0012.007.09

46.0047.0046.81

Healthyenvironment

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Table 2. Spatial Characteristic of Informal Housing Types

The growing of spatial characteristics for the identification of a spatial pattern of

each type of housing was done by using a cluster analysis. Based on the analysis, there

are 6 clusters, 3 of which are those of informal. The formal types include those of

luxurious, middle, and simple, which have regular/structured pattern and layout medium

building density, low percentage of vegetation and the road network forming a closed

polygon having a uniform pattern where each road line is interconnected with another and

with other main areas. The spatial characteristic that differentiate luxurious, middle, and

simple house types is the distance between houses, the size of the residental road and

the road of main area, which is much wider in the luxurious type than that in medium and

simple ones. The simple housing type has the highest density building. Figures 1, 2, and

3 shows spatially the three types of formal housing.

HousingTypes

TIndexs

Vegetation

Percentage

Average

Distance

Building

Density

Density of

RoadNetwo

rk

RoadNetwork

connectivity

DevSof

Average

Distance-

Houses

DevSofAver

ageHouses-Road

Environment

alhealthLevelScore

Note

Informal1

0.6231.1400.963

7.73343.80123.452

33.0477.5446.39

10.32344.30520.219

0.0007.6920.852

0.7501.1500.852

2.6886.2853.982

8.24034.3322.94

313837

*LessHealthy*Ratherhealthy*RatherHealthy

Informal2

0.7801.6161.071

5.44335.52520.041

10.9033.4919.71

9.56727.14816.213

0.00023.45711.486

0.8331.4391.156

2.8724.9513.706

3.50921.6211.88

394945

*RatherHealthy*Healty*Healthy

Informal3

0.4451.1690.822

40.20778.00855.458

15.0650.3236.18

3.15016.0019.423

0.00016.8831.786

0.7501.2930.878

2.94211.895.580

7.54337.2422.04

334241

*LessHealthy*RatherHealthy*RatherHealthy

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Figure 1. Luxurious Housing Type Figure 2. Middle Housing Type Figure 3. Simple Housing Type

The simple housing types include those of 1, 2, and 3. The type 3 informal housing have

a spatial characteristic of more regular pattern and layout of buildings and is

characterized by a residential road network which mostly form a closed polygon, and the

road lines are mostly connected with each other. The type 2 and 3 informal housing have

almost similar spatial characteristics in which the pattern and the layout of the buildings

are irregular, the building density, the connectivity of road network are low, not forming a

closed polygon. A significant spatial variable differentiating between type 1 and type 2

informal housing is vegetation percentage, which is higher in type 2. Spatially, the three

types of informal housing are illustrated in Figures 4, 5, and 6.

Figure 4. Type 1 InformalHousing



IV. Spatial ModellingThe model for the estimation of the level of Housing Environmental Health Quality

can be predicted based on five spatial variables covering index-α, size of residential road,

average distance between the closest houses, deviation standard of average distance

between the closest houses and vegetation percentage. Mathematically, interactional

relation between the level of Housing Environmental Health Quality and spatial variable

are indicated by two discriminant equation Y: 0.444 + 0.037(vegetation percentage) +

0.506(width of residential road) + 0.064(index- α) – 0.160(average distance between the

closest houses) – 0.211(deviation standard of average distance between houses) and Y:

2.323 – 0.19(vegetation percentage) + 0.757(the width of residential road) – 0.064(index-

α ) – 0.591(average distance between the closest houses) + 0.842(standard deviation of

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


average distance between houses). The cutoff point for discriminant equation of function

1 is that if it is less than one or equals 1.215, the level of Housing Environmental Health

Quality is considered less healthy, while -1.215 <cutoff =< 0.337 means that the housing

environment is rather healthy and when it is bigger than 0.337, the housing environment

is healthy. The cutoff point for discriminant equation of function 2 is when it is bigger or

the same as 1.424, the level of the quality indicates less healthy condition, while -0.068

=< cutoff <1.424 means the environment is rather healthy and if the value is bigger than

0.068, the environment is considered healthy. The accuracy of the estimation model of

discriminant equation in relation/toward the level of Housing Environmental Health Quality

indicates an accuracy number of 77.5% after cross validation. This means that the

determinant equation can be applied in predicting the quality of housing environment as

well as in proving that spatial components consisting scattering pattern and building

layout, building density, vegetation percentage and accessibility are

associated/corrrelated with the level of Housing Environmental Health Quality

V. ConclusionThe conclusions of the research are (1) all types of formal housing have healthy

housing environment while the quality of informal housing types varies from less healthy,

rather healthy, and healthy. The housing of environmental quality in the research location

is generally considered good enough. The level of Housing Environmental Health Quality

obtained in this research tend to be healthy mainly in terms of “physical and building

environment”. Other sides of social and esthetical aspects associated with “settled

feeling” and individual freedom were not studied in this research; (2) the types of formal

housing and those of informal form unique spatial, characteristics and correlate to the

level of Housing Environmental Health Quality; (3) accuracy in the estimation of the

health quality level of housing environment as big as 77.5%, indicates that interaction

between spatial aspects and the level of housing environmental healthy quality is quite

significant, and thus the indicator of the level can be detected and predicted based on

“agihan” value characteristic of each spatial variable of housing types. Therefore,

standard guidelines for the evaluation of the Housing Environmental Health Quality

should be revised by including spatial variables as one of indicators of housing

environmental health. The implementation can be conducted separately in which

early/initial indicator of the health level of the housing environmental can be evaluated

from spatial variable indicator and the verification can be then conducted by using the

existing basic/standard methode either that in Department of Health or Department of

Public Works.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


References

Badan Pusat Statistik. 2004. Statistik Perumahan dan Perumahan. Jakarta

Badan Pusat Statistik Kabupaten Bekasi. 2002. Kabupaten Bekasi Dalam Angka.Kerjasama Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Daerah dan Badan Pusat StatistikKabupaten Bekasi

Bhide. A.V.. 1984. Cheris : Study of Slums through Aerial Photographs Coimbatore City.Human Settlement Analysis Group. Indian Institute of Remote Sensing. Dehra Dun.

Bintarto. Surastopo. 1993. Metode Analisis Geografi. LP3ES. Jakarta.

Bintarto. 1978. A Quantitative Expression Of The Pattern Of Urban Settlements In TheProvince Of Yogyakarta. The Indonesian Journal of Geography. Gadjah MadaUniversity. Indonesia.

Dangnga. 2002. Pengaruh Interaksi Antara Pertumbuhan Penduduk.Perumahan. dan Kualitas Lingkungan Terhadap Sarana dan PrasaranaPerumahan dan Faktor Faktor Kualitas Lingkungan. Desertasi.Pascasarjana. Institut Pertanian Bogor.

Departemen Kesehatan Republik Indonesia. 2002. Persyaratan KesehatanPerumahan. Jakarta.

Gallego, F.J. 1995. Sampling Frames Of Square Segments. Joint Research Centre.European Commission. Luxembourg. Brussels

Haggett. P.. 1983. Geography. A Modern Synthesis. Harper and Row. Publisher. NewYork.

K.J.Tinker. 1978. An Introduction To Graph Theoretical Methods In Geography. BrockUniversity. Ontario. Canada.

Mukerji. C.. 1974. Road Transportation Network Structure and Levels Of Urbanisation InRajasthan. The National Geographical journal Of India.

Santosa. 1993. Kajian Kualitas Lingkungan Perumahan dan Perubahan PenggunaanLahan Pertanian Kota Yogyakarta dengan Bantuan Foto Udara. Desertasi.Pascasarjana. Institut Pertanian Bogor

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.UM-10

RECYCLE INDUSTRY OF PLASTIC SCRAP IN THE CONTEXT OF CITYWASTE MANAGEMENT (CASE STUDY: PT WEILING)

Anita Sitawati Wartawan, Benny Benyamin Soeharto

Department Of Urban And Regional Planning, FALTL - Trisakti UniversityJl. Kyai Tapa No. 1 Grogol, Jakarta 11440, INDONESIA

AbstractWaste problem is one of the crucial issues in Indonesia. The regional government can

only manage a half porsion of the total amount. On the other hand, recycle process is

one of the methods that may solve the household waste problem. This paper aims to

encounter two main points in the case of PT WEI LING of Central Java: (i) how it helps

manage the waste in the city, (ii) what is the impact of recycle industry to its surounding

area. Several implications which come out are as follows (i) PT Wei Ling has potential to

help and manage the accumulation of volume scrap plastic especially using PET bottle

and Office Equipment (ABS) at least in Central Java Province, (ii) Bonded area is the

proper location for industry activity such as recycle industry, and (iii) PT Wei Ling absorbs

substantial workers and up grade the capacity of human resources.

Key Words: Waste, recycle process, scrap plastic

IntroductionIn indonesia, plastic products began to be introduced in the year 1940, and until now it

has been increasing in its usage. Plastic consumption in Indonesia in the year 1990 is

800.000 tons and it increased in 2000 to 1,2 million tons. Indonesia is the second position

in ASEAN after Thailand in the plastic consumption.

The great amount of plastic use leads to the increase of plastic scrap (waste). In the

beginning, plastic scrap was considered only as a city problem; but later – even recently,

we begins to realise that plastic scrap has an economic potential because plastic scrap

can be recycled; and its recycled product can be used for industry raw materials.

Although not all scraps can be recycled, only certain scraps can, plastic scrap activity

contribute a lot to city cleaning problem. The recycling activities have been even done

more by the society recently, especially with the national economic condition which is not

yet fortunate and limited employment.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


City Waste Problems

The greater the population of the city, the bigger the waste heap which has to be

managed by the city government. As an illustration, the waste volume in Jakarta in the

year 2000 is around 25, 700 m3 a day.

To handle the waste completely, some alternative methods of management have to be

performed. In this case, one of the dry waste or unorganic waste management is

recycling method. Recycling is one of the compact waste management strategies which

consist of separation, collection, procession, distribution and re-used material production

activities (Jala Sampah. 2007. http://www.jala-sampah.or.id/index.htm. Jakarta. Tanggal

8 Februari). With the recycling method, plastic waste or scrap which used to be

considered as a city problem can have economic value. The recycling result of unorganic

waste can be made as raw materiial for glass thread industry, for example.

On

oOOne

Types of Recycled Plastic MaterialsFrom a great number of plastic types consumed by Indonesian society, around 50% is

one time product package. In Indonesia, there are tens of plastic types circulated in the

society with various uses. However, not all types of plastic package wastes are collected

by (waste) pickers to be recycled. Kresek plastic (plastic bags) of HDPE (High Density

Polyethylene) type, for example, is a type of plastic which is not interesting to pickers.

Other types of plastic wastes which are not demanded by the market are Styrofoam

plastic type. While, today, the plastic scraps of – spring water ‘aqua’ bottle type has a

high value. The types of plastics which are usually used by recycling industries are PET

(Polyethylene Trephthalate and ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadine Strene). PET is usually used

as raw material of bottle, especially aqua bottle, while ABS is for telephone and computer

casing.

Figure 1.One of the plastics scrap recycled situations

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


One of the recycling industries which becomes a case study in this article is PT Wei Ling

recycling industry. PT Wei Ling manages and processes PET and ABS plastics to

become Polyester Chip dan ABS Chip. Polyester Chip can produce Polyester Staple

(PSF) and Polyester Filament Yarn (PFY). PSF is mostly used for small imdustry, PFY is

used for Polytester thread; while ABS Chip is used among others for .electronic

components.

RECYCLING INDUSTRY ADVANTAGESContribution of Recyling Industry to Waste ProblemsThe problem is focused on the contribution of recycling industry PT Wei Ling situated in

Semarang, Central Java. In its production (which is processing plastic waste to become

chip), PT Wei Ling needs plastic scraps of used PET bottle in 50,000 tons per year and

Used Office Equipment (ABS) in 60.000 tons per year. Accordingly, the total amount of

plastic srap needed bt PT Wei Ling is 110.000 tons per year. Meanwhile, the available

amount of OET and ABS in Central Java province (including Semarang) is only 38,000

tons per year (Benny B, Anita S, Sabrun J, 2005 : 2-7). This phenomena indicate that at

least the existance of recycling industry of PT Wei Ling has the potential yo help solve the

waste plastic heap problem, especially of plastics of PET and ABS types in Central Java.

Advantages of Reycling Industries to Employment and Human ResourceQuality ImprovementRecycling industries absorb or take up employment in great quantity both of formal and

informal sectors, that is, factory workers, pemulung (waste pickers – person who collects

rubbish which can be recycled), lapak (owner of place where recyclable goods are

collected), bandar (person who buys things and makes profits by selling them having

been processed), etc. In 2003, all over Indonesia it was estimnated that there were

around 300,000 pickers. With the assumptiuon that the number of famili members is 4

each, so the picker profession in Indonesia can enliven around 1, 2 million people. If it is

compared with the Indonesian population that year, the prople who rely on picker’s

profession is around 1% (Benny B, Anita S, Sabrun J, 2005 : 2-8). From that account, it is

obvious that the existance of recycling industry should be taken in to consideration in

coping with unemployment and poverty matters.

Besides pickers’s profession in informal sectors, to carry out waste management process,

every month PT Wei Ling employ averagely around 150 people. In relation to the

emp[loment absortion, the existance of PT Wei Ling helps the Government in reducing

the unemployment rate in Central Java, especially Semarang. According to BPS

(Indonesia Statistics Biro), the number of open unmployment for human resources with

elementary and junior high schools in 2003 was around 132.750 males and 45, 000

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


males. Although until now, the employment absortion rate is relatively low compared to

the open unemployment in Central Java, having looked at the emplyment plan in the long

run, we can see that the existance of PT Wei Ling can reduce the open unemployment

rate up to 1%.

Besides it has an impact on reducing the uinemployment in Central Java, the exiatance of

PT Wei Ling has an impact on improving the quality of human resources. This can be

seen in the trainings opportunities given to its workers as skill enrichment to work. Such a

training can take between 0-6 months.

The exchaneg of transfer of technology ‘know-how’ is additional impact which can

directly or indirectly empower human resources; and in turbs it will add to economic value

in the long term. For example, with the capacity which used to be very limited, a worker

can increase his capacity in self discipline and imptove his/her ability in sorting out in

details in accordance with technical qualification which he/she has learnt in his/her work.

Later on, the increasing capacity of his/her field will benefit him/herself ro own added

value to deepen aspects which need discipline and accuracy as well as special diligence.

This will lead to the increased capacity of human resources involved as a part of

‘additional value’. Besides that, tehnical knowledge as technology transfer is also a part

of additional value for the involved human resources.

ConclusionPlastic recycling industries should be supported so that they can develop through the

easiness of business given by the Government, because it has been proved that the

plastic recycling venture helps the Government significantly in coping with city waste

problems and it also take up employment in quite big quantity.

ReferencesJala Sampah. 2007. Waste Excange. http://www.jala-sampah.or.id/index.htm.

Rianto Wibowo, Darwin T Djajawinata. 2007. Penanganan Sampah Perkotaan Terpadu.http://www.kkppi.go.id/papbook/Penanganan sampah perkotaan terpadu.pdf

Badan Pengkajian Dan Penerapan Teknologi (BPPT). 2002. Study on Plastic WasteManagement and Environmentally Degradable Plastics in Indonesia"

Peraturan Pemerintah Republik Indonesia Nomor 33 Tahun 1996

Benny Benyamin, Anita Sitawati, Sabrun Jamillah. Pra Studi Kelayakan Industri DaurUlang PT Wei Ling – Semarang. September 2005

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.UM-11

NEW AREA DEVELOPMENTWITH WATER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Sih Andayani1 and Bambang E. Yuwono2

1. Lecturer dan Researcher at the Faculty of Civil Engineering of the University ofTrisakti, e-mail : [email protected]

2. Lecturer dan Researcher at the Faculty of Civil Engineering of the University ofTrisakti, e-mail : [email protected]

AbstractA developed area often generates an extension to a certain area, which is allocated as awater preservation area from its surrounding drainage system. This altered function, fromthe drainage water collecting area to a commercial/housing area, will change the balanceof the water management system and creates a new problem on how to maintain thebalance of the water management system while the new area is being developed. Thispaper offers a pattern of developing a new area that is able to maintain the balance of thewater management system although there are changes on the land use. The pattern ofdeveloping an area is based on a case study method of a project that has became theextension to the existing housing area. Result of the developed pattern should be asclose as possible to the existing water management system by improving its watermanagement subsystems technically to the maximum, after the change on the land use.In addition to maintaining the existing water management system in the area, themaximum improvement of subsystems technique of the water management systemshould maintain the system on the upstream and downstream area, so that it will notdisturb the macro water management system. In general, it can be concluded that indeveloping a new area, a study should first be made on its existing water managementbefore it is being imitated by optimizing the roles of each subsystem, so that the balanceof the water management system before and after development stays the same.

Key words: development, area, balance, water management, change

I. Introduction

A developed area often triggers a development of a certain area which is allocated as a

water preservation area from its surrounding drainage system. Based on its topography,

the drainage water preservation area is the lowest area where surface water will be able

to flow naturally to it by gravity, where it will be stored and filtrated into the ground.

The alteration of water preservation area in a housing area will have some implications,

among others: the area has to be filled up to avoid drainage water and the alteration of

land use will change the water balance. Embankment should be done, however the

question is: how high the embankment should be made to be efficient economically? The

changes in the water balance will result in a high possibility of flooding in the upstream

and downstream area. The down stream area which is safe from any chance of flooding

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


will now have a high possibility of the disaster. This will have bad effects on the

environment around the development area.

The embankment height is influenced by the slope of the drainage system. The less it

inclines the smaller embankment that needs to be made, but it (smaller slope number)

will increase the potential of sedimentation, the bigger the dimension of the drainage

channel the higher the construction cost. On the contrary, the more it inclines the higher

embankment that needs to be made, but it (higher slope number) will decrease the

potential of sedimentation, but at the end the small dimension of the drainage channel will

also increase the construction cost because of the high embankment.

Before undergoing a development, the area was water preservation from drainage

system that has already had the water balance, and therefore the upstream and

downstream area was safe from the risk of flooding. The environmental changes that

caused flooding in the upstream and downstream would trigger protests and strikes from

the community and create social problems. Then there is an idea to put aside certain

portions of an area being developed as a pond, to function as a run off water preservation

area from the drainage system.

The above explanation brings along a question of how to develop an area without

disturbing the water balance. Before responding to it, the following questions should be

asked: What is the value of the slope number, with a certain extent of pond, to maintain

the balance of the existing water so it will not interfere with upstream and downstream

area and what is the height of the embankment to achieve its economic value?

II. Case StudyTo answer the questions above, these methods are utilized:

1. An area with similar problems with the research topic is chosen as a case study

2. With certain extent of the pond, a drainage system with several channel slopes

and the burden of 5 year return period design rainfall (R5). Each slope that is

determined after this study will result in channel dimension, water velocity inside

the channel and the height of embankment.

3. Some alternatives of the drainage system were studied in order to get an

alternative with the most economic embankment, sufficient water velocity to

decrease the potential of sedimentation and with the pond dimension and outlet

type that are able to maintain the existing water balance; meaning that the

potential of flooding in the upstream and downstream area is similar to the one

before the area was developed. Details of the case study can be seen in the

following description.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


II.1. Description of Area used as a Case StudyThis research is based on the case study method of an extension of the existing housing

area project. Perumahan Swarga Bara (PSB) is a part of PT. KALTIM PRIMA COAL

(KPC) mining area which is located in the most southern part, near the exit access of

Sangata District in West Kalimantan. Data collection consists of topography maps and

rainfall data. This area has been developed and built with facilities, such as: town center,

exercise courts, education facilities, offices and banks, commercial facilities, utility,

shelter, religious places, bus station for employees. Until now, the existing condition of

Perumahan Swarga Bara (PSB) has already obtained the water balance that benefits the

residents. It is supported by the existence of the flood control building in the upstream

and downstream area of PSB’s existing. In the upstream area of PSB’s existing there are

4 dams, which are Middle Murung, Gajah Hitam, TD and Mentari. In the downstream of

the PBS’s existing is an empty area that functions as a temporary water preservation

area from the surrounding drainage water, because it is the lowest point of the area. This

area functions as a pond that temporarily preserve PSB’s run off water, so that it will not

flow directly to the housing area and lawns. The outlet in the south of PSB acts actively in

this system and functions to block the water flow from Murung River so that it will not

disturb the housing area and lawns in the south area of PSB. The major problem is that in

the downstream area of this PSB’s existing, the extension of PSB is going to be

developed (picture 1).

The balance in the upstream of the old PSB is not disturbed with the existence of PSB’s

extension. The problem occurs with the development of the PSB’s extension as its

location is a support system to the balance of the old PSB. Before a detailed design of

the drainage is made, it is necessary to analyze the location of the PSB’s extension

project in order to observe the consequences that have to be accepted if PSB’s extension

project is cancelled.

Field facts show that at present PSB (Perumahan Swarga Bara) is stable, if it is observed

from the point of flood prevention and drainage area. This stability is supported by the

PSB’s system in the upstream as well as in the downstream. In relation to the building of

the PSB’s extension, the system in the PSB’s upstream does not change but in the

downstream it will change and influence greatly on the PSB’s balance because the

PSB’s extension is located in a support area. The change in the downstream system will

influence the old PSB and housing area and lawns of the people in the south PSB. The

major factor that needs to be acknowledged is the outlet in the south of PSB (under the

wood bridge at Jl. Poros Kabo).

In general, the support components of the PSB downstream are:

1. A pond as a run-off water reservoir, in the area in which PSB extension will be

developed (then called shadow pond).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


2. An outlet in the south of PSB (under wood bridge at Jl. Poros Kabo), then called

downstream PSB’s Outlet.

The alteration of the shadow dam into PSB Extension causes new balances as follows:

Water in the pond has to be flown out to decrease the burden of

downstream PSB’s outlet

The old PSB drainage system and PSB extension will influence to each

other.

Whether we realize it or not, this shadow pond (especially the place where Cluster D will

be developed) receives burden in form of run off water from the old PSB. In short, the

development of PSB area will be protected if the function of the shadow pond is

replaced with a new pond that is designed as the consequence of PSB’s extensiondevelopment. This burden has to be taken as a responsibility by the PSB extension,

which eventually will charge an extra cost for its development.

The outlet of downstream PSB, which is not properly maintained and with a simple

construction, functions as the attenuation structure. This downstream PSB Outlet has a

good flow rate capacity; it will not affect the housing area and lawns in the south area of

PSB. With the altered function, from shadow pond to PSB Extension Cluster D, the

burden of downstream PSB Outlet is bigger. If the outlet capacity stays the same there

will be decreasing water velocity and water elevation that can cause flooding, and if the

outlet capacity increased it would disturb the environment around south PSB and strikes

can not be avoided. One of the alternatives to decrease the burden of the outlet is to

create a channel that functions as storage, in order to do that the extension in the

channel’s dimension is needed. Other alternative is to build a pond that is designed

as a consequence to the development of the extension of PSB. Therefore, the

development of PSB extension has to consider the new balance and also various

alternatives that should be developed in regard with the consequences, so that the new

balance that is achieved is similar to the old one.

Maintaining Water BalanceAt PSB Extension location, there is still a 0,5 ha area as a place for setting the dam. It will

give benefit in maintaining the balance of water management system as if it occurs

naturally. As mentioned before, the area where PSB will be built is an area with plenty of

water which flows from the old PSB and surroundings. Therefore, the function of the old

PSB must be replaced by the pond which has been planned to maintain the balance of

water management system.

As a consequence, the drainage system of PSB Extension is a part which can not be

separated from the present of the pond and its consequence:

1. The outlet design of the pond which leads to Murung River should have 2

functions. The first function is to make water flow in normal condition. The second

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


function is to control the water storage in the pond so that the pond can still be

functioned well without increasing the amount of water flowing to housing area in

the downstream area of the PSB.

2. The pond elevation is designed in the way that water in Murung River can not

flow back into the pond during normal condition or flood condition; therefore the

water will not overload the drainage system in PSB Extension.

3. Water elevation design of the pond in normal condition or flood condition will

affect ground level elevation that should be provided so that PSB Extension will

not be affected by 5 years return period flood (Q5).

4. The pond will be used as tourist attraction so that the pond water must fulfill the

water quality standard for tourism purpose.

To fulfill the purposes, the drainage system of PSB Extension is planned as mentioned

here:

1. The drainage channel and the pond flow and collect drainage water from PSB

Extension and also the old PSB, i.e. location of the church, Red Cross, Wisma

Prima, Wisma Rayah, Thiess, and housing area by the river.

2. Flood flow for the project plan is taken from the 5 years return period (Q5) with

20% chance of failure because PSB located in a good area.

3. As few as possible the channel crosses by the road to ease the operation and

maintenance.

4. The slope design of the channel is not very steep because PSB Extension

location is relatively plain so that ground level elevation that should be provided is

not too high.

5. Q5 water flow from the drainage channel into the pond freely to prevent backflow

from the channel. That is why inlet valve is not needed.

6. The pond has a room to collect flood flow Q5 so that it will not overflow to the

housing area in the downstream of PSB. To guarantee that the pond can

accommodate Q5, a hole without valve is made to maintain the normal water level

during dry season.

7. Additional freeboard is set at the pond to anticipate certain condition when water

level in the pond goes over the elevation of flood level.

8. Drainage water is filtered before flowing into the pond so that the water quality

fulfills the required water quality standard.

II.2 Hydrologic CalculationHydrology analysis to determinate flood flow drainage channel is calculated from rain

data. Rain data which is used is the data from rain station Sangadalam located near the

project location and the data number is also a lot (source: BMG Jakarta). The annual

rainfall in the location is between 1.428 – 2.615 mm with an average of 1.980 mm.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Whereas the maximum daily annual rainfall is between 35 – 151 mm with an average of

77 mm. Checked by Chi-square method, the distribution data of maximum daily rainfall in

the location is considered to be fitted to the distribution of Log Pearson III. Using the

frequency analysis, the result achieved is rainfall with periodic annual of 5 years (R5) 95

mm. Rainfall intensity is calculated using Mononobe formula based on concentration time

and flow rate with rational formula.

II.3 Hydraulic CalculationDrainage system is built from primary, secondary, tertiary drainage channels, and also

drop structures and culverts. Tertiary drainage channel is channel which receives rain

water discharge from houses. Secondary drainage channel is channel which receives

water discharge from outside of PSB Extension and the combination of the two tertiary

drainage channels. Primary drainage channel is a channel which receives water

discharge from tertiary channel and secondary channel. Based on the alternative which

has been applied and its consequences the drainage system is supported by primary

channel system in the south (by Poros Kabo street) and three secondary channel

systems in the north to the east (at the border between PSB Extension and old PSB) and

in the middle of housing. All systems are connected with the designed pond. Overall there

are 51 tertiary channels, 22 secondary channels and 7 primary channels (picture 2).

According to the soil condition of PSB area, the channel will be made of stones, the

shape is trapezium with the slope of 1: 0,6 or 60o. Continuity and Manning formula are

used to determine the dimension of drainage channela. The slope of the channel is

designed in some alternatives: 0,0008; 0,001; 0,002

From the calculation, the results achieved are:

1. If the channel slope is 0,0008, then

The width of the channel is 0,40 and the length is 2.272 m

The water flow is 0,17 – 0,74 m/second

The head loss from upstream to downstream is 0,633 m

The ground elevation needed in the upstream is +7,116 m


The width of the channel is 0,30 and the length is 3.277 m



The ground elevation needed in the upstream is + 7,253 m


The width of the channel is 0,30 m and the length is 3.600 m



ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The ground elevation needed in the upstream is + 7,997 m

Drainage channels with slope of 0,001 are choosen because the ground elevation

needed in the upstream is not so high (+ 7,253 m), so the smaller embankment that

needs to be made and construction cost is cheaper. Beside that the slope creates

sufficient water velocity which can decrease the potential of sedimentation. The

examples of cross section of the drainage channel can be seen in picture 3.

Water in the channel flows freely in to the pond without any blockade such as valve.

Water which flows into the inlet is filtered by plant. The plant root has a purpose to

maintain sediment so that the water in the pond becomes cleaner and suits the water

quality standard for tourism purpose. Flood rate flow Q5 which is predicted to be 1,411

m3/second flows into the pond so that the volume of the flow during 1 hour can be

collected in the pond 5.078,50 m3. The location of PSB Extension still has 0,5 ha space

for building the pond, so that the flood level which has to be provided is 1,016 m.

Besides, the pond needs an emergency wall with height of 1 m to anticipate certain

condition such as when the water level in the pond is higher than the predicted flood level

(picture 4). Water from the pond flows into the Murung River through an outlet : 4 holes

with 0,2 m diameter which is designed on the middle of the pond.

It is important to notice the floor channel elevation, water level elevation, and channel

verge elevation which lead to the ground elevation provided so that PSB Extension can

be prevented from 5 years return period flood (Q5).

III. ConclusionFrom the study above, it can be concluded that by developing an area, the water cycle

system can also be made balanced as the way when it occurs naturally by optimizing the

water management subsystems technically after the land use changing. The optimization

of water subsystems must be able to maintain the water management system in the area

and also the water management in the upstream and downstream of the area so that the

water management system is not disturbed and damaged.

References---------------, 1997, Drainase Perkotaan, Penerbit Gunadarma

AASHTO,1992, Pedoman Drainase Jalan Raya, UI-Press

Hindarko, S, 2000, Drainase Perkotaan, ES-HA

Suripin, 2004, Sistem Drainase Perkotaan Yang Berkelanjutan, Andi

VIP, 2008, Laporan Pendahuluan

Wiratman & Associates, 2008, Laporan Konsep Desain Preliminary Perumahan SwargaBara Cluster C dan D di Sangata Kaltim.

Yuwono, B.E., 2008, Laporan Pendahuluan Detailed Design Engineering SaluranDrainase Perumahan Swarga Bara Sangata – Kaltim

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Yuwono, B.E., dan Andayani, S., 2008, Konsekuensi Pengembangan PerumahanSwarga Bara Extension

Picture 1 Area Will Be Developed For PSB “Extension”

Picture 2 Layout Scheme PSB “Extension”

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Picture 3 Layout & Cross Section of Drainage Canals

Picture 4 Pond Cross Section

stones

stones

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.EM-01

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS AND AN ECO-EPIDEMIOLOGICAL MODEL OFMALARIA IN INDONESIA

M.M. SintoriniDepartment of Environmental Engineering, Trisakti University, Jakarta

[email protected]

Abstract

50% of Indonesian people live in malaria endemic areas with an estimated 30 millionmalaria cases occurring each year. At least 30,000 deaths occur annually due to malaria.The eastern provinces have higher rates of malaria than other provinces.Objectives: to explore the environmental determinant factors for malaria in Indonesia; toexplore the role of human related behaviour for malaria transmission in Indonesia; toanalyse the spatial and temporal patterns of malaria and to develop an eco-epidemiological model for predicting or controlling malaria incidence for public healthdecision making in Indonesia.Study design: a community based ecological study with a mixed type of topographicsetting : Coastal Zone, Hilly Zone, Highland Zone, stratification of malaria incidence(clinical or parasites rate) has been conducted upon gaining baseline clinical malariaincidence at the village level was chosen randomly from the malaria infected villages. 839sampling unit for interview was the house holds in the selected villages.The result indicate, that the malaria cases is local specific plasmodium, vector and type oftopographic, influenced by relative humidity, temperature, number of rainy days andaverage daily rainfall.

Keyword : endemic, malaria, eco-epidemiological model, environmental factors

“Environmental factors and an eco-epidemiological model of malaria in Indonesia”

Malaria is still become a serious problem in Indonesia, 50% of Indonesian people live in

malaria endemic areas with an estimated 30 million malaria cases occurring each year.

At least 30,000 deaths occur annually due to malaria. The eastern provinces have higher

rates of malaria than other provinces.

Table 1 : Malaria Endemic Area by District, Sub-District and Village in Indonesia

1999 (27 Provinces) 2001 (30 Provinces)Administration

Levels TotalEndemic

Malaria% Total

Endemic

Malaria%

District 293 167 57.00 339 226 66.67

Sub District/HC 3794 910 23.99 4,787 1,260 26.32

Villages 64024 4592 7.17 72,000 6,053 8.41

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Objectives1. to explore the environmental determinant factors for malaria in Indonesia;

2. to explore the role of human related behaviour for malaria transmission in Indonesia;

3. to analyse the spatial and temporal patterns of malaria

4. to develop an eco-epidemiological model for predicting or controlling malaria

incidence for public health decision making in Indonesia.

MethodologyThe study was conducted in Sukabumi (coastal zone), Kebumen (hilly zone) and Salatiga

(highland zone) in June 2006 – Jan 2008, using mix–ecological study with a mixed type

of topographic setting.

Stratification of malaria incidence (clinical or parasites rate) has been conducted upon

gaining baseline clinical malaria incidence at the village level

Villages was chosen randomly from the malaria infected villages. Sampling unit for

interview was the house holds in the selected villages, 839 samples in15 villages of 3

districts.

Table 2 : Main study variables

Mosquito/pathogen Human Behaviour & physical factors Environmental

Anopheles species

Vector habitats

(Breeding sites)

Preferred blood meal

Mosquito longevity

Pathogen type

Socio-Economic

(age, education, occupation, income)

Housing, basic sanitation

(toilet & drinking water), Energy alternative

Access to health Care

Malaria Knowledge/perception

Malaria protection practise

Daily and Nocturnal Activities

Migration pattern

Altitude

Temperature

Rainfall

Humidity

Wind speed and

direction

ResultMalaria transmission in paddy field, hilly and coast areas were indigenous, and suspect

vectors were differ for each breeding places. The location for malaria transmission were

about the same, inside and outside the house, either when individual or determinant

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


factor for malaria, since cases was found in the early age to the eldest people and from

well knowledge and high socio-economic to the lowest status in the areas.

Table 3: Respondents Daily Activities in Entomology Survey

Table 4: Nocturnal Prevalence (Indoor and Outdoor) of Anopheles sp

Total Mosquitoes Collected Man Hour Density

No. Species Indoor Outdoor Total Indoor Outdoor Average

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

An.subpictus

An.vagus

An.barbirostris

An.aconitus

An.annularis

An.maculatus

190

26

76

1

1

0

503

72

97

3

2

1

693

98

173

4

3

1

0.61

0.08

0.24

0.00

0.00

-

1.61

0.23

0.31

0.01

0.01

0.00

1.11

0.16

0.28

0.01

0.00

0.00

Total 294 678 972 0.94 2.17 1.56

The type of the potential breeding places were found in the paddy field, especially closed

to harvest time, in the bank of the river, small creek and water spring. Mosquito as the

suspect vectors is Anopheles aconitus, which were active during the night, exophagic and

endophagic. Malaria cases mostly happened in the age 8.8 days of the vectors, with

vectorial capacity 0.1193.

WEST JAVA - COASTAL WEST JAVA -HIGHLAND

CENTRAL JAVA (HILLY-RICE FIELD)

1 Villages 2 1 22 Altitude (m) 25 -35 725 144 - 1463 Local weather condition (Range)

a. Temperature (OC) - Indoor 27.3 - 29.4 21.1 - 23.4 25.8 - 28.5

- Outdoor 26.7 - 28.7 21.1 - 22.9 24.7 - 27.9b. Relative Humidity (%) - Indoor 74.3 - 88.6 82.1 77.0 - 94.3 - Outdoor 78.0 - 93.13 86.6 - 87.3 80.0 - 92.0c. Wind speed (m/s) NA NA NA

4 Number of surveys 8 4 125 Number of Collectors 6 6 46 Anopheles Species An aconitus

An vagusAn tesselatusAn maculatusAn barbirostrisAn sundaicus

An aconitusAn maculatusAn barbirostris

An aconitusAn subpictusAn indefinitusAn vagusAn annularisAn tesselatusAn maculatusAn kochiAn flavirostris

7 Average no of mosquitoes per survey 30.25 100.50 381.678 The dominant species by blood feeding places

- Indoor An vagus An aconitus An aconitus

- Outdoor An maculatus An aconitus An aconitus

9 The dominant species by Resting Places - Human Shelters An aconitus An aconitus An annularis

- Animal Shelters An barbirostris An barbirostris An vagus

10 Peak biting hour of the dominant species - Indoor 2-3 AM Fluctuated (dusk to

dawn)3-4 AM

- Outdoor 2-3 AM 12 PM - 1 AM 10-11 PM

NO Selected Variable

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Anopheles aconitus, An.maculatus, An. balabacensis and An. barbirostris were the

suspect vectors in the hilly areas. These vectors were exophagic and andophagic.

Table 5: Topographic feature of malaria vectors distribution in West Java and

Central Java

Coastal Plains Hilly Highland

Kertajaya (20 m) Lodji (33 m) (Sadang and Seboro, 146 m) Langkap Jaya (725)

Village, Coastal,

rice fields, mixed

farming

Village, coastal

plain, rice field,

Semi urban, hilly, rice field,

coconuts, mixed plants

Village, highland, rice

field, mixed plants

ConclusionThat the malaria cases is local specific plasmodium, vector and type of topographic,

influenced by relative humidity, temperature, number of rainy days and average daily

rainfall.

Malaria was attacked to almost everybody in the endemic area, no matter how well the

educational level, socio-conomic status and occupation, as long as no fully protective

malaria practiced among them. The spread of malaria were mostly within area of 200–

400 meters from the breeding places. The intervention to eradicate the malaria cases

should be conducted together with the people in the community, activities were range

since to avoiding the biting from the vector to the elimination of the breeding places,

especially in the endemic areas. More than that the active case finding and the case

management should be strengthened and the involvement of the community is a must.

References

Armstrong, et al. (1998). An Analysis of Geographical Distribution of Severe Malaria inChildren in Klifi District, Kenya, International Journal of Epidemiology. No. 27.

Benenson, A. (1990). Control of Communicable Disease in Man. An Official Report of theAmerican Public Health Association, 15th edition, USA

Chin, J., (2000). Control of Communicable Disease annual, 17th edition. Washington,American Public Health Association.

Hook, W.V., et al. (1998). Characteristic on Malaria Vector Breeding Habitats in SriLangka: Relevance for Environmental Management, South East Asia JournalTropical Medicine Public Health. Vol.29.

Rozendaal, J. (2002). Guidelines for Planningand Evaluation Malaria Control Program.Parts 5 Procedures for Comprehensive Malaria Surveys. Output 1. IntensifiedCommunicable Disease Control Project, Asian Development Bank, Jakarta.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.EM-02

MODELLING OF THE REAERATION DUE TO DISSOLVED OXYGENFLUCTUATION IN THE CILIWUNG RIVER

Widyo AstonoDepartement of Environmental Engineering, FALTL

Trisakti [email protected]

Abstract

The purpose of this research was to develop of water quality mathematical model whichhad been done by Streeter-Phelps (1925). River water quality models are usedextensively in research as well as in the design and assessment of water qualitymanagement measures. The application of this only focus to the initial studies ofdissolved oxygeen fluctuation due to reaeration coeficient. Many different formula andapproximations to the henry's law are known, depending upon hydrodinamics characterand whether the flow is steady or unsteady and which simplifications are made. Thus, forwater quality studies often the equation of steady, gradually variable flow is employed. Inthis paper-which is a part on Ciliwung River Water Quality Modelling. Primary focus isgiven here of the tolls to work with the models, i.e parameter estimation and simulation,are discused.

Keywords : Hydrodinamics; rivers, reaeration, dissolved oxygeen, water quality models.

BackgroundThere are have specific hydrodinamic characters which requaired to compute of the

reaeration coeficient (ka) from upstream to downstream. The application of this, will be

used to describe of the dissolved oxygen (DO) fluctuation to manage water quality in the

long Ciliwung river, because they provided drinking water and this river was the site of

many large cities and their associated waste discharges. The magnitude of oxygen

reaeration rate constant was calculated based on velocity-depth flow ratio by O'Connor

and Dobbins, Churchill, Owen and Gibbs formulas. The purpose of this research was to

develop of water quality mathematical model which had been done by Streeter-Phelps

(1925) in Ohio River, United State and by Lohani (1980) in Chao Praya River, Bangkok.

This model was focused on hydrodynamics character as influencing factor for the specific

magnitude on the constanta oxygen reaeration rate, due to DO responses. The river

hydrodynamics character of every stretch was importance in modeling approaching the

field data.

GoalsTo develop of water quality mathematical model in the Ciliwung River, Primary focus on

the oxygen reaeration values due to dissolved oxygen fluctuation in the Ciliwung River.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


MethodologyTwo major activities was conducted in order to achieve the objectives of this study,

survey and sampling at several sites chosen representative, data analysis and

interpretation. Survey an sampling activities include : Choose the sampling sites on the

map, field survey, its will be realized at the sampling sites chosen before, sampling site

plotting, its of the sampling sites on the map will be executed to calculate the distance

bertween them and to relocate it, insitu parameters, field data will be recorded, position,

hydrometric (velocity and depth), dissolved oxygen. Measuring both of the hydrometric

(velocity and depth) and dissolved oxygen on the view points that have appointed (see

Figure 1.) at the same times. These points have to reprensents the water quality change

potentially. Hydrometric properties were measured by currentmeters or floating material,

and DO parameters were measured by winkler method.

All the results obtained will be integrated with order available data to get the final

information. In order to get the sites criteria, oxygen reaeration and dissolved oxygen will

be calculated. Mathematical tools will be used to help the data interpretation.

There are nine sampling points as representative locatation that chosen :

1. Tea garden (Cisarua)

2. Cibeureum bride (Cipayung)

3. Water gate Katulampa ( Katulampa)

4. Sempur bridge (Bogor city)

5. Beradu river (Cibinong)

6. Depok bridge (Depok)

7. Kalibata bridge (Jakarta)

8. Water gate Maggarai (Jakarta)

Figure 1. The sampling and measuring points location (march and april, 2008)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


9. Pejompongan intake (Jakarta)

Result and Discusion

The aim of this study is to characterize the hydrodinamics candition and its impacts on

DO response along Ciliwung river. These four zones of river will be taken into account as

one unit of water body in term of its character. In order to get objective, two major

parameters have been recorded during two season. Wet season data has been colected

on March 2006, and dry season data on April 2006. The result of this study is presented

as below.

1. Geographic condition

Nine sampling sites chosen before can be described of their elevation as figure 2 below.

Figure 2 present the map of Ciliwung watershed including the of four elevations and their

positions. The Cisarua elevation is 1500 m from water sea and decreasing to Cibinong

until 140 m.

2. Flow velocity

Data Averege flow and velocity along the Ciliwung river is presented at Table 1-2

Table 1. Data of the flow and velocity in the Ciliwung River (March 2006)

Posisi Jarak Kec Dalam Lebar Luas Debit

kumulatif ruas

Waktu

v H L A QTitik Lokasi

(km) (km) (WIB) m/dt (m) (m) m2 m3/dt

1 Cisarua 0.00 0.00 4:00 0.70 0.50 3.00 1.50 1.05

2 Cipayung 4.00 4.00 8:40 0.70 0.50 5.00 2.50 1.75

3 Katulampa 10.50 6.50 9:40

Pagi

0.50 0.45 15.00 6.75 3.38

4 Jemb.Sempur 20.50 10.00 13:45 0.50 0.45 15.50 6.98 3.49

5a Cibinong 30.10 9.60 15:00

Siang

0.50 0.60 16.00 9.60 4.80

0

500

1000

1500

00/01/

1900

01/01/

1900

02/01/

1900

03/01/

1900

04/01/

1900

05/01/

1900

06/01/

1900

07/01/

1900

08/01/

1900

09/01/

1900

10/01/

1900

11/01/

1900

12/01/

1900

13/01/

1900

14/01/

1900

15/01/

1900

16/01/

1900

17/01/

1900

18/01/

1900

19/01/

1900

20/01/

1900

21/01/

1900

22/01/

1900

23/01/

1900

24/01/

1900

25/01/

1900

26/01/

1900

27/01/

1900

28/01/

1900

29/01/

1900

30/01/

1900

31/01/

1900

01/02/

1900

02/02/

1900

03/02/

1900

04/02/

1900

05/02/

1900

06/02/

1900

07/02/

1900

08/02/

1900

09/02/

1900

Lokasi

m d

pl

Cisarua

Gadog BogorCibinong

Figure 2. Ciliwung Watershed elevation

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


5b K. Ciparigi 30.30 0.20 15:15 0.65 0.25 3.700.93

0.60

5ab Cibinong 30.50 0.40 15:41 0.50 0.60 18.00 10.80 5.40

6a Depok 40.50 10.00 17:08 0.50 0.65 17.00 11.05 5.53

6b K. Sugutamu 40.70 0.20 17:15 0.75 0.60 2.00 1.20 0.90

6ab Depok 40.90 0.40 17:20

Sore

0.50 0.65 20.00 13.00 6.50

7a Kalibata 60.25 19.35 21:40 0.20 3.00 14.00 42.00 8.40

7b Sal. Condet 60.45 0.20 22:00 0.20 1.00 4.004.00

0.80

7ab Kalibata 60.65 0.40 22:30 0.20 3.00 18.00 54.00 10.80

8 Manggarai 67.25 6.60 1:30

Malam

0.20 3.00 23.50 70.50 14.10

9 Pejompongan 71.25 4.00 4:15 Pagi 0.20 3.00 24.70 74.10 14.82

Table 2. Data Of the flow and velocity in the Ciliwung River ( April 2006)

Posisi Jarak Kec Dalam Lebar Luas Debit

(xi)

(xi -

xi+1)

Waktu

v H L A Q

Titik Lokasi

(km) (km) (WIB) m/dt (m) (m) (m2) (m3/dt)

1 Cisarua 0.00 0.00 4:30 0.50 0.40 2.50 1.00 0.50

2 Cipayung 4.00 4.00 7:40 0.50 0.40 5.00 2.00 1.00

3 Katulampa 10.50 6.50 9:40

Pagi

0.48 0.48 6.00 2.88 1.38

4 Jemb.Sempur 20.50 10.00 12:48 0.48 0.45 8.00 3.60 1.73

5a Cibinong 30.10 9.60 14:00 0.48 0.53 7.50 3.98 1.91

5b K. Ciparigi 30.30 0.20 14:05

Siang

0.25 0.20 2.00 0.40 0.10

5ab Cibinong 30.50 0.40 14:41 0.48 0.55 7.50 4.13 1.98

6a Depok 40.50 10.00 17:00 0.45 0.63 7.50 4.73 2.13

6b K. Sugutamu 40.70 0.20 17:15 0.25 0.25 2.00 0.50 0.13

6ab Depok 40.90 0.40 17:20

Sore

0.45 0.63 7.50 4.73 2.13

7a Kalibata 60.25 19.35 21:40 0.20 2.00 9.00 18.00 3.60

7b Sal. Condet 60.45 0.20 22:00 0.09 0.10 0.00 0.20 0.02

7ab Kalibata 60.65 0.40 22:30 0.20 2.00 9.00 18.00 3.60

8 Manggarai 67.25 6.60 0:30

Malam

0.20 2.00 13.00 26.00 5.20

9 Pejompongan 71.25 4.00 3:15 Pagi 0.20 2.00 14.50 29.00 5.80

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Data of the Disoolved oxygen along the Ciliwung river is presented at Table 3-4

Data of the oxygen reaeration along the Ciliwung river is presented at Table 3-4

3. Response of the Dissolved oxygen values due to oxygen reaeration

Dissolved oxygen level could indicate rapidly the water quality of water body. Table 3-

6 show that sites 1 to 6 have a good od DO (range 7-8 mg/l) at both dry and wet

season. At site 6 to 9 the DO level is practically very lower at dry and wets season

Table 5 Data of the oxygen reaeration (March 2006)

Table 3. Data Of dissolved oxygen (March2006)

Table 4. Data Of dissolved oxygen (April2006)

Table 6 Data of the oxygen reaeration (April 2006)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


(range 3 to 0,8 mg/l to down stream). It is caused by the magnitude of oxygen

reaeratio that higher at up stream and decrease at down stream. Finally we can

devide in the 4 zones along river are zone 1 as zone highest oxygen reaeration

(Cisarua-Katulampa), zone 2 as high oxygen reaeration (katulampa-Depok)), zone 3

as low oxygen reaeration (Depok-Manggarai), and zone 4 as lower oxygen reaeration

(Manggarai-Pejompongan).

Conclusion

There are four zones of the character hydrodinamics caused fluctuation dissolved

oxygen fluctuation 1. Up stream (Cisarua-Katulampa) has a strong reaeration with ka

=12/day, 2. Middle stream (Katulampa-Depok) has a moderate reaeration with ka 8/day,

3. Down stream (Depok-Manggarai) has a weak reaeration with ka 0,35/day, 4. Down

stream (Manggarai-Pejompongan) with ka 0,20/day.These characters have caused of the

dissolved oxygen decreasing to down stream significanly

References

Chapra, S.C.1997. Surface water quality modeling. McGraw-Hill. Toronto.

Jame, A. 1980. Mathematical model in water pollution control. John Wiley & Sons. NewYork.

Rauch,W, Henze,M, Koncsos,L, Reichert,P, Shanahan,P, Somlyody,L, andVanrolleghem,P, 1999, River water quality modelling (State of the art), IWAQPublished, London.

Saeni, M.S, 1986, Kemampuan saringan pasir, ijuk, dan arang dalam meningkatkankualitas fisik dan kimia air DAS Ciliwung, Disertasi, Fakultas Pascasarjana IPB,Bogor.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.EM-03

OPTIMIZATION MODEL OF APPLYING INTEGRATEDSOLID WASTE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY

Dwi Indrawati*)

*)Lecturer from Environmental Engineering Department, FALTL, Trisakti UniversityE-mail: [email protected]

Abstract

Solid waste management is one of the pollution problems in many urban areas ofdeveloping countries, and its control has so far not been addressed in sustainableanalysis. This paper presents the concept of optimization in applying integrated solid wastetreatment technology, in the context of selection of technology and design of system forsolid waste management. Increased environmental concerns and the emphasis onmaterial and energy recovery are gradually changing the orientation of municipal solidwaste (MSW) management and planning. In this context, the application of optimizationtechniques has been introduced to design the least cost solid waste managementsystems, considering the variety of management, and the existence of uncertaintiesassociated with the number of system components and their interrelations. This paperpresents a concept model to serve as a solid waste decision support system for MSWmanagement taking into account both socio-economic and environmental considerations.The model accounts for solid waste generation rates, composition, collection, treatment,disposal as well as potential environmental impacts of various MSW managementtechniques. The model follows a linear programming formulation with the framework ofdynamic optimization. The model can serve as a tool to evaluate various MSWmanagement alternatives and the optimal combination of technologies for the handling,treatment and disposal of MSW in an economic and environmentally sustainable way.

Key words: decision support system, integrated solid waste management, optimization,solid waste treatment

1. Introduction

The serious environmental problems in developing country cities are related to the lack of

sanitation systems. The current challenge of urban planners is to design and rehabilitate

cities, in general, into a sustainable basis, where the advantages of the cities could be

maintained without causing degradation of environment.

Economic growth has resulted in a considerable increase of waste generated over the

last years. Its generation, treatment and disposal exert significant pressure on the

environment due to inefficient consumption of resources and uncontrolled release of

emission to air, water and land. Therefore, decision makers have the responsibility to

provide a planning framework which is able not only to tackle this problem but also to

achieve sustainable waste management. Solid waste management is one of the

environmental problems in many urban areas of developing countries, and its control has

so far not been addressed in sustainable analysis.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


A typical solid waste management system in developing country displays an array of

problems, including low collection coverage and irregular collection services, crude open

dumping and burning without air and water pollution control, and handling and control of

informal waste picking or scavenging activities. Without adequate collection, treatment or

disposal, solid waste obstruct drainage, promote disease vector, and are aesthetically

offensive.

The solid waste management problem has a complex nature with a range of important

dimensions such as multiplicity of the types of waste generated in the system, complex

spatial pattern of waste generate, the necessity to transport waste long distances for

processing, a variety of emissions from waste collection, transporting and treatment to

the environment, and the almost unpredictable and localized character of impacts of

these emissions on humans and ecosystems. And although there have been attempts to

analyze urban waste management systems taking into account environmental impacts of

processes under study, most of them have not formed a holistic method. Therefore, the

aim of the paper is to evaluate the current condition of solid waste management system

in urban area (City of Jakarta) and to presents the concept of optimization in applying

integrated solid waste treatment technology.

2. Alternative municipal solid waste (MSW) treatment technologies

Alternative municipal solid waste treatment technology can be divided into three groups:

1. Thermal technologies

2. Biological/Chemical technologies

3. Physical technologies

2.1. Thermal technologies

Thermal technologies are those technologies that operate at temperatures greater than

400°F and have higher reaction rates. They typically operate in a temperature range of

700°F to 10,000°F. Most thermal technologies are used to produce electricity as a

primary byproduct. Thermal technologies include advanced thermal recycling (a state-of-

the-art form of waste to- energy facilities) and thermal conversion (a process that

converts the organic carbon-based portion of the MSW waste stream into a synthetic gas

which is subsequently used to produce products such as electricity, chemicals, or green

fuels).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


2.2. Biological/Chemical technologies

Biological/chemical technologies operate at lower temperatures and lower reaction rates.

They can accept feedstock with high moisture levels, but require material that is

biodegradable. Some technologies involve the synthesis of products using chemical

processing carried out in multiple stages. Byproducts can vary, which include: electricity,

compost and chemicals.

2.3. Physical technologies

Physical technologies involve altering the physical characteristics of the MSW feedstock.

These materials in MSW may be separated, shredded, and/or dried in a processing

facility. The resulting material is referred to as refuse-derived fuel (RDF). It may be

pelletized into homogeneous fuel pellets and transported and combusted as a

supplementary fuel in utility boilers.

3. Methodology

3.1. Evaluation methodology of solid waste treatment technology

To support solid waste treatment technology selection, the study begins with the

evaluation of current condition of solid waste management in the city of Jakarta. The

objective of the evaluation of solid waste treatment technology was to identify, describe

and categorize technology based on type of technology and potential applicability to

Jakarta City. The evaluation methodology of solid waste treatment technology consists a

three-step as follows:

1. Selection of technology to be evaluated (first-level screening)

2. Preliminary review of technology (second-level screening)

3. Comparative, detailed evaluation of technology

3.2. Optimization models for integrated solid waste management

Integrated solid waste management is a complex, multidisciplinary problem involving

economic and technical aspects, normative constraints about the minimum requirements

for recycling and sustainable development issues. Most industrialized countries have

adopted the philosophy of the Waste Management Hierarchy’ (prevention/ minimization,

materials recovery, incineration and landfill) as a guide for developing MSW management

strategies (Sakai et al., 1996).

4. Result

4.1. Current condition of solid waste management in the city of Jakarta

Jakarta is the capital city of Indonesia, but once one walks inside the city, one will find a

fairly large number of unsanitary areas, such as those littered with waste, and small

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


disposal sites are found around residential areas, resulting in an undesirable situation

with regards to the public health of residents. For the most part, the waste is collected,

transported, and disposed of by open dumping operation at the Bantar Gebang final

disposal site, Bekasi City.

In 2005, Jakarta with a population of 9.0 million, was estimated to generate 27,966 cubic

meters of solid waste per day or an average of 2.97 liters per resident per day (Dinas

Kebersihan, 2005).

Waste generation can be a source of pollution and at the same time a loss of resources,

both in the form of materials and energy. In addition, once waste has been produced,

dealing with it is expensive and causes a number of pressures on the environment,

including the use of land for landfills and the emission of greenhouse gases from the

treatment and decomposition of organic waste.

Solid waste generating from human domestic, social and industrial activities is increasing

in quantity and variety as a result of growing population, rising standards of living and

development of technology. The need to manage this increasing waste in an

environmentally effective, technologically feasible, economically affordable and socially

acceptable manner is a problem faced by all nations of world today. Waste management

in city of Jakarta is divided in four levels, i.e: storage, collection, transport, and disposal.

Waste Storage

Waste storage is the collecting of waste before transport to the temporary dumping site or

final disposal. Individual container with concrete wall and plastic bags are normally used

residential with medium-high income. Communal galvanized containers are commonly

used in residential with medium-low income.

Factors that must be considered in onsite storage of solid waste include (1) the effects of

storage on waste component, (2) the type of container to be used, (3) the container

location, and (4) public health and aesthetics.

Waste Collection

Waste collection is divided into:

a. Waste collection by the community. This activity is done by all in a neighborly

way. The community collects waste at source and prepared places before being

picked up by waste management workers coordinated by local community leader

(RT/RW).

b. Waste collection by waste management workers. The waste collected by the

community is transported by waste management workers to a temporary

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


dumping site, galvanized containers or garbage cart pool that are spread

throughout Jakarta.

The functional element of collection, includes not only the gathering of solid waste and

recyclable materials, but also the transport of these material, after collection, to the

location where the collection vehicle is emptied. This location may be a material

processing facility, a transfer station, or a landfill disposal site. In small cities, where final

disposal sites are nearby, the hauling of wastes is not a serious problem. In large cities,

however where the haul distance to the point of disposal is often greater than 15 miles,

the haul may have significant economic implications. Where long distance are involved,

transfer and transport facilities are normally used. In City of Jakarta there are four types

of waste temporary dumpsites, i.e: a) waste depot, b) waste transit, c) waste cart location,

and galvanized containers.

Waste transport

Waste transport is divided into:

a) Indirect transport: waste collection from individual or communal source to

temporary storage sites, and from temporary storage sites to the final dumping

site.

b) Direct transport: waste collection from the individual or communal source to the

final dumping site by garbage truck.

Final dumping site

The final dumping site for entire city of Jakarta in Bantar Gebang, Bekasi, which is 45

kilometers from Jakarta and covers an area of 108 hectare. The daily average of waste

dumped is 77.84 percent from total waste generated per day employing a open dumping

system, however it was planned with sanitary landfill system (Dinas Kebersihan, 2005).

Solid waste treatment facilities

The result of this study describe that there are several composting and incineration

facilities in the city of Jakarta. Some have been closed down or are functioning at a lower

capacity. Those functioning are generally being managed by the private sector through a

contractual arrangement with municipal authorities (local government). Most of the plants

are facing a problem of marketing the compost due to an ineffective marketing

mechanism.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


4.2. Model Description

A sustainable waste management system must be holistic and consider the synergy

between economic development, environmental protection and social equity. Normally,

these objectives are in conflict between each other. As a result, it is not possible to

provide an optimal strategy that simultaneously optimizes all the existing objective

functions. Instead it can be achieved only an effective solution. The reason of this is

because it is impossible to optimize one objective function without sacrificing on one or

more of the other objectives.

Considering these limitation, the model is based on the multi-objective programming

methodology and it is coupled with multi-commodity network flow, life cycle assessment,

benefit costs assessment and multi-criteria decision analysis as art of the decision

making process. The aim of the model is to determinate the most effective sustainable

waste management strategy to follow. This is done by optimizing a set of objective

functions subject to a number of constrains.

Fig. 1.. General reprentation of the model(Fiorucci, et.al., 2003)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Fig.2. Detailed description of the model

5. Conclusions

The proposed decision support system allows the planning of the treatment plants that

must be used in an optimal MSW management system and defines how to size recycling

and waste disposal in an integrated approach. The objective function includes all possible

economical costs, whereas constraints arise from technical, normative, and

environmental issues. On the whole, the proposed approach allows taking into account a

multiplicity of aspects and issues which play a crucial role in planning MSW management

systems. A careful attention has been paid to provide a proper characterization of the

system, as regards waste composition, heating value, material recovery, and possible

treatments.

References

Dinas Kebersihan DKI Jakarta. 2005. Paparan tentang Rencana Strategis PengelolaanSampah DKI Jakarta Juni 2005-2015. Jakarta: Dinas Kebersihan Provinsi DKIJakarta.

Fiorucci, P., R. Minciardi, M. Robba, R. Sacile. 2003. Solid Waste Management in UrbanAreas. Development and Application of Decision Support System. Resources,Conservation and Recycling. Volume 37, Issue 4.

Sakai S, Sawell SE, Chandler AJ, Eighmy TT, Kosson DS, Vehlow J, Van der Sloot HA,Hartlen J,Hjelmar O. 1996. World trends in municipal solid management. WasteManagement.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.EM-04

STUDY OF SMALL LAKES AS SUPPORTING CITY ECOSYSTEM INJAKARTA

Diana Hendrawan, Melati Ferianita Fachrul

Department of Environmental EngineeringFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology, Trisakti University

[email protected], [email protected]

AbstractJakarta has some small lakes both naturally formed or man-made. The small

lakes are one of the life support systems which are important to life environmentstructure. The function of lakes in Jakarta are for water catchment area, flood control,water reserve, irrigation and fishpond as well as recreation sites. Lakes as the watersource is one of the natural resources which function to life and human life itself. If theselakes are damaged, the balance of ecosystem will be affected. The purpose of thispaperwork is to recognize the water quality in those lakes by measuring the status of thewater quality and physical characteristics as well as lake hidrology. The researchlocations in Jakarta are Rawa Bahagia, Babakan, Kelapa Dua Wetan, Pedongkelan, RiaRio and Teluk Gong lakes. In order to know the whole water quality, use the Storetformulation. The result of this research indicated that Bahagia lake with 1 Ha had badwater quality (-68), with water recovery ability of 1.2x10-5/second, Babakan with 6Ha, hadfair water quality (-22) where the water recovery ability was 5.16x10-6 /second, KelapaDua Wetan Lake has 3 Ha of size, with poor water quality (-38) while the recovery abilitywas 7.18x10-6 /second, Areman Lake with 4,31 Ha, with poor water quality (-58) andwater recovery ability of 4.07x10-6/second, Ria Rio lake with 3.85 Ha had poor waterquality (-70) with water recovery ability of 4.33x10-6/second and Teluk Gong lake with .,2Ha, with poor water quality (-68), and water recovery 6.3x10-6 /second. The k values isconsidered as good if it approximate 1/second. In the cases, the k values obtained is verysmall which means that the situ abilities for self purification is low, meaning that is hard toreceive further load intake. The conserve of water resources will involve in themanagement of water that needs to be performed in integrated way such asconservation, utilization and damage control. The integrated water resourcesmanagement is necessary by development management in arrange and implemented theintegrated planning to utilize and protect the water ecosystem and also all its the naturalresources.

Keywords: water pollution, water quality, self purification, integrated water resourcesmanagement

IntroductionLake is one type of water in the ecology of water resources. In Jakarta, there are

40 lakes be it natural or man-made, at least four (4) areas changes to land or housing

area. The others are decreasing or unclear in status. As we know, lake is one of

supporting systems to the life services in environmental structure, when it is destructed,

the ecosystem balance will be disturbed. The function of lakes in Jakarta are:

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


as water catchment area, flood control, water reservation, irrigation, fisheries and

also recreation site.

as the source of water which is one of the natural resources with certain function

for human life.

Some lakes are known good in its maintenance in institutional term. However,

sometimes a lake with good environmental management is more to economical-oriented

or other orientation. Environmental issue which should be put as main attention is left

behind. This will change the lake function. Therefore, the lake management should be

stressed to preserve ecosystem function as the main and priority objective.

The objective of this study is to recognize water quality of lake water by measuring the

status of water quality of lake.

MethodologyThe study was conducted in Rawa Bahagia, Babakan, Kelapa Dua Wetan,

Pedongkelan, Ria-Rio and Teluk Gong lakes. These lakes were natural. The research

was conducted from June to September 2007. Figure 1 shown the location of lake.

The sampling to the water was to recognize the water quality and once performed. The

sample was taking to the water quality in each lake were conducted in 3 observing stations

and the sample was taken in integrated way.

The measurement of lake size was performed by using GPS, that is, by walking the

lake side while the ordinate spots were defined with marking. As they were depicted

in the track of GPS, then it was connected with lines.

The measurement of lake depth and size were done considering the lake reservation

capacity and natural degradation. The lake depth was measured by using measuring

rope where it was done by measuring 5 imaginary lines.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Figure 1. the lakes location

The data obtained was analyzed descriptively in order to know the water quality as a

whole, it was then measured by Storet method.

The measuring of degradation rate of the organic matters in lake water body using the

following formulation:

Ct = Co . e -kt

Result and DiscussionSurrounding the lake, the activities are generally occupied by residential houses and

industrial area and they were supposedly dumped the waste into the lake. The result

indicated that Bahagia Lake is 1 Ha in category of poor water quality (-68) with recovery

ability of 1.2x10-5 /second. Babakan lake is 6 Ha, in category of medium water quality (-

22) with recovery rate of 5.16x10-6/second, Kelapa Dua Wetan is 3 ha, in category of poor

water quality (-38), and recovery rate of 7.18x10-6 /second, Areman lake is 4.31 ha in

Situ AremanSitu Babakan

Situ KelapaDua Wetan

Situ Bahagia

SituTeluk Gong

Situ Ria - Rio

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


category of poor water quality (-70), and recovery rate of ,33x10-6/second and Teluk

Gong is 1.2 Ha, in category of poor water quality (-68), and recovery ability of 6.3x10-6

/second.

Lake has functions as water catchment, eco-hydrology and balancing cycle in the

surrounding area. The decrease of the lake width was caused due to pressure of land

space need for housing, trade and other activities. The results show that the lakes were

in damaged condition. If it was related with the ability to resist from rainwater effect, lake

has great function, but hand in hand with the city development, the width of lake

decreased significantly. City development without taking the environment into account will

cause the lake to valueless resource. The increase of population number and economy

development will cause the increasing stress to nature. In the infrastructure development

of the city, lake was considered as loser resource; as a result, the lakes had change in

function and reclamation.

In general, the water quality of the six lakes had been heavily polluted due to household,

industrial, agriculture waste and so forth. Land erosion happened due to water flow. The

function had changed from water catchment area to agriculture, tree cutting, construction

development, road construction, housing, industrial and other human activities which

might speed up land erosion.

Conclusion1. The lake condition was generally not well treated. The evidence was shown by

the garbage stack in almost side of lake. The lake ha d liquid waste from

household and industry and less seen as a lake for ecology function.

2. Water quality of the lake was polluted, it was seen from water quality status that

fell into poor category or heavily polluted. Only Babakan lake that fell into

medium and lightly polluted.

3. The high level of incoming pollutant decreased the recovery rate of the water.

Technical activity of Lake Management in Jakarta

Lake General Recommendation

A. rogram to control water pollution

Domestic Waste

a. Community-based waste processing

b. The making of waste filter passage

c. The making of communal septic tank

1. Concept of pollutant control (structural,

non-structural) land use management and

water management

2. SOP : planning, operation and

infrastructure of pollutant controller

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Industrial Waste

a. Identification to the source and

pollutant type

b. Playing role in Clean Water Program

(PROKASIH)

c. Waste water treatment plant

Implementation

Garbage

a. Community-based garbage

management

b. 3 R Implementation

c. Control of waste dump into the

waters

B. Environmental damage control program

Critical land

a. Greening

b. Rehabilitation & lake side planting

c. People’s forest maintenance

d. City forest

e. Lake side protection

f. Artificial recharge : park as green

open space which functions as

absorption lake

g. Debit and sediment monitoring

h. Drainage system restoration in

housing and city

C. Space Arrangement Program

Space Arrangement Violation

a. Clear legal enforcement

b. Space Arrangement Revision

c. System and Space Arrangement

Monitoring

d. River regulation zoning composition

e. Space Arrangement Socialization

D. Law Enforcement Program

The Weakness of Law Enforcement

a. Law Enforcement

b. Rules of law socialization

3. Database development and monitoring

system

4. Technically by land use identification

which is inappropriate to the original use

and control to inappropriate land use

5. Nontechnical aspect comprising natural

and human factors

The improvement of human resource in forest,

land and water development

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


E. Community Role Enhancement Program

Low concern to Environment

a. Socialization

b. Training

c. Forum establishment

Economy pressure

a. Community empowerment

b. Training to enhance community skill

Lack of facility

a. The making & enhancement of clean

facility

b. The addition to simple waste

processing

Action Plan

1. Rehabilitation and lake conservation

2. Improving the ability and performance of implementer

3. Community empowerment

4. The arrangement of area space. The plan of space arrangement should be discussed by

community (cross stakeholders) and becomes a part of area space arrangement plant.

5. Integrated regular water monitoring (quantity & quality)

References

BPLHD DKI Jakarta. 2007. Laporan Kajian Situ-Situ di DKI Jakarta.

Metcalf and Eddy. Inc. 1991. Wastewater Engineering. Treatment, Disposal and Reuse.Third Edition. McGraw Hill International, New York.

IWRM Course. 2007. AIT, Bangkok

Prinz, D. 1999. Decision Support for Water Resources Development. Universitas ofKarlsruhe. Germany.

Spellerberg. 1978. Monitoring Ecological Changes. Cambridge University Press.Cambridge.

Suess, A. J. 1982. Limnological Methods. McGraw Hill Book. Company, New York,Toronto.

Sutrisno, T. 1991. Teknologi Penyediaan Air Bersih. Rineka Cipta. Jakarta.

Thomann, R.V. and Mueller, J.A. 1987. Principles of Surface Water Quality Modelling andControl. Harper and Row. Publisher. New York.

Wardhana, A.W. 2001. Dampak Pencemaran Lingkungan, Andi Offset, Yogyakarta.

Wuhrmann, K. 1976. “Chemical Impacts on Island Aquatic Ecosystems”. Pure and Appl.Chem., Vol. 45, pp : 193 – 198. Pergamon Press. Great Britain.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Kodoatie, R dan Sjarif, R. 2005. Pengelolaan Sumber Daya Air Terpadu. Penerbit Andi,Yogyakarta

Nemerow, N.L. 1991. Stream, Lake, Estuary and Ocean Pollution. Van NostrandReinhold, New York.

Norm Meck. 1996. Technology Needs for Lake Management in Indonesia. Newsletterand Technical Publications. www.yahoo.com.

AcknowledgmentI express my gratitude to BPLHD institution DKI Jakarta.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-01

POLICY ANALYSIS OF URBAN GREEN OPENSPACE MANAGEMENT INJAKARTA CITY, INDONESIA

Rustam Hakim1, Moch Sarofil Abu Bakar2, Foziah bt. Johar1

1 PhD Architecture Programme, Faculty of Built Environment Universit TeknologiMalaysia

Email : [email protected] Department of Landscape Architecture, Faculty of Built Environment Universiti

Teknologi MalaysiaEmail : [email protected]

3 Department of Urban and Regional Planning, Faculty of Built Environment UniversitiTeknologi Malaysia

Email : [email protected]

AbstractAt the present time, the application of policy management of urban green open space ofJakarta have many weakness that caused by overlapping management. There are threeinstitutions of management of urban green open space, those are Park Service (DinasPertamanan), Forest Service (Dinas Kehutanan), and Agricultural Service (DinasPertanian), which are all of them are under the scope of local government of DKI Jakarta.The management consists of several basic activities, including planning and controlling,organizing, human resources, coordination and financing. The prominent indicatorassociated with the managing urban green open space that related to the aspect of"market failure", it is commonly indicated by public goods, asymmetry of information,externality and aspect of “government failure”. It is also indicated by problems lingeredaround regulation of law, bureaucracy and bureaucrat agent. The core of the mainproblems in the policy of management formulation of urban green open space in Jakartais the lack of managements" of urban green open space of DKI Jakarta. This wasindicated by variety of critics coming from the members of society in DKI Jakarta aboutthe function of it, where it will result the impact of environment.In the relation to thatproblem, there are two questions raised:a. What caused the management of the urban green open space in DKI Jakartaunsuccessful? b. What kind of factors that hampered the management of the urban greenopen space? As the follow up of the questions above is giving the alternatives to solvethat hampered, then, the question is, How is the policy alternative to solve the lack ofmanagement of the urban green open space in DKI JakartaThe objective of study isgetting the policy to manage the urban green open space in DKI Jakarta. The reflectingof the objective above was explained in the set of policy such as in the regulation and theinstitutional.

Key Words: Urban Green Open Space, Market failure, Government failure

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


1. Introduction

Jakarta, the capital city of the Republic of

Indonesia, is a city of contrasts; the traditional

and the modern, the rich and the poor, the sacral

and the worldly, often stand side by side in this

bustling metropolis with special territory enjoying

the status of a province, consisting of Greater

Jakarta, covering an area of 650 square km

(Kantor Statistik Propinsi DKI Jakarta, 1991) and

ocean for the width of 6.977,5 km², there are not

less than 110 islands which spread over in

thousand archipelago. Located on the northern

coast of West Java, it is the center of

government, commerce and industry and as such has an extensive communications

network with the rest of the country and the outside world. The coastal span from West to

East along the length ± 35 km becoming place the estuary of 13 rivers. Regional of

province administration DKI Jakarta divided to become 5 municipality (kotamadya)

regions that are Jakarta Pusat (Central Jakarta), Jakarta Utara (North Jakarta), Jakarta

Selatan (South Jakarta), Jakarta Timur (East Jakarta), and Jakarta Barat (West Jakarta).

Finding its origin in the small early 16th century harbor town of Sunda Kelapa,

Jakarta's founding is thought to have taken place on June 22, 1527, when it was re-

named Jayakarta, meaning Glorious Victory by the conquering Prince Fatahillah from

neighboring Cirebon. The Dutch East Indies Company which captured the town and

destroyed it in 1619, changed its name into Batavia and made it the center for the

expansion of their power in the East Indies.

Jakarta’s masterplan 1965 – 1985 targeted 37.2% of Jakarta’s area for green

openspace, but in Jakarta’s General Plan of Area Arrangement (RUTR) 1985 – 2005

green openspace area target was reduced to 25.85%. In Jakarta’s Regional Plan of Area

Arrangement (RTRW) 200 – 2010 the area target decreased to 13.94%. Now in the year

2004 green openspace is on 9% or 50km2, from this condition we can assume that

Jakarta’s green openspace area decrease through the years both in quantity and quality

as shown in Fig 1.1; 1.2; 1.3; and 1.4

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


37.20%

25.85%

13.94%

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

RIJ '65 -'85

RUTR '85- '05

RTRW '00- '10

RIJ '65 - '85RUTR '85 - '05RTRW '00 - '10

Fig 1 Green openspace planof Jakarta from 1965 – 2010

Fig 2 Green Openspace from 1965-1985 Fig.3. Green Openspace from 1985-2005

Fig .4. Green Openspace from 2005 - 2010

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


From the three data results of map interpretation for area use from Jakarta’s

Regional Plan (Rencana Bagian Wilayah Kota Jakarta) 1965 – 1985, 1985 – 2005, and

2005 – 2010 show the decline in Jakarta’s green openspace during 9 years time.

Four main issues in implementing the construction green openspace according to the

Bereau of Population and Environmental Guidance (BKLH) are:

1) Green openspace continues to decrease due to rapid city development. .

2) Damage found in the city’s green openspace due to function shifts (city

parks become hotels, fuel depo, bus terminal)

3) The community’s low level of awareness and participation in caring for

community parks.

4) High land value in cities such that providing area to function as green

openspace is cost consuming on the other hand it usually is more profitable

in land area in the city is utilize for high economic activities.

Green openspace has a very important role in protecting and enhancing the

natural environment, also long term advantages (Scottish Executive Publications, 2006).

The advantages of Green openspace in cities according to Roseland, (1998), in view of

economy aspects significantly decreases cost related to use of energy and water.

Vegetation can control lamination, shade, wind and glare. Cools buildings in the summer

and prevents heat loss in the winter (Roseland, 1998; Miller, 1997; CMHC, 1982). By

arranging vegetation in correlation to the buildings located within its vicinity, we can save

up to an average of 20 – 25% in energy cost. From an ecological aspect, green

openspace provides a natural habitat for animals such as birds, fish, insects, and many

more. According to Dorward (1990), green openspace also functions as a green belt

(jalur hijau) and as corridors linking the habitats stated above. Prevents soil erosion

(CMHC, 1982), absorbs rain water, which in turn increase drainage system (Roseland,

1998).

Trees are able to collect pollution particle; Miller (1997) discussed research result

that shows that 20 small trees can reduce pollution produced by a train going at a speed

of 60 mile per day. Urban heat island often occurs in the city area, where buildings,

aspalt, and hardening absorbs sun radiation and reflects it back to outerspace which in

turn causes the temperature to rise (Miller, 1997).

Plants can reduce this effect, through the plant itself directly and indirectly

through the process of evapotranspirational (ET) (Roseland, 1998). Observation shows,

vegetation is able to decrease soil surface temperature by 17°C, also decrease the

average air condition to 50% (McPherson, 1994). Green openspace also reduces noise

pollution by a using a combination of trees, shrubs and bushes and partially cleanse

afoliat dust particle serta membersihkan secara parsial debu yang berterbangan (Miller,

1997).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


And last but not least, green openspace serves as an indicator for the city’s entire

ecosystem (Roseland, 1998). In this respect, its value is significant in our continuous

efforts to protect the environment.

In respects to its social benefits, the most obvious is its use as recreational area,

to play, to meditate, and to gather together or as a rest area (Roseland, 1998). In a

discussion on psychological effects of green openspace, Miller (1997) discovered

advantages related to activities carried out in these areas. For example its use as a place

to socialize, enhance the feeling of compassion towards each other and nurture family

ties, a place to understand each other, to learn about ourselves, offers the opportunity to

express ones value and social values as well, promote spiritual development and

freedom. Green openspace introduces a natural environment into a city’s environment

resulting in shape contrast, roughness, colors, and building texture, promote healthy

thoughts through eye catching colors, sound, smell and movements (Dorward, 1990;

Miller, 1997).

The regional province administration Jakarta (1985), stated the policy of the need

to provide parks specifically green openspace to create a clean, beautiful, healthy,

orderly, shaded city environment in its General Plan of Jakarta Area Arrangement

(Rencana Umum Tata Ruang Jakarta) 2005 – 2010, as its consequence Jakarta’s

regional province administration assign a institution to manage green openspace called

Parks Services of Jakarta (Dinas Pertamanan), whose function is to arrange, build,

maintain and protect parks, green belts (jalur hijau) and educate the society in the field of

parks and the city’s esthetics so as to attain a well plan city. According to the Directorate

Jenderal of Areal Arrangment (Dirjen Penataan Ruang) of the Departement of Public

Works (Departemen Pekerjaan Umum, 2002), to implememt the policy, good governance

is needed in Jakarta’s green openspace maintenance. Eventhough good governance had

been developed since the early years of 1990’s, but the good urban governance

principles implementation in general and its consistency in managing the city’s area

haven’t reached the level of expectancy of the community.

Good governance principles that must be developed in policy implementation in

general are: Responsive, at ready to respond towards people’s and stakeholders needs,

Participatory, parties influenced by a policy should be involved in the process of making

the policy, Transparant; information is available for everyone in general on an existance

of a program; Equitable; access available for everyone toward an opportunity and assets,

Accountable; decision making whether coming from the government, private sectors

and/or the community must fulfill its obligation to be accountable to the public and all

stakeholders; Consensus Oriented, interest differenciation should be resolve to yield the

best result possible for the country in general, Effective and Efficient; optimal resources

utilization.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Considering the fact that the recent condition of green openspace management

is not so successful, this research is an effort to contribute ideas for better green

openspace management in the future to come.

II. Problem of Study

Both the national government and the provincial administration of Jakarta are

aware of the need to increase the amount of urban green in the capital of Indonesia. In

recent structure plans and in other official documents the necessity to improve the urban

environment is clearly formulated. Yet, these good intentions generally fail to materialize:

the success of the greening programme on vacant plots is offset by the displacement of

other types of urban green. Why is the official policy less than successful?

The reason is the lack of co-ordination between the various administrative

departments that are responsible for urban green in Jakarta. The province of Jakarta has

various agencies which are responsible for only one aspect of urban greenery and their

responsibilities often overlap, namely the Parks Service of Jakarta (Dinas Pertamanan),

Forestry Service (Dinas Kehutanan), and Agricultural Service (Dinas Pertanian).

Moreover, the responsibility for the rivers within Jakarta is shared between The provincial

agencies for water works and for public works. These often can do nothing to prevent

lakes and other water works from being damaged, because the agency for development

supervision is the body with the power to grant building licenses. Finally, Jakarta is

divided among several municipalities (kotamadya), which also have their own say. The

fragmentation and overlapping of responsibilities leads to frequent infighting between the

various agencies, as well as to neglect.

The core of the main problems in the policy of management formulation of urban

green open space in Jakarta is the lack of managements" of urban green open space of

DKI Jakarta. This was indicated by variety of critics coming from the members of society

in DKI Jakarta about the function of it, where it will result the impact of environment.

In the relation to that problem, there are two questions raised:

a. What caused the management of the urban green open space in DKI Jakarta

unsuccessful?

b. What kind of factors that hampered the management of the urban green open

space?

III. Methodology

According to Wolter Williams “Policy Analisys is a method to synthesize

information, including research results, in order to give a format in the forms of alternative

policies” for policy decision making and to decide which information is related to what

policy that will be required in the future.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Methodology used in this paper is rationalist method as formulated by David L

Weimer and Aidan R. Vining (1998). Rationalist method consists of problem analysis and

alternative resolution analysis. Problem analysis consist of understanding the problem

that could be described into modeling. Description and modeling the problem, choosing

and conveying the purpose and obstacles also choosing a method to reach upon an

alternative resolution to the problem. Alternative resolution analysis covers determining

the evaluation criteria, conveying the alternative policy, evaluation and giving

recommendation.

Fig. 5 Outline/Framework of Rational model.

Source of data from stakeholders related in green openspace management are:

The Government, represented by: Parks service of Jakarta, Agricultural service of

Jakarta, Forestry service of Jakarta.

City Orinated Community Respondent, represented by: intellectuals, professionals

in the community and the city originated community in general.

Community Newcomers Respondent, represented by: community living on green

openspace.

Private Sector Respondent, represented by: Businessman utilizing green

openspace, esthetics plants merchants the is treer sendors community.

Mass Media Respondent, represented by: Electronic mass media and printed mass

media reportes.

The data needed for indepth analysis of policy in the making is classified as:

PROBLEM ANALYSIS1. Understanding the problem in

contact:a) Problem indication

described by the clientb) Modelling the problem

analyzing marketmarket failure andgovernment failure

2. Choosing and conveyingrelevant policy purposesandobstacles

3. Choosing resolution methods

RESOLUTION SYNTHESIS4. Choosing the evaluation

criteria5. specifying the alternative

policy6. Evaluation, estimation of

impacts of each alternativetowards the criteria

7. Formulating recommendedactions

Conveying/presentingadvise/suggestion for the

client/community

COMPILINGINFORMATION

Finding, defining andorganizing : theory, dataand relevant facts.

Using facts as evidenceFuture consequences ofpresent policy andalternative policies.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Primary Data, through survey of 250 respondent by distributing a closed questionnaire;

brain-storming with policy implementers/acceptors; and field study. Secondary Data,

covers regulation relating to management, date reports on Jakarta’s development, study

reports on Jakarta’s green openspace, Jakarta’s General Area Arragement (Rencana

Umum Tata Ruang Jakarta) 1985 – 2005 and other data. Questionnaire were distributed

in all five municipality of Jakarta specifically in location considered to have green

openspace issues. A computer program SPSS was use to analyze the data. The

respondent chosen was specifically community members that understand green

openspace issue.

The paper is an effort to evaluate public policy and its effects on Jakarta’s green

openspace management; also recommends alternative public policy for decision makers

to improve management performance of the city’s green openspace.

III. Analysis

3.1. Concerning Community Participation.On micro scale the problem concerning community participation in green

openspace management with in a certain city environment represent character, physical,

social, economy culture quality of that city. Meanwhile on a macro scale, green

openspace will contribute to a better city environment. The definition of management as

stated in the Ordinance (UU) no 23 the year 1997 on Environmental Management is a

combined effort concerning activities of utilization, arranging, maintenance, monitoring,

controlling, recovery and development. As such green openspace management is a

continous process wich covers activities such as:

1) Pre development covering planning and designing process.

2) Development or implementation

3) Post development such as utilization and maintenance, which are all focused to

creat, protect and enchance its quality.

Non physical components affecting green openspace are the law/regulation.

Response/attitude in resource utilization and the community’s way of life that wells

within the cities environment. In Jakarta, the community’s right and obligation in

environment management which states.

every man is entitiled to a healty living environment

has obligation to maintain a healthy environmet and prevent damage and

population, also

has a right and obligation to participate in environmental management.

Also in Ordinance No 24 the year 1992 on Area Arrangement (Penataan Ruang) it

states that the community is obligate to maintain planned area quality in each of the

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


individual’s capacity. Still this Ordinance is not implemented effectively because

implementation controlling institution deficiency, the community lack of awareness and

knowledge of law also sanctions to law violator lenient.

Environmental community’s activities in the city (e.g neighborhood community)

coordinated by people of the community and supported by the community’s participation

is usually limited to handling garbage / trash and surrounding security. This is due to

spatial organized community functions as a prolonged aim of bureaucracy.

3.2. Institutional

Institutional problems in green openspace management in Jakarta today can be classified

into several aspects, planning and controlling, organization, human resource,

coordination between institution and fundings. Planning and controlling of Jakarta’s green

openspace is managed by Parks service. Planning green openspace activities covers,

landscape design planning developing a computerize system for parks, planning

considerations, making information infrastructure, develop working guidelines system,

and areal development. Observation shows the following main problems in planning and

controlling:

a. Areal Managing Management

The problem faced by the regional province administrator on of Jakarta to make

a green openspace is the inability to fully be involved in the making of the city’s

complex land management. The lack of understanding towards factors of

geography, history and social culture that is closely related to each other will

result in lost of interest and city’s comfort. In such the ability of a management

building/construction system specifically for green openspace will be meaningful

and strategic.

b. The Need of Green Openspace Area

There an opinion which views green openspace as spare land to meet the

urgent demands of a growing city. The need of land for green openspace will

experience problem cause by an ever increasing land value, both in social and

economic aspects. This problem will continue to exist as long as regulation that

regulate, control and monitor is not yet execute properly, which will also cause

the shift in functions of area ploted for green openspace.

c. Information and Maping System

Belum adanya model sistem informasi lahan, dan sistem informasi pemetaan

yang akurat yang dengan mudah dapat memonitor secara cepat beberapa

jumlah RTH yang ada, beberapa jumlah yang terhapus, dan informasi lainnya

yang sangat diperlukan bagi "pengambil keputusan” serta kebutuhan informasi

lainnya. Sistem ini akan sangat diperlukan sekali untuk manajemen dari

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


instansi-instansi yang terkait mulai saat proses perencanaan, pelaksanaan,

monitoring hingga evaluasi dan pengendaliannya dalam rangka pengambilan

keputusan,

3.3. Government Board

Observation shows that development of bodies to mange green openspace in

Jakarta has met issues concerning policy taken by governmental board. Looking into

Regional Regulation No. 9 the year 1982 on organization structure for Parks service of

Jakarta we can find that it needs to be improved. For example it doesn’t clearly states the

body that manages outdoor recreational area, while we know that it’s still part of the city’s

green openspace. This will complicate the process of development implementation.

Another part of the problem is that there is not any data available or an information center

that can identify if any damage has been done to the environment due to the city’s

development, a lack of capability on the government apparature in the field of green

openspace, the limited infrastructure and equipment to investigate and find proof of green

openspace damage, lack of coordination/cooperation between government bodies in

green openspace implementation that in turn affects the environmet, also the inavailability

of guidelines to the derivation of the ministry of domestic affair instruction No 14 the year

1986 on city’s green openspace arrangement.

Lack of coordination amount the government’s bodies, specifically in issuing

license land utilization (SIPPT) constructing buildings, housing that uses a large amount

of land. This is partly cause by the increasing land value and its scaresness in Jakarta.

On the other land, the people and private sector businessman want to build housing and

other infrastructures in demand. In practice every means and efforts was given to realize/

fulfill these needs that in the process the city’s green openspace was used for other

purpose that is not in accordance to the existing regulation.

3.4. Modelling

Modelling the problem consists of analyzing market failures and government

failures.

a. Market Failures

Public GoodsBased on the results from the survey and interview on the perception of parties

managing green openspace we discovered that the respondents are aware of green

openspace use and function in balancing the ecosystem.

Information AsymmetryInformation asymmetry takes place when part of the respondents gets little or less

information, while another part receives the information well. And from the survey find

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


that the respondents does not acknowledge nor have ever need the regional

regulation No 11 the year 1988 on public (ketertiban) in Jakarta’s municipality area.

Externality

Externality is the impact of an activity related to production or consumption. The

impact can be benefits to a certain party (positive externality from the existence of the

city’s green openspace) and parties that suffer loss (negative externality). From the

survey we discovered that the community agrees that temperature and cause

breathing problems. This is part of the negative externality. Green openspace

contributes to a better helath, ecology and esthetic of the city. This proves that the

community indirectly proclaims a positive externality of green openspace existence.

b. Government Failures

Democracy

Democracy gives opportunities to people to participate. Participation can

persuade the community to accept social decisions that a certain individual did not

choose. In respect to government failures toward community participation are caused

by: (1) the government’s lack of effort to include non government organization in the

stage of planning the city’s open space. (2) the government’s lack to accommodate

imput from the community on what facilities are needed by means of survey at the

stage of planning an area for green openspace (3) on the other hand, the community

in general are willing to contribute a part of their in business to develop and

maintaining green openspace.

Bureaucracy

Bureaucracy faced the problem: Rent seeking; effort to gain profit as a result of

government intervention in the market, Precedent, often used by politician to attain

public support in his/her favour. Government Bureaucracy failure in maintaining green

openspace are caused among others by: (1) Individuals authorities that profit ilegaly

from green openspace use for personal gain by collecting illegal retribution from

vendors using the green openspace area for business. (2) Overlapping task and

mechanisme betweeb\n agencies/bodies. (3) Increasing complexity of management

task, there’s a need to revise regional regulation on organization and working/task

guideline of managing agencies/bodies, process mechanisme and bureaucracy

procedure.

Bureaucrat’s AttitudeBureaucrat’s problem concerns agency loss because employees don’t work

according to employment regulation. Other problems found were collusion,

corruption, mark up, and collecting illegal retribution that creates high economy cost.

Bureaucrat’s attitude related to green openspace management are: (1) lack of

enforcement to back up implementation of regional regulation no. 11 the year 1988

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


on public order. (2) Corruption by individual authorities on the agreement of proposals

for maintenance and development revenue and expenditures.

Decentralization

Decentralization problem is related to the aspect of implementation that causes

cost depreciation and monitoring also regional personel incapability that include (1)

related institution agree that planning and designing of the city’s green openspace

should be done in the municipality level. (2) Quantitatively there’e a lack in human

resource. (3) Meanwhile from a qualitative point of view human resource is plentiful.

IV. Alternatif Resolution AnalysisTo overcome obstacles and problem in managing Jakarta’s green openspace

there must be a set of policy. This set of policy is made to clarify and ease efforts in

controlling planning, organization, human resources, coordination and funding in ways

that’s effective and efficient. Factors to be considered in formulating policy strategy are:

(1) Efficient and effective also (2) Alternatif policy.

Efficient is not the only main purpose of public policy. Effectivity tends to evaluate

quality output. In evaluating effectivity, one needs to also consider whether or not the

investments made were efficient. Efficient and effectivity is important, for the public not

only want an efficient government but also an effective one. For example the community

in general might be content that the government sets a low tax percentage, but of low tax

means that they have to sacrifice the comfort of having green openspace as a public

facility, whether directly or indirectly, then the government should have made decision to

invest in green openspace management system that’s more effective.

Law policy regarding the city’s green openspace should be made, evaluated, and

perfected by the government to give penal or (perdata ) sanctions for violators.

The policy of giving insentive should be considered, for example giving tax subsudies or a

‘green tax’ reduction to improve the market failure with regards to externality problem.

‘Green tax’ subsudies will affect efficiency in: (1) Promote redistribution of green

openspace to areas surrounding Jakarta by donature.(2) Regenerate the damage green

openspace by asserting certain pressures that will build the publics opinion to the

development of green openspace as an investment.

Organization policy concerning to organize or perfecting existing institution in the

governments sector or the community to simplify coordination in management.

Based on the city green openspace policy strategic formula stated previously, we

can advise/suggest the following alternative policy overcome problems in Jakarta’s green

openspace management:

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


First Alternative

Second Alternative

Comparative evaluation to the two alternative policy in green openspace

management was done by analyzing management aspects including planning/controlling,

organization/institution, human resource, coordination and funding in view of

efficiency/effectivity and distribution consideration. Evaluation results show that the

second alternative is more efficient and effective. The following scheme represents the

result:

Evaluation result scheme towards the two alternative policy

Eval

uatio

n cr

iteria

Man

agem

ent

Asp

ects

FIRST ALTERNATIVE

The institution managing every green

openspace location in the Jakarta’s

area will be done by one single

government institution in this case

parks service the city and green

openspace of DKI Jakarta.

(ORGANIZATION

CENTRALIZATION)

SECOND ALTERNATIVE

The institution managing Jakarta’s

green openspace in the form of

green belt corridor, green

productive and specific green

(public) will be the Parks service

and the city’s green openspace,

while environment/neighborhood

green openspace is managed by

the community and the private

sector.

(ORGANIZATION

DECENTRALIZATION))

The institution managing every green openspace location in the Jakarta’s area will bedone by one single government institution in this case parks service the city andgreen openspace of DKI Jakarta.

The institution managing Jakarta’s green openspace in the form of green beltcorridor, green productive and specific green (public) will be the Parks service andthe city’s green openspace, while environment/neighborhood green openspace ismanaged by the community and the private sector.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Inst

itutio

n or

gani

zatio

n

Organizations established based

on functionA large organization structure with

many control and monitoring function.

Tendency to bureaucrat management

Organization established based

on geography1. A smaller and more efficient

organization structure because

of authorization divided between

the central and district level.

2. Develop participating

management

3. Decentralized institution is more

flexible that centralization, the

institution can directly respond to

its surrounding.

4. Decentralized institution is far

more effective than centralized

(Osborne, David, 1996, translated by

Abdul Rosyid, Mewirausahakan

Birokrasi, Reinventing government,

Pustaka Bina Pressindo, page283)

A high level of specialization that

qualifies experience and specific skills

that can be applied in certain zone at

central level.

Promotes position in the institution

that is againt the overall interest of

the institution.

1. Training designed specifically

with the needs of each area

human resource development in

mind.

2. Enables to quickly respond to

load needs.

3. Enable to employ local workers

to evenly distribute job

opportunities that will eventually

impacts the social economy.

4. Decreases partition in central

level institution.

EFFI

CIE

NC

Y, E

FFEC

TIVI

TY A

ND

DIC

TRIB

UTI

ON

Hun

man

Res

ourc

e

Need much originate from the central

government budget attained through

tax and its distribution is arranged

according to function’s priority.

(Barry Cushway & Derek Lodge,

1995, Organisational Behavior and

Design, PT Gramedia Jakarta)

Authority level can prepare decision

making that is more precise and

efficient also improves workers

satisfaction.

(Barry Cushway & Derek Lodge,

1995, Organisational Behavior and

Design, PT Gramedia Jakarta)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Fund

ing

Funding source originates from the

central government budget attained

through tax and its distribution is

arrange according to functions

priority.

Funding source at district level is

attained from community

participation and private party that

can directly be used to develop the

city’s green openspace.

Fig. 2 Evaluation result scheme towards the two alternative policy

V. Recommendation and Conclusion5.1 Recommendation

As stated above the best alternative is the second alternative: The institution

managing Jakarta’s green openspace in the form of green belt corridor, green productive

and specific green (public) will be the Parks service and the city’s green openspace, while

environment/neighborhood green openspace is managed by the community and the

private sector.

Regulation and organization recommendations to support this alternative in more detail

and schematic are of the following:

1. Composing and formulating legislation regulation will be more effective by giving

insentive rather than law enforcement.

2. Enforce regulation on developing areas surrounding homes and communities.

3. Develop a professional certification program in Landscape Architect Cooperating with

the organization of Indonesian Society of Landscape Architect (ISLA)

4. Passing law and regulation that states green area for story buildings.

5. Regulation on green area along roads/street, (jalur tepi sungai), railways in the city.

6. Developing a regulation through green openspace cross subsidies approach

7. Giving incentive for example an easier process for issuing license to

community/housing developer that contribute to the city’s green openspace

development.

8. Establish Jakarta’s green openspace service

9. Formulate vision and mission of the organization based on the concept to

(mewirausahakan) bureaucracy.

10. Enchancing managing the city’s green openspace management with orientation to

integrated planning, physical development and utilization, also means of control must

be clearly stated in implementation directives.

11. Formulating a system to manage areal management.

12. Promote (reboisasi) management system

13. Autonomy authorization and control for expenditure budget to institution that manage

green openspace at district and sub district level.

14. Establish an information system and the city’s green openspace mapping system.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


5.2. ConclusionIn conclusion we derived the following main points: We discovered several cases

as evidence that green openspace in Jakarta had shift its function for instance: green

openspace’s function is still considered as supplementary object to the city’s facilities,

competitiveness for area utilization in cities are significantly influencal by the market

mechanisme, lack of control by government authorities in the development of Jakarta,

human resource ability limitation, urbanization factor, organizational problem, land

availability problem, funding problem. By using the policy analysis theory in prospective to

market failure and government failure we investigate the existing policy that governs

Jakarta’s green openspace management at present. Analysis result s shows the

unsuccessful afforts in management was due to market failure and government failure.

References

Anonimous, 1985. RUTR DKI 1985 - 2005. Pemda DKI Jakarta

Anonimous, 1989. Laporan Dinas Pertamanan DKI 1988 - 1989. Dinas PertamananDKI. Jakarta

BAPPEDA DKI Jakarta 1981 Jakarta Kita, Jakarta our city. Penghijauan, greenery.Jakarta: The Jakarta Regional Planning Board.

Brug, P.H. van der 1994 Malaria en malaise: De VOC in Batavia in de achttiende eeuw.Amsterdam: De Bataafse Leeuw.

Crushway. Barry, Derek Lodge, 1993. Organisational Behavior and Design, Penerbit PTElek Media Komputindo, Jakarta

Danim, Sudarwan, 1997, Pengantar Studi Penelitian Kebijakan, Penerbit Bumi AksaraJakarta.

David L Weimer dan Aidan R Vining, 1994, Policy Analysis, Prentice Hall, EnglewoodCliffs, NJ 1994

Dunn, William, 1995, Analisa Kebijaksanaan Publik, PT. Hanindita Graha Widya

Laurie. M, 1975. An Introduction to Landscape Architecture. American Publisher

Nas, P.J.M. 1990 De stad in de Derde Wereld. Muiderberg: Coutinho.

Nas, P.J.M. (ed.) 1993 Urban symbolism. Leiden: E.J. Brill.

Nas, P.J.M. and M. Veenma 1995 Urban Community and Environment in the Third World:Towards sustainable cities. Paper presented at the symposium on 'UrbanEnvironmental Issues and Culture' of the International Commission on UrbanAnthropology, Tokyo, August 22-25, 1995.

Newton N,T, 1971. Design On the Land. (The Development Of Landscape Architecture)

Osborn, D andsTed Gabbler, 1996, ReinventingGoverment, Mewirausahakan Birokrasi,Pustaka Binaman Pressindo

Partowidagdo W, 1997, Analisis Kebijakan, ITB-Bandung

Pemadhi, Moerni 1981 Penghijauan: Suatu upaya mencapai harmoni. The planting ofgreenery: a drive to win harmony. In: BAPPEDA DKI Jakarta,Jakarta Kita, Jakartaour city. Penghijauan, greenery, pp. 9-13. Jakarta: The Jakarta Regional PlanningBoard.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Regional Development and Planning Board DKI Jakarta 1984 DKI Jakarta structure plan1985-2005. Jakarta.

Stolte, W. 1995 From JABOTABEK to PANTURA. In: P.J.M. Nas (ed.), Issues in urbandevelopment: Case studies from Indonesia, pp. 228-245. Leiden: Research SchoolCNWS.

Undang-Undang Republik Indonesia nomor 4 tahun 1992 tentang Perumahan danPemukiman.

Walter, JK Stephen, 1993, Enterprise Government And The Public, McGrawHill Inc.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-02

RIVER BANKS PREVENTION AS VIRTUAL EFFORT TOCONSERVATE WATER

Nur Intan MangunsongLecture in Landscape Architecture Department

Faculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology- Trisakti UniversityBuilding K, Jl. Kyai Tapa No. 1, Grogol

Email: [email protected]

AbstractRiver banks nowadays has become more degradation everyday both in function andwidth of the rivers. Disappropriate of land use, land use of river banks changes intoagriculture, residential, industrial area and commercial uses. Impact of this degradationcause disability of land to avoid erosion and flood. Nowadays, river banks needprotection for existence the water and land. Protection of river banks can do by urbangreen buffer system along riparian. By doing this green buffer system, green river bankswill be increase ability of land to absorb and resistance water.

Key words : water conservation, greenway system, urban green buffer system, landconservation.

BackgroundOne of the most problems associated with land development is the change in the rate

and amount of runoff reaching streams and rivers. Both urbanization and agricultural

development effect an increase in overland flow, resulting in greater magnitudes and

frequencies of peak flow on streams. Clearing and development of river banks such as

residential function,office and industrial area often have a pronounced influenced on

drainage and basins. This activity leads to considerable change in function of river banks

and cause of flood, soil erosion and sedimentation.

The impact of this change are both financially and environmentally property damage

from flooding is increased, water quality is reduced, channel erosion is accelerated, and

habitat is degraded. The focus is on green river banks function shoul be as a natural

infiltration for ground water recharge and as ‘a river protect area’.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Figure1. Land clearing and making river banks as a waste area caused negativeecological value.

Goals1. To protect river banks from human activity which has damage water infiltration,

water quality, physical of the river body and river flow.

2. To minimize run off flow

3. To conservate water, soil,vegetation along riparian.

Problems How to protect river banks from land clearing and to conservate water.

How to minimize runoff flow directly to the river.

ContentThe strategy for developing river banks is sustainable development, which consider

ecology and water culture. There is no resources or energy which can destroy or eternal

more than water. The strategy are:

1. Greenway SystemThis system is a method to reach the ballance between river corridor

management land use develoment.

2. Urban Stream Buffer System

Figure 2 Urban Stream Buffer System is an infiltration techniques replicates naturalinfiltration, maintains groundwater recharge and reduces surface flow.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


CHARACTERISICS STERAMSIDE

ZONE

MIDDLE ZONE OUTER ZONE

FUNCTIONProtect the

physical integrity of

the stream

ecosystem

Provide distance between

uplaned development and

streamside zone

Prevent encroachment and filter

backyard runoff

WIDTH Min 8 m, plus

wetland and critical

habitats

15 to 30 m depending on

stream order, slope and

100 year floodplain

8 m minimum setback to

structure

VEGETATIVE

TARGET

Undisturbed

mature forest.

Reforest if grass

Managed forest, some

clearing allowable

Forest encouraged, but usually

turfgrass

ALLOWABLE USES VERY

RESTRICTED

(e.g., flood control,

utility right of ways,

foothpaths, etc)

RESTRICTED

(e.g., some recreational

uses, some stormwater

BMPs, bike paths, tree

removal by permit)

UNRESTRICTED

(e.g.,residential uses including

lawn, garden, compost, yard

wastes, most stormwater BMPs)

Source: Charles Harris & Nicholas Dines. Time Saver Standards for Landscape Architecure. 998.McGraw Hill. Page 330-8.

3. Store the excess water on or near the site, releasing it slowly over along time. Its main

objective is to reduce the rate of stormwater delivery to streams and it usually

involves the construction of detention basins.

4. Return the excess water to the ground, where it would have gone before development.

This strategy utilizes soil infiltration and is usually accomplished on site.

5. Plan the development such that runoff is not significantly increased. Strict attention to

surface materials, avoiding impervious materials wherever possible, and to density

ratios, that is, the balance between developed land and open space.

ReferencesBinford,M and M.J.Buchenau. 1993. Riparian greenways and water resources: in Smith,

DS and P.C.Helmund, eds. Ecology of greenways. Design and Function ofLinear Conservation Areas. University of Minnesota Press. Minesota.

Harris, Charles & Nicholas Dines. Time-Saver Standards for Landscape

Architecture.1998. McGraw Hill. Page 330 - 8

Marsh, William.1991. Landscape Planning: Environmental Applications. 2nd Ed. JohnWisley & Sons, Inc. Canada

Patchet, James, Gerould Wilhelm. 1997. The Ecology and Cultue of Water. ASLA. 1997Annual Meeting Proceedings. Washington.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-03

THE EFFECT OF TEMPORAL ASPECT AESTHETIC QUALITY OF RICEFIELDLANDSCAPE

Agus Ruliyansyah1 and Andi Gunawan2

1Agriculture Faculty, Tanjungpura University, Indonesia2Department of Architecture Landscape, Bogor Agricultural University (IPB), Indonesia.

[email protected]

Abstract

Landscape is spread out realms from coast until mountain range, includingricefield landscape. Nowadays, ricefield landscape is one of indonesian fascination majorselling point. The ricefield landscape in Indonesia is not only exist in the rural area butalso still can be seen in urban area. Either foreign or domestic tourist very appreciate thericefield whether it was flat or terrace. The beauty of the ricedield landscape can bevarious depend on the phase of the rice cultivating procces which is a time series ortemporal. Therefore, the optimum ricefield landscape appearance must be preserved sothe aesthetic quality remainly high during the rice production. This research aimed tostudy and analyze the temporal aesthetic quality in each the cultivating procces.

The Scenic Beauty Estimation method has used to test the temporal ricefieldscenic landscape. Here are six temporal ricefield cultivating phase; 1. flooded field, 2.“macak-macak” field, 3. newly cultivated field, 4. young plant, 5. preharvest, 6.postharvest. The visuality structure of six cultivating phase has analyzed descriptively.

Generally, the temporal aspect influence the aesthetic qualiy. Every process hasshown the different aesthetic quality. The study show that when the vegetative ricegrowth optimum it has the highest aesthetic quality. The lowest aesthetic quality hasshown by the “macak-macak” conditions. Both post harvest and newly cultivated fieldscenic has shown the lowest aesthetic quality. Such of conditions has less support as thelandscape urban scenic aesthetically. The betterment must be done to keep the aestheticquality remainly high such as well regulated land manufacturing so the product can showthe interesting pattern, the cultivation must be consider the viewers visuality so it will bomore greenish from the exact vantage point, and the betterment harvest system with notaccumulate the straw or burn it. Hence, the ricefield landscape can be presented as thetourism object and attractive both in rural and urban area.

Keyword: ricefield landscape, scenic beauty estimation (SBE), aesthetic quality,temporal aspect

Introduction

Indonesia is an agricultural country with millions of rice field. During the time, the

rice field used just only for rice cultivation. Less people use the rice field for tourism

object, although the beauty of rice field landscape has been admitted and kept in

photographs, pictures, paintings, and stories. In Indonesia, the rice field landscapes

appear not only in rural area but also can be seen in urban area. The tourist, whether

domestics or abroad very appreciate the rice field whether the flat ones or the terrace

ones.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The beauty of rice field landscape can be presented as special attraction in

agrotourism landscape. The special attraction of the rice fields appear because of the rice

planting cycle. However, the connection between the characteristic changes with the

quality of aesthetic still unknown yet. Hence, a research to investigates the effects of

temporal aspect in rice field landscape as an agrotourism object have to done. This

research aimed to study and analyze the temporal aesthetic quality in each phase of rice

planting phase.

Methods

The research have done in May 2008 at Bogor. Two landscape location has

choose as the estimation object. The first landscape was at mount Picung and the

second landscape was at the sideways to CIFOR. Both landscape simulated in different

temporal phase that is at flooded rice field, “macak-macak” conditions, post planting,

plant with optimum vegetative, at rice yellowed, and post harvest conditions.

This research use the Scenic Beauty Estimation (SBE) analyzes method (Daniel

and Boster, 1976) with 45 respondents. Every respondent estimate twelve picture that

given one by one with 8 second duration each picture. The estimation score is from 1 to

10. Score 1 indicate the respondent estimation to the landscape is “very dislike”, the

score 10 indicate “very like”. The example of rice field landscape with six temporal aspect

can be seen in figure 1.

flooded field “macak-macak” field newly cultivated field

young plant preharvest postharvest

Figure 1. Example ricefield landscape

Analyzes done to the landscape with the same method that use by Daniel and

Boster (1976), using the z normal spread for each landscape. Moreover, the result

estimated with the SBE formula, that is SBEx = {(ZLx – ZLs) x 100}, where SBEx is SBE

score in landscape-x, ZLx is the z estimation score in landscape-x, and ZLs is z standard

score.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Results

Both rice field landscape has a little different characteristic. The first landscape

has terrace conditions and the second landscape has flat land. The result of the aesthetic

quality estimation shows the same trend of result. The result of the research show that

temporal aspects of rice field cultivation start from flooded until the post harvest show

different of aesthetic quality because every phase gave different visual character. The

result of SBE score in rice field landscape start from empty field until the land fulfill with

ready harvest plant can be seen in figure 2.

Figure 2. The effect of temporal aspect with SBE value, 1) flooded field,2).“macak-macak” field, 3. newly cultivated field, 4. young plant, 5.preharvest, 6. postharvest.

Figure 2 show the aesthetic quality in both landscapes with the same pattern.

This means that in wherever the locations, the aesthetic quality temporally is the same,

that is decreased start from flooded conditions and reach the lowest score at “macak-

macak” and then it increased along with the rice field cultivation phases and reach the

highest aesthetic quality when the optimum vegetative rice growth. Moreover, the

aesthetic decreased in the next period that is post harvest land conditions.

There was decreased in the aesthetic quality start from the flooded land condition

until “macak-macak” land condition, this is appear because there was very significant

character changes. Flooded in the rice field can give effect like the reflection of the sky

and cloud color so the flooded seems like the mirror which reflect the images. However,

when the “macak-macak” period the flood was less so things that can be seen in the rice

field plowed land. The land was popped out and unwell regulated so the structure

become rough. The reflection of the shadow of the cloud and the color of the sky become

damaged. In addition, the rough structure was less like because it was uncomfortable to

watch. In the both condition the rice plant still haven’t appear. This was very important

because the visitor was hoping to see the rice field not the empty land. These things

equal with the house construction process where the land was still in the grading process

so the estimation in this phase is low (Awaluddin, 2007).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The increasing of the aesthetic score was appears in the newly planted condition.

In this conditions appear the young rice plant. The young rice plant is planted well

regulated in the line of planting but not close so it gave a bit rough land structure but have

interesting views. The rice field landscape performance has already shows the rice plant.

The highest aesthetic score was appear when the rice plant reach the optimum

vegetative phase because on that conditions the rice field has well regulated structure

with soft textures. The height of plant and the green uniform color gave comfort ness to

watch. This kind of performance was the general view that marking out the rice field

landscape. This phase period can stand within 10-30 days. Along this period the tourism

potential can be explore maximally with extending the viewing time of that location. The

rice plants that reach the optimum vegetative had the perfect plant structure. Height and

gambrel sheet of leaves was maximums. Individually, the plant had the interesting form.

Green color of the leaves was comfortable to watch. Green color gave natural impression

and easy to watch and fresh the views. In addition, green color was prosperity symbol so

gave the relaxation to the people who watch it. This color also gave the images to the

people awareness to its ecology or environment. The existing of vegetation and well

regulated was the important factor to increase the aesthetic quality (Ruswan, 2007).

Rice field landscape with rice plant performance ready to crop was still liked and

also the SBE score was still high. This period can be happen 20 day. In this conditions

spread out green change into yellow with the “malai” of the was filled out. “malai-malai”

which lopping gave the interesting impression. Green color rice plat which spread out in

the optimum vegetative phase and become yellow when it ripe and combine with blue

color of the sky gave the interesting impression because these spread out like carpet.

Base on Ilhami’s research (2007), the color changing of landscape very influenced the

visitor emotional to appreciate the landscape much better.

The decreasing of rice field aesthetic quality appears in post harvest phase. In

that phase the land condition was not orderly and the structure become rough. Straws

scattered around the land also gave not comfortable to watch impression.

All of the rice field conditions can be manage in one agrotourism package.

Planting phase that not interesting can be improve with the activity that involve the visitor.

In the “macak-macak” and post harvest rice field conditions, the activity that can be done

was rice field processing activity, watching the plowing buffaloes or cows and watch the

planting process. Its will be more interesting if not only watch but also participate in

plowing, flat the land, moreover planting and harvest the rice. Thus, all phase of planting

in rice field landscape can be present as the agrotourism object in the rural or urban area.

Conclusion

The rice field landscape has various quality landscapes appropriate with the rice

planting phase start from land management until harvest. Rice field landscape influenced

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


by the present of the rice plant. The rice field landscape that shows rice in the optimum

vegetative and the rice ready to harvest was the landscape with the highest aesthetic

quality. Rice field landscape in the “macak-macak” conditions has the lowest aesthetic

quality score.

References

Awaludin, E. 2001. Pendugaan Keindahan Scenik (SBE) dalam Analisis Dampak VisualPembangunan Kawasan Perumahan. Skripsi. Institut Pertanian Bogor.

Daniel, T. C., and Boster, R. S. 1976. Measuring Landscape Aesthetics: The ScenicBeauty Estimation Method. US Department of Agriculture.

Higuchi, T. 1989. The Visual and Spatial Structure Of Landscape. Haliday Lithograph.Amerika.

Ilhami, W. T. 2007. Persepsi dan Preferensi Warna dalam Lanskap. Skripsi InstitutPertanian Bogor. Bogor.

Porteous, J. D. 1996. Environmental Aesthetics: Idea, Politics and Planning. Routledge.London.

Ruswan, M. 2006. Anilisis Pengaruh Elemen Lanskap terhadap Kualitas EstetikaLanskap Kota Depok. Skripsi. Institut Pertanian Bogor. Bogor.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-04

SADULUR PAPAT KALIMA PANCER IN LANDSCAPE SYMBOLISM OFSURAKARTA HADININGRAT PALACE WITHIN THE CONTEXT OF

SUSTAINABLE URBAN DEVELOPMENT

Eko Adhy SetiawanFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology,

Trisakti University, [email protected]

AbstractSadulur Papat Kalima Pancer is one of the symbolic meanings found within thelandscape of Surakarta Hadiningrat Palace. It is such anthropomorphemic that theexistence of individual human beings on earth is believed to come along with his fourSadulur Papat (himself). When Pancer is to survive and live in accordance with thespiritual teaching he is to balance himself by doing tolerance & justice to his SadulurPapat in order to live in harmony. Thus tolerance and balance become the principle ofharmony living in social life.This paper is aimed at describing such symbolic meaning which is not only possessingspiritual orientation but also spatial one applicable to our present concept of sustainableurban development.The symbolic meaning judged as our local wisdom to gear towards social justice asconditional within our concept of sustainable urban development has, however, beenforgotten by the respective decision makers, executive, and legislatives.

Keywords: Sadulur Papat Kalima Pancer, Local Wisdom, Spatial Orientation, SocialJustice, and Sustainability.

Introduction

Sadulur Papat Kalima Pancer is one of the symbolic meanings found within the

landscape of Surakarta Hadiningrat Palace. It is such anthropomorphic that the existence

of individual human beings on earth is believed to come along with his four Sadulur Papat

(himself). When Pancer is to survive and live in accordance with the spiritual teaching he

is to balance himself by doing tolerance & justice to his Sadulur Papat in order to live in

harmony. Thus tolerance and balance become the principle of harmony living in social

life.

This paper is aimed at describing such symbolic meaning which is not only

possessing spiritual orientation but also spatial one applicable to our present concept of

sustainable urban development.

The symbolic meaning judged as our local wisdom to gear towards social justice

as conditional within our concept of sustainable urban development has, however, been

forgotten by the respective decision makers, executive, and legislatives.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Figure 1. Site of Surakarta Hadiningrat Place

Methods and MaterialsData was taken through qualitative research and phenomenological approach,

the basic assumption by the phenomenological approach is that man possession on

science cannot be separated from his moral vision (Muhadjir, 1996), placing man at his

high capacity to have reflective thinking, to use logic of inductive-deductive, and

probability. This research also applies paradigm model to build the thinking format, the

underlying philosophy, and its operation.

ResultsKeraton Surakarta Hadiningrat Palace defined orientation as follows; North is

thought as imaginary axis in which the power of spiritual knowledge that relates the

importance of knowledge for getting the future on aspirations. South is considered as a

point of man relation with his God, and peoples relation with their Sunan. East – West is

the point of where everything comes.

.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


North (Lor) Wage

West Center East (Kulon) (Pancer) (Wetan)

Pon Kliwon Legi

South (Kidul)

Pahing

Figure 2. Sadulur Papat Kalima Pancer Concept

Etymologically market in the community means a place where people meet doing

transaction for things and or service once in a week within Javanese days. This happens

repeatedly in which by rhythmic transaction activity is not centralized. The centralized is

social interaction and economic within one activity.

The following figure illustrates the description

Gede Harjanagara Market (Big Market)

Slompretan or Keraton Surakarta Hadiningrat Kliwon Market Klewer Market

Gading Market

Figure 3. Market Keraton Surakarta Hadiningrat Palace

According to Princes Poeger, a market circling the palace, symbolized that the

king provides services to his people especially when trouble happens the king will soon

command his troops to settle it down.

Discussion

In line with the old Javanese culture and tradition, i.e, as revealed during the time

of Sunan Surakarta Hadiningrat, spatial orientation is a great of importance. The Sunan

considered this orientation as a reflection of life balance and harmony. This is the

reflection of how man interact with his God, nature, and man, so that what man is doing

should be always be given blessing by the Creator. In terms of prosperity for his people,

Sunan therefore considered any orientation of space should be given a market as a place

for the people to economically interact and improve their prosperity. That is why by

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


practice markets are placed surrounding the Palace. To the north, the Sunan placed

Gede Harjanagara market (Big scaled market). To the south, he placed Gading market as

he identified that within the area was a place for elephant breeding. To the east, he

placed Kliwon market, which is in Javanese old tradition it is considered as a busy time of

interaction. To the west, called Slompretan or Klewer which means by the Sunan passed

the area, his troops blew their whistles.

Conclusion

Sadulur Papat Kalima Pancer is considered as a local wisdom of Central Java.

This local wisdom has been for long time in practice, beginning in the time of the Sunan.

The purpose of creating such local wisdom by the Sunan is to improve people prosperity,

especially. The spatial orientation of where market is to be built is meant to refer to the

mentioned above purpose. The economic growth for the people is the Sunan orientation

beside spiritual and the materials need of the people.

This local wisdom of Central Java is therefore in line with our present concept of

sustainable urban development in which economic pillar plays significance role in our

urban development.

ReferencesBehrend, Timothy Earl, 1980, A Preliminary Inquiry Concerning The Meaning of The

Kraton Surakarta, Satyawacana University.

Herusatoto, Budiono, 1983, Simbolisme dalam Budaya Jawa, Penerbit PT. Hanindata,Yogyakarta.

Muhadjir, Noeng, 1996, Metodologi Penelitian Kualitatif, Penerbit Rake Sarasin,Yogyakarta.

Soeratman, Darsiti, 1989, Kehidupan Dunia Kraton Surakarta 1830 – 1939, TamanSiswa, Yogyakarta.

Soeharso, R, 1985, Diorama Kraton Surakarta Hadiningrat, Tiga Serangkai, Solo.

Sujamto, 1997, Reorientasi dan Revitalisasi Pandangan Hidup Jawa, Dahara Prize,Semarang.

Yosodipuro, KRMH, 1982, Kebudayaan Jawi Karaton Surakarta, Sasonopustoko Kraton,Surakarta.

Yosodipuro, KRMH, 1994, Karaton Surakarta Hadiingrat, Sasonopustoko Kraton,Surakarta.

Thesis :Behrend, Timothy Earl, 1983, Kraton And Cosmos in Traditional Java, Thesis Master, notbe published, Madison, University of Wisconsin.

Dissertation :

Thahjono, Gunawan, 1989, Cosmos, Center and Duality in Javanese ArchitecturalTradition, University of California, USA

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-05

THE GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE URBAN LANDSCAPE DESIGN BASE ONLOCAL KNOWLEDGE

IDA A.S. DanurFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology,

Trisakti University, Jakarta

Abstract

Bali is a relatively small island but to be the famous and very attractive island in theworld.The landscape pattern, the art of the building and the social culture of thecommunities are very specific and unique. The life principles, the cultural back groundand the local knowledge had always been based in managing, creating and preservingthe landscape. The used of plantation in community’s life is one of the reflection of thelocal knowledge. But the used of the plantation in city’s scape in Bali are not display theidentity of Bali as the cultural tourism. The aim of this paper is to discover the culturalplantation in Bali and then applied in the green infrastructure urban landscape designespecially in city’s scape. The cultural plantations to be discovered and inventoried byindepth interview to the key person, field observation and literature study. Then thecultural plantations to be identified into specific character and functional furthermore to beapplied in city’s scape or urban green infrastructure of urban landscape. The identity ofBali will be exhibit by the green infrastructure urban landscape design base on localknowledge.

Keywords : green infrastructure, local knowledge

IntroductionBali is one of the most beautiful and enchanting island among Indonesian archipelago.

It lies only 80 south of the equator, a relatively mild tropical climate, warm weather, high

humidity and a regular variation of the wind. The religion of Bali’s population is majority

Hinduism. The landscape of Bali is laced with temple so the hole life of Balinese is full of

ceremony.

The uniqueness of Bali is not only the view, the sea, sand and sun- bleached

beaches, the rice terrace, it’s countless temples but above all it’s unique culture and

generous people. The urban design especially the architectural of the building in the city

has shown the Balinese nuance but the green infrastructure planting design is not use the

ethnic plantation yet to display the identity of Bali as cultural tourism.

The aim of this research is to discover the cultural plantation of Bali and then to be

applied in the city landscape to get the harmonization between the building and the

environment.

The cultural plantation were discovered through three universal ceremony such is

cremation known as “Ngaben”, “Hari Raya Nyepi” as New Year Hinduism and Wedding

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


ceremony. All of the plantation that ‘s used in the ceremony were inventoried and

identified into specific character and function in the green infrastructure of the city.

The Bali’s Landscape Base On CultureThe religion and arts remain intact largely because of the Balinese belief that the

island is the property of the gods and that human inhabitants are simply privileged is the

caretakers.

The Balinese has the unique concepts as the basic philosophies of life that is “Tri Hita

Karana”, which means three causes of goodness. The essence of this philosophy is that

everything in the world consists of three components : Atma (soul), Sarira (physical body)

and Prana (power or ability). A prime derivation of “Tri Hita Karana is the basic concept of

“Tri Angga” or in space is called “Tri Mandala”. This concept is closely related to

architectural planning and design. “Tri Mandala” concept divided into three zone or space

that is “utama, madya and nista” The heights are for the Gods (utama), the middle world

for humans (madya) and the depths and low point for the evil spirits (nista).

The other concepts is “Rwa Bhineda” which means the reconciliation of two opposing

poles, elements, norms or values to be resolved and integrated in order to achieve

cosmological balance. The directions are dominated by mountain-sea axis and sun rice-

sunset axis, symbolized by specific colors and deities according to Balinese mythology.

This is a part of many concepts of life Bali- Hindu that closely related to architectural

planning and design that closely related also to use ethnic plantation.

Cultural Plantation As Green Infrastructure Of City ScapeThe plans is one of basic element in the landscape. The purpose of the plants in the

landscape including the unique character, function, architectural function and space,

characteristic visual, aesthetical use in design with plants.

But in the cultural landscape the design with plants is not like in the man made

landscape. The values of the space, norms, beliefs and the basic philosophies will be

affect in the place and the formation of the plants.

According to the Balinese belief, norms, culture and basic philosophy “Tri Hita Karana”

there are indicator plant on the right place :

Temple, (Utama), Gods : Ficus benjamina, Michelia campaca, Cananga odorata,

Alstonia scholaris, Nymphaea lotus, Cassia farnesiana,

Plumeria rubra

Cemetery , (Nista) : Sterelitzia futida, Arenga pinnata, Aleurites moluccana

The symbolize color of the Deities in concept “Dewata Nawa Sanga”

Plumeria alba - white

Hibiscus rosa-sinensis - red

Allamanda cathartica - yellow

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Clitoria ternatea - dark blue (black)

Nerium oleander - pink

Hydrangea macrophylla - violet

Tagetes erecta - orange

Cananga odorata - green

In the center are mixture of all color. The plants with habit ground cover never use to

make “canang” a small squares of banana leaf containing many kind of flower the

symbolize color of Deities in concept “Dewata Nawa Sanga” This is course the “canang”

is used by the prayer in offering to Gods, so the plants for the temple generally use big,

middle or small tree or shrubs and specially the plants with aromatic flower.

The use of the cultural plants in the green infrastructure urban landscape design will be

write in the hole paper.

ReferenceBudihardjo, E., 1995. Architectural conservation in Bali. Department of Architecture,

Faculty of Engineering Diponegoro University. Gadjah Mada University Press.

Charlle, S., 1990. Collins Illustrated Guide to Bali. COLLINS. 8 Grafton Street, LondonW1.

Darmadi, A.A.Kt., 2004. Keanekaragaman Tanaman Hias Bunga Sebagai Penyusun“Canang”.

Prosiding Seminar Konservasi Tumbuhan Upacara Agama Hindu. Bali 7 Oktober 2004.UPT Balai Konservasi Tumbuhan Kebun Raya “Eka Karya” Bali. L.I.P.I.

Eiseman, Jr.F.B., 2000., Bali : Sekala and Niskala. Vol.1. Essays on religion, ritual andart. Periplus Editions (HK).

Geriya, S.S., 2002. Kearifan Lingkungan dalam Paradigma Harmoni Kebudayaan Bali.Bunga Rampai

Kearifan Lingkungan . Departemen Lingkungan Hidup. R.I. Jakarta.

Mantra, I.B. 1996. Landasan Kebudayaan Bali. Yayasan Dharma Sastra Denpasar.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-06

IMPLEMENTATION OF ECO-PARK CONCEPT IN GREEN OPEN SPACE TOSUPPORT THE SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

Silia Yuslim & LaviniaLecture and student in Landscape Architecture Departmen

Faculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology-Trisakti UniversityBuilding K, Jl.Kyai Tapa No.1, Grogol


Abstract

In facing many kinds of environmental problems nowadays, peoples feels that it’s need asustainable development in urban area. Ecological consideration should be the mainpriority in doing many development for achieving it. The main idea in developing a regionis how to make the nature balanced. If a city gets bigger, the it will ‘caused a needs for agreen open space to be fulfilled for maintaining the balance of the nature surrounds. Athoughts about implementation of eco-park concept in green open space has becameimportant, because the implementation will make the balance of nature as the guidelines.Last but not least, many kind of cycle which happen in nature will continue so that theexistency of the green open space will always be conservated and the suistanable urbandevelopment will soon be realized.

Keyword : Eco Park, Green Open Space

PrefaceLots of environtmental problems that had to be faced nowadays caused the

needs of awareness about environmental knowledge become important. In order to make

it real, ecological consideration should be the main priority in doing development. The

main thing that should be considered in doing development on many kind of an area is

the environmental balance that had happen in natural ways must stay remains, so that

the nature ecosystem can be continued. For that, the being of ecosystem from the local

nature should be considered to be conserved.

One of the problems that occurs in developing the cities in Indonesia is making

the needs of the presence of the green city open space as one of the way to balanced the

developed area just as a city’s jewelery. It caused the exsistency of it shouldn’t be a

criteria to be fulfilled, so that the balanced of the environment is harder to be achieved.

This conditions triggers lots of environmental problems in the world, such as global

warming and lots of environtmental problems in all over the cities in Indonesia, such as

floods, pollution, the lack of mineral water that hard to be gained in the summer.

Therefore, the presence of the green open spaceis a must for helping to conserve the

balanced of the nature.

A thought about implementing the eco-park concept on the green open space

becoming important because in the process of the implementation, the concept make the

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


green open space as an ecosystem that had natural balance inside of it. Therefore a lots

of natural system will stay on track, so that the continuity of the green open space will

always be there and supports the city development with environmental knowledge will

soon be achieved.

ContentAs an ecosystem that made from the combination of nature ecosystem and the

artificial ones, in green open space consist of natural process or the process that

happens through the human intervention than of course needs the natural or artificial

resources to support the being of the ecosystem itself. From the process, a green open

space will make an output either as a waste as an utilities that can be accepeted and felt

by the public such as the beauties, the tidies or the comforts. (Mukaryanti, Silia Yuslim,

dkk; 2005)

Eco-Park or Sustainable Park or Sustainable Garden, is the common use phrase

that used in America(Oregon State Parks, 2006; Dell, 1998; USDA, 2005). Pointing to the

literature that exsist, an eco-park or a friendly environment park is a park that can give a

contribution to clear city problems, either the environmental problem or social economic

problem through optimalization of the ecological, social and economic functions that it

has. Ecaopark can be realized by optimizing the resources that had been there as

efficient as could be as an input that needed for the continuity of the process inside the

park, also minimalizing the output that cause negative influence to the environment,

includingreutilizing the output into an input. In many cases, implementing the ecopark

concept (Pregon State Parks, 2006; Cranz, 2005; USDA, 2005; Owen, 1998) can be

identified through few charactheristics of ecopark such as :

1. Using the natural cycles of water, energy and other thingas to fulfilled the operational

needs for maintaining the park as an effort of conservating the recources and

minimalizing the waste or other negative impacts to the environment.

2. Using the friendly park infrastructure material , such as non-concrete material for the

making of pedestrian path so that the water can still absorbs into the soi and other

materials that came from recycling, such as the garbage can or the sign board.

3. Planting few kinds of plants the have useful ecological functions such as the one that

needs a bit of water, the ones that can absorbs more water, the ones that can

absorbs pollution, the ones that can invites animals (birds, butterflies, etc) and the

ones that doesn’t need intensive care.

4. Providing the facilities and attraction that makes the park more attractive to be

visited., where the people can do activities that feels more recreative. Madden (1998)

said to make the park more attractive to be visited and funtioned as a public space,

then the park should be provide chances to many kinds of community group to do

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


activities or enjoying the attraction that provided inside, having a good access,

provides places to socializing and resting, also clean, secure and interesting visually.

5. Becoming an environmental educational media, for thr community through processes

and activities that happens inside the park.

6. Providing waste water management for the community near the park through natural

element such as a dam or a pond inside the park as natural waste water treatment

plant.

7. Combined active participating from the community in maintaining and conservating

the function of the park.

The 7 characteristic above are become the base in implementing the ecopark

concept in developing and maintaining the green open space, especially in the urban

area. Considering the limited of the space as the green open space, then reconsideration

for the being in the local ecosystem and natural resources than can be refunctioned to

maintain the balance of the surroundings environment so that the ecopark concept that

had been implemented on that area can optimize the natural function for the prospering

of the community.

Implementing Ecopark ConceptBy learning the being of the beginning ecosystem on a specific environment and

the being of the ecosystem after having a development, then the root of the

environmental problem is found that caused an environment had a problem. Following

the criteria above, few adaptation had been done with the being of the green open space

in all over the cities in Indonesia. Through the adaptation then some criteria that should

be based for implementing the ecopark concept is designing, building, organizing, and

developing the green open space in all over cities in Indonesia is born, such as :

1. Efficiency the use of water resources

2. Optimalizing the function of the park as water absorber area

3. Optimalizing the function of the park as pollution absorber and clean air producent.

4. Environment friendly waste treatment

5. Energy efficiency and using the resources that had been newed

6. Conservation and providing the habitat for upgrading lots of varieties of the plants

7. Upgrading the interest value of the park and the interaction with the community

8. Using the element and organizing activities for environmental education

The criterias above can be based in considering the green open space on a

specific area and the involve with the being of an ecosystem at that area. This things

happens to considering the prioty degree value of the eight criteria above in implementing

the ecopark concept on the green open space on that area. Therefore, flexibility from the

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


public criteria that had been there will be very important in optimizing the function of the

green open space in returning the balance of the surroundings environment. This kind of

action will create a desifn and organize a green open space that implementing the

ecopark concept on each area wasn’t be the same.the being of the local ecosystem and

the being of the green open space itself also the results of the study that had been done

to that area that makes it different.

By knowing the root of the problem, that caused an area had a environment

problem, than the implementation of the ecopark concept on the green open space on

that area can be done optimally. Next, the role of the green open space through the

surroundings environment also expected can be optimized so that natural balance will be

achieved at the end. The balance is very expected, especially on the green open space in

cities area in Indonesia. Lots of advantage that can be achieved by the surroundings

environment,if this ecopark concept implented according the needs of the local natural

environmental, such as(Spitzer, Martin A; 1997):

1. Reduced dispersion of generating station "waste" heat into the air and water

2. Improved environmental condition - soil and water quality, recycling volume increases

3. Increased self-sufficiency for the community in percent of food produced locally

4. Creation of sustainable jobs and training programs appropriate to our region

5. Increase of recreational and educational opportunities for area residents

The usage that quite significant from the implementingof the ecopark concept on

the green open space in the cities will be more reliable and felt if the adaptation od the

concept can be done in all over green open space that had been provided in all over

cities in Indonesia. For that, the role from government and the community is very needed.

Public involvement has been central for most communities in developing a vision and

plan, although in several communities local government, businesses and/or consultants

have played a more central role. Those projects that have involved citizens early in the

process have been able to rally the community around a common objective, creating

jobs, protecting the environment and preserving community social values. Participants

also suggest that political and community support has been needed to provide visibility

and credibility to their planning and fund raising efforts.

RecomendationRemembering the concept of ecopark play important role in supporting

sustainable developing, so to make it realized, a few steps that must be taken are:

1. The Government should maintain a leadership role.

2. Formalize the network of people working on eco-park development concept.

3. A clearinghouse for information on eco-park development concept should be

established..

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


4. Easy community access to government-provided information and startup capital is

critical..

5. The financial services industry, in partnership with business, government and others,

should develop a toolkit of financing strategies for use by communities.

6. The Goverment should involve its own business members and other business

representatives in creating support for Eco Park.

7. The Goverment should identify and overcome regulatory barriers to hazardous waste

exchanges.

8. A strong applied research program is needed to support Eco Park Concept generally.

9. The Joint Center for Sustainable Communities, in cooperation with te government

should educate local and state political leaders about the opportunities provided by

the eco-industrial development paradigm.

10. Hold another workshop on Eco-parks in Jakarta to support

ReferencesResearch Triangle Institute, Defining Sustainable Cities, 2000.

Budiharjo, E dan Sujarto, J. Kota Berkelanjutan. 2002

Oregon PRD. Developing Model Sustainable Park Practices Demonstratition Site.Diakses dari www.oregonstateparkstrust.org pada tgl.29 Januari 2006.

Research Triangle Institute, Defining Sustainable Cities, 2000.

Temple, L. A Case Study in Sustainable Landscape Architecture and Urban Planning.Diakses dari www.cprs.org/membersonly/Winter05_Sustainable Landscape.htmpada tgl.7 Juni 2005.

USDA. Sustainabel Garden. Diakses dari internet pada tgl.5 Maret 2005.

Wales Environment Trust.The Eco-Parks Concept - 'The Sustainable Alternative tolandfill'. Diakses dari http://www.walesenvtrust.org.uk/content.asp?id=139

Spitzer, Martin A. Executive Summary Eco-Industrial Park Workshopoceedings. Diaksesdari http://clinton2.nara.gov/PCSD/Publications.html pada bulan February 1997.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-07

LANDSCAPE CODES: WHAT ARE THEY AND WHY HAVE THEM? *

Sumiantono Rahardjo M

Senior Lecture Department of Landscape ArchitectureThe Faculty of Landscape Architecture – Trisakti University

AbstractLandscape code B is reffered as a landscaping control. It is a development controlintended to set certain standards or guidelines for the design and construction ofelements in the external environment. Why would council wish to have such controls?Codes are intended to improve and enhance the amenity of the municipality, toencourage imaginative site planning of residential, village and rural areas. Codes canalso prevent any development which will not improve the visual amenity and greening themunicipality. Codes ensure to provide basic guidelines for preparation of landscape plansand to provide procedures for the checking ad approval of such plans and codes help toencourage the use of qualified persons, principally landscape architects.

Keyword : landscape, codes, site planning

This article provides an outline of the origins and development of landscape

codes. This article deals with what a landscape code is, why it is needed, and what

purpose it can serve. Other next article try to outline the key elements of a ‘model’

landscape code for local councils and what the administrative implications for

implementing it are likely to be.

To begin with a definition: What is a landscape code which we prefer to refer to

as a landscaping control? In essence, it is a development control intended to set certain

standards or guidelines for design and construction of elements in the external

environment. It is usually drawn up by a town planner or professional society like

American Society of Landscape Architects which has been concerned and is one of the

environmental planning instrument employed by councils to control development in their

municipalities.

Why would councils wish to have such controls? A number of officers have

provided following answers:

Codes are intended to improve and enhance the amenity of the municipality, to

encourage imaginative site planning of residential, village and rural areas, and to

improve landscape treatment of car parks, commercial and industrial development,

as well as streets and open spaces (Gareth Ponten, Yass Shire Council).

Codes can prevent any development which will not improve the visual amenity and

greening of the municipality, and achieve a standard type of landscape treatment in

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


order to encourage homogeneity and character for different precincts and use areas

(Alison Walker, Ku-ring**gai Council).

Codes can help to achieve practical, innovative, sensitive and sympathetic treatment

of existing and proposed development (both private and public). (Camden Municipal

Council).

Adapted from the preparation agenda of landscape codes by the Australian Society of

Landscape Architects member.

Codes ensure that an adequate landscaped area is provided around flats, office sites,

medium density housing and industrial developments, to provide basic guidelines for

the preparation of landscape plans, and to procedures for the checking and approval

of such plans (Rockdale Municipal Council).

Codes a standard up to which developers have to perform (Julie Whitfield, Woolahra

Council).

Codes assist in cost and decision making at all levels. (C. W. Dunlop, Goulbourn City

Council).

Codes serve as a guide only for basic design criteria, together with recommendations

for selection plant material which appropriated to the local ecosystem. (Hurstville

Municipal Council).

Codes help to encourage the use of qualified persons, principally landscape

contractors to upgrade the standard of development in the area. (Mitch Mc Kay,

Hasting Council).

The last mentioned point encouraging the use of qualified landscape architects

and contractors to take full responsibility for preparing landscaping plans for development

projects, inspecting the works and certifying that construction have been satisfactorily

completed in accordance with those plans, is a practice promoted by the landscape

codes of both Hastings and Wyong Councils in New South Wales.

Although some councils in New South Wales has been caused to be effective so

far, the majority of those which have produced separate landscaping control documents

now to other suitability qualified persons.

In truth these are welcome developments, even they do not guarantee that

landscape codes, or plans produces in response to that requirements, will really achieve

the most desirable outcome.

The reason for this is that no council (at least in New South Wales) yet appears

to have thought the fundamental objectives of landscape code.

A British academic, Michael Downing, provided part of the answer when he wrote:

** Senior Lecture Department of Landscape Architecture

University of Trisakti

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


If the codes oblige designers and developers to develop an understanding of

natural conditions and respond to the variations of topography, micro-climate,

drainage, soils, and vegetation which comprise the sum of local area or specific site

conditions, they can give rise to more efficient and economic forms of development,

both in capital and management ters (Downing, 1993 : 104).

They can also add immeasurably to the quality and enjoyment of a newly-fashioned

landscape if they can cause sites to be selected for particular uses employing

environmental criteria, as well as influencing the arrangement of detailed aspects of

land use.

These include the sitting of buildings, retentions of existing features which may or

may not to be natural, and their incorporation into the pattern of future

developments (Downing, 1993 : 102).

This view is useful for proposed new developments, but still lacks an articulation

of board landscaping goals for a municipality as a whole. Without a clear definition of

those goals, any landscaping activity is in danger of being piecemeal and inconsistent

with the wider municipal context.

In this view, the essential prerequisite for the formulation of satisfactory

landscaping control is the prior completion of comprehensive municipal character study.

This in turn should be followed by the preparation of a strategic master plan which consist

of physical (natural and man made) and social aspects, for the considered development

of the municipality or shire as a whole. Once that plan is in place, it is possible to draw up

subsidiary master plans for the various precincts or areas within a municipality.

The final step is to draw up development control measures-of which landscaping

codes, policies or guidelines comprise an important part-in order to achieve the character

and style of development identified as desirable in the master plan. In order words, the

master plan. In other words, the master plan(s) can provide the matrix into which all

subsidiary controls must fit.

A most useful manual entitled How to Improve Your Townscape published in

1987 by The Victorian Ministry for Planning and Environment. This contain excellent

advice on the steps to be taken in the preparation of any townscape improvement

program. As a comparison study, this manual we believe is an important one. But before

amplifying these steps, it is desirable to define the landscaping objectives within any such

program. These should be to:

Ensure that landscape developments preserve and/or enhance a municipality’s

visual character, heritage, social and ecological environment;

Seek to support or reinforce the kind of future image of the municipality which

councils, local organizations (such NGO or LSM in Indonesia), citizens and

ratepayers agree should be fostered;

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Encourage the treatment of sites which takes into account their context-the sub-

division design, the street space design, the public open space design, the

design of neighboring building-as well as the sites own physical and perceptual

characteristics;

Define in advance the kind of framework in which developers (and also home

builders) should formulate their proposals, if developers and their architects and

landscape architects heeded such advice in the preparation of their designs, this

would help to produce more harmonious and integrated townscape

environments. It would also have the practical advantage of reducing delays in

the processing and approving of development applications.

This underlines explanation is to elaborate the four steps outlined above.

Townscape Character Study. The first step in a townscape improvement

program is to identify the physical, social, culture (including heritage/genius loci), and

economic elements of a municipality which must be taken into account and the value

which should be placed upon them. Unless there are officers on a council with training

and experience in this field, it is preferable to have this done by specifically qualified

consultants or advisers such as landscape architects or urban designer who has been

accredited by their professional organizations.

The Victorian manual for instance, states that throughout the study the

consultant/adviser should be concerned with how the complex functions of the town fit

together, so that he or she can work out design options which will deal with immediate

issues, gain community support, and contribute to the character of the town. It

recommends that study should not be merely an inventory. After describing the existing

character of the town, it should suggest paths that could be taken to, enhance or change

it.

It should conclude with proposal and design options, in which constraints and

opportunities are pointed out (manual : 22).

For example, it might be considered desirable to retain and reinforced the

Federation style (in Indonesia : local or vernacular) architecture and gardens of a

architecture suburb or precinct. Or it might be considered desirable to emphasis certain

parkland qualities of proposed new residential developments.

The Strategy Plan. The second step involve the preparation of a strategy plan

for the municipality. This should begin with establishment the aims and objectives which it

is desired to achieve. This may relate, for example, to creating a strong and individual

identity for the town, improving its aesthetics or functional working, emphasizing a

particular role for it, or improving its economic viability.

Priorities can than be allocated for the preservation, protection, enhancement or

development of the various desired elements or areas. This will need to be worked out

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


either in a townscape improvement committee (if one has been formed) or by the

community (such like NGO or LSM in Indonesia).

Detailed Design Concept. The third step is to developed a detailed design

concept, to be followed by a program to putting it into effect. The concept should include

detailed design proposal for specific townscape issues, and show key opportunities which

could be exploited (Note: In a tropical region where shading areas important one, there

should be a broadsheet for the management of urban open space which consist a

rational and comprehensive process of planting design).

After the necessary consultations with the public and any subsequent

amendments, the design strategy is implemented. It is at this stage the necessary

development controls will need to be formulated by council. This will ensure that all forms

of development which may effect the townscape through their design or landscaping are

subject to planning permit controls and condition.

ConclusionThe final step of the items discussion above is to draw up development control measures

of which landscaping codes is an important part. It is here that the landscape architect,

either as council employee or outside consultant, has an opportunity to contribute to the

formulation of landscaping controls to achieve the objectives of the townscape strategy.

A proposed model suggesting the desirable form and nature of such controls, as well as

the administrative implications, will be the subject we must preparing together in the next

discussion and article for fitting out the above outline which developed at some examples

of regulations/ordinances that has supported the implementation of landscape codes

such as in United States.

It was known that across the United States there is a growing interest in protecting

existing trees, particularly in urban areas, for both environmental and aesthetic purpose.

Communities are responding in several ways, some follow the model land development

code approach and include tree removal under the definition of development that must

have a permit.

Other exact separate regulations placing restrictions on land clearance, often as part of

drainage and soil erosion control ordinance. The New Orleans Urban Corridor Zoning

Plan and Lake Charles Sign Ordinance are good of specific requirement for perimeter

and interior landscaping.

ReferencesDramstad, Wenche E. (1996), James D Olson & Richard T. T. Forman, LANDSCAPE

ECOLOGY PRINCIPLES IN LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND LAND-USEPLANNING, Island Pree ASLA.

Duerksen, Christopher J. (1986), AESTHETIC AND LAND-USE CONTROLS, AmericanPlanning Association, Washington D. C.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Pike, Jeremy (1979), URBAN LANDSCAPE GUIDELINES, Centre for EnvironmentalStudies, University of Melbourne.

Rahardjo, Sumiantono (2000), Discussion conclusion W/Professional Practice inIndonesia Landscape Architects Community.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-08

ECOTOURISM, CONSERVATION IN URBAN AREAQurrotu ‘Aini Besila

The Department of Landscape ArchitectureThe Faculty of Landscape Architecture – Trisakti University

[email protected]

AbstractRio Declaration about environmental and development contains principles thatcompacted environment into development be know with sustainable development. Besideof that, 21th agenda contained program of world development in 21th centuries. In the RioDeclaration or 21th agenda show relation that very tight between development withconservation. Whatever development activity must always concern goals of conservation(protection of life support system, preservation, and sustainable uses). One ofdevelopment role to produce foreign exchange is developing tourism. Ecotourism is oneof the tourism form with environmental approach. It based with responsibility ofconservation which still natural, and it can give advantage in economical whichmaintained the culture. Because of that, in planning and developing ecotourism maintainsshould be holistically and adaptive. Jakarta as megalopolis city has potencial indeveloping eco-tourism, for example Babakan Lake, Pasanggrahan and Ciliwung riverwhich locateat at South Jakarta.

Keyword: conservation, ecotourism, sustainable development

IntroductionRio declaration about the environment and development which contain principles

that unite the environment in the development be known with sustainable development.

While, 21 Agenda contain world development program in 21 century. Both Rio declaration

and 21 agenda show relationship between development and conservation. In addition,

development activity must always concern conservation concepts (life supporting system,

preservation of genetics resources, and sustainable use). The development in tourism is

one of development form currently very role in coming country foreign exchange.

According to the World Travel and Tourism Council – WTTC (in Lindberg, et.al. 1993), at

this time tourism is the biggest industry in the world with income more than US $ 3.5

quintillion. Lindberg (1991), mentioned in the developing country ecotourism is the

popular industry with income from ecotourism industry US $ 12 billion per year.

Ecotourism is one of tourism form in based on environment to essence constitute a tour

form that responsible to area eternal that area natural, and also give using economically

with depend whole culture to local community. Therefore, ecotourism constitute a tour

journey form to natural area that done with purpose doing environment conservation and

eternal living of local community. Ecotourism is tour form that managed with conservation

approach.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


In ecotourism development become new form from a journey responsible to natural area

and might creating tourism industry. Desiring to “back to nature” must interest tourist

also good domestically to out country and to visiting ecotourism objects. This case not

also positive impact to economy growth, but also might appearing negative impact to

life environment in Indonesia. As one of industry form that every depend to natural

resource, ecotourism might constitute one of reason to protect natural resource especially

biological diversity. Therefore, if without a planning that complete and holistically about

ecotourism development in a area, there is possibility that this ecotourism activity might

danger essence a natural resources, especialy biological diversity. Hawkins and

Roberts (1994, in Primack, et. al, 1998) explain that this ecotourism activity those self

and might adding degradation to sensitive area as timing without stirrup wild flower or

coral, and interfere bird that nest. Therefore development planning a tourism object that

based natural (environment) must done holistically, not partially.

DiscussionNatural area not only find in conservation area such as national park, zoo, nature

preserve, the botanical garden, bird park or tour park and so on, but also in urban area,

where managing environment is every dominant. Thereore, ecotourism to urban area

must fixed to principles of ecotourism namely protect and coping impact from tourist

activities, constitute environment conservation place, able oming earning to local

community, and relation of community participation in the planning, keep natural

essence with fixed concern environment support, and give earning opportunity to

country. Managing urban ecotourism must constite a activity to charastistical of holistic

and adaptive, with consider load appraisal activity to various aspect that relate natural

resource, policy and act, and effort to develop community ability in ecotourism location

arrounding, mechanism of dividing return, participation whole stakeholder in making

policy and development mechanism and funding.

Jakarta is a metropolitan city that supported by cities in arounding and have potency as

city that giving ecotourism service, and not only to inhabitant but also to community in

out Jakarta and also foreign tourist that desire a tourism object owned self special. Union

between Betawi culture, natural environment and touching modernization might our

finding in location in Jakarta is potential to developed become an ecotourism object.

And natural pledge of Muara Angke in North Jakarta, to side of other Jakarta city and

might be find natural area that managed with goos by the community or public, as

village of Situ Babakan Betawi culture and river forrest of Pesanggrahan in South

Jakarta. Village of Situ Babakan Betawi culture in place in area of Srengseng Sawah,

South Jakarta interest to visited to them that want to enjoy village situation, natural

natural and so watching genuine Betawi culture art.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Villaging of Situ Babakan Betawi culture that mentioned by Jakarta government as

subtituter villaging of Condet Betawi constitute one of object be sorted PATA as an

object visiting to participant of PATA conference in Jakarta at October 2002. Indigenous

people of Situ Babakan directly involve in planning and development for this area. They

live with traditional style and simply. The indigenous people in Situ Babakan also to

conserve Betawi culture. In the same time they do planting of their environment and

increasing their standard of living.

In Situ Babakan tourist can do fishing, boating, watching of traditional culture, harvesting

from back yard, etc. Beside that, in Situ Babakan the people to developed green open

space in this village by planted fruit tree, namely star fruit (Averrhoa carambola), alkesah

(Pouteria campechiana), buni (Antidesma bunius), astringent fruit (Syzygium cumini),

kecapi (Sandoricum koetjape), lanseh (Lansium domesticum), kedondong (Spondias

dulcis), gandaria (Bouea macrophylla), and others spicieses.

In addition to Situ Babakan to river forrest of Pesanggrahan might be fond a area that

growth natural and be protected by publict it. River forret of Pesanggrahan with wide 40

ha that located in edge river of Karang Tengah – Lebak Bulus, South Jakata in 2000 that

reach for South Jakarta Environement Award and Februari 2002 reach for Dubai

International Award to category of “Best Practice”. Awarding that given to river forrest of

Pesanggrahan constitute result effort hard by local community in eternal natural and

culture it.

In addition to locations above, other area in Jakarta that own potency as a ecotourism

object is interesting is Ciliwung River. The river that include in area of Jakarsa subdistrict

and actually also have potency amaging as area of ecotourism purpose. This part

constitute separating Ciliwung River upper course in the Jakarta. In the manner as, we

knowing that Jakarsa subdistrict in space managing general planning and city area part

planning of DKI of 1985-2005 will fixed as supporting area and area of water infiltration

with building base coeficient is low namely 20%, and so possibled there is green open

space, include RTH so long edge of Ciliwung river. Ecoligically there is bamboo clump in

the river edge already be functioned as securiter river edge from errotion and slide, and

helping absorbing rain water and impact water quality, impact of air quality, and also

modificated climate. Kind of planting in so long river edge of Ciliwung also be functioned

as fauna habitat.

In the area of three decade latest, Indonesia government already doing development

centralization and extrude policy that characteristic of top down. Policies it give impact to

managing of natural resource owned by Indonesia in the meanwhile :

- Appear it not fair in gain benefit from natural resource there is.

- Happen it environment damage process is rapid.

- Dissolved biological diversity.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


- Lost taste own in the community to natural resource, but close access them

on natural resource and

- Happen it imbalanced in benefiting natural resource between community or

public (especially local community) with entrepreneur and government, and

others.

Impact from policy that characteristical of top down and constitute learning that every

value to Indonesia government also not doing back failure in fixing policies. Moreover

with already publised Act Number 22, 1998 years about territory autonomy, and we hope

that failures in years ago that impact to failure of natural resource, especially biological

diversity that we own not repeat back.

Policies that will take it running with publised acts about territory autonomy and also we

might involve wide community (stakeholders), include ecotourism development to fields

that own potency to a tourism activity that based on environment.

Adaptive Management ConceptPlanning and development of ecotourism should be activity that holistically and adaptive

as shown by Interagency Ecosystem Management Task Force (1995) bellow:

Goal Knowledge Technology Innovation

Revision of Planning

Goal

New Knowlege Evaluation Action

Innovation

New Technology Monitoring

Adaptive management above not only for ecotourism in nature area, but also can

implementation in urban area like Jakarta, which in urban area man mad more

dominated than nature area.

Conclusion1. Ecotourism is one of tourism form in based on environment to essence constitute

a tour form that responsible to area eternal that area natural, and also give using

economically with depend whole culture to local community.

2. Implementation of ecotourism not only in naturea are, but also in urban area.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


3. Planning and development of ecotourism should be activity that holistically and

adaptive and also we might involve wide community (stakeholders).

Figures:

References-----------------. 2003. Wisata alam: Perkampungan Budaya Betawi Situ Babakan. 1 Hlm.

http://selatan.jakarta.go.id/pariwisata/walam_stbabakan.html, 7 Juni 2005.

-----------------. 2003. Wisata alam: Perkampungan Budaya Betawi Situ Babakan. 1 Hlm.http://selatan.jakarta.go.id/pariwisata/walam_pesanggrahan.html, 7 Juni 2005.

Besila, Q.A., D. Hendrawan. M.F. Fachrul, M. Irfan, Noormalicha. 2006. IdentifikasiPotensi Ekowisata di Bantaran Sungai Ciliwung. Laporan Penelitian, LembagaPenelitian Universitas Trisakti, Jakarta.

Daryadi, L., Q.A.B. Priarso, T.S. Rostian, E. Wahyuningsih. 2002. Konservasi lansekap:Alam, lingkungan dan pembangunan. Perhimpunan Kebun Binatang Se-Indonesia(PKBSI), Jakarta.

Interagency Ecosystem Management Task Force. 1995. The ecosystem approach:healthy ecosystems and sustainable economics. Volume I – Overview Report ofInteragency Ecosystem Management Task Force.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Linberg, K. 1991. Policies for maximizing nature tourism’s ecological and economicbenefits. World Resources Institute, Washington, D.C.

Lindberg, K. dan D E. H. 1993. Ecotourism a guide lines for planners and managers. TheEcotourism Society, Washington, D.C.

Primack, R.B., J. Supriatna, M. Indrawan, P. Kramadibrata. 1998. Biologi konservasi.Yayasan Obor Indonesia, Jakarta.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-09

THE INFLUENCE OF USING PERFORATED CONCRETE BLOCK PAVING,GRASS AND GRAVEL AS GROUND COVER TO INFILTRATION

Isamoe PrasodyoLandscape Architecture Dept, Trisakti University, Jakarta

AbstractThe reseach goals is to know the influence of rainfall concern to infiltration on seventypes of ground covers. The reseach implementation is on five beds of perforatedConcrete-Block paving. a bed of grass, a bed of gravel and a bed without cover ascontrol. Artificial rainfall kept falling from a rainfall simulator Purdue SprinklerInfiltrometer, The experimental design is orderly by Randomized Complete Block Designwith two factors,; rainfall intensity and ground-cover types. The outcome of observationanalized by Variance Analysis and Least Significant Difference. Finally, the conclusion ofthe reseach is, Grassblock that the highly infiltration Perforated Concrete-Block pavingand then followed by Interblock 4.6 Interblock 16.6 Behaton 13.6 and Zurich 12.6 Thecapability of perforated Concrete-Block paving to water absorbed is fluenced by the directabsorbing surface of the concrete-block.

Keywords : Landscape, Paving, Rainfall, Infiltration, Simulator

BackgroundThe lessen of soil cistern is urban as result of ground water through infiltration pursued

by closed it surface of farm by concreting. This thing because of development of town

which has consumed open farms and increases areas broadness is woke up (build-up

areas) which waterproof. Concrete brick usage, perforation is alternative to overcome it.

This brick type can detain man burden and vehicle, damps direct rainwater collision in

order not to destroy soil surface, water absorption capability, visual aesthetics of value,

maintains dampness of soil and easy to be attached.

Research QuestionKnows how big difference of influence each perforation concrete brick type, grass and

gravel as surface conclusion of urban landscape to infiltration.

MethodologyMethodology this research is with :

1. Field laboratory on the urban landscape concern to five types of perforated concrete

block paving (Inter block 4.6, Inter block 16.6, Zurich 12.6, Behaton 13.6, Grass block

60.40.10), grass (Paspalum Conyugatun) and gravel, each on a experimental square-

bed (attempt check).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


2. The experimental design compiled with Randomized Complete Block design with

rainfall intensity and the ground-covers types as the factors.

3. The artificial rainfall poured by 1 (one) unit Purdue Sprinkler Infiltrometer (rainfall

simulator) :

1 (one) unit artificial rainfall tower

1 (one) unit water pump

1 (one) unit sprinkler infiltrometer

Result and Discussion1. Different rain intensity and different ground cover doesn’t cause real difference at

minimum infiltration velocity.

2. Ability of perforation concrete brick influenced by direct diffusion area wide.

3. Grass block 60.40.10 is greatest infiltration capability and then followed by Inter block

16.6, Behaton 13.6 and Zurich 12.6, Grass and gravel also have greatest infiltration

capability as a natural ground-cover.

4. Soil under the perforated concrete-block paving also have a great infiltration

capability and doesn’t differ from ordinary soil.

Fig.2. Typical Experimental Bed Fig.3. RainfallStimulator Unit

Fig.4. Artificial Rainfall

Tower

Fig.1. Perforated Concrete Bricks

Fig.5. Gate

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Fig.6. Pedestrian Path Fig.7. Housing Landscape

References

Arsyad, S. 1989. “Konservasi Tanah dan Air” 1st edition IPB Press. Bogor.

Clay, G. 1979. “The Rises of Porous Paving” in Clay, G (ed) Water and The Landscape.Landscape Architecture Magazine. Mc Grass-Hill Book Company New York 32-33

Dixon, R.M and A.E Peterson. 1964. “Construction and Operation of a Modified SprayInfiltrometer and a Flood Infiltrometer”. Res. Report 15. Wisconsin Agr.Exp.Sta.Res.Rpt. 15.

Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan Pemukiman Dept. Pekerjaan Umum R.I. 1989.”Perkerasan Jalan Lingkungan dengan Paving-Block Sebagai Sistin DrainageBerwawasan Lingkungan”. UDC : 691.327 : 691.431 : 625.734. bandung 1-5.

Steel, R.G.D and J.H. Torie. 1980. “Principles and Procedures of Biometrical Approach”.Mc Grass-Hill Kogakusha Ltd. Tokyo.

Wada, Yasukiko and Hiroyuki Miura. 1990. “Effect and Evaluation of Storm RunoffControl by Permeable Combined Infiltration Facilities for Controlling Storm Runoff”.Fifth International Conference on Urban Storm Drainage, Osaka. Japan.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-10

THE FUNCTION OF OPEN SPACE FOR CHINA DESCENT COMMUNITY INTANGERANG CITY

Hinijati WidjajaFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmentall Technology

Trisakti University – IndonesiaE-Mail: [email protected]: 062-21-70105039/085888510334

AbstractThis paper discusses about perceptions of China descent community, who live in thecenter city of Tangerang, in its relation toward understanding and needs of people onenvironmental open space as their recreational tools and alteration towards community’senvironment, as a separate life unity in the center city of Tangerang. But these laterdays, it undergoes changes to became other means.Since middle up to upper class community fill their spare time by traveling to tourismresorts outside their home surroundings.The problem is how to develop environmental open space exists inside the Chinadescent housing environment, to be more useful to the people living there.

Keywords: open space, perceptions, China descent community.

IntroductionIn Tangerang's city developing as prop of Republic Of Indonesia Capital, don't pitch upon

to emerge and amends, but have experienced severally developing which materializes

downtown history on tour Tangerang, one that mutually gets bearing with other state, as:

Dutch, Japan and China. And long time city developing Tangerang won't take down from

history that melandasi that city.

But, happening change cities so long city Tangerang, constituting result of city

requirement charge will city supporter facilities, one that may not to be blocked, in as

much as new function determination that will replace long time function is still correspond

to farm utilised manner downtown area terminological RDTRK and also RTRK of course

it is still acceptable. In other words that new function doesn't defeat dominant function an

area, as area of Tangerang's long time city, for example as center as education, about

observance, commerce and service. In reality along with increases it society economics

activity, those area was effloresce economic ala, so progressively adds to be pressed its

logistic environmental already been set as: changing environmental quality supporting

with degradation extends green open, degradationis type and plant amount at green

band, area garden, housing yard garden. Besides marks sense changing and drainage

channel narrowing, because of waste, and marks sense channel that is utilized as

repository of cloister business man goods.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Current development getting effloresce, worked up quality and amount ala, along with

technology developing, culture and its dwindling open. At even housing sector effloresce,

along with current population increase. To it is required marks sense quality step-up will

environmental open requirement. Thus needs to mark sense quality step-up will

environmental open requirement. So needs to mark sense study perception grasp study

China descent community to open the need environment.

The Settlement has own characteristics type refers to its non physical stremghth grown

locally it connecting with social culture system, governance, education is well’s use rate

technology is going to give contribution in environmental physical’s (Koentjaraningrat

1977). According to Koentjaraningrat (1985) the housing and residence (house and

environment) is exixted is use a physical culture the result of idea complex of a cultural

system reflected on social activity locally.

The open space in the residence area is the part that unbuilded but there are many

building. We could classification in the three zoner :

Open at region about residence is, a part unawakened one that in it also available

building. ,open space elements include parks and squares, urban green spaces, as well

as the trees, benches, planters, water. Lighting paving, kiosks, trash receptacles, drinking

fountais, sculptures, clocks, and so on that are found within them. And Open space has

always been an essential element of urban design and is, indeed, a crucial area of

consideration (Shirvani, Hamis (1985)

Dallas is a case in point. Its “Natural open Space Plan” (1978 incorporates open space

into urban design and land use planning programs by considering ecological and

development issues simultaneously. The plan focuses on such key natural areas in the

region as escarpments, prairies, and bluffs and includes acquisition, regulation, and

management clearly motivated by protectionist and conservation themes: This plan

concentrates on lands which should generally remain open and not be altered or

developed for active uses, because of their special natural resource and / or hazaed

characteristics. Lands in the city considered to have resource characteristic include areas

or ecological, aesthetic, or cultural significance. Lands which provide potential hazards to

to development include those subject to flooding and prone to erosion and slope

instability. To a large extent, the resouece and hazard characteristics are foundon the

same lands, which streng thens the justificatory, for their preservation (Dallas, 1978:1)

We could classification in the three zonasi :

1. Public space , can be enjoyed by one any one and that room is nourished up general

cost, and is utilized for common.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


2. Public half open, proprietary room by occupants and is set apart for using up with, at

in community that. Using up by is not occupant be, circumscribed to guests and are

not for public generically.

3. Private open, all unit have some private as

Meanwhile function of the landscape area areterminologicals Valtu Shilpha Foundation

1988 is:

1. Social's function where garden environmentally gets container personation to keep all

social's recreation and interaction activity divides resident at region about residence.

2. Ecological function, whereabouts environment garden that really hand in glove

bearing it in prop environmental physical existence its vicinity.

3. Esthetic function, whereabouts environment garden can also value added give for its

place environment lies.

Perception terminology by Gerungan (1978), constituting the attitude to given object that

can constitute view attitude, or feel attitude that espoused by trend for acting. This

attitude is led to assess and commenting an object, one that constitutes a change that

beget positive and negative impact.

ContextVia this research is expected get relationship grasp among China descent commnunity at

Tangerang, long time downtown with aughts environmental open. So gotten by facility

requirement identification needed environmental open society which populating at

environmentally that. And in this research, society perception as attitude, one that making

for feel, someone readiness or a galaxy person, in comments a beyond object.

Base argument that is interposed in background and reviews library, therefore subject

about problem it is:

Why is China descent community abides at long time downtown environment Tangerang

more tend to do recreation activity outside environmentally its home?

To answer and gets sharpness about problem, therefore subject about problem upon will

be broken down into observational questions as follows:

1. Do interaction the need occupant humanity?

2. What needs to be provided by medium / container to get that interaction? And in what

form?

3. What available relationship among most actually environmental open with outer spatial

activity society?

The Methodology Of ResearchData collecting, with proposes kuesioner and interview. kuesioner who is proposed goes

to respondent by filled direct, and gets too aided by researcher in its inlay.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Needed primary data ranges: Name, gender, religion, age, home, origin region, education

zoom, propertied zoom.

Society science to environmental open. Benefit society perception most actually

environmental open with outer spatial activity.

Studi is perception determined by quiz average and standard deviation, one that will be

divided as three kuesionernya's deep categories, as good as, be and out of repair.

1. Grouped wheter regarding total estimation score will society perception (herein as

respondent as) to environmental green open greater or equal to point x + (1 / 2 sd

samples)

2. Grouped be if total estimation score to environmental open component have

perception parameter lies between be with point x (1 / 2 sd samples) and x + (1 / 2 sd

samples).

3. Grouped by bad if respondent estimation score amount to environmental open

component, with smaller perception parameter with appreciative x - (1 / 2 sd

samples).

Elected respondent is representative of membered family that have age upon 18

years (mature age), with respondent amount is 300 respondent.

Perceptions of China Descent CommunityThe China descent community, having science will the importance for environment open,

base kuesioner's result they have pretty good view, and understands environment open

be one of medium social who provided by local government, and gets they use as

recreation of active and also passive. Although aught fact at the site user environment

open its just children.

Base kuesioner's result they say, really needs and really accept, open for environmentally

their home, and tree instilling on open allotment location. Besides terminological

occupant needs to mark sense more complete facility and pulling, as stool of garden,

trash bin, illuminating lamp, child playground and sport place.. So terminologicals

occupant about residence interaction subjective among environment open, with outer

spatial activity get with every consideration been interlaced and get as useful as possible

been utilized.

Green open spaces a in the center city of Tangerang, is needed to increase the quality of

environment and increase aded value to the area. The relationship between the nature

and human being had existed since the human was being in to the world. The further of

this development has become variety of forms of this relations. To understand it, we need

a:cultural approach in the green open space. To achieve greenery programs effectively

and protection of environmental functions in urban historical area, it is important to

consider above constraint factors in city greenery which by it self will maintain the

historical building.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Conclusion1. Main basic of selection China descent community stays about residence in

Tangerang city, are convenience live on environment about residence which nearby

effort place.

2. By Local Government being provided by amenity facility for occupant as medium of

sport, education medium, shopping centre and another, one that as alone affinity. But

since economic faction occupant rushing on, facility and available medium less

exploited, even by no means touched by their one gets productive age. For factions

deep occupant that house is subject to be rest in it, without needs issue of territorial's

bounds its house. If occupant wants to rest by recreation, therefore they direct to

countryside or to abroad. So interaction who will be reached by open existence as

fastener is not attained.

3. Relationship among most actually environmental open with outer spatial activity for

society came of China really gets bearing hand in glove. Since with occupants

environmental open get to utilize that room existence. Outer recreation requirements

as: passive good sport medium and also active, education medium, and shopping

centre, can memnuhi ruantg's activity requirement their extern.

4. The China descent community science to environmental open at studi's area, really

good its result, occupants really understands. So too about that society perception

will most actually environmental open, input in good category, in all economy faction

(propertied zoom), education, work, age, gender, religion.

Recommendation1. An about residence ought to have environment open that adjusted by settler income

level, since environment open as container of ascendant to human activity and also

social pattern in it, whereabouts man requirement can most mirror on harnessed

facilities in environmentally housing.

2. In about residence character physical tread which is of important, are suitability to

access and sirkulasi. Topography shall enable good attainment by vehicle and also

hiker, vehicle in tread.

3. Environmental open settlement ought to more developed specific ala especially with

develop room that get public half character, and privat's half, developing spatial

settlement that gets multi-function character and multi valent. And developing human

environment one that amicable with nature, and develops science for mengolah that

nature as amicable to human environment.

4. Better green pattern concept for environmentally about residence at region

whichever, shall get bearing with criterion, plant genus suitably logistic one needed

by about residence that, as:

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


a. Plant that is chosen gets growing with every consideration and according to local

climate, and regular keeps existing's plant, or plant that becomes individuality

an about residence.

b. Edge out in preserve, and doesn't require special conduct.

c. Plant is not perilous, in mean doesn't issue toxic rubber.

d. Planted plant must have length age.

e. Aught plant have function as control of view, physical curb, climatic controller,

erosion preventative, animal habitat and esthetic point

ReferenceDe Chiara, Joseph dan Lee.E.Koppelman. 1989. Standar Perencanaan Tapak. Jakarta:

Penerbit Erlangga.

Gerungan, W.S. 1978. Psikologi Sosial. Bandung: PT Evesco.

Grove, AB. And R.W. Cresswell. 1983. City Landscape. British Libary Catalouging inPublication Data. London.U.K.

Hanafie, Jahya. 1996. Partisipasi Masyarakat dalam Penyediaan Sarana dan PelayananPerkotaan Analisis Sistem. Edisi Khusus, tahun II, Januari.

Ryadi, A.L. Slamet. 1984. tata Kota, suatu pendekatan dari aspek kesehatan lingkungan.Surabaya: Penerbit Indra Karya.

Shirvani, H. 1985. Urban Design Process. Penerbit van Nostrand Reinhold Company.New York.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-11

GREEN OPEN SPACE AS A REINS OF URBAN ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY

Ir. Harjadi Widjajanto MT.

Landscape Architecture DepartmentFaculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental Technology

Trisakti UniversityJl. Kyai Tapa, Grogol. Jakarta 11440


Abstract

The development and fast growth of the city to will directly or undirectly influence itsenvrionmental quality, the land, water and air. Those three component of course are veryinfluential to the urban human livelihood quality as well as to the urban flora and fauna.As oftenly occured and known by mostly every ones, ther are changes of function fromgreen open spaces to other functions. This condition is a part of the urban developmentdemand and pressure to meet other sectors development, which will result and disturbingthe urban environmental quality. Green open space as one of the Green Infrastructurecomponent, will be influential towards the environmental problems. The fenomena ofenvironmental quality degradation in the urban area, especially the green open spacedegradation, can not be parted from the activities among the urban developmentstakeholders in fulfilling their demands. Many problems in the urban development aspreviously written, will push to seek good solutions without avoiding any other aspects.Green Open Space as a part of the would be and the on going urban development shouldbe undertaken from the stage of planning and designing, up to the implementation stageand post construction monitoring.

Key words : Green Open space, Reins, Urban, Environment, Quality

I. INTRODUCTIONThe development and fast growth of the city to will directly or undirectly influence its

envrionmental quality, the land, water and air. Those three component of course are very

influential to the urban human livelihood quality as well as to the urban flora and fauna.

As oftenly occured and known by mostly every ones, ther are changes of function from

green open spaces to other functions. This condition is a part of the urban development

demand and pressure to meet other sectors development, which will result and disturbing

the urban environmental quality.

Green open space as one of the Green Infrastructure component, will be influential

towards the environmental problems. Its definition is ““Green infrastructure is the

interconnected network of open spaces and natural areas, such as greenways, wetlands,

parks, forest preserves and native plant vegetation, that naturally manages stormwater,

reduces flooding risk and improves water quality. Green infrastructure usually costs less

to install and maintain when compared to traditional forms of infrastructure. Green

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


infrastructure projects also foster community cohesiveness by engaging all residents in

the planning, planting and maintenance of the sites”.

From the definition, it is imaginable that between Green Open Space and is realeted

directly, as well as towards theland, water and air for all being especially for the urban

people. In the other side the comprehensive and integrated managemant of human

settlements will gain good impact in regions, due to the prosperity of human kind on

earth. (Fig. 1)

Fig.1. Green open spaces improved the good environmental quality

II. GOALS1. To give understanding for the most importance of on urban environmental green

open space

2. To reduce the ever polution growing pollution in the urban area which will

impact the community health

3. To maintain the environment quality, especially on the land, water and air

conservation in the urban area

4. To protect the urban land from excessive physical development exploitation

5. To improve the effectiveness of green open space management mechanism in

connection with the Local Government policy

6. To increase the community awareness on Government Spatial Regulations,

especially the Green Open Space view)

III. THE URBAN ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMSThe fenomena of environmental quality degradation in the urban area, especially the

green open space degradation, can not be parted from the activities among the urban

development stakeholders in fulfilling their demands

Problems that cause the degradation of the urban environmental quality among others

(fig. 3) :

1. The population growth of the city

2. Limited land for green open spaces development demand

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


3. Uncontrolled urban development impact, in changing green open space function.

4. The increase of air pollution especially in the city central district.

5. Less socialization of the Government Spatial Regulations to the development

stakeholders, especially the Green Open Space view.

6. Poor community participation to develop green open spaces .

Fig. 2. Urban environmental problems

IV. THE PROBLEM SOLUTIONSMany problems in the urban development as previously written, will push to seek good

solutions without avoiding any other aspects. Green Open Space as a part of the would

be and the on going urban development should be undertaken from the stage of planning

and designing, up to the implementation stage and post construction monitoring. Some

solutions are ( fig. 4) :

1. To socialize the spatial regulation including the city green spatial regulations to

meet the goal of the government policy (Undang-undang Nomor 26 tahun 2007

tentang Penataan Ruang dan Peraturan Menteri Dalam Negeri Nomor 1 tahun

2007, tentang Ruang Terbuka Hijau Perkotaan)

2. To preserve and conserve the land from bad exploitation of urban development

3. To Plant vegetations in the whole urban land to reach better green open spaces

4. To improve community participation in developing green open spaces.

Fig. 4 Green open space used

Beside, the open space requirement standard is a part of the solution in coping with the

problems, among others :

a. General requirement for green open space due, to the Public WorksMinistrial Decree No PU 387/1987 on Urban Green Open Space Planning.

1. Public green open space is 2,3 m2/person

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


2. Green open space for urban area buffer is : 15 m2/person

The general standard of urban green open space is 17,3 m2/person

The green open space should affort many functions such as : ecology, aesthetic factor,

public service, urban production and conservation.

a. Urban green open space detailed estimation

1. Estimation by O2 demand approachFor example, the result of a researched on s city with an area of 431 km2, population of

2,6 million inhabitants and 200.000 vehicle :

The need on O2 : 5,352 x 10 gram is equivalen to 5.709 x 10 gram dry vegetation weigth.

To produce amount of O2 by vegetation groups, the urban that should be provided :

(5.709 x 10) : 24 = 105.7 km2 which is 24 % from total urban area, with the assumption

that per square meter of vegetation will product 54 gram dry material as a result

.

2. Estimation by water demand approach Water demand in the urban area depends on some factors, which are :

. Clean water demand/year

. Water amount provide by PAM

. Potential water at present

. Forrest land to to keep the water under

The factors can written in the formula :

L = Po.K (1 + r - c) t - PAM – Pa

z

Remarks :L : Forrest land needed for water demand (Ha)Po : Urban population in year OK : Water consumption per capita (liter/day)R : Water demand growtht : Yearc : Correction factor (depends on government measure in controlling the decrease

population growthPAM : Water supply capacity from PAMPa : Potential water resource at presentZ : Land capacity to keep the water under (m3/Ha/year)

3. Estimation by hydro-orologis planningTo maintain a good hydro-orologis condition, in a certain area 1 Ha land needs 400

amount of trees, which area good planted. This will give water resources impact in the

long run for a sustainable development

III. RESUME AND RECOMMENDATIONSFrom the problem analysis a resume and some recommendations can be derived on the

importance of the urban green open space, which are :

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


1. The high growth of urban population will directly influence the urban green open

space, so the planning of sustainable development is important and unavoidable.

2. The decree of community health has a directly correlation with green open space,

so that improvement the green open space definitely will make a better

envrionment in the urban human settlements

3. The ever growing air pollution make a high risk to the human health, especially

for the nexr generation. To improve and add the amount of the green open space

will reduce the air polution

4. Building up the community participation with a good and appropriate model as

one of urban green open space solution

5. Higher quality and quantity of green open space, tend to gain a better

environment of the urban area

6. The planning of the green open space distributed through out the urban areas, in

a land use planning, will optimalize in improving a good environment.

REFERENCE

Heckscher, August. ‘Open spaces’. The life of American cities. Harper & Row, Publishers.New York 1997

Simonds, J.Ormsbee. ‘Landscape architecture’ A manual of planning and design’.Second edition, Mc. Graw Hill, Inc. New York. 1983.

Marsh, William. ‘Landscape planning’. Second edition. Mc. Graw hill, Inc. New York 1995

Groove, A.B and Cresswell, R.W. ‘The city landscape’ British Library Catalouging inPublication Data. London, U.K. 1983

Miller, Robert. W. ‘Urban forestry’. Planning and Managing Urban Greenspaces. PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. 1988

Bornkamm, Lee,J.A, Seaward, M.R.D. ‘Urban Ecology’. Blackwell Scientific Publications.London. 1982.

Hackett, Brian. ‘Planting design’. Mc. Graw hill, Inc. New York 1979

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-13PRESERVING THE UNIQUE JAVAN GIBBON ECOSYSTEM OF THE MOUNT

HALIMUN NATIONAL PARK, WEST JAVA, INDONESIATitien SuryantiTrisakti University

Faculty of Landscape Architecture and Environmental TechnologyDepartment of Landscape Architecture

Jl. Kiyai Tapa No 1 Grogol, Jakarta 11440, IndonesiaE-mail: [email protected]

Contact Tel No: (62 21) 8713985

AbstractMount Halimun National Park (MHNP) forms a unique area of Javan Gibbon and otherprimate’s ecosystems. This area has many characteristics which fulfill the requirements ofnational park, among others is; the area is sufficiently large, having original tropical rainforest ecosystem, and being the habitat of the Javan Gibbon a very unique fauna. MHNPregion located on coordinate 6° 35’ - 6° 53’ S and 106° 21’ - 106° 38’ E, with altitude 700- 1,929 meters above sea level, and the region size up to 40,000 Hectares. Based on thealtitude the park can be classified into three zonations. At the elevation 500 - 1,000meters is classified into colline zone; between 1,000 - 1,500 meters is sub mountainzone; and from 1,500 up to 2,000 meters as mountain zone. Floristically most area of theforest especially in the high elevation is still virgin, full of big trees, shrubs, limas,epiphytes and herbs.Disturbance which happened on MHNP rain forest caused by the opening of forestcrown. There are three types of disturbance which happened on location; tea plantation inthe middle of the park; tourism road; and illegal gold mining. Despite its relatively pristinenatural environment, MHNP faces numerous management challenges. These include themanagement of rare and endangered species, the impacts of human population andtourism, and pressures from mining and agricultural.

Keywords: park management; protected area; endangered species; mount halimunnational parks

IntroductionMount Halimun National Park (MHNP) lies within the boundaries of Bogor, Lebak, and

Sukabumi districts, of about 6° 52’ S and 106° 34’ E. The area is about 40,000 Hectares

at the elevation from 700 to 1,929 meters asl (Wiriadinata, 1997). The area is very

potential as a nature resource, especially hydrology. It is also very interesting due the

park surrounding the enclave Nirmala tea estate in the middle.

Forest surrounding Mount Halimun has been decided as a conservation area since 1977.

The forests area is rich in biodiversity, and they act as an important watershed for the

urban and agricultural area of Bogor, Lebak, and Sukabumi districts, West Java

(Simbolon, 1998). In other words, the forests also prevent these three districts from floods

in the rainy season and water shortages in the dry season.

The altitudinal zonation of the forest in MHNP could be classified into; colline zone at the

altitude lower than 1,000 meters asl, altitudes dominated by Altingia excelsa; sub

montane forest zones at 1,000 - 1,500 meters asl, altitudes dominated by Schima

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


wallichii, Antidesma montanum, and Eudia aromatica; montane forest zone at 1,500 -

2,000 meters asl, altitudes dominated by species of Fagaceae (Castanopsis sp, Quercus

sp) (Simbolon & Mirmanto, 1997).

Factor which caused the disturbance of ecological function on MHNP landscape are

violation by farmers, tea plantation in the middle of the park, and gold mining on the

western (Asquith et al, 1995). Another threat which caused disturbance of MHNP

landscape ecology according to Supriatna (1994), this park is losing 2% of its forest in 10

years (Yoneda et al, 2001). As the impact from those disturbances and threats, Javan

Gibbon population as endangered species and protected by the Indonesian and

International law has threatened.

Figure 1: Map of Mount Halimun National Park

GEOMORPHOLOGY AND HIDROLOGYA wide range of altitudes (500 - 1,929 m) contributes to a wide range of habitat

Halimun are the largest tract of tropical rain forest remaining in Java, and become the

habitat of some endemic and protected species, such as; Javan Gibbon (Hylobates

moloch), and Javan Leaf Monkey (Presbytes comata).

Geological history shows that Mount Halimun was once a part of a volcano, a part of a

volcanic dome of which the southern has subsided under the Indian Ocean. Thus, most

of the area consists of volcanic rocks of lower Pleistocene periods. Soils also follow the

characteristics of ancient volcanic activity, ie some Andosols are seen in the center and

but in most places Latosol are seen (Nijima, 1997).

Climatically, the Mount Halimun area is included in the monsoon climate. It is one of the

most wettest areas of Java island, having 4,000 - 6,000 mm of annual rainfall. The driest

0 70 140

Kilometer

BANTENPROVINCE

LAMPUNGPROVINCE

WESTJAVA

JAKARTASUNDA

STRAIT

JAVASEA

7°6°

106° 107° 108°

N

SOUTHSUMATERA

MOUNT

KRAKATAU

MOUNTHALIMUNNATIONALPARKINDONESIA

0 70 140

Kilometer

BANTENPROVINCE

LAMPUNGPROVINCE

WESTJAVA

JAKARTASUNDA

STRAIT

JAVASEA

7°6°

106° 107° 108°

N

SOUTHSUMATERA

MOUNT

KRAKATAU

MOUNTHALIMUNNATIONALPARKINDONESIA

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


months occur on the average during June to August. The park is an important area of

hydrological regions, draining out 11 rivers (6 rivers to Java sea, and 5 rivers to Indian

ocean) to the more populous lowland areas, including the areas of Jakarta and

Tangerang city. These waters are vital for agriculture, drinking, and electricity, especially

for mini hydro plants in the surrounding villages.

The BiodiversityMHNP ecosystems have amazing biodiversity. About 799 flowering plant species

belonging to more than 386 genera and 119 families (Mirmanto & Wiriadinata, 1999). The

MHNP region supports the largest population of Javan Gibbon (Hylobates moloch) in

Java (Asquith et al, 1995), and the national park is also a good habitat for many

endangered species such as the Javan Hawk Eagle (Spizaetus bartelsi), Leopard

(Panthera pardus), and Grizzled Leaf Monkey (Presbytis comata) (Asquith et al, 1995). A

list of 37 species of amphibian and reptile were systematically arranged, and consist of

16 frog, 12 lizard, 9 snake species, 77 butterfly species and 204 birds species were

identified (Adhikerana, 1999). Four primate species, Javan Gibbon, Grizzled Leaf

Monkey, Ebony Leaf Monkey, and Crab Eating Macaque in habitat of the national park

(Yoneda et al, 2001).

On this MHNP region, Javan Gibbon found mostly in primary forest habitat, with group

size among 30 groups and each group consists of 2 - 4 individual (Sugardjito, 1997).

Population distribution of Javan Gibbon in MHNP based on LIPI research (1997), and

PSBK-YABSHI research (2003), divided into three areas: middle area, east area, and

south area, the population was estimated 226 in 86 groups. Javan Gibbon or Owa Jawa

(Hylobates moloch) habitat which still exist limited on forest of Western Java (Mount

Gede-Pangrango, Mount Halimun, and Ujung Kulon NP), and Central Java (Mount

Slamet, and Mount Prahu) (Supriatna & Wahyono, 2000). These species have lost 96 -

98% their habitat (MacKinnon, 1987) among forest on West Java, Mount Halimun is one

of natural habitat remained. Mount Halimun region support the biggest population of

Javan Gibbon in Java (Asquith et al, 1995).

Management Issue and ThreatsDespite the remoteness of the Mount Halimun region of West Java, this National Park is

facing serious management issues. These include both internal management of natural

resources and outside pressures on these same resources. Potential human impacts on

park ecosystems at the center of both of these concerns. There are three areas of

particular concern for resource management, and these are highly interrelated in using

respects; 1) Human population impacts; 2) Ecotourism; and 3) Management of rare and

endangered species.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


1. Human population impactsHuman population living or working within MHNP have the potential to make significant

impacts on the landscape and ecology of Javan Gibbon habitats. Because the

settlements in the surrounding area has been establish a long before the designation of

the park, and the pressure of population growth, local people often get into the premises

of the park to enlarge their land for cultivation. The unclearness of the boundary gives

more confusion. As of 1995, 1,321 families live in total area of 228.5 Ha inside the

national park (Nijima, 1997).

There are many human activities inside the park which have a serious threat to the park.

These include illegal cutting, poaching of animals, illegal gold mining, and encroachment.

The area of MHNP has considerable deposits of gold. Gold mining on legal basis has

been conducted outside of the national park. In addition to these mines, many illegal

mining activities have been carried out inside of the national park, mainly in the north and

central west. In 1995, the park authorities, in cooperation with the mining concession,

have taken actions to drive the miner out. However, there remains a further threat to the

mining activities and continues patrols are needed to keep them out. Major negative

impacts caused by illegal mining are destruction of the ecosystem (flora, fauna, and the

ground conditions), mercury water contamination and disruptions to the local community.

Functioning as a vital watershed for the populous lowland areas, and as a buffer zone for

the urbanization of Jakarta and surroundings. The forest of the Mount Halimun area has

been preserved on national legal basis. However, most of the boundary of the area has

been unclear, which lets the intrusion of local community into a national park area very

easy. In some places, there is some overlapping of land use between the production and

the national park occurs. Therefore, boundary determination and reconstruction of

boundary marker is one of the most urgent actions to take.

2. Ecotourism

MHNP has many unique natural features, such like the Javan gibbons, Leaf monkeys,

Birds, and the largest remaining hill to sub-mountain rain forest on Java Island. The park

also has many physical features such as water falls and mountain peaks that have

tourism potentials. Tourism is beginning to expand within MHNP. Much of this tourism

could be classified as ecotourism, with individuals and groups arriving in creasing

numbers to observers’ wild life and photograph park landscapes. Based on the rate of

increase of tourists in the related district, the numbers of visitors per year to the park may

increase up to more than 100,000 people within the next 25 years.

Facilities for park visitors include camp ground, canopy trails, and nature trails; these

facilities have been improved significantly in recent years. There exists only a few walking

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


trails that can be safety reached to these destinations, so improvement of these trail

together with construction of sign and information boards are necessary.

3. Management of rare and endangered species

MHNP is home to a significant number of rare and endangered species, such like the

Javan Gibbon, ranked “endangered” in the IUCN Red Data Book. The conservation and

preservation of these rare and endangered species is best considered not on a species

by species basis, but through a policy of protecting the habitats and ecosystem

processes that allow their survival.

Reference----------. 2003. Current distribution of Javan Gibbon and its conservation status. Pusat

Studi Biodiversitas & Konservasi Universitas Indonesia - Yayasan Bina SainsHayati (PSBK-YABSHI)

Adhikerana, A.S. 1999. Keanekaragaman jenis satwa di Taman Nasional GunungHalimun sebagai aset wisata alam. Dalam Laporan ekspose dan lokakarya potensiTaman Nasional Gunung Halimun dan pemanfaatannya secara berkelanjutan.JICA, Puslitbang Biologi LIPI, Ditjen PHPA.Departemen Kehutanan & Perkebunan.Bogor: 55-65.

Asquith, N.M., Martarinza., & H.S, Ridwan. 1995. The Javan Gibbon (Hylobates moloch):Status and conservation recommendations. Tropical Biodiversity 3(1): I.

IUCN-CNPPA. 1994. Guidelines for protected area management categories. IUCN,Gland, Switzerland.

LIPI. 1997. Biology Information Center. Pusat Penelitian Biologi LIPI, Bidang SaranaPengelolaan Koleksi, Cibinong. Unpublish.

MacKinnon, J.R. 1987. The distribution and status of gibbons in Indonesia. InPreuschoft, H., D.J. Chivers, W.Y. Brockelman, & N. Creel (eds.). The lasser apes:Evolutionary and behavioral biology. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh: 16-18.

Mirmanto, E., & H, Wiriadinata. 1999. Pola vegetasi dan keanekaragaman jenistumbuhan di Taman Nasional Gunung Halimun. Laporan lokakarya potensi TamanNasional Gunung Halimun dan pemanfaatannya secara berkelanjutan. Bandung,JICA-LIPI-PHPA.

Nijima, K. 1997. Summary of draft Gunung Halimun National Park management plan bookII. Research and conservation of biodiversity in Indonesia Vol 1. General review ofthe project. JICA-PHPA-LIPI. Bogor: 75-116.

Simbolon, H., & E. Mirmanto. 1997. Altitudinal zonation of the forest vegetation in GunungHalimun National Park, West Java. The inventory of national resources in GunungHalimun National Park. Bogor: 14-19.

Sugardjito, J., & M.H. Sinaga. 1997. Conservation status and population distribution ofprimates in Gunung Halimun National Park, West Java Indonesia. Proceeding of theinternational workshop on Javan Gibbon rescue and rehabilitation, West Java: 5-12.

Supriatna, J., & E.H, Wahyono. 2000. Panduan lapangan primata Indonesia. YayasanObor Indonesia, Jakarta, xxii + 332 pp.

Wiriadinata, H. 1997. Floristic study of Gunung Halimun National Park. Dalam Yoneda,M., H. Simbolon, J. Soegarjito (eds.). Biodiversity research and conservation inGunung Halimun National Park. LIPI-PHPA-JICA. Bogor: 7-13.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Yeager, C., J. Supriatna, & R. Lee. 2002. Indonesia primate conservation: Status,distribution, and likely future. Caring for primates: The XIXth congress theinternational primatology society, Beijing: 81-85.

Yoneda M., H. Simbolon., & J. Sugardjito. 2001. Research and conservation ofbiodiversity in Gunung Halimun National Park, West Java Indonesia. TropicalBiodiversity. Vol 7. p 2-3; p 103-120.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-15

THE ROLE OF THE PLANT AT THE BOTTOM TO THE CONTINUITY OFFOREST ECOSYSTEM

(Case Study of Forest Conservation Park Ir. H. Djuanda, Bandung)Etty Indrawati

Program Study of Architecture Landscape, [email protected]

AbstractForest has many hidrolologi's functions amongst those manages total area deep water;pet and keeps water quality and balancing total water and sedimen in drainage basinarea. Fault in bring off forest will give impact that greatly to condition of social, economy,and also its environment. Farms utilised averting forest evoke problem that gets bearingwith environmental degradation especially function hidrologi area. Deforestasi is forest atIndonesian long since and thus far still happening. Condition of forest continuallyexperience damage with fast degradation presentin to reach 2 million ha / years.Agroforestry constitutes one of purpose form alternative farm who can replace forestecosystem function nature, notably with vegetation formation, influence to condition ofearth and condition of farm landscape. Vegetation component is coronet formation ofmultilayer Agroforestry system, birch and bottom plant. This vegetation composition isbound up with role and function to evaporation and transpirasi, rain interception andmicro climate. Condition of earth under forest has porosity and big infiltration speed sopushes its happening current go to more geology in as well as horizontal flow.Agroforestry system constitutes one of system which can be applied deep forests logisticaverting that trouble to hidrologi's function area can be minimized.

Keywords : Agroforesty system; Degradation; Forest; Hidrology; Conservation;vegetation,

IntroductionThe Forest Conservation Park called Pakar is the park that have been establish

become The Forest Conservation Park Ir. Djuanda through the Decree of President of

Indonesia No. 3/M/1985 12th January 1985 by its wide about 590 ha. In Decree of

President of Indonesia No. 3/M/1985, be arranged about some basic regulation about the

purpose of the development of Forest Conservation Park that be described in article 2

that contain a) the eternality of Plasma Nutfah of Indonesia Forest Plant; b) Indonesia

mountain forest vegetation type research media; c) media of education, train and

counseling for young generation and also the people in general; d) The Place of Nature

Tourism as the media of the guidance of nature lovely; e) to maintain the beautiful of

scene and to create the fresh micro climate; f) to increase the function of hydrology,

Cikapundung river. Flow area that become a part of Citarum River Flow area.

The purpose of this research is in order to look the profile illustration of Forest

Conservation Park in the future, as the continuity of forest ecosystem, so that it can give

the input to the management as suitable with the decree of president No. 3 /1985 and

The laws No. 5/ 1990.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Metodology

The research that be done from July to December 2001. Before taking the sample, be

done the finding of the secondary data such as the photo of air and the map topography,

map of viewed land and the map of land using. Secondary data such as the fall of rain,

temperature and the humidity of air that be gotten from the nearest Station of Climatology

and Geophysics. On March 2001, the preview survey is done in order to look the

community in Forest Conservation Park Tahura from downstream to upstream the river of

Cikapundung that type the element of different landscape. The capture of research

partition is done by making transect and be decided of the dot of partition in job map that

be suitable with the field condition .The partition is made systematically about 11

partitions from the downstream to the up stream area follow Cikapundung River that flow

in Forest Conservation Park with the distance between the partition about 500 meters

and every partition have the distance about 20–50 meters from the side of ricer, in order

to avoid the position of research is not too sheer.

In order to the plant at the bottom that have the stem about 2 cm measurement.

On the partition that 1x1 meter measurement. Every kind of the sample of plant be taken

its sample and specimen and be identified in Herbarium Bogor, The Centre of Research

and Development of Botany, The Centre of Research and Development of Biology – LIPI

Bogor. Science name of botany refers to Flora of Java (Backer & Bakhuizen Van Den

Brink (1965).

DiscussionA. The composition of the plant at bottom

The composition of vegetation to the plant at the bottom is more variously becompare with the level of tree and belta. In table A-1,

Table A-1. Composition in every community to the plant at the bottom.

CommunityComposition I (12m² ) II (12m² ) III (9m² )

Amount of Species 17 19 27Amount of Genous 17 18 25Kind of Family 13 16 19Index of diversity 2,016 2,263 2,811Index of average 0,712 0,769 0,853

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


B. Structure of vegetation of the plant at the bottom1. The closeness and Basal Area (LBD)

In Picture B-1. graphic of closelyness distribution by LBD of the plant at the

bottom for all three community is almost distribution well. Community I is the most closest

ness of the plant at the bottom namely Calliandra calotyrsus, followed by Khaya

anthoteca and Chisocheton macrophyllus that is a seed. In community II Panicum

malabaricum followed by Calliandra calotyrsus and Eupatorium riparium. In community III

the closely ness of the plant at the bottom namely Panicum malabaricum; Elatostema

rostrata; Calliandra calotyrsus dan Elatostema riparium, except other kaliandra is seed.

Picutre B-1. Graphic closelyness of individual on the plant at bottom for all three community

2. The high of plant

In picture B-2, that in general in every the high class of the plant at the bottom

there are individual distribution the most level in there is in (0-20 cm) class. In every

community show almost regularly graphic and show the decreasing graphic (the more

bigger of the high class of the plant at the bottom, amount of individual is more

decreasing).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Picture B-2. Graphic of individual distribution base on high class of the plant at thebottom.

C. Profile Diagram

Diagram of profile is two dimension of land illustration that is in a length plot, by

the exact measuring to the position and the high of plant hat is in it (Richard, 1964). This

diagram also help in describing stratification in to the three community, namely the

closely ness, the high of vegetation and also the closing of crown.

Conclusion

The there are three kinds of dominant >5% plant at the bottom in community I namely

Calliandra calotyrsus, Chisocheton macrophylus and Khaya anthoteca. The growing of

some seeds that come from the tree namely K. anthoteca is in sample scope and C.

macrophylus is not in sample scope but it is in location of community I. In community II

there are four dominant kinds namely Calliandra calotyrsus, Panicum malabaricum,

Eupatorium riparium and Pteris ensiformis. In community II, kaliandra s is very closely

and it make the environment is dark, the possibility is good for some grass grow such as

Panicum and Eupatorium. There are four kinds of dominant >5% namely Panicum

malabaricum, Calliandra calotyrsus, Elastostema rostrata and Elastostema riparium.

BibliographyAbdoellah, O. S. 1990. Home garden in Java and their future development Dalam:

Landauer, K. & M. Brazil (eds.). 1990. Tropical Home Garden. United NationUniversity Press. Tokyo: 69--79.

Backer. C.A. and R.C. Bakhuizen Van Den Brink. 1965. Flora of Java. Noordhoff.Groningen. 3 vols.

Direktorat Jendral Kehutanan. 1993/1994. Keppres no3 tahun 1985. tentanfPembangunan Taman Wisata Curug Dago sebagai Taman Hutan Raya IR. H.Djuanda. Himpunan perundang-undagan di bidang kehutanan I: 329--331.

Forman.R.T.T & Michel Gordon. 1986. Landscape ecology.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


John Willey & Sons, New York: xx.

Magurran, A.E. 1988. Ecological diversity and its measurement. University Press,Cambrige: x + 179 hlm.

Muller, D. Dombois,D.M. & H.Ellenberg. 1974. Aims and method of vegetation ecology.John Willey & Sons Inc, New York: xx + 547 hlm.

Perum Perhutani, 1996. Rencana Karya Lima Tahun Tahap I tentang PengusahaanPariwisata Alam Taman Hutan Raya Ir. H. Djuanda. Propinsi Jabar: iv + 45 hlm.

Steenis, van. 1987. Flora. Cetakan keempat. PT. Pradnya Paramita, Jakarta: 5—495.

Whitmore, T.C. 1986. Tropical rain forest of the Far East. Second edition. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford: xvi + p. 352.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


PP.LA-16

ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS AS A NEW PARADIGM INLAND USE PLANNING AND GREEN OPEN SPACE MANAGEMENT TO

SUPPORT SUSTAINABLE URBAN DEVELOPMENT IN INDONESIA2

Irina Mildawani3

([email protected])Head of Geographic Information System Development Laboratory,

Department of Technique of Architecture, Faculty of Civil Engineering and Planning GunadarmaUniversity,

Jl. Margonda Raya 100, Pondok Cina, Depok, Indonesia 16424 . Telp: 021-78881112.Home: Pesona Kahyangan, Rumah Mungil I, blok L no.3.Jl. Ir. H. Juanda, Depok 16411. Phone:

6221 7714036. Mobilephone: +62 81311388379

Abstract

The source of environmental problems lies in the failure of economic system to takeaccount of valuable services which natural environments provide for us (Beatley, 2005).Environmental services and functions include the provision of (a) non-renewable naturalresources :coal and oil; (b) renewable natural resources : timber, fish and water; (c)waste sinks to receive and assilimate solid, liquid and gaseous wastes from economicsystem; (d) biogeochemical cycles which help stabilize climates, provide nutrients toliving things, and purifiy water and air; and (e) information in the form of genetic blueprintsand behavioural observation. The urban and regional planners mostly emphasized theirapproaches in economic aspect to make decisions while the landscape architects andarchitects making their decisions based on aesthetical and visual approaches. Both theseapproaches come to a dichotomy if they meet in an urban and regional projects thatinvolved all of the stakeholders. Recently arises a relatively new approach that giveseconomic value to the environment. In this paradigm the environmental natural elementssuch as green open spaces are valued in an economic conversion values. In thisapproach the land and green open spaces upon it, will be calculated with anEnvironmental Economics perspectives. This approach of environmental economicsparadigm needs to be the fundamental of a wise land use planning to response morecomplex environmental problems and assure the sustainable urban development inIndonesia. Land use planning aims to improve the quality of urban development to reacha sustainable urban development and management of resources. This implies that thosewho use and manage the resources are the key players in the planning process. Theurban development process can only be successful when all stakeholders are involved.The objectives of this paper is to socialize and formulate applicable approach ofEnvironmental Economics as new paradigm in land use planning and green open spacemanagement to support Sustainable Urban Development in Indonesia. There are two waysof valuing the natural resources and green open space in land use planning of urban and suburban development: (A) The value of market benefits of natural resources and (B) thevalue of open space by studies of nonmarket benefits. The value of market benefits ofnatural resources calculated by: (a) Cost-Benefit Ratio and (b) Supply and DemandRatio. The value of green open space considered by studies of nonmarket benefits haveseveral approaches such as: (a) Hedonic Pricing Models (b) Stated Preference Methods

2 Paper proposed to be material poster for The International Seminar on Sustainable UrbanDevelopment (ISoSUD) In Trisakti University, Jakarta, August 20-21, 2008.

3 Head of Geographic Information System Development Laboratory, Faculty of Civil Engineeringand Planning, Gunadarma University.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


(SPM) For Open Space Valuation (c) Other Methods (Public Preferences and Studies ofCommunity Voting). The awareness of environmental impact to the natural resources’damages forced the government to find alternative solution and new paradigm of urbandevelopment. It is very important to socialize the model of Environmental Economics tothe stakeholders particularly the public policy decision makers. The application of thismodel will be benefits for the community and the government to balance the use of urbanenvironmental resources to obtain the sustainable urban development in Indonesia.

Keywords : environmental economics, land use planning, green open spacemanagement, sustainable urban development, Indonesia

The Economic System And Natural Environment: Defining Sustainable UrbanDevelopment

Economic and sustainable development co-exist uneasily… Traditional economic

tools make it difficult to incorporate externalities such as pollution, resource depletion,

and degradation of human living environments. They have no good way to take long-term

costs and benefits into account, assume endless growth in material consumption,

inadequately take into account market distortions caused by subsidies and regulations,

and in many other ways fail to promote sustainable development (Wheeler & Beatley,

2004).

The meaning of “sustainable urban development” are very close and often used

interchangeably with “urban sustainability”. Richardson (1994) suggest to distinguish

them in a way that “sustainability” is describing a desirable state or set of conditions that

persists over time, while in contrast, the word “development” in the term “sustainable

urban development” implies a process by which sustainability can be attained. Among the

key characteristics of urban sustainability that will be focused in this paper is protection of

the natural environment and living within its carrying capacity (Beatley, 1995). But after a

considerable debate within academic community, planning agencies, and other

organizations,…almost everyone who has tried to define urban sustainability agrees, that

the concept points to the necessity of introducing environmental considerations to the

urban development policy in the future. Some maintain considerations that should be

paramount in this debate, while others call for a more holistic approach that balances

environmental, economic, and social concerns.

A sustainable city, ecocity or ecopolis is an entire city dedicated to minimizing the

required inputs (of energy, water and food) and its waste output (of heat, air pollution as

co2, methane, and water pollution.) Richard Register first coined the term "ecocity" in his

1987 book, Ecocity Berkeley: Building Cities For A Healthy Future. Another leading figure

who envisioned the sustainable city was architect Paul F. Downton, who later founded the

company Ecopolis Architects. A sustainable city can feed and power itself with minimal

reliance on the surrounding countryside, and creates the smallest possible ecological

footprint for its residents. This results in a city that is friendly to the surrounding

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


environmental urban areas and this provides both challenges and opportunities for

environmentally-conscious developers.

The Environmental Economics Paradigm In Land Use Planning And Green OpenSpace Management

The increasing urbanization offers many new possibilities and perspectives to the

people, but it also involves dangers and risks for the environment, the ecological system

and the living space. Subjects like water or air pollution which are of less interest in the

national context affect the people at the local level especially. The need for action is

eminent. The contributions of this series serve the education and the awareness-building

not only of the local parliamentarians but also of the general public. The analysis of daily

problems as well as practically oriented solution models and alternative measures are

provided at the same time (Konrad Adenauer Foundation, 2008).

The awareness of environmental impact to the natural resources damages forced the

government to find alternative solution and new paradigm of urban development. It is very

important to socialize the model of Environmental Economics to the stakeholders

particularly the public policy decision makers. The application of this model will be

benefits for the community and the government to balance the use of urban

environmental resources to obtain the sustainable urban development in Indonesia. The

objectives of this paper is to socialize and formulate applicable approach of

Environmental Economics as new paradigm in land use planning and green open space

management to support Sustainable Urban Development in Indonesia.

The Economic Solutions to Environmental Problems: The Market Approach

The basis for modeling the relationship between economic activity and the

environment is the circular flow model that is the same one that underlies all of economic

theory. The explicit relationship between economic activity and the natural environment is

illustrated by the material balance model, that describes the interdependence of

economic activity and nature (Figure 1).

Although the market fails to correct environmental problems on its own, the incentives

that define the market process can be put to work by policymakers. The market approach

to environmental policy, recommended for some time by economists, has begun to be

adopted by governments as part of their overall response to the risks of pollution. Distinct

from the more traditional use of command-and-control instruments, the market approach

uses price or other economic variables to provide incentives for polluters to reduce

harmful emissions (Callan, 2004).

Pavan Sukhdev (2008) in his book “The Economics of Ecosystems and Biodiversity

(TEEB”) wrote the interim report of a comprehensive study on the economic values of

ecosystems and biodiversity. It outlines the costs to society of a 'business as usual'

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


scenario of environmental degradation, presents some key outstanding challenges and

presents policies that could be used to address them.

Valuing The Natural Resources And Green Open Space In Land Use Planning OfUrban And Sub Urban Development

There are two ways of valuing the natural resources and green open space in land

use planning of urban and sub urban development: (A) The value of market benefits of

natural resources and (B) The value of open space by studies of nonmarket benefits. In

Indonesia we have several approaches in land use planning and open space

management in urban and regional area. Generally we used to value the natural

resources based on market benefit, and to choose the land use in urban based on

commercial activities that tends to be dominant in comparison to the choice of green

open space and corridor land use in urban areas. The government used to value

commercial land use to have more economics value than the green open space and

green corridors in urban areas. According to the conventional paradigm, the commercial

land use such as malls, plazas, and many other squares spread out in urban areas in

Indonesia make would generate economics benefit more than economics cost. This

decision making impact to the conversion of green open spaces and corridors to be

commercial areas that lack of green open spaces and corridors between the buildings

and plazas. In facts, the green open spaces have the intrinsic environmental economics

value that are more valuable in benefit than the commercial area’s environmental

economics cost. To calculate the environmental economics benefit and cost of the green

open spaces and corridors beside the commercial areas to support sustainable urban

development in Indonesia, we need a new paradigm of valuing the green open spaces

Fig.1. Material Balance Model: The Interdependence ofEconomic Activity and Nature (source: Callan, 2004)

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


and corridors of nonmarket approach. In this paradigm of nonmarkets benefits we have

several approaches.

The Value of Market Benefits of Natural Resources

The value of market benefits of natural resources calculated by: (a) Benefit-Cost

Analysis and (b) Supply and Demand Analysis. Benefit-cost Analysis (BCA) is an

economic technique applied to public decision making that attempt to quantify the

advantages (benefits) and the disadvantages (costs) associated with a particular policy or

action. A BCA often requires the quantification inputs and outputs in monetary terms,

which are used to normalize and compare benefit and cost elements (Arrow, 1996). In

benefit – cost analysis approach, according to Field (2002), “... there is a related

connection between benefit and willingness to pay. The benefit of something are equal to

what people are willing to pay for it. The question is: how is willingness to pay to be

estimated in specific case? For goods and services sold on markets it may be relatively

easy to estimate willingness to pay. This will not work, however, when valuing changes in

environmental quality, because there is no markets where people buy and sell units of

environmental quality. As one of environmental economist put it: “…benefit estimation

often involves a kind of detective work for piecing together the clues about the values

individuals place on [environmental services] as they respond to other economic

signals.” The economic concept of Supply and Demand Ratio is based on a trade-off or

balancing mode. Economic action, including environmental actions, have two sides: on

the one side they create value and on the other side they encounter cost. Thus we must

have basic concepts that deal with these two parts of the problem. We look first at the

question of value, later at cost (Field, 2002)...as well as supply and demand analysis. The

primary objective of BCA to determine whether society as a whole would benefit as a

result of implementing a policy or action. When completing a BCA, the results are largely

driven by explicit assumptions, procedures and data used to support the analysis. This

transparency enables consumers of public information to assess the accuracy of the

conclusions drawn by the analysis easily. A well-executed BCA also reveals information

and implications of policy actions that might otherwise not be considered. (Hartwick,

1998).

The Value of Open Space: Studies of Nonmarket Benefits

According to McCornell and Walls (2005) The value of green open space considered

by studies of nonmarket benefits could be calculated by the approaches of:

(a) Hedonic Pricing Models

(b) Stated Preference Methods (SPM) For Open Space Valuation

(c) Other Methods (Public Preferences and Studies of Community Voting).

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


The Hedonic Pricing Models

This method is used to estimate economic values for ecosystem environmental

services that directly affect market prices. It is most common applied to variations in

housing prices that reflect the value of local environment attributes. It can be used to

estimate economic benefits or costs associated with: (1) environmental quality, including

air pollution, water pollution, or noise (2) environmental amenities such as: aesthetic

views or proximity to recreation sites. The basic premise of the hedonic pricing method is

that the price of a market good is related to its characteristics or the services it provides

(UN ESCAP Virtual Conference, 2007). Mc Cornell & Walls (2005) examined evidence

from studies of Nonmarket Benefits in The Value of Open Space. The focus of those

studies done by Hedonic Pricing Model ranges from urban and suburban parkland to

nature preserves, forests, wetlands, and agricultural lands. The studies examined

covered a wide range of types of open space and a variety ways to measure that open

space.

Stated Preference Methods (SPM) For Open Space Valuation

This study attempts to induce individuals to reveal their preferences through their

behaviour in hypothetical markets. Stated preference methods include such approaches

as contingent valuation (CV), and contingent choice models. The CV methods uses

surveys to elicit the value individuals or households place on a resource such as an open

space. The surveys ask respondents directly about their willingness to pay (WTP) for a

carefully defined public good or service. Individual responses can be assessed to

characterize respondents’ preferences and value for the good in question and can be

aggregated to obtain the total value of the good or resource to the community. One

advantage of the CV method is that it can, in principle provide estimates of the full value

people have for open space, including use values derived from such benefits as

recreation or a pleasant view as well as nonuse values that one might have from just

knowing that open space exists. (Mc Cornell & Walls, 2005). Contingent choice models

are based on a different approach. Although they employ surveys to elicit preferences

too, they offer respondents choices among alternative options and characterize

preferences or estimate values from the responses. This method has been used to value

the benefits from urban greenways and urban parks, urban forest amenities, wetlands,

farmland, and large regional forests.

Other Methods (Public Preferences and Studies of Community Voting)

a. Studies of Public Preferences: there is large area of literature that attempts to rank

public attitudes toward the services provided by open space preservation. Surveys of

households about what aspects of open space are most important provide insight not

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


only about public preferences but also about the public’s understanding of the types

and services provided by preserving undeveloped areas. Some studies done in USA

revealed the findings that there was strong public support for the idea of reducing land

conversion to development (Furuseth, 1987, in Mc Cornell, 2005).

b. Studies of Community Voting: another approach to estimating open space benefits

examines voting behavior for bond funding or references on spending of public money

for land conservation. Bates and Santerre (2001, in McCornell, 2005) examined the

demand for open space by looking at expenditures on purchase of open space

through local jurisdiction bonds in 169 towns and cities in USA. They are able to

estimate the demand for open space as a function of price (the cost of the bonds) and

the income level of the community. They found that the demand of open space is

relatively insensitive to changes in the price, but very sensitive to differences in

income across jurisdictions (Mc Cornell, 2005).

The Green Open Spaces And Corridors Planning, Design and Management arepotential resources to support the Sustainable Urban Development

1. Man Made Environment:

The Urban Parks and Neighborhood or Community Parks are recognized as part of

urban open space systems. According to McMahon (1999), perhaps more important than

all the new money is the fact that all levels of government are beginning to recognize the

economic, social, and environmental benefits of “open space systems”. Thirty of the

USA’s fifty largest metropolitan area have developed or are in the process of developing

regional green open space plans, as have hundreds of smaller communities. Just as

regions need to upgrade and expand their grey infrastructure (roads, transit lines,

sewers), they need to upgrade and expand their green infrastructure (parks, greenways,

natural areas). When communities have a road map delineating which land should be

preserved, it becomes easier to facilitate development in areas where it is most

appropriate. Also, given the growing opposition to sprawl, many officials see open space

preservation as a politically acceptable way to shape urban green open space forms.

2. Natural Environment

Among urban natural environment that should be treated as protected areas are:

wetland and bogs, forested wetland, scrub-shrub wetland, emergent-vegetation wetland,

and open water wetland. Forested wetland include wooded swamps and bogs and tend

to be located along rivers and streams, they show the least amount of water of the other

types of wetlands. Scrub-shrub wetlands have soil that is usually waterlogged; they are

more open than forested wetlands and have a wide variety of vegetation. Emergent-

vegetation are relatively open; they can be seasonally flooded but can vary from being

well drained during most of the year to having up to three feet of water. Open water

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


wetlands include shallow ponds and reservoirs; they have the most water of the four

types of wetlands. (Mc Cornell & Walls, 2005). In Indonesia we have all types of the

above mentioned wetlands. This is our challenge to value them as environmental

economic asset to support urban development in Indonesia.

3. Green Corridors:

Rivers, trails, and greenway corridors (linear open spaces connecting recreational,

cultural and natural areas) are traditionally recognized for their environmental protection,

recreation values, and aesthetic appearance. These corridors also have the potential to

create jobs, enhance property values, expand local business, attract new or relocating

businesses, increase local tax revenues, decrease local government expenditures, and

promote a local community (Van Houten, 1995). This economic impact or commercial

values stated in Resource Book (RTCA, 1995) is intended to be a compilation of the most

recent information on this subject area. Many case studies and information available

focus on more traditional parks, rather than linear parks, trails, and river corridors.

However, greenways and traditional parks often provide many of the same amenities.

Other forms of green corridor open spaces are: High electricity corridor’s open space,

Highway corridor’s open space, Railway corridor’s open space. The growing interest in

applying economic rationales to support greenway protection efforts will likely result in

more economic analysis and studies. The study of economic impact of greenway is not

intended to diminish the importance of the intrinsic environmental and recreational

benefits of rivers, trails, and greenway corridors. The non-monetary value of open space

should continue to be the primary emphasis in conservation efforts. In some cases, it may

be more appropriate to stress intrinsic environmental benefits rather than spend

considerable time and effort conducting economic analysis. In other cases, especially in

developing areas, clear communication of intrinsic values and potential economic impacts

will help decision makers recognize rivers, trails, and greenway corridors as vital to the

well-being of a community (RTCA, 1995).

According to Gerckens (1998), the greenway was a method for preserving stream

beds and rivers from development, for assuring the continued experience of green

spaces, trees, and fields in the daily travel patterns of urbanities, and for providing safe

limited-access travel ways connecting the far-flung parts of megapolis. The greenway lent

the appearance of naturalness to an industrialized America, provided recreational open

space close in to urbanized districts, and softened the hard edges of an industrialized

region. Another important step that planning commissions can take is to see that local

ordinances, regulations, and standards help bring about the improvements needed in

roadways, and the dedication and development of new greenway facilities… (Wilkinson,

1999). We could adopt this concept to support sustainable urban development in

Indonesia.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


Conclusions

1. The decreasing of environmental quality as the impact of economic development

strategy on industrialization which formerly had not been planned comprehensively,

now resulting an increasingly environmental impact in a global scale. The awareness

of environmental damage to the life on earth urge us to find solutions and alternative

of new paradigms in sustainable management to resolve urban environmental

problems.

2. To calculate the environmental economics benefit and cost of the green open spaces

and corridors beside the commercial areas to support sustainable urban

development in Indonesia, we need a new paradigm of valuing the green open

spaces and corridors of nonmarket approach.

3. The planning, development, and management of the urban green open space could

be seen as Environmental Investment with a calculation of Non Market Benefits as

well as other Benefit-Cost Studies in Environmental Economics as New Paradigm in

Land Use Planning and Open Space Management to Support Sustainable Urban

Development in Indonesia

REFERENCES

Arrow, K. et.al. 1996. “Benefit-Cost Analysis in Environmental, Health, and SafetyRegulation: A Statement of Principles”. American Enterprise Institute. The AnnapolisCenter and Resources for the Future. Washington D.C. Available at:http://www.csc.noaa.gov.

Callan, Scott J. & Janet M. Thomas, 2004, Environmental Economics and Management:Theory, Policy, and Applications.3rd.ed. Thomson, South Western, Australia.

Erickson, Jon D. and John M. Gowdy, Ed.2005. Frontiers in Ecological Economic Theoryand Application. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, US.

Gerckens, Larry. 1998. “Ten Events That Shaped the 20th Century American City” inPlanning Commissioners Journal #30.

Hartwick,J., and N. Olewiler. 1998. The Economic of Natural Resources Use, 2nd.ed.Addison Wesley Longman. New York. NY. USA.

Leedy, Paul .D. Practical Research: Planning and Designing. Macmillan PublishingCo.Inc. New York, Collier Macmillan Publisher, London.

McConnell, Virginia. and Margaret Walls. The Value of Open Space: Evidence FromStudies of Nonmarket Benefits. Resources for The Future. 2005.

McMahon, Edward R. 1999. “Smart Growth Trends” in Planning Commissioners Journal#33. USA.

Mildawani, Irina. dan Edi Minaji Pribadi. Open Space Evaluation to Support Land UsePlanning Using Geographic Information System (A Case Study of Depok Municipality,West Java Province). Laporan Penelitian. FTSP Universitas Gunadarma. 2006

Ridell, Robert. 2004. Sustainable Urban Book Planning. Malden USA: BlackwellPublishing.

ISBN 978-979-99119-3-3


RTCA. 1995. Economic Impacts of Protecting Rivers, Trails, and Greenway Corridors: AResource Book. River, Trails and Conservation Assistance, National Park Services.USA.

Shirvani, Hamid. 1985. The Urban Design Process. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company,New York.

Spirn, Anne Whiston. The Granite Garden, Urban Nature and Human Design. BasicBooks,

Wheeler, Stephen M., and Timothy Beatley. 2004. The Sustainable Urban Development:Reader. A. Reader Urban Series, London and New York: Routledge, Taylor andFrancis Group.

Further reading

Richard Register (2006) Ecocities: building cities in balance with nature, New SocietyPublishers. ISBN 0865715521.

Sim Van der Ryn and Peter Calthorpe (1986) Sustainable communities: a new designsynthesis for cities, suburbs, and towns, Sierra Club Books. ISBN 087156629X.

Paolo Soleri (1973) Arcology: the city in the image of man, MIT Press. ISBN 0262190605.

Ian L. McHarg (1969) Design with nature, Published for the American Museum of NaturalHistory [by] the Natural History Press."

isosud2017.faltl.trisakti.ac.idisosud2017.faltl.trisakti.ac.id/assets/document/proceedings_isosud_2008.pdfisbn...

Documents